TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on January 12, 2021.
Registration No. 333-251765
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 1 to
Form F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
MYT NETHERLANDS PARENT B.V.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)
The Netherlands
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
5961
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
Not Applicable
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
Einsteinring 9
85609 Aschheim/Munich
Germany
+49 89 127695-614
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Cogency Global Inc.
122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor
New York, NY 10168
(800) 221-0102
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:
Christopher M. Bartoli
Roger W. Bivans
Baker & McKenzie LLP
300 E Randolph St
Chicago, Illinois 60601
(312) 861-8000
Christoph Wolf
Baker & McKenzie
Partnerschaft von
Rechtsanwälten und
Steuerberatern mbB
Bethmannstrasse 50-54
60311 Frankfurt am Main
Germany
+ 49 69 2 99 08 245
Marc D. Jaffe
Adam J. Gelardi
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 906-1200
Oliver Seiler
Latham & Watkins LLP
Reuterweg 20,
60323 Frankfurt am Main
Germany
+49 69 6062 6000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.
Emerging growth company. ☒
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered(1)
Amount to be
Registered
Proposed Maximum
Offering
Price Per Share
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(2)(3)
Amount of
Registration Fee(4)
Ordinary shares, nominal value €0.000015 per share
17,994,117
$18.00
$323,894,106
$35,337
(1)
American depositary shares (“ADSs”) issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby will be registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6. Each ADS represents one ordinary share.
(2)
Includes the aggregate offering price of additional ordinary shares, represented by ADSs, that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(3)
Estimated solely for purpose of calculating the amount of registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(4)
Registration fees totaling $16,365 were previously paid in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement. The amounts paid in connection with this filing for the aggregate registration fee of $35,337, which includes $16,365 previously paid and $18,972 for the additional amount of $173,894,106 of securities included in this amendment to the registration statement, is offset by the $16,365 previously paid.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Dated January 12, 2021
[MISSING IMAGE: LG_MYTHERESA-WHIT.GIF]
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
15,647,059 American Depositary Shares
Representing 15,647,059 ordinary shares
This is the initial public offering of MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. We are offering 15,647,059 American Depositary Shares (the “ADSs”), with each ADS representing one ordinary share. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per ADS will be between $16.00 and $18.00 per ADS.
We have applied to have the ADSs listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “MYTE.”
After giving effect to the sale of ADSs in this offering, our parent company will hold approximately 80.0% of the voting power of our outstanding shares following this offering (77.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares, represented by ADSs, in full).
Investing in the ADSs involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23.
We are both an “emerging growth company” and a “foreign private issuer” under applicable U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be eligible for reduced public company disclosure requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an ‘Emerging Growth Company’ and a ‘Foreign Private Issuer’” for additional information.
Price $       per ADS
Price to
Public
Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions(1)
Proceeds, before
expenses, to us
Per ADS
$ $ $
Total $ $ $
(1)
We refer you to “Underwriters” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 15,647,059 ADSs, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional 2,347,058 ADSs from us at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs to purchasers against payment on           , 2021.
Morgan Stanley
J.P. Morgan
Credit Suisse
UBS Investment Bank
Jefferies
Cowen
Prospectus dated           , 2021

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D2-COVER_IFC4CLR.JPG]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D2-COVER_OFG4CLR.JPG]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D2-COVER_IFG4CLR.JPG]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ii
iii
v
1
16
18
23
66
68
69
CAPITALIZATION 70
DILUTION 71
73
76
BUSINESS 99
Page
MANAGEMENT 115
135
137
139
141
155
163
165
166
UNDERWRITERS 184
191
191
EXPERTS 191
191
192
F-1
For investors outside the United States: neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction, other than the United States, where action for that purpose is required. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.
Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, or in any free writing prospectus we have prepared, and neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information others may give you. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell, or seeking offers to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the cover page of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or the sale of ADSs. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
We have historically conducted our business through Mytheresa Group GmbH (formerly named: NMG Germany GmbH), a German limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung) with its statutory seat in Munich, registered with the commercial register of the local court of Munich under HRB 211727 (“MGG”), and its subsidiaries. MGG is a wholly owned subsidiary of the issuer, MYT Netherlands Parent B.V., a private company with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) and registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce in the Netherlands under number 74988441 (“MYT Netherlands”). Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, the terms “Mytheresa,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and “our business” refer to MYT Netherlands together with MGG and its other consolidated subsidiaries as a consolidated entity; the term “MYT Netherlands” or “the issuer” refers to MYT Netherlands as a stand-alone company; and the term “MYT Holding” refers to MYT Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as a stand-alone company and, prior to this offering, the sole shareholder of MYT Netherlands. The share and per share information in this prospectus reflects the 70,190.687 for one share split of our ordinary shares, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering.
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data in this prospectus from our own internal estimates, surveys and research as well as from publicly available information, industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, such as reports by Bain & Company and Capgemini. Note Bain & Company and Capgemini are not affiliated with Mytheresa, and the information contained in this report has not been reviewed or endorsed by Bain & Company or Capgemini, as applicable.
Industry publications, research, surveys, studies and forecasts generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and uncertainties as the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus. These forecasts and forward-looking information are subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described under “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the forecasts or estimates from independent third parties and us.
TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADENAMES
We have proprietary rights to trademarks used in this prospectus that are important to our business, many of which are registered under applicable intellectual property laws. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, logos and trade names referred to in this prospectus are without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.
This prospectus contains additional trademarks, service marks and trade names of others, which are the property of their respective owners. All trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trademarks, service marks, copyrights or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
We report under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”), which differ in certain significant respects from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). None of our financial statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The consolidated financial statements and financial information included in this prospectus were prepared for MYT Netherlands, its accounting predecessor Mariposa I S.à r.l., and its subsidiaries, including MGG. Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, references to the financial information of MYT Netherlands includes the predecessor information of Mariposa I S.à r.l. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
 
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our financial information is presented in Euros. For the convenience of the reader, we have translated some of our financial information into U.S. Dollars. Unless otherwise indicated, these translations were made at the rate of €1.00 to $1.1237 and €1.00 to $1.1723, the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020, respectively. Such U.S. Dollar amounts are not necessarily indicative of the amounts of U.S. Dollars that could actually have been purchased upon exchange of Euros at the dates indicated. All references in this prospectus to “dollar,” “USD” or “$” mean U.S. Dollars and all references to “€” or “euro” mean Euros.
Our fiscal year begins on July 1 and ends on June 30 of the following year. All references to (i) fiscal 2016 relate to the year ended June 30, 2016, (ii) fiscal 2017 relate to the year ended June 30, 2017, (iii) fiscal 2018 relate to the year ended June 30, 2018, (iv) fiscal 2019 relate to the year ended June 30, 2019, (v) fiscal 2020 relate to the year ended June 30, 2020, and (vi) fiscal 2021 relate to the year ending June 30, 2021.
We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures contained in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be exact arithmetic aggregations of the figures that preceded them.
KEY TERMS AND PERFORMANCE INDICATORS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
Throughout this prospectus, we use a number of key terms and provide a number of key performance indicators used by management. These key performance indicators are discussed in more detail in the sections entitled “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data—Other Financial and Operating Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating and Financial Metrics.” We define these terms as follows:

“active customer” means a unique customer account from which an online purchase was made across our sites at least once in the preceding twelve-month period.

“Adjusted EBITDA” means net income before finance expense (net), income taxes, and depreciation and amortization, adjusted to exclude U.S. sales tax expenditures temporarily borne by us, strategic investor sale preparation costs, IPO preparation and transaction costs and share-based compensation expenses. Adjusted EBITDA is not calculated in accordance with IFRS. For an explanation of why we use Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with IFRS, please see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data—Other Financial and Operating Data.”

“Adjusted Net Income” means net income, adjusted for the impact of U.S. sales tax expenditures temporarily borne by us, strategic investor sale preparation costs, finance expenses on our Shareholder Loans and Retired Shareholder Loans, IPO preparation and transaction costs, share-based compensation expenses and related income tax effects. Adjusted Net Income is not calculated in accordance with IFRS. For an explanation of why we use Adjusted Net Income and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with IFRS, please see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data—Other Financial and Operating Data.”

“Adjusted Operating Income” means operating income, adjusted for the impact of U.S. sales tax expenditures temporarily borne by us, strategic investor sale preparation costs, IPO preparation and transaction costs and share-based compensation expenses. Adjusted Operating Income is not calculated in accordance with IFRS. For an explanation of why we use Adjusted Operating Income and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with IFRS, please see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data—Other Financial and Operating Data.”

“average order value” is an operating metric used by management calculated as the total gross sales from online orders shipped from our sites during the twelve months ended on the last day of the period presented divided by the total online orders shipped during the same twelve-month period.

“contribution profit” means gross profit less shipping, packaging, fulfillment (including personnel), payment expenses and the portion of marketing expenses attributable to retaining existing customers.

“customer acquisition cost” or “CAC” means our online marketing expenses, excluding software costs, which we attribute to acquiring new customers, divided by the number of customers who placed their first order in the relevant period.
 
iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

“full-time equivalents” or “FTEs” is presented to quantify the number of employees assuming each employee worked 40 hours per week. Full time employees, who are not conscripted to hours are assumed to work 40 hours per week.

“lifetime value” or “LTV” means the cumulative contribution profit attributable to a particular customer cohort, which we define as all of our customers who made their initial purchase between July 1 and June 30 in a given cohort year.

“net shipped revenue” is an operating metric used by management calculated using total orders shipped, net of returns, applying a fixed foreign exchange rate for each reporting period.

“Retired Shareholder Loans” means the convertible preferred equity certificates and variable interest shareholder loans, which were retired in fiscal 2020. For further information regarding our related party financing arrangements, refer to Note 20 of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

“Shareholder Loans” means the approximately $217.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.00% Notes due October 9, 2025, and accrued but unpaid interest, of MGG held by a wholly owned U.S. subsidiary of MYT Holding.

“total gross sales” means all sales after cancellations, before returns, and includes associated shipping revenues and delivery duties collected.

“total orders shipped” means the total number of online customer orders shipped to our customers during the twelve months ended on the last day of the period presented.
 
iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
A LETTER FROM MICHAEL KLIGER, OUR CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Dear Prospective Shareholder:
Mytheresa has grown into one of the leading luxury e-commerce destinations for the global luxury fashion consumer. Our customers are high income luxury consumers that value quality and experience over price and curation over assortment breadth. We are fortunate to be a leader in a category that has been underserved by digital and is rapidly going online. We have a differentiated value proposition as well as profitable business model that has proven enduring and scalable.
At Mytheresa, we intend to continue to grow profitably by adhering to the following guiding principles:

Mytheresa delivers one of the finest edits in luxury fashion and is the partner of choice for the world’s most coveted luxury brands.    We believe our curated assortment makes us the preferred luxury destination for our customers. We assort the most coveted luxury brands and, from those brands, the most differentiated, relevant and luxurious pieces. We have a rich, 30-year heritage of working with more than 200 of these coveted brands, who trust us and often provide us access to exclusive products and collections. Our longstanding brand relationships include Alexander McQueen, Balenciaga, Balmain, Bottega Veneta, Burberry, Dries van Noten, Dolce & Gabbana, Fendi, Gucci, Loewe, Loro Piana, Moncler, Prada, Saint Laurent, Stella McCartney, and Valentino. We offer these leading luxury brands visibility to a highly valuable audience, aggregated customer and trend insights across multiple brands and categories and most importantly, control over brand image and pricing integrity.

Mytheresa offers a true luxury experience to a global customer base.    Mytheresa is a digital platform that allows our customers to shop on our sites anytime, anywhere. We create personalized digital experiences centered around our exclusive product. Our localized websites, which are available in eight languages and eight currencies, and our global in-house logistics capabilities provide the fast, efficient and frictionless shopping experience our global customers demand. Our personal shopping team members are available to serve our top customers 24 hours a day, seven days a week and in eight languages. We enhance our relationships with our top customers through once-in-a-lifetime events. In fiscal 2020, we offered 13 once-in-a-lifetime experiences, including events in Paris, Milan, Munich, Shanghai, Dubai and New York, featuring Moncler, Altuzarra, Boyy, Paco Rabanne, Gabriela Hearst, Stella McCartney, JW Anderson, Roger Vivier, Khaite, and Amina Muaddi. At almost all of these events our top customers had the opportunity to meet the designers themselves. One of the highlight collaborations in fiscal 2020 was the celebration of our exclusive capsule collection with Stella McCartney, which featured Stella McCartney herself as a Mytheresa Woman in an exclusive video campaign. We also held a physical event in Shanghai during Fashion Week consisting of a talk with students and customers in one of the city’s leading universities, and an intimate dinner at the Cha Maison where we hosted some of our top customers as well as members of the press and key opinion leaders. Stella McCartney herself was present at each of these events.

Mytheresa is at the beginning of its journey.    In fiscal 2020, we surpassed 486,000 active customers, generated €449.5 million in net sales and shipped over 1,092,000 orders to 133 countries. We achieved this scale and growth while maintaining our commitment to luxury with industry-leading average order values and robust and consistent customer economics, despite a difficult environment. We are building on our strong presence in women’s by entering new categories. We launched Mytheresa Kids in January 2019 and are pleased with the results in its first year. In January 2020, we launched Mytheresa Men with more than 100 curated brands to target the modern, affluent man.
I am proud to lead a team of experts in luxury, digital and service operations who are passionate about delivering an unparalleled personalized digital luxury shopping experience to discerning customers around the globe. We aim to exceed expectations for our customers, employees, stakeholders, and ultimately our investors. Welcome to Mytheresa.
Michael Kliger
Chief Executive Officer
 
v

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in the ADSs. Before you decide to invest in the ADSs, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Mytheresa
Our Vision
We aim to deliver an unparalleled personalized digital luxury shopping experience to discerning customers around the globe and inspire their loyalty through elevated curation, exclusive offerings, differentiated content and exceptional service.
Overview
Mytheresa is a leading luxury e-commerce platform for the global luxury fashion consumer. We offer one of the finest edits in luxury, curated from more than 200 of the world’s most coveted brands and presented through a customer-first, digital experience. Our story began over three decades ago with the opening of Theresa, in Munich, one of the first multi-brand luxury boutiques in Germany. Mytheresa, which launched online in 2006, represented 97% of net sales and reached customers in 133 countries in fiscal 2020. We provide our customers a highly curated selection of products, access to exclusive capsule collections, in-house produced content, memorable service and a personalized shopping experience. Our more than 30 years of market insights and long-standing relationships with the world’s leading luxury brands have established Mytheresa as a global authority in luxury fashion.
We acquire and retain customers who are predominantly working professionals with significant spending power and limited time, shop frequently, seek luxury products that are not easily found elsewhere and demand superior customer service. These customers are high income luxury consumers that value quality over price and curation over assortment breadth. To reward and engage our most valued customers, we offer a tiered Top Customer program: Inner Circle and Front Row. In fiscal 2020, members of our Top Customer program, on average, purchased from us 16 times, with an average order value in excess of €935. In fiscal 2020, we generated approximately 30% of our gross sales from the 2.6% of our customers who were part of the Top Customer program. This program offers a range of benefits, such as first access to runway and exclusive pieces, previews of new season styles, personal shopping services and invitations to exclusive events and fashion shows as well as other once-in-a-lifetime experiences. The exclusive events, collections and campaigns that we create with our luxury brand partners highlight the innovation and creativity we bring to the luxury fashion world, underpin the strong relationships we have with these brands, and enable us to deepen connections with our most valued customers.
We have longstanding relationships with the world’s most iconic luxury brands, including Alexander McQueen, Balenciaga, Balmain, Bottega Veneta, Burberry, Dries van Noten, Dolce & Gabbana, Fendi, Gucci, Loewe, Loro Piana, Moncler, Prada, Saint Laurent, Stella McCartney and Valentino. In fiscal 2020, our average order value was €600, one of the highest in the industry, and we generated approximately 68% of our net sales from our top 30 brands, reflecting our commitment to true luxury. We curate the most coveted luxury brands, and within those brands, the most on-trend and luxurious pieces. We use a combination of luxury fashion expertise and data insights to optimize our product assortment architecture. Since our inception, we have retained 100% of our brand partners, which is a testament to our strong, trusted brand relationships.
Our business model combines technology, luxury fashion and differentiated customer service on a global scale. The simplicity of our mobile-first website and app (“sites”) creates an efficient and user-friendly shopping experience for our time-constrained, global customers. Our sites offer advanced features, including the ability to personalize the customer experience, the option for our customers to personalize products, express checkout processes, and real-time push notification order tracking. We have an efficient, repeatable playbook for localizing the customer experience through local language, currencies, payment methods, shipping services and marketing. In fiscal 2020, we generated approximately 19.8%, 39.8%, 10.3% and 30.2% of net sales from Germany, Europe (excluding Germany), the United States and the rest of world, respectively.
 
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
As of June 30, 2020, our mobile app install base reached approximately 2.6 million. Mobile devices represented 53% of gross merchandise sales and 78% of page views for fiscal 2020, underscoring the importance of our mobile-first approach.
We have rapidly scaled our global customer base and net sales over the past four years, while maintaining our high average order values.
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-BC_OVERVIEWBW.JPG]
(1)
Fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2017 net sales were calculated on a basis consistent with the recognition and measurement principles stated in our consolidated financial statements. Fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2020 are prepared in accordance with IFRS.
From fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2020, we grew our active customers 21.7% to 486,000 customers. In fiscal 2020, we reported €449.5 million in net sales, representing growth of 18.6% from fiscal 2019. From September 30, 2019 to September 30, 2020, we grew our active customers 24.3% to 522,000 customers. In the three months ended September 30, 2020, we reported €126.4 million in net sales, representing growth of 27.5% from the three months ended September 30, 2019.
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-BC_FISCALBW.JPG]
In fiscal 2020, we reported net income of €6.4 million compared to €1.7 million during fiscal 2019. In fiscal 2020, we reported Adjusted Net Income of €19.3 million, representing an improvement from €15.8 million in fiscal 2019. Additionally, in fiscal 2020, we generated €27.5 million of Adjusted Operating Income and €35.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA, representing year over year growth of €4.7 million and €4.9 million, respectively.
During the three months ended September 30, 2020, we reported net income of €9.6 million compared to a net loss of €4.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2019. For the three months ended September 30, 2020, we reported Adjusted Net Income of €5.4 million, representing an increase from €3.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019. Additionally, during the three months ended September 30, 2020, we generated €8.4 million of Adjusted Operating Income and €10.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA, representing year over year growth of €5.9 million and €6.1 million, respectively.
Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted EBITDA are measures that are not defined in IFRS. For further information about how we calculate Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted EBITDA, limitations of their use and their reconciliations to the most comparable IFRS measures, see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data—Other Financial and Operating Data.
Our Industry
We operate at the intersection of luxury fashion, technology and service. Online personal luxury goods is a large and rapidly growing market, and we believe we are uniquely positioned to capture market share as a result of our exclusive, highly curated product assortment, leading service offering and advanced technology.
 
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Online Luxury Market is Expected to More Than Triple
The global online luxury market, inclusive of luxury apparel, accessories, beauty and hard goods, is expected to more than triple from €33 billion in 2019 to €105 - €115 billion in 2025, according to Bain & Company’s Luxury Goods Worldwide Market Study (November 2020) (the “2020 Bain Study”). Based on the 2020 Bain Study, the personal luxury goods market is expected to reach €330 to €370 billion by 2025, with online penetration expected to grow from 12% to over 30% from 2019 to 2025. We believe luxury is one of the last attractive categories to expand online and is relatively underpenetrated compared to traditional apparel and footwear.
The online personal luxury goods market is global with the Americas, Europe, and rest of world (including Asia) representing 30%, 31%, and 39%, respectively, of the market in 2019 according to the 2020 Bain Study. Consumers generally approach the market in a borderless manner, often purchasing luxury goods across multiple continents, seeking an elevated shopping experience and anytime access wherever their travels take them.
Online Multi-Brand Retail Taking Market Share
Global online luxury multi-brand retailers and online marketplaces are gaining market share over incumbent players, including department stores and luxury retailer’s websites, according to Bain & Company’s 2019 Worldwide Luxury Market Monitor (November 2019) (the “2019 Bain Study”). The online luxury retail market is highly fragmented, characterized by primarily regional department stores and boutiques, online marketplaces and only a limited number of global multi-brand retailers. We believe that global multi-branded online retail is a more compelling model than marketplaces for both consumers and brands: for consumers due to the desire for well-curated assortments offering a clear point of view that allows discovery as well as efficient product selection, and for brands to whom multi-brand retailers offer access to attractive customers, and most importantly, more control over brand image and pricing integrity. Additionally, online multi-brand retailers complement the brands’ own direct-to-consumer efforts with cross-category and cross-brand customer insights as well as the ability to ensure brands are presented consistently with the brand’s desired positioning.
Wealthiest Consumers are Driving Growth and Resilient Demand
The global luxury market continues to be driven by the growth of high net worth individuals (“HNWIs”), individuals with greater than $1 million in investable assets, a key and highly coveted customer demographic with large luxury spend. The wealth of HNWIs has increased at a CAGR of 7% from 2012 to 2019, reaching $74 trillion as of 2019, and is expected to exceed $100 trillion by 2025, according to the World Wealth Report 2019 and the World Wealth Report 2020 from Capgemini (the “Capgemini Reports”). According to the same studies, the global HNWIs population has more than doubled since 2008, reaching approximately 20 million individuals globally as of 2019. According to the 2019 Bain Study, ultra-high net worth individuals, individuals with over $30 million in net worth, represent approximately 30% of personal luxury goods market.
Luxury Brands Demand First-Class Service and Brand Protection
Luxury brands value brand image, pricing integrity and the perception of scarcity across their product portfolios. They are highly selective and seek retail partners who increase their visibility to the most affluent luxury consumers while adhering to these core values. Luxury brands are selective with whom they work, terminating relationships, especially with online retailers, if standards are not upheld. These brands only partner with online retailers who have full control over all aspects of the shopping experience and deliver exceptional service to protect and enhance their brand integrity.
The Luxury Consumer
The luxury market is comprised of several types of consumers, each with their own lifestyle, income and spending characteristics:

The intermittent luxury fashion consumer loves and follows fashion and saves for iconic pieces, which he or she buys occasionally.
 
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

The everyday luxury fashion enthusiast has a passion for fashion, is typically a working professional who earns his or her own income and is often time-constrained. This consumer regularly invests in statement pieces and fashion items for special occasions.

The top luxury consumer leads a “jet-set” global lifestyle, has significant wealth, and is willing to spend a significant amount on luxury goods to stay ahead of the latest fashion trends. This consumer prefers newness, shops ready-to-wear clothing season after season, and demands a superior shopping experience, high-touch service and quick shipping. This consumer is a high-frequency shopper, making purchases several times a week or even daily and spends an average of €39,000 per year on personal and experiential luxury, according to third party research.
We target everyday luxury fashion enthusiasts and top luxury consumers as we believe these customers are the most loyal, value our differentiated service and represent the largest wallet share potential.
Differentiated Value Proposition of Mytheresa for Customers and Brand Partners
Mytheresa provides a vibrant shopping experience that brings together hundreds of thousands of luxury consumers with the world’s most exclusive brands. This creates a flywheel effect, attracting new customers and enhancing brand relationships, as illustrated below.
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-PH_THERESA4CLR.JPG]
Our Value Proposition to Customers
Trusted discovery platform and curated assortment of the most coveted luxury brands.    We provide customers with one of the finest edits of the most coveted luxury brands. For example, of the over 7,000 stock-keeping units (“SKUs”) we curate from our top 30 selling luxury designer brands, less than 21% of those items overlapped with our multi-brand competitors as of December 2019 according to an ongoing internal pricing analysis comparison. Our content and brand stories, which are produced 100% in-house, inspire our customer and are integral to Mytheresa’s reputation as a trusted fashion authority for discovery. Our highly curated edit of luxury fashion is core to our DNA and allows us to translate fashion from the runway to the wardrobes of our customers. We encourage daily discovery through our “New Arrivals” section on our sites, as well as real-time product recommendations and inspirational content. For members of our Top Customer program we take our curation to a deeper level with personal shoppers, who know each customer’s specific fashion
 
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
aesthetic and will recommend pieces via the preferred communication channel of the customer (phone, email, text message or other messaging platforms), or in some cases, hosting personal styling appointments.
Exclusive access to capsule collections.    Our deeply entrenched and long-term relationships with the most coveted luxury brands allow us to provide unique offerings to our customers, including exclusive capsule collections, product personalization and first access through exclusive pre-launches. For example, we were the first luxury retailer to launch Gucci’s DIY (“Do-It-Yourself”) service online by offering our customers the opportunity to personalize Ace leather sneakers, before this feature was even launched on Gucci.com. In fiscal 2020, we produced 37 capsules and campaigns with exclusive content from brands including Brunello Cucinelli, Christian Louboutin, Moncler, Prada, The Row, and Valentino.
Superior service drives differentiated shopping experience.    We are dedicated to providing our customers with superior service throughout their shopping experience and believe this sets us apart from our competitors. We have team members who are available to serve our customers 24 hours per day, seven days a week and in eight languages. Additionally, our localized websites, which are also available in eight languages and eight currencies, and our global in-house logistics capabilities provide the fast, efficient and frictionless shopping experience our global customers demand. We believe customers are loyal to Mytheresa because we provide excellent service every time they interact with us. Our emphasis on exceptional service is inherent throughout all customer touchpoints, including our sites, customer care, delivery and global personal shopping team. For example, we provide customers with personalized product recommendations, last-minute deliveries, and hand-signed notes with our delivered products to personally connect and provide the high-touch service our customers enjoy. Our customer satisfaction with our service and experience is evidenced by our best-in-class net promoter score (“NPS”) of 83, which is an annualized average of weekly measurements conducted by us in fiscal 2020. Through our distribution and fulfillment capabilities, we offer fast shipping to our customers in metropolitan areas globally in less than 72 hours, with one to two days shipping service in all of Europe where express shipping is available. Our customer service teams are experts in working with luxury customers. We received approximately 5,500 calls per week, on average, during fiscal 2020, with approximately 91% of calls answered within 20 seconds and email inquiries resolved within 36 hours, on average.
Special brand experiences for our top customers.    In fiscal 2020, we offered 13 once-in-a-lifetime experiences. For example, we hosted private parties in Cannes and Dubai to celebrate the launches of exclusive capsule collections with Gianvito Rossi and Roger Vivier, respectively. We have also hosted numerous other events in Paris, New York, Milan, Munich, and Shanghai featuring Moncler, Altuzarra, Boyy, Paco Rabanne, Gabriela Hearst, Stella McCartney, JW Anderson, Khaite, and Amina Muaddi. These events and brand experiences provide our top customers with “money-can’t-buy” experiences, including the opportunity to meet the designers personally, while also inspiring our worldwide customer base through social media and our content.
Our Value Proposition to Brand Partners
Online Visibility to Highly Coveted Global Luxury Customers.   In addition to brands appearing on our sites, we create exclusive experiences and collections that provide additional opportunities to engage with our customers and social media followers. For example, the event in Shanghai with Stella McCartney to celebrate the launch of an 11-piece exclusive capsule collection in October 2019 generated approximately 35 million social media impressions and extensive press coverage with over 200 press and social media articles.
Innovative and Engaging Content Across Media Formats.   We produce 100% proprietary content in-house across different media formats including films, music videos, games, magazines and photography shoots on behalf of, and in partnership with, our brand partners. We place this content across our consumer touchpoints, including our home page, app, mobile first newsletter, paid formats and social media that includes our own managed platforms ranging from Instagram and Pinterest to Weibo and WeChat. We take a product-focused and experiential approach to content creation, which has differentiated and strengthened our longstanding relationships with some of the world’s leading luxury brands. Our highly stylized production showcases our brand partners’ products at their best, and our brand partners often promote our content and edits on their own social media accounts. We also regularly achieve extensive global publicity for our brand partners and ourselves through features and exclusive stories, as well as through our approximately 2.3 million followers, as of September 30, 2020, across social media platforms.
 
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Established Reputation for Being Trusted Brand Stewards and Maintaining Brand Integrity.   We are viewed as an integral global partner and have consistently been recognized as such by leading luxury brands including Alexander McQueen, Balenciaga, Balmain, Bottega Veneta, Burberry, Dries van Noten, Dolce & Gabbana, Fendi, Gucci, Loewe, Loro Piana, Moncler, Prada, Saint Laurent, Stella McCartney, Valentino, and many more. Our focus only on the most valuable luxury customers, our ability to deliver a superior service experience and our strong full price sell-through highlight our commitment to maintaining brand integrity for our brand partners.
Data-Driven Analytics and Customer Insights.    We have developed significant data capabilities and insights across our platform. We regularly provide our brand partners with detailed aggregated data, analysis, and customer insights on metrics such as product performance, spending and trend patterns, brand affinity, product adjacencies, subcategory penetrations and geographic reach.
Our Competitive Strengths
We attribute our market success, rapid growth and strong profitability to the following competitive strengths:
Customer-First Approach with Deep Understanding and Analytical Insight.    We target, acquire and retain the most valuable luxury customers by pairing superior service with advanced technology. Our deep understanding of our customers enables us to provide a shopping experience tailored to them and drive loyalty. Our customer is time-constrained, requires efficient, personalized service, and favors our easy-to-use sites. Unlike online fashion marketplaces where customers go to price compare common luxury SKUs, we believe our customers shop our platform for discovery and access to exclusive products they cannot find elsewhere. To assist this shopping experience, we have invested in a robust technology platform that allows us to analyze data to produce actionable insights that we use to identify customers and personalize our site, emails, and brand recommendations for them. Our data-driven technology platform is integral to our merchandising and marketing functions and enables us to consistently deliver a superior shopping experience to several hundred thousand customers across 133 countries. A key component of our customer experience is a mobile and app-first approach. In fiscal 2020, mobile orders accounted for 53% of our net sales, of which 42% were app orders, and approximately 78% of page views were generated via mobile app, tablet, and mobile phone. We combine data-driven customer insights, decades of thought-leadership in fashion, and exceptional customer service to deliver an unparalleled customer experience.
Our Curated Product Assortment Offers One of The Finest Edits In Luxury Fashion.    We believe our curated assortment is the preferred platform for customers and brands compared to department stores, marketplaces and other online players. We offer leading luxury brands visibility to a highly valuable audience, customer trend insights across multiple brands and categories, and most importantly, more control over brand image and pricing integrity. We assort the most coveted brands and, from those brands, the most differentiated, relevant and luxurious pieces. Our edit features a meticulously curated, elevated assortment of luxury products that we display in an attractive way across our sites and content. Our platform facilitates discovery through personalized recommendations and convenient comparison features. Through our deep understanding of our customers’ needs, we are able to buy an optimal selection of curated inventory to consistently turn inventory with a high full price sell-through.
Highly Loyal and Engaged Global Luxury Customer Base.    We have deep relationships with a growing number of dedicated luxury and highly coveted, high net worth customers. In fiscal 2020, our average customer shopped approximately twice per year and spent approximately €900 with us, before returns. We have grown our active customer base at a 29.7% CAGR since fiscal 2016, with 65.6% of net sales in fiscal 2020 coming from existing customers. To reward and engage our most valued customers, we offer a tiered Top Customer program: Inner Circle and Front Row. In fiscal 2020, members of our Top Customer program, on average, purchased from us 16 times, with an average order value in excess of €935. Our emphasis on targeting and serving these top customers resulted in the top 2.6% of our customers accounting for approximately 30% of our gross sales in fiscal 2020. Given our value proposition, high average order value, and strong customer loyalty, we achieved a 2.6x 4-year LTV to CAC ratio for the 2016 cohort, which demonstrates the effectiveness of our marketing spend and long-term profitability of our business model. Further, once a customer commits to our platform, they spend more over time, as evidenced by our 80% net sales retention from prior year
 
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
cohorts and our approximately 98% net sales retention for cohorts who have been with us for more than two fiscal years, representing our ability to retain customers and to increase active customers’ spend and frequency, in fiscal 2020.
Partner of Choice for the World’s Most Coveted Luxury Brands.    We have a rich, 30-year heritage of working with more than 200 of the most coveted luxury brands, who trust us for our commitment to full-price integrity, appreciate our innovative approach to targeting digital luxury consumers, and often provide us access to exclusive products and collections. Our brand partners include Alexander McQueen, Balenciaga, Balmain, Bottega Veneta, Burberry, Dries van Noten, Dolce & Gabbana, Fendi, Gucci, Loewe, Loro Piana, Moncler, Prada, Saint Laurent, Stella McCartney, Valentino, and many more. In fiscal 2020, we featured 37 exclusive capsule collections and campaigns from preeminent designers including Brunello Cucinelli, Christian Louboutin, Moncler, Prada, The Row and Valentino. This represents an increase from the one exclusive capsule collection we offered in fiscal 2015. Our average tenure with our top 30 brands is more than 10 years and we have retained 100% of our brand partners since our founding. This underscores the strength of our relationships and differentiates Mytheresa as one of the select online retailers that luxury brands prefer to partner with. Additionally, our top 30 brands’ share of overall net sales has remained stable as we have scaled the business.
Combination of Growth and Profitability with Attractive and Sustainable Unit Economics.    As a result of our top-of-funnel brand campaigns and our sophisticated performance marketing efforts, we acquire customers efficiently and profitably and attract high quality customers who have a high propensity to repeat. As we have scaled our customers and net sales, we have improved profitability through our commitment to price integrity, yielding a stable gross margin, as well as efficient marketing and leveraging of our fixed cost basis. Additionally, through improved attribution systems and investments in our marketing techniques, we decreased our customer acquisition costs from €226 in fiscal 2018 to €173 in fiscal 2020, a trend we believe is rare in our industry. In fiscal 2020, we grew our active customers 21.5%, while keeping our gross margin stable and successfully leveraging our shipping, marketing and administrative costs, and maintaining a stable operating income margin and Adjusted EBITDA margin of approximately 5% and 8%, respectively.
Experienced and Proven Management Team Combining Expertise From Luxury and Digital Worlds.    Our team is led by our Chief Executive Officer, Michael Kliger, who joined Mytheresa in 2015 from eBay Enterprise where he was a Vice President for all of Europe and Asia Pacific. His deep customer knowledge across geographies has helped accelerate growth and enhance profitability. Michael is complemented by our experienced senior management team with industry-leading expertise across luxury, technology and e-commerce operations. The business verticals are led by Dr. Martin Beer (Chief Financial Officer), Sebastian Dietzmann (Chief Operating Officer), Isabel May (Chief Customer Experience Officer), Gareth Locke (Chief Growth Officer) and Richard Johnson (Chief Commercial Officer). Like our customers, we are diverse, with employees representing more than 77 nationalities and 64% of whom were women as of September 30, 2020. Our culture is collaborative, confident, creative, accountable, performance driven and dedicated to delivering our customers the best digital experience and service in luxury.
Growth Strategies
We plan to drive our market leadership, growth and profitability through the following strategies:
Profitably Acquire New Customers.    We will focus our efforts on reaching the world’s most affluent luxury consumers. We believe we are less than 1.5% penetrated in the online personal luxury goods category. Given the strong projected growth of the luxury market, we believe we have a significant opportunity to expand our customer base in both our existing and new markets. We expect to attract new customers in all geographies including Europe, as well as the United States and Asia. Our demonstrated playbook for localizing new geographies is efficient, effective and repeatable. We leverage localized social media content and influencers, curation, languages and events to bring the Mytheresa brand to new markets. We believe our exclusive aspirational content and events resonate globally, providing a scalable marketing engine to efficiently acquire new customers across geographies. Through our more than 2.3 million followers as of September 30, 2020, across social media platforms and our luxury influencer relationships, we believe we will continue to reach new customers and raise brand awareness globally through this low cost medium. We intend to augment our core performance marketing strategy by pursuing in-app advertising, further optimizing bidding rules for paid
 
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
search engines, scaling organic search content in several additional languages, introducing a new customer acquisition model, and accelerating social media channel growth.
Continue to Expand Share of Wallet and Retention for Existing Customer Base.    We plan to deepen our existing customer relationships to improve our strong revenue retention and increase our wallet share with customers. We believe we can increase purchase frequency and spend by improving our customer experience, Top Customer program and brand relationships. We will enhance our customer experience by continuing to refine our customer analytics, increasing personalization and product recommendations, improving the mobile experience and providing additional opportunities to pre-order exclusive products as well as expanding our team of personal shoppers across the globe. We will make selective improvements to our Top Customer program offerings and localization as we continue to expand globally. To supplement our top-tier offering for our most valued customers, we will continue to partner with brands to host our exclusive events while also improving service levels in key geographies through local support staff and distribution capability enhancements.
Access New Complementary Customer Categories.    We plan to increase our share of customer and household wallet share as well as attract new customers globally by investing in new categories to complement our strong women’s business.
Expand wallet share with the recent launch of Mytheresa Kids.    In January 2019, we officially launched our kidswear offering with 35 brands which we have now grown to an offering of 50 brands. Given the significant proportion of our top customers who have children and are looking to purchase luxury kidswear, many of our top brands such as Balmain, Burberry, Chloe, Dolce & Gabbana, Golden Goose, Gucci, Moncler, and Stella McCartney have collaborated with us on our launch of Mytheresa Kids. As many of our luxury brands continue to introduce separate kidswear lines, we have also been able to add kidswear even for brands like Loro Piana and Brunello Cucinelli recently. Like we do with womenswear we have also been able to introduce exclusive kidswear items only available at Mytheresa with brands like Dolce & Gabbana, Moncler, and Brunello Cucinelli in the last months. Our unique focus on luxury and our famous curation unlocks incremental wallet share from our customers who already know and trust our curated offering and wish to also purchase luxury products for the children in their lives. While 75% of kidswear items have been bought by existing customers, 25% of purchases have been by customers that have discovered Mytheresa through our luxury kidswear offering which presents an opportunity for additional growth. In a short time we have managed to become a significant player in the global luxury kidswear market. The synergies with our existing business are also evidenced by an average basket size with at least one kidswear item of approximately €392. This strengthens, of course, the unit economics of our kidswear offering.
Attract new customers through the recent launch of Mytheresa Men.    We launched Mytheresa Men in January 2020 with more than 100 curated brands to target the modern, affluent man with a curated, inspiring product offering reflecting the zeitgeist in men’s fashion. Our ambition is to become the global opinion leader and leading luxury online destination for luxury menswear. Our positioning is the white space between time-honored luxury and the post-streetwear era. We have dedicated men’s buying, creative, marketing, communication and merchandising teams to look after this new business. We have received tremendous support from our brand partners as evidenced by the fact that we offered exclusive capsule collections or pre-launches from Prada, Valentino, Thom Browne, Saint Laurent, Brunello Cuccinelli, Tom Ford, Gianvito Rossi, Gucci, and Christian Louboutin in our inaugural menswear seasons. We believe we are in a prime position to become an authority in the evolving menswear space given our ability to define menswear with a new positioning and the relationships we have with our current brand partners who have some of the top luxury menswear lines.
While we initially leveraged our existing site traffic and reputation as a luxury authority to grow our menswear business, we have already seen tremendous success in attracting new buyers through Mytheresa Men, with 44% of all menswear customers in fiscal 2020 consisting of first time Mytheresa customers. We believe that the success of Mytheresa Men since its launch demonstrates its potential to become a source of growth for our overall business and an opportunity to bring new customers to the Mytheresa platform.
Enhance Our Trusted Relationships with the World’s Most Coveted Brands.    We will continue to enhance our value proposition for both customers and brands to attract new high net worth customers globally and further increase our desirability with top brands. We will enhance our brand relationships by providing customer
 
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
insights and ensuring that luxury brands come alive for our digital luxury customer through production of exclusive content. We expect to continue to increase our access to exclusive merchandise and capsule collections with the world’s most iconic luxury brands. To this end we are also continually exploring new partnership models with the world’s top luxury brands to provide our customers full access to product ranges and supply levels usually only available to the retail network of brands.
Continue To Innovate and Leverage Use of Proprietary Data Insights.    We plan to continue to identify ways to leverage our proprietary data to optimize the Mytheresa experience for both our customers and our brand partners. In addition, we plan to continue innovating and investing across our user interface, technology platform, supply chain and distribution, and localization capabilities to improve service levels and further enhance and personalize our customer’s experience. Our data helps inform the product assortment architecture which is pivotal in optimizing inventory for both our brand partners and us alike. As we scale, our global data repository grows turning the buying process into a data enhanced science. While we have been able to build our capabilities in house, we will evaluate partnerships, alliances and acquisition opportunities that enable new go-to-market strategies to further our reach and customer loyalty. Additionally, by leveraging advancements in artificial intelligence and machine learning, we will refine our merchandising and marketing capabilities to incorporate visual search capabilities and enhance our size and fit optimization.
Recent Developments
Preliminary Results for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2020 and Six Months Ended December 31, 2020
Our fiscal year begins on July 1 and ends on June 30. We have not yet completed our closing procedures for the second quarter of our fiscal year 2021, which starts on October 1, 2020 and ends on December 31, 2020 or the first half of our fiscal year 2021, which starts on July 1, 2020 and ends on December 31, 2020. We have not included preliminary results for net income as the measurement of our shareholder loans including foreign currency translation and the recognition and measurement of income taxes is not yet available as of the date of the prospectus. Presented below are certain estimated preliminary financial results and key operating metrics for the three months ended December 31, 2020 and the six months ended December 31, 2020.
These ranges are based on the information available to us at this time. We have provided ranges, rather than specific amounts, because these results are preliminary. As such, our actual results may vary from the estimated preliminary results presented here and will not be finalized until after we close this offering in conjunction with the completion of our normal quarter end accounting procedures including the execution of our internal control over financial reporting. These ranges reflect our management’s best estimate of the impact of events during the quarter.
These estimates should not be viewed as a substitute for our full interim or annual financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on these preliminary financial results and key operating metrics. These estimated preliminary results and key operating metrics should be read in conjunction with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Risk Factors” sections and our historical consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included herein.
Preliminary financial results and key operating metrics included in this prospectus have been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, our management. KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft has not audited, reviewed, compiled, or applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the preliminary financial results and key operating metrics. Accordingly, KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.
For the three months ended December 31, 2020, we expect our net sales to be between € 156.8 million to €158.8 million, an increase of €38.4 million or 32.2% from the mid-point of the estimated range, compared to €119.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019. For the six months ended December 31, 2020, we expect our net sales to be between €283.2 million to €285.2 million, an increase of €65.7 million or 30.1% from the mid-point of the estimated range, compared to €218.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019.
 
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For the three months ended December 31, 2020, we expect our gross profit to be between €77.2 million to €78.2 million, an increase of €19.3 million or 33.0% from the mid-point of the estimated range, compared to €58.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019. We expect our gross profit margin of net sales to be between 48.9% and 49.2%. This compares to a gross profit margin of net sales of 48.9% for the three months ended December 31, 2019. For the six months ended December 31, 2020, we expect our gross profit to be between €135.9 million to €136.9 million, an increase of €31.6 million or 30.2% from the mid-point of the estimated range, compared to €104.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. We expect our gross profit margin of net sales to be between 47.8% and 48.0%. This compares to a gross profit margin of net sales of 47.9% for the six months ended December 31, 2019.
For the three months ended December 31, 2020, we expect our operating income to be between €15.4 million and €16.4 million. We expect the adjustment of operating income to be between €1.9 million to €2.9 million. For the six months ended December 31, 2020, we expect our operating income to be between €23.6 million to €24.6 million. We expect the adjustment of operating income to be between €2.2 million to €3.2 million.
For the three months ended December 31, 2020, we expect our adjusted operating income to be between €17.3 million to €19.3 million, an increase of €7.5 million or 68.6% from the mid-point of the estimated range, compared to €10.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2019. We expect our adjusted operating income margin of net sales to be between 11.0% to 12.2%, an increase of 250 BPS from the mid-point of the estimated adjusted operating income margin compared to the adjusted operating income margin of net sales of 9.1% for the three months ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to continued marketing spend effectiveness and cost leverage. For the six months ended December 31, 2020, we expect our adjusted operating income to be between €25.8 million to €27.8 million, an increase of €13.4 million or 100.3% from the mid-point of the estimated range, compared to €13.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019. We expect our adjusted operating income margin of net sales to be between 9.1% to 9.7%, an increase of 330 BPS from the mid-point of the estimated adjusted operating income margin compared to the adjusted operating income margin of net sales of 6.1% for the six months ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to continued marketing spend effectiveness and cost leverage.
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, we expect our active customers to be between 568.0 thousand and 568.5 thousand. This is an increase of 28% compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2019.
As more fully described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, we grew our operating income by a significant increase in net sales as a result of an increase in total orders shipped together with an increase in active customers, and an increase in gross profit, while continuing the trend of a decrease in our expenses.
The following table sets forth our preliminary financial results and key operating metrics for the periods presented:
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2020
(estimated)
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2020
(estimated)
(in millions) (unaudited)
Actual
Low
High
Actual
Low
High
Net sales
119.4 156.8 158.8 218.5 283.2 285.2
Gross profit
58.4 77.2 78.2 104.7 135.9 136.9
Gross profit margin(1)
48.9% 48.9% 49.2% 47.9% 47.8% 48.0%
Operating income
7.4 15.4 16.4 8.9 23.6 24.6
Adjusted Operating Income(2)
10.9 17.3 19.3 13.4 25.8 27.8
Adjusted Operating Income margin(1)
9.1% 11.0% 12.2% 6.1% 9.1% 9.7%
Active customer (LTM in thousands)
444.1 568.0 568.5 444.1 568.0 568.5
(1)
As a percentage of net sales.
 
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(2)
Adjusted Operating Income is a measure not defined under IFRS. For further information about how we calculate Adjusted Operating Income and limitations of its use, see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data — Other Financial and Operating Data.”
The following table sets forth the preliminary reconciliations of operating income to adjusted operating income:
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2020
(estimated)
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2020
(estimated)
(in millions) (unaudited)
Actual
Low
High
Actual
Low
High
Operating income
7.3 15.4 16.4 8.9 23.6 24.6
U.S. sales tax(1)
0.8 1.7
IPO preparation and transaction
costs(2)
2.7 1.9 2.9 2.7 2.2 3.2
Share-based compensation expense(3)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0
Adjusted Operating Income
10.9 17.3 19.3 13.4 25.8 27.8
(1)
Represents expenses related to sales tax liabilities temporarily borne by us through the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 in the United States. We temporarily incurred sales tax related liabilities on customer purchases in the United States because we were not able to charge our customers for these amounts at the point of sale under our previous IT configuration. Due to upgrades in our IT infrastructure during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we no longer incur these expenses, as we charge the applicable U.S. sales tax directly to our customers.
(2)
Represents non-recurring professional fees, including consulting, legal and accounting fees, related to this offering, which are classified within selling, general and administrative expenses.
(3)
During the three and six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, certain key management personnel received share-based compensation from our ultimate parent. We do not consider these expenses to be indicative of our core operating performance.
Summary Risk Factors
Participating in this offering involves substantial risk. Our ability to execute our strategy is also subject to certain risks. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” in deciding whether to invest in our securities. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

the highly competitive nature of our industry and our ability to compete effectively;

consumers of luxury products may not choose to shop online in sufficient numbers;

the luxury fashion industry can be volatile and difficult to predict;

any current or future health epidemic or other adverse public health development, such as the outbreak of novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”), could result in business disruption, sustained economic downturn, margin pressures and have an material adverse effect on our business and operating results;

our reliance on consumer discretionary spending, which may be adversely affected by economic downturns and other macroeconomic conditions or trends;

our ability to acquire new customers and retain existing customers in a cost-effective manner depends on the success of our advertising efforts;

our ability to maintain average order value levels;

our ability to accurately forecast net sales and appropriately plan our expenses in the future;

our recent growth rates may not be sustainable or indicative of our future growth;

our ability to effectively manage our inventory;

loss of, or disruption in, our only distribution facility;
 
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

the imposition or increase of tariffs and the uncertainty regarding international economic relations could adversely affect our business;

changes in customs and international trade laws may result in increased costs which could limit our ability to operate our business and limit our ability to grow;

if sensitive information about our customers is disclosed, or if we or our third-party providers are subject to real or perceived cyberattacks, our customers may curtail use of our sites; and

the loss of senior management or attrition among our buyers or key employees could adversely affect our business.
Enforcement of Civil Liabilities
We are incorporated and currently existing under the laws of the Netherlands. Our registered offices and most of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, upon completion of the offering, all of the members of the board of managing directors of MYT Netherlands (the “Management Board”), a majority of the members of the supervisory board of MYT Netherlands (the “Supervisory Board”), other members of our senior management and any experts named herein will be residents of Germany or jurisdictions other than the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for you to effect service of process within the United States upon these individuals or upon us or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws against us in the United States.
Awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may not be enforceable in the Netherlands. In addition, actions brought in a Dutch court against MYT Netherlands or the members of our Supervisory Board and Management Board, our senior management and the experts named herein to enforce liabilities based on U.S. federal securities laws may be subject to certain restrictions; in particular, Dutch courts generally do not award punitive damages. An award for monetary damages under the U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is intended to punish the defendant. The enforceability of any judgment in the Netherlands will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time.
Litigation in the Netherlands is also subject to rules of procedure that differ from the U.S. rules, including with respect to the taking and admissibility of evidence, the conduct of the proceedings and the allocation of costs. Proceedings in the Netherlands are typically conducted in the Dutch language, and all documents submitted to the court would, in principle, have to be translated into Dutch. Evidentiary documents may be submitted in the English, French or German language, although courts in the Netherlands may request translations. Accordingly, it may be difficult for a U.S. investor to bring an original action in a Dutch court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us, certain members of our Management and Supervisory Boards and senior management and the experts named in this prospectus. The United States and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than the multi-party treaty with respect to arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters, though recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments in the Netherlands is possible in accordance with applicable Dutch laws. Even if a judgment against our company, the members of our Management Board, Supervisory Board, senior management or the experts named in this prospectus based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws is obtained, a U.S. investor may not be able to enforce it in U.S. or Dutch courts. See “Enforcement of Civil Liabilities.”
Share Split
Prior to the completion of this offering, we will complete a 70,190.687 for one share split of our ordinary shares. All share and per share amounts presented in this prospectus gives effect to such share split of our ordinary shares.
Corporate Information
MYT Netherlands was incorporated on May 31, 2019 as a private company with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid). Subsequently from June through August 2019, NMG Parent, through a series of transactions, contributed 100% of the equity interests
 
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
in MGG and its subsidiaries to the predecessor of MYT Holding, which in turn, contributed such interests to MYT Netherlands, whereby MYT Netherlands became the direct parent of MGG. As of September 7, 2020, MYT Netherlands has its place of effective management in Aschheim, Germany. We will take the position that MYT Netherlands is a tax resident of Germany under German law. For further discussion, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to ADSs and this Offering—One or more taxing authorities could challenge the tax residency of MYT Netherlands, and if such challenge were to be successful, we could be subject to increased and/or different taxes than we expect.”
Our principal executive offices are located at Einsteinring 9, 85609 Aschheim/Munich, Germany. Our telephone number is +49 89 127695-614. Our website address is www.mytheresa.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.
The Reorganization Transactions
We have historically conducted our business through MGG and its subsidiaries. MGG was incorporated on March 18, 2014 as Blitz 14-88 GmbH, a German limited liability company (Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung). We changed its name to NMG Germany GmbH pursuant to a shareholder’s resolution dated September 10, 2014, which was registered with the commercial register on October 2, 2014. In 2010, Acton Capital Partners acquired a minority stake in Mytheresa through its wholly owned subsidiary, Acton GmbH & Co. Heureka KG and in October 2014, Neiman Marcus Group Ltd LLC (“Neiman Marcus Group”) acquired 100% of the equity interests in MGG through its wholly owned subsidiary, NMG International LLC (“NMG International”). In September 2018, substantially all of the holdings of NMG International, which consisted principally of the entities through which we conducted the operations of Mytheresa, were distributed up to the indirect parent of Neiman Marcus Group, then known as Neiman Marcus Group, Inc. (“NMG Parent”) (the “Distribution”). NMG Parent subsequently contributed 100% of the equity interests in MGG and its subsidiaries to the predecessor of MYT Holding, which in turn, contributed such interests to MYT Netherlands, whereby MYT Netherlands became the direct parent of MGG in July 2019. As a result of the Distribution, the Mytheresa entities were no longer subsidiaries of Neiman Marcus Group but rather subsidiaries of NMG Parent. We changed the name of NMG Germany GmbH to Mytheresa Group GmbH pursuant to a shareholder’s resolution dated, September 3, 2020, which was registered with the commercial register on September 15, 2020.
In May 2020, Neiman Marcus Group filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in the United State Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas. On September 25, 2020, the holding company structure for MYT Netherlands underwent a restructuring in settlement of all outstanding claims associated with the Neiman Marcus Group bankruptcy and the Distribution, and MYT Netherlands became a wholly owned subsidiary of MYT Holding (the “Reorganization Transactions”). See “Matters Related to Our Current and Former Parent Entities—Neiman Marcus Group Bankruptcy.
MYT Holding controls a majority of the voting power of our ordinary shares, and we will thus be a “controlled company” under the NYSE corporate governance requirements. MYT Holding will exercise control over all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the appointment and removal of the members of our Supervisory Board. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to ADSs and this Offering—MYT Holding controls the direction of our business, and MYT Holding’s concentrated ownership of our capital stock will prevent you and other shareholders from influencing significant decisions.”
Implications of Being an “Emerging Growth Company” and a “Foreign Private Issuer”
Emerging Growth Company
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As such, we are eligible, for up to five years, to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other publicly traded entities that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

the ability to include only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations disclosure
 
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(although we have chosen not to avail ourselves of such exemption and have included three years of audited financial statements in this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part);

exemptions from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

to the extent that we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, (i) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (ii) exemptions from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation; and

not being required to comply with any requirement that has or may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements.
We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. As a result, the information contained in this prospectus may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold shares. We do not know if some investors will find the ADSs less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. The result may be a less active trading market for the ADSs, and the price of the ADSs may become more volatile.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (1) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion; (2) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of this offering; (3) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of the ADSs that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter; or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.00 billion in non-convertible debt securities during any three-year period.
Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Given that we currently report and expect to continue to report under IFRS as issued by the IASB, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the IASB. Under federal securities laws, our decision to opt out of the extended transition period is irrevocable.
Foreign Private Issuer
Upon consummation of this offering, we will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, as long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including:

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring domestic filers to issue financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP;

the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specific information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events.
Notwithstanding these exemptions, we will file with the SEC, within four months after the end of each fiscal year, or such applicable time as required by the SEC, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.
 
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (i) the majority of our executive officers or members of our Supervisory Board are U.S. citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States, or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States.
Both foreign private issuers and emerging growth companies are also exempt from certain more extensive executive compensation disclosure rules. Thus, even if we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, but remain a foreign private issuer, we will continue to be exempt from the more extensive compensation disclosures required of companies that are neither an emerging growth company nor a foreign private issuer and will continue to be permitted to follow our home country practice on such matters.
 
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
THE OFFERING
ADSs offered by us
15,647,059 ADSs, each representing one ordinary share.
Ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering
87,813,551 ordinary shares (or 90,214,633 ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs within 30 days of the date of this prospectus from us in full).
Over-allotment option to purchase additional ADSs
We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 2,347,058 additional ADSs from us within 30 days of the date of this prospectus.
American Depositary Shares
The underwriters will deliver ADSs representing our ordinary shares. Each ADS represents one of our ordinary shares.
As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders. The depositary, The Bank of New York Mellon (the “depositary”), will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. You will have rights as provided in the deposit agreement. You may surrender your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares as provided, and pursuant to the limitations set forth in the deposit agreement. The depositary will charge you fees for, among other items, any such surrender for the purpose of withdrawal. As described in the deposit agreement, we may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold your ADSs, you agree to be bound by the terms of the deposit agreement then in effect. To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the “Description of American Depositary Shares” section of this prospectus. You should also read the deposit agreement, which is an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Depositary
The Bank of New York Mellon
Custodian
ING Bank N.V. (the “custodian”)
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $236.5 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming an initial offering price of $17.00 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
We intend to use up to $206.4 million of the net proceeds of this offering to cause MGG to repay all or a portion of the principal and accrued and unpaid interest outstanding under the 6.00% Shareholder Loans Due 2025, which will in turn be used to repay all or a portion of the principal and accrued and unpaid interest outstanding under certain 7.50% Senior Secured PIK Notes Due 2025 (but not less than $125.0 million in principal amount) issued in the original principal amount of $200.0 million by MYT Holding in connection with the settlement of all claims against MYT Holding and MYT Netherlands related to the Neiman Marcus Bankruptcy and the Distribution. See the section captioned “Matters Related to Our Current and Former Parent Entities—Neiman Marcus Group Bankruptcy” for additional information on the Senior Secured PIK Notes. We intend to repay the remainder of the Shareholder Loans, if
 
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
any, out of the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings in the future. The Shareholder Loans were originally incurred in 2014 as part of the acquisition financing for Mytheresa by the Neiman Marcus Group. See “Related Party Transactions—Shareholder Loans” for additional information on the Shareholder Loans.
We plan to use the remaining net proceeds, estimated to be approximately $30.1 million, for working capital and other general corporate purposes.
See the section captioned “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of the proceeds from this offering.
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 782,353 ADSs, or 5.0% of the ADSs offered by this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain individuals identified by our members of our Supervisory and Management Boards.
The number of ADSs available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved ADSs. Any reserved ADSs not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other ADSs offered by this prospectus. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will administer our directed share program. See the sections titled “Related Party Transactions,” “Shares Eligible for Future Sale,” and “Underwriters—Directed Share Program.
Listing
We have applied to list the ADSs on the NYSE under the symbol “MYTE.”
Risk factors
See the section captioned “Risk Factors” beginning on page 20 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in the ADSs.
The number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 72,166,492 ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus (as adjusted to reflect the share split described herein and 1,975,805 shares (plus an additional 54,025 ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full) subject to share awards granted at the time of this offering under the MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan) and excludes 9,922,892 ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, which is expected to become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions;

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an additional 2,347,058 ADSs in this offering; and

an initial public offering price of $17.00 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
We have historically conducted our business through MGG and its subsidiaries. The following consolidated financial and operating data are prepared for MYT Netherlands and its subsidiaries, including MGG. See “Prospectus Summary—The Reorganization Transactions.” Following the offering we will cause MGG to repay all or a portion of the Shareholder Loans, which will in turn be used repay all or a portion of the Senior Secured PIK Notes of MYT Holding as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Our summary consolidated statements of profit and cash flow data presented below for fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2020 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our summary consolidated balance sheet data presented below as of September 30, 2020 and our summary consolidated statements of profit and cash flow data presented below for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following table also contains translations of Euro amounts into U.S. Dollars for fiscal 2020 and as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2020. These translations are solely for the convenience of the reader and were calculated at the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in foreign currencies as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank in New York on the period-end date for the applicable period, which as of June 30, 2020 was €1.00 = $1.1237 and as of September 30, 2020 was €1.00 = $1.1723. You should not assume that, on that or any other date, one could have converted these amounts of Euros into U.S. Dollars at this or any other exchange rate.
Certain amounts presented in tables are subject to rounding adjustments and, as a result, the totals in such tables may not sum.
Our historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The summary consolidated financial and operating data presented below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Years Ended June 30,
Three Months Ended September 30,
2018
2019
2020
2020
(unaudited)
2019
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales
303,520 379,086 449,487 $ 505,089 99,112 126,359 $ 148,130
Cost of sales, exclusive of
depreciation and
amortization
(160,469) (201,410) (239,546) (269,178) (52,766) (67,678) (79,339)
Gross profit
143,051 177,676 209,941 235,911 46,346 58,681 68,791
Shipping and payment costs
(36,163) (44,104) (52,857) (59,395) (13,141) (14,833) (17,389)
Marketing expenses
(47,671) (55,767) (62,507) (70,239) (15,816) (17,441) (20,446)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(40,114) (52,038) (66,427) (74,644) (13,955) (15,556) (18,236)
Depreciation and amortization
(6,796) (7,686) (7,885) (8,860) (1,877) (2,021) (2,369)
Other income (expense), net
1,499 995 645 725 (40) (621) (728)
Operating income
13,806 19,076 20,910 23,498 1,517 8,209 9,623
Finance (expense) income,
net
(4,835) (13,986) (11,119) (12,494) (9,373) 5,182 6,075
Income (loss) before income taxes
8,971 5,090 9,791 11,004 (7,856) 13,391 15,698
Income tax (expense) benefit
(3,468) (3,439) (3,441) (3,867) (3,545) (3,762) (4,410)
 
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Years Ended June 30,
Three Months Ended September 30,
2018
2019
2020
2020
(unaudited)
2019
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share
data)
Net income (loss)
5,503 1,651 6,350 $ 7,137 (4,311) 9,629 $ 11,288
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per ordinary share
5,503 1,651 6,350 $ 7,137 (4,311) 9,629 $ 11,288
Weighted average
ordinary shares
outstanding (basic and
diluted):
1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
Pro forma statement of operations data
Pro forma net income (unaudited)
6,350 $ 7,137 9,629 $ 11,288
Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share (unaudited)
0.09 $ 0.10 0.14 $ 0.16
Pro forma weighted average ordinary shares outstanding (unaudited)(1):
70,190,687 70,190,687 70,190,687 70,190,687
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow Data:
Net cash (outflow) inflow
from operating
activities
(4,862) 2,367 10,559 $ 11,865 (21,996) (33,378) $ (39,129)
Net cash (outflow) from investing activities
(5,431) (1,845) (2,420) (2,719) (619) (904) (1,060)
Net cash (outflow) inflow
from financing
activities
(4,410) (2,092) (878) (987) 25,127 30,834 36,147
As of September 30, 2020
Actual
(unaudited)
Actual
(unaudited)
Pro
Forma as
Adjusted(2)
Pro
Forma as
Adjusted(2)
(in thousands)
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data:
Total non-current assets
182,424 $ 213,856 182,424 $ 213,856
Total current assets
231,114 270,935 247,517 290,164
Total assets
413,538 484,791 429,941 504,019
Total current liabilities
124,568 146,031 124,568 146,031
Total non-current liabilities
214,328 251,257 28,952 33,940
Total liabilities
338,896 397,288 153,520 179,971
Accumulated deficit
(18,605) (21,811) (18,605) (21,811)
Total shareholders’ equity
74,642 $ 87,503 276,621 $ 324,048
(1)
Weighted average ADSs outstanding is calculated based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding after giving effect to a 70,190.687 for one share split of our ordinary shares.
(2)
Pro forma as adjusted amounts for the consolidated statement of financial position data give effect to (i) the issuance of 15,647,059 ADSs in this offering at an initial public offering price of $17.00 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the use of proceeds to partially repay the Shareholder Loans. See “Use of Proceeds.” A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the as adjusted amount of each of total current assets and total shareholders’ equity by approximately $14.6 million from this offering, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the as adjusted amount of each of total current assets and total shareholders’ equity by approximately $15.9 million,
 
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.
Other Financial and Operating Data
We review a number of operating and financial metrics, including the following business and non-IFRS metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions.
Years Ended June 30,
Three Months Ended September 30,
2018
2019
2020
2020
(unaudited)
2019
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except average order value, average selling price)
Active customers(1)
299 400 486 N/A 420 522 N/A
Average order value(2)
632 614 600 $ 674 614 594 $ 696
Total orders shipped(3)
704 905 1,092 N/A 955 1,168 N/A
Adjusted EBITDA(4)
20,922 30,513 35,400 $ 39,780 4,359 10,438 $ 12,236
Adjusted Operating
Income(4)
14,126 22,827 27,515 $ 30,920 2,482 8,417 $ 9,867
Adjusted Net Income(4)
9,068 15,810 19,294 $ 21,682 3,520 5,438 $ 6,375
(1)
In any particular period, we determine our number of active customers by counting the total number of unique customers who have made at least one online purchase across our sites in the preceding twelve-month period, measured from the last date of such period.
(2)
Average order value may fluctuate due to a number of factors including merchandise mix as well as new product categories. Average order value is calculated based on total gross sales from online orders shipped from our sites during the twelve months ended on the last day of the period presented.
(3)
Total orders shipped and total orders recognized as net sales in any given period may differ slightly due to orders that are in transit at the end of any particular period. Total orders shipped reflects total number of online customer orders shipped to our customers during the twelve months ended on the last day of the period presented.
(4)
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income are measures that are not defined under IFRS. We use these financial measures to evaluate the performance of our business.
We present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income because they are frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. Further, we believe these measures are helpful in highlighting trends in our operating results, because they exclude the impact of items that are outside the control of management or not reflective of our ongoing operations and performance.
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income have limitations, because they exclude certain types of expenses and they do not reflect changes in our working capital needs. Furthermore, other companies in our industry may calculate similarly titled measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.
We use Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income as supplemental information only. You are encouraged to evaluate each adjustment and the reasons we consider it appropriate for supplemental analysis. The following are reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income to their most directly comparable IFRS measures.
 
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Years Ended June 30,
Three Months Ended September 30,
2018
2019
2020
2020
(unaudited)
2019
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Net income
5,503 1,651 6,350 $ 7,137 (4,311) 9,629 $ 11,288
Finance expenses, net
4,835 13,986 11,119 12,494 9,373 (5,182) (6,075)
Income tax expense
3,468 3,439 3,441 3,867 (3,545) 3,762 4,410
Depreciation and amortization
6,796 7,686 7,885 8,860 1,877 2,021 2,369
thereof depreciation of right-of use
assets(a)
5,143 5,133 5,116 5,749 1,201 1,308 1,533
EBITDA
20,602 26,762 28,795 32,358 3,394 10,230 11,992
U.S. sales tax(b)
1,540 1,334 1,499 936
Strategic investor sale preparation costs(c)
2,059
IPO preparation and transaction costs(d)
5,206 5,850 201 236
Share-based compensation expense(e)
320 152 65 73 29 7 8
Adjusted EBITDA
20,922 30,513 35,400 $ 39,780 4,359 10,438 $ 12,236
Years Ended June 30,
Three Months Ended September 30,
2018
2019
2020
2020
(unaudited)
2019
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Operating income
13,806 19,076 20,910 $ 23,498 1,517 8,209 $ 9,623
U.S. sales tax(b)
1,540 1,334 1,499 936
Strategic investor sale preparation costs(c)
2,059
IPO preparation and transaction costs(d)
5,206 5,850 201 236
Share-based compensation expense(e)
320 152 65 73 29 7 8
Adjusted Operating Income
14,126 22,827 27,515 $ 30,920 2,482 8,417 $ 9,867
 
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Years Ended June 30,
Three Months Ended September 30,
2018
2019
2020
2020
(unaudited)
2019
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Net income
5,503 1,651 6,350 $ 7,137 (4,311) 9,629 $ 11,288
U.S. sales tax(b)
1,540 1,334 1,499 936
Strategic investor sale preparation costs(c)
2,059
IPO preparation and transaction costs(d)
5,206 5,850 201 236
Share-based compensation
expense(e)
320 152 65 73 29 7 8
Finance expenses on
loans(f)
4,247 13,315 9,645 10,838 9,215 (5,450) (6,389)
Income tax effect(g)
(1,002) (2,907) (3,306) (3,715) (2,349) 1,051 1,232
Adjusted Net Income
9,068 15,810 19,294 $ 21,682 3,520 5,438 $ 6,375
(a)
We adopted IFRS 16 “Leases” effective July 1, 2017 under the full retrospective method. Under IFRS 16, right of use assets are depreciated over their estimated useful life. Total depreciation expense for right of use assets capitalized under IFRS 16 was €5.1 million in each of fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020. Cash payments for lease liabilities recorded under IFRS 16 were €4.4 million, €5.6 million and €4.3 million in fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020, respectively. Total depreciation expense for right of use assets capitalized under IFRS 16 was €1.2 million and €1.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Cash payments for lease liabilities recorded under IFRS 16 were €1.3 million and €1.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
(b)
Represents expenses related to sales tax liabilities temporarily borne by us through the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 in the United States. We temporarily incurred sales tax related liabilities on customer purchases in the United States because we were not able to charge our customers for these amounts at the point of sale under our previous IT configuration. Due to upgrades in our IT infrastructure during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, we no longer incur these expenses, as we charge the applicable U.S. sales tax directly to our customers.
(c)
Represents non-recurring professional fees, including advisory and accounting fees, associated with our consideration of a trade sale of the business to a strategic investor during fiscal 2019, which are classified within selling, general and administrative expenses. We ultimately decided against a trade sale in favor of an initial public offering.
(d)
Represents non-recurring professional fees, including consulting, legal and accounting fees, related to this offering, which are classified within selling, general and administrative expenses.
(e)
During fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020 and the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, certain key management personnel received share-based compensation from our ultimate parent. We do not consider these expenses to be indicative of our core operating performance.
(f)
Our Adjusted Net Income excludes finance expenses associated with our Shareholder Loans and Retired Shareholder Loans, which we do not consider to be indicative of our core performance. We did not receive any cash proceeds under these loans, which originated as part of the Neiman Marcus acquisition in 2014. Further, we do not have any financial covenants associated with the Shareholder Loans, which do not have any required interest or principal payments until their respective maturities in October 2025. We expect to repay all or a portion of our Shareholder Loans using a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. Interest expense and foreign exchange gains and losses on these loans amounted to €4.2 million, €13.3 million and €9.6 million during fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2020, respectively. Interest expense and foreign exchange gains and losses on these loans amounted to €9.2 million during the three months ended September 30, 2019, while interest expense and foreign exchange gains created financial income of €5.5 million during the three months ended September 30, 2020.

For further information regarding our related party financing arrangements, refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(g)
Reflects adjustments to historical income tax expense to reflect changes in income tax expense due changes in taxable income for each of the periods presented resulting from the decrease in expenses related to U.S. sales tax, finance expenses on our Shareholder Loans and Retired Shareholder Loans, IPO preparation and transaction costs, and share-based compensation expense, assuming a statutory tax rate of 27.8%.
 
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
RISK FACTORS
Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, which we believe are material risks of our business and this offering. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or growth prospects could be harmed by any of these risks. In such an event, the trading price of ADSs could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Please also see “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
The online luxury sector is highly competitive and if we do not compete effectively, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
The online luxury sector is highly competitive and fragmented. We compete for customers primarily with other global multi-brand online luxury retailers and online marketplaces, luxury mono-brand retailers and luxury multi-brand retailers, and to a lesser extent specialty retailers, department stores, apparel chains, stand-alone boutiques, traffic aggregators, luxury pre-owned and consignment stores, off-price retailers and flash sale websites. We believe our ability to compete depends on many factors within and beyond our control, including:

attracting new customers and retaining existing customers;

enhancing our relationships with existing customers;

attracting customers from our brand partners’ increasing online offerings and capabilities;

converting online viewing to online purchases;

further developing our data analytics capabilities;

maintaining favorable brand recognition and effectively marketing our services to customers;

the amount, diversity and quality of brands and merchandise that we or our competitors offer;

the price at which we are able to offer our merchandise;

maintaining and growing our market share;

price fluctuations or demand disruptions of our brand partners or other third-party vendors;

inventory management;

the speed and cost at which we can deliver merchandise to our customers and the ease with which they can use our services to return merchandise; and

anticipating and quickly responding to changing fashion trends and customer shopping preferences.
Competition may increase as other established and emerging companies, including Amazon.com Inc., enter the markets in which we compete, as customer requirements evolve and as new products and technologies are introduced.
Many of our current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, larger fulfillment infrastructures, greater technical capabilities, faster shipping times, lower-cost shipping, larger databases, greater financial, marketing, institutional and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater net sales and profits from their existing customer bases, acquire customers at lower costs or respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in fashion trends and customer shopping behavior. These competitors may engage in extensive research and development efforts, enter or expand their presence in the online luxury market, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns, build stronger relationships with our brand partners, more effectively address our customers’ needs or adopt more aggressive pricing policies. In addition, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, retailers and brands that have not typically participated in e-commerce may establish
 
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
an online presence on their own or with our existing competitors, which may create new or strengthen existing competitors. In September 2020, Amazon.com, Inc. launched “Amazon Luxury Stores,” an invitation-only marketplace that offers high-end ready-to-wear clothing from luxury brand partners to eligible customers. Any of the foregoing may allow our competitors to acquire a larger and more lucrative customer base or generate net sales from their existing customer bases more effectively than we do and, as a result, may have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
Competition, along with other factors such as consolidation within the luxury retail industry and changes in customer spending patterns, could also result in significant pricing pressure. Such factors may result in the loss of brand partners or customers. If we lose customers, our brand partners could reduce or terminate their relationships with us and our results of operations and profitability could decline.
If we are unable to anticipate and respond to changing customer preferences and shifts in fashion and industry trends in a timely manner, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.
The online personal goods luxury sector is driven in part by fashion and beauty trends, which may shift quickly. Our continued success depends on our ability to anticipate, gauge and react in a timely and cost-effective manner to the latest fashion trends, changes in customer preferences for products, customer attitudes toward our industry and brands and where and how customers shop for those products. We must continually work to develop, produce and market new and highly curated content to our sites, provide customers with products from coveted luxury brands, offer unique products, maintain and enhance the recognition of our brand and develop our approach as to how and where we market and sell products. We typically enter into agreements to purchase our merchandise in advance of the applicable selling season and our failure to anticipate, identify or react appropriately, or in a timely manner to changes in customer preferences, tastes and trends or economic conditions could lead to, among other things, missed opportunities, excess inventory or inventory shortages or delays, markdowns and write-offs, any of which could negatively impact our profitability and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to respond to changing customer preferences and to gauge and anticipate upcoming fashion trends could also negatively impact our brand image with our customers and result in diminished customer loyalty.
There is no assurance that customers will continue to purchase goods from us in the future. Customers may purchase fewer or lower-priced products if their discretionary income decreases. During periods of economic uncertainty, we may need to reduce prices in response to competitive pressures or otherwise to maintain sales, which could adversely affect relationships with our brand partners and consequently our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Any current or future health epidemic or other adverse public health development, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, could result in business disruption, sustained economic downturn, margin pressures and have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Our business has been and could continue to be adversely affected by infectious disease outbreaks, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, which has spread rapidly across the globe, including in all major countries in which we operate, resulting in adverse economic conditions and business disruptions. Governments worldwide have imposed varying degrees of preventative and protective actions, such as temporary travel bans, forced business closures, and stay-at-home orders, all in an effort to reduce the spread of the virus, which has resulted in supply shortages and other business disruptions in many regions, initially in particular China and Italy, but with increasing and rapid effect to other countries as well, and has also adversely affected demand. It is impossible to predict the effect and ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic as the situation is rapidly evolving. Accordingly, we cannot predict for how long and to what extent this crisis will impact our business operations or the global economy as a whole.
A substantial majority of our brand partners, offices and employees are located in Europe, and we ship all our products from our distribution center in Munich. As a result, the effects of this virus could disrupt our supply chain and distribution and fulfillment capabilities, including the delivery of merchandise from our brand partners and shipments of our merchandise to impacted regions or from our distribution center in Munich. Furthermore, many of our brand partners temporarily closed their retail stores, warehouses and/or distribution centers and may do so again in the future in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, which could
 
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
interrupt our supply chain. Our offices, logistics and operations centers and employees more generally have also been affected. We have instituted many health and safety protective measures for our employees and customers, and as a consequence, our capacity for processing items has been reduced. With the majority of our employees working from home as a result, our information technologies and systems may be strained.
Restrictions on travel, quarantines and other measures imposed in response to the outbreak, as well as ongoing concern regarding its potential impact, have had and will likely continue to have a negative effect on the economies, financial markets and business activities of the countries in which outbreaks occur. Global financial markets have experienced significant losses and volatility as a result of these conditions. A continued economic downturn resulting from these measures could negatively impact customer demand and spending in the impacted regions, and cause an oversupply of inventory that could lead to markdowns or promotional sales to dispose of excess inventory, which could force us to follow suit and have an adverse effect on our gross margins and results of operations. In addition, in response to anticipated liquidity pressures stemming from a potential downturn, many companies are exploring liquidity options, including drawing on revolving facilities. Should any of these factors worsen, customer demand and our results of operations could be negatively affected in the current or future fiscal periods.
The luxury fashion industry can be volatile and difficult to predict.
In the luxury fashion industry, customer demand can quickly change depending on many factors, including the behavior of both online and brick and mortar competitors, promotional activities of competitors, rapidly changing tastes and preferences, frequent introductions of new products and services, advances in technology and the internet and macroeconomic factors, many of which are beyond our control, especially in light of the COVID-19 pandemic. With this constantly changing environment, our future business strategies, practices and results may not meet expectations or respond quickly enough to customer demand, and we may face operational difficulties in adjusting to any changes. Any of these developments could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our continued success is substantially dependent on positive perceptions of our brand which, if eroded, could adversely affect our customer, employee and brand partner relationships.
We offer products from over 200 established brands through our sites. Our ability to identify new brands and maintain and enhance our relationships with our existing brands is critical to maintaining and expanding our base of customers. A significant portion of our customers’ experience depends on third parties outside of our control, including brand partners, third-party vendors, logistics providers such as DHL, FedEx and UPS and social media providers, distributors and influencers. If these third parties do not meet our or our customers’ expectations or if they increase their prices or materially reduce or terminate their relationship with us, our brand may suffer irreparable damage and/or our costs may increase.
Customer complaints or negative publicity about our sites, products, product delivery times, customer support, customer data handling or security practices, especially on blogs and social media platforms, could rapidly and severely diminish use of our sites and current and potential customers’ and brand partners’ confidence in us, which could result in harm to our brand and our business. We believe that some of the growth in our customer base to date has originated from social media, influencer marketing and affiliate marketing. If we are not able to develop and maintain positive relationships with our influencer and affiliate marketing partners, or if we or such partners are targets of negative publicity, including in connection with reactions to social or political events, such as the Black Lives Matter movement or protests against the use of fur, on social media, our ability to promote and maintain awareness of our sites and brands and leverage social media platforms to drive customers to our sites may be adversely affected, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We depend on the success of our advertising efforts. If we fail to acquire new customers through our marketing effort in a cost-effective manner or at all we may not be able to increase net sales or maintain profitability.
Our success depends on the success of our marketing efforts in acquiring customers in a cost-effective manner. Our advertising efforts primarily comprise brand and performance-based advertising, public relations and events. In order to expand our customer base, we must appeal to and acquire customers who have historically used other means of shopping for luxury goods and may prefer alternatives to our offerings, such as traditional
 
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
brick-and-mortar retailers and the websites of our competitors. We make significant investments related to customer acquisition and expect to continue to spend significant amounts to acquire additional customers. For example, our performance-based advertising includes paid search/product listing ads, affiliate networks, display prospecting and retargeting and other digital channels.
In addition to our performance-based advertising, we may use third-party social media platforms as, among other things, marketing tools. For example, we currently maintain Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, Pinterest, YouTube, Weibo, WeChat, and Naver accounts. As existing e-commerce and social media platforms continue to rapidly evolve and new platforms develop, we must continue to maintain a presence on these platforms and establish a presence on new or emerging popular social media platforms. If we are unable to cost-effectively use some of our social media platforms as marketing tools or if the social media platforms we use do not evolve quickly enough for us to optimize our use of such platforms, our ability to attract new customers and our financial condition may suffer. Furthermore, as laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms, the failure by us or our employees to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms or otherwise could subject us to regulatory investigations, class action lawsuits, liability, fines or other penalties and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are also subject to certain risks due to our reliance on digital channels in our advertising efforts. Digital channels change their algorithms periodically, and our rankings in organic searches and visibility in social media feeds could be adversely affected by those changes. This has occurred in the past and required us to increase our spending on paid marketing to offset the loss in traffic. Search engine companies may also determine that we are not in compliance with their guidelines and penalize us in their algorithms. Even with an increase in marketing spend to offset any loss in search engine optimization traffic as a result of algorithm changes, the recovery period in organic traffic may span multiple quarters or years. If digital platforms change or penalize us with their algorithms, terms of service, display and featuring of search results, or if competition increases for advertisements, we may be unable to cost-effectively attract customers. Our relationships with digital platforms are not covered by long-term contractual agreements and do not require any specific performance commitments. In addition, many of the platforms and agencies with whom we have advertising arrangements provide advertising services to other companies, including retailers with whom we compete. As competition for online advertising has increased, the cost for some of these services has also increased.
In addition, we partner with influential figures and social media and celebrity influencers within the fashion and entertainment industry in order to promote our sites. Such campaigns are expensive and may not result in the cost-effective acquisition of new customers. Further, the competition for relationships with influencers is increasing, and the cost of maintaining such relationships will likely increase. In addition, we do not prescribe what our influencers post, and if we were held responsible for the content of their posts or their actions, we could be forced to alter our practices, which could have an adverse impact on our business. Influencers, designers and celebrities with whom we maintain relationships could engage in behavior or use their platforms to communicate directly with our customers in a manner that reflects poorly on our brand and may be attributed to us or otherwise adversely affect us. The harm may be immediate, without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.
The net profit from new customers we acquire may not ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring those customers. If we fail to deliver an exclusive shopping experience, or if customers do not perceive the products we offer as unique luxury pieces reflecting the latest fashion trends, we may not be able to acquire new customers. If we are unable to acquire new customers who purchase an amount of merchandise sufficient to grow our business, we may not be able to generate the necessary growth to drive beneficial network effects with our brand partners, our net sales may decrease, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. Additionally, if our marketing efforts are not successful in promoting awareness of our brand, driving customer engagement or attracting new customers, or if we are not able to cost-effectively manage our marketing expenses, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our failure to retain existing customers or to maintain average order value or customer spending levels may impair our net sales growth, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
A significant portion of our net sales are generated from sales to existing customers, particularly those existing customers who are highly engaged and make frequent and/or large purchases of the merchandise we offer. In
 
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
fiscal 2020, the top 2.6% of our customers accounted for approximately 30% of our gross sales. If existing customers no longer find our offerings appealing, or if we are unable to timely update our offerings to meet current trends and customer demands, our existing customers may make fewer or smaller purchases in the future. A decrease in the number of our existing customers who make repeat purchases or a decrease in their spending on the merchandise we offer could negatively impact our results of operations. Further, we believe that our future success will depend in part on our ability to increase sales to our existing customers over time, and if we are unable to do so, our business may suffer. If we fail to generate repeat purchases or maintain high levels of customer engagement and average spend, our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects could be adversely affected.
In addition, for our most valued customers, we invest in hosting exclusive events, personal shoppers and in-person styling sessions in various international locations, which has become challenging during the COVID-19 pandemic. If we are unable to retain our most valued customers or if they do not purchase an amount of merchandise sufficient to grow our business, we may not be able to generate the necessary growth to drive beneficial network effects with our brand partners, our net sales may decrease and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our failure to maintain strong relationships with our brand partners could limit our ability to provide differentiated luxury merchandise and harm our business and prospects.
Our relationships with established brand partners is a key factor in our success. Many of our brand partners limit the number of retail and wholesale channels that they use to sell their merchandise, and we have no guaranteed supply arrangements with our brand partners. Nearly all of our luxury brands are sold by competing retailers and have their own proprietary retail stores and/or websites that compete with us. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that any of our brand partners will continue to sell to us or to meet our quality, style and volume requirements. Some of our brand partners also impose geographical restrictions where we are allowed to sell their products. Other brand partners may, in the future, also restrict our ability to sell their products in certain regions. Our failure to offer our brand partners the ability to present their products in a manner that preserves brand integrity could have an adverse impact on our relationships with such brand partners. Our distribution model may also evolve over time and could include, among other distribution models, arrangements where a vendor retains inventory ownership. Any such distribution model could result in changes to our future revenue composition, inventory levels and margins, with a possible negative effect on our future revenue growth rate, and our brand and reputation could be adversely affected if we are not able to continue controlling the full customer experience associated with shopping on our site. Brand partner relationships could also be adversely impacted if we are not able to sell our brand partners’ products at full price and instead offer such products at discounted prices, thereby undermining their pricing strategies and in turn indirectly reducing their net sales. Losing brand partners or being restricted by them may cause us to lose customers and hinder our ability to acquire new customers. Any terminations, reductions or limitations by brand partners may adversely affect our business and prospects.
During periods of adverse change in general economic, industry or competitive conditions, some of our brand partners may experience cash flow issues, reductions in available credit from banks, factors or other financial institutions, or increases in the cost of capital. In response to those conditions or to concerns about the financial condition of us or our affiliates, such brand partners may attempt to increase their prices, alter historical credit and payment terms available to us or take other actions. Certain of our brand partners use third party trade credits on the basis of orders placed by us to subsidize a portion of their production costs. In certain cases, this has prompted brand partners to alter historical credit and payment terms available to us. If this were to recur in the future, it could disrupt our merchandise sourcing and order fulfilment and adversely affect our liquidity.
Any of these actions could have an adverse impact on our relationships with our brand partners, or constrain the amounts or timing of our purchases from such brand partners, which could ultimately have an adverse effect on our business and prospects.
Our failure to maintain a relevant, enjoyable and reliable experience for our customers and to meet our customers’ evolving shopping preferences could adversely affect our customer relationships.
We seek to provide a relevant, enjoyable and reliable experience for our customers and to meet our customers’ evolving shopping preferences. To do so, we must continuously offer differentiated merchandise and brands,
 
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
anticipate evolving fashion trends and offer access to exclusive merchandise. We must also provide our customers with superior service throughout their shopping experience and keep up-to-date with current technology trends, including the proliferation of mobile usage, evolving creative user interfaces and other e-commerce marketing trends related to customer acquisition and engagement, among others, which may increase our costs and may not yield higher sales or more customers. We must also keep up with evolving shopping preferences, including convenient and low-cost or free shipping options. Although we continually analyze trends in the way our customers shop, in an effort to maximize incremental sales, we may not gather accurate and relevant data or effectively utilize that data to accurately predict our customers’ shopping preferences, which may impact our strategic planning and decision making. If for any reason we are not successful at developing and providing a convenient, consistent and enjoyable shopping experience for our customers or providing our customers the products they want, when and where they want them, our business, financial condition, results of operation and prospects could be adversely affected.
We rely on customer discretionary spending, which may be adversely affected by economic downturns and other macroeconomic conditions or trends.
We sell luxury fashion merchandise. Although the market for luxury goods is less sensitive to economic downturns than markets for ordinary goods, purchases of merchandise by our customers are nonetheless discretionary, and therefore dependent upon the level of customer spending, particularly among affluent customers. As a result, our business and results of operations are subject to global economic conditions and their impact on customer discretionary spending. Some factors that may negatively influence customer spending include high levels of unemployment, higher customer debt levels, reductions in net worth, decreased demand resulting from significantly reduced opportunity to wear luxury fashion merchandise in public or social situations due to stay-at-home orders or preferences as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, declines in asset values and related market uncertainty, home foreclosures and reductions in home values, fluctuating interest rates and credit availability, fluctuating fuel and other energy costs, fluctuating commodity prices and national and global geo-political and economic uncertainty, including in connection with tariffs or trade laws. Economic conditions in certain regions may also be affected by natural disasters, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, tropical storms and wildfires, public health crises, political crises, such as terrorist attacks, war and other political instability or other unexpected events, and such events could also disrupt our operations, internet or mobile networks or the operations of one or more of our third-party service providers. For example, if any such disaster were to impact our flagship store or distribution center in Munich, our results of operations could be adversely affected. Customer purchases of discretionary items, including the merchandise that we offer, may decline during periods of economic uncertainty, when disposable income is reduced or when there is a reduction in customer confidence.
Adverse economic changes could reduce customer confidence, and thereby could negatively affect our results of operations. A reduction in customer spending or disposable income may affect us more significantly than companies in other industries and companies with a more diversified product offering. In addition, negative national or global economic conditions may adversely affect our brand partners’ financial performance, liquidity and access to capital, which may affect their production levels and/or product quality and could cause them to raise prices, lower production levels or cease their operations. In challenging and uncertain economic environments, we cannot predict when macroeconomic uncertainty may arise, whether or when such circumstances may improve or worsen or what impact such circumstances could have on our business.
Any adverse impact on our relationship with the limited number of brand partners from whom we generate a significant portion of our net sales could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
In fiscal 2020, approximately 68% of our net sales were derived from our top 30 brand partners. If one or more of these brand partners were to (i) limit the supply of merchandise made available to us, (ii) increase the supply of merchandise made available to our competitors, (iii) increase the supply of merchandise made available to their own proprietary retail stores and websites or significantly increase the number of their proprietary retail stores, or (iv) cease the distribution of their merchandise to us, our business, net sales, earnings and profitability could be adversely affected. Any decline in the quality or popularity of our top designer brands could also adversely affect our business.
 
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The failure of one or more of these brand partners to supply their products to us on a timely basis, or at all, or at the prices we expect, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, our brand partners may:

have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with ours;

take actions contrary to our requests, policies or objectives;

be unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations under relevant purchase orders, including obligations to meet certain production deadlines, quality standards, pricing guidelines and product specifications, and to comply with applicable regulations, including those regarding the safety and quality of products;

have financial difficulties;

encounter raw material or labor shortages;

encounter increases in raw material or labor costs which may affect their procurement costs, potentially resulting in an increase in their prices;

engage in activities or employ practices that may harm our reputation; or

work with, be acquired by, or come under the control of, our competitors.
Any of these factors could have an adverse impact on our relationships with such brand partners and the volume or timing of our purchases from such brand partners and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If our brand partners do not continue to produce products that are consistent with our standards or applicable regulatory requirements, this could adversely affect the quality of our collections, cause customer dissatisfaction and harm our reputation.
We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities or design the merchandise we sell. The ability of our brand partners to design, manufacture and supply us with their products may be affected by competing orders placed by other retailers and the demands of those retailers. If we experience significant increases in demand, or need to replace a significant amount of merchandise, there can be no assurance that additional supply will be available when required on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, or that any brand supplier will allocate sufficient capacity to us in order to meet our requirements.
In addition, quality control problems, such as the use of materials and delivery of products that do not meet our quality control standards and specifications or comply with applicable laws or regulations, could harm our business. We do not regularly inspect the merchandise supplied by our brand partners and quality control problems could result in regulatory action, such as restrictions on importation, products of inferior quality or product stock outages or shortages, which could harm our sales and create inventory write-downs for unusable products. We have also outsourced portions of our distribution process, as well as certain technology-related functions, to third-party service providers. Specifically, we rely on third parties in a number of foreign countries and territories, and we rely on third parties for credit card processing, hosting and networking for our sites. The failure of one or more of these entities to provide the expected services on a timely basis, or at all, or at the prices we expect, or the costs and disruption incurred in moving these outsourced functions under our management and direct control or that of another third party, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our failure to successfully introduce new product categories could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
As part of our ongoing business strategy we expect to introduce new products in our traditional product categories of clothing, shoes, bags and accessories, while also expanding our product launches into adjacent categories in which we may have little to no operating experience. In 2019, we launched Mytheresa Kids and, in January 2020, we launched Mytheresa Men, to expand our curated offering to these large and underserved categories. If we are unable to effectively market these categories to new and existing customers, the launch of these product lines may not be as successful as we anticipate. Our inability to successfully introduce new
 
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
products in our traditional categories or in adjacent categories could limit our future growth and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Any disruptions at our flagship store could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
We generate a portion of our net sales (approximately 3% in fiscal 2020) from our Munich flagship store and, since its opening in April 2020, our new men’s store, which is also located in Munich. As a result, we are more vulnerable to economic and other conditions affecting the metropolitan region surrounding Munich than our more geographically diversified competitors. Factors that may affect our results of operations include, among other things, the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting lock-downs or shelter-at-home orders, changes in demographics, population and employee bases, wage increases, future changes in economic conditions, severe weather conditions and winter storms. Any events or circumstances that negatively affect the region could adversely affect our net sales and profitability. Such conditions may result in reduced customer traffic and spending in our store, physical damage to our store, loss of inventory or closure of our store. Any of these factors may disrupt our business and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be unable to accurately forecast net sales and appropriately plan our expenses in the future.
We base our current and future expense levels on our operating forecasts and estimates of future net sales, gross margins and bottom-up estimates of functional cost increases. Net sales and results of operations are difficult to forecast because the purchasing behavior of our existing customers as well as our success in acquiring new customers may vary and is subject to global economic and health conditions. In addition, our historical growth rates, trends and other key performance metrics may not be meaningful predictors of future growth. Our business is affected by general economic and business conditions in the European Union and in the other international markets in which we operate. In addition, we experience shifts in overall sale seasons in our business, and our mix of product offerings is variable from day-to-day and quarter-to-quarter. This variability makes it difficult to predict sales and could result in significant fluctuations in our net sales, margins and profitability. Some of our expenses are fixed, and as a result, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected shortfall in net sales. Any failure to accurately predict net sales could cause our results of operations to be lower than expected, which could adversely affect our financial condition and the price of ADSs.
Our recent growth rates may not be sustainable or indicative of our future growth.
Our historical net sales and profitability may not be indicative of our future performance. We may not be successful in executing our growth strategy, and even if we achieve our strategic plan, we may not be able to sustain profitability. In future periods, our net sales and profitability could decline or grow more slowly than we expect.
We believe that our continued growth will depend upon, among other factors, our ability to:

identify new and emerging brands and maintain relationships with our established brand partners;

acquire new customers and retain existing customers;

develop new features to enhance the customer experience on our sites;

increase the frequency with which new and existing customers purchase products on our sites through merchandising, data analytics and technology;

invest in our online infrastructure to enhance and scale the systems our customers use to interact with our site;

access new complementary customer categories; and

expand internationally.
We cannot assure you we will be able to achieve any of the foregoing. Our customer base may not continue to grow or may decline as a result of increased competition and the maturation of our business. Failure to
 
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
sustain our growth could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and on the trading price of ADSs.
Additionally, we expect our costs to increase in future periods due to, among other items, inflation, regulatory requirements, competitive pressures, commodity price increases and increased labor costs, which could negatively affect our future results of operations and ability to sustain profitability. We expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on acquiring and retaining customers, our technology infrastructure and the development of new features, sales and marketing, international expansion, and expenses related to being a public company. These investments may not result in increased net sales or growth in our business. If we cannot successfully earn net sales at a rate that exceeds the costs associated with our business, we will not be able to sustain profitability or generate positive cash flow on a sustained basis and our net sales growth rate may decline. If we fail to continue to increase our net sales and grow our overall business, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
We are also required to manage numerous relationships with various brand partners and other third parties. Further growth of our operations, fulfillment infrastructure, information technology systems or internal controls and procedures may not be adequate to support our operations. If we are unable to manage the growth of our organization effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate, which could cause the ADS price to decline.
Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate for a variety of reasons, many of which are beyond our control. These reasons include those described in these risk factors as well as the following:

fluctuations in net sales generated from the brands on our sites, including as a result of shifts in overall sale seasons, changes in regional mix and changes in brand delivery patterns and timing;

fluctuations in product mix;

our ability to effectively manage our sites and new and existing brands;

fluctuations in the levels of inventory;

fluctuations in capacity as we expand our operations;

our success in engaging existing customers and attracting new customers;

the amount and timing of our operating expenses;

the timing and success of new products and brands we introduce;

the impact of competitive developments and our response to those developments;

our ability to manage our existing business and future growth;

disruptions or defects in our sites, such as privacy or data security breaches; and

economic and market conditions, particularly those affecting our industry.
Fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations may cause those results to fall below the expectations of analysts or investors, which could cause the price of ADSs to decline. Fluctuations in our results could also cause a number of other difficulties. For example, analysts or investors might change their models for valuing ADSs, we could experience short-term liquidity issues, our ability to retain or attract key personnel may diminish and other unanticipated issues may arise.
In addition, we believe that our quarterly results of operations may vary in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. For example, our historical growth may have overshadowed the shifts in the overall effect of sale seasons on our historical results of operations. These shifts in the overall effect of sale seasons may become more pronounced over time, which could also cause our results of operations to fluctuate. You should not rely on the results of one quarter as an indication of future performance.
 
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect our results of operations.
We are exposed to market risk from fluctuations in foreign currencies. Material portions of our net sales and expenses have been generated by our operations outside the European Union, and we expect that these operations will account for a material portion of our net sales and expenses in the future. We use foreign service vendors whose costs are affected by the fluctuation of their local currency against the Euro or who price their services in currencies other than the Euro, including the British Pound, U.S. Dollar and Swiss Franc. We have also generated significant sales in foreign locations, principally the United Kingdom, the United States, China, South Korea, and the Middle East. Our brand partners may also be impacted by currency exchange rate fluctuations with respect to the purchase of fabric and other raw materials and could pass any such increased costs on to us. We may not be able to pass increased prices on to customers, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Certain of our key operating metrics are subject to inherent challenges in measurement, and real or perceived inaccuracies in such metrics may harm our reputation and negatively affect our business.
We track certain key operating metrics using internal data analytics tools, which have certain limitations. In addition, we rely on data received from third parties, including third-party platforms, to track certain performance indicators. Data from such sources may include information relating to fraudulent accounts and interactions with our sites (including as a result of the use of bots, or other automated or manual mechanisms to generate false impressions that are delivered through our sites or their accounts). We have only a limited ability to verify data from our sites or third parties, and perpetrators of fraudulent impressions may change their tactics and may become more sophisticated, which would make it more difficult to detect such activity.
Our methodologies for tracking metrics may also change over time, which could result in changes to the metrics we report. If we under or over count performance due to the internal data analytics tools we use or issues with the operating data received from third parties, or if our internal data analytics tools contain algorithmic or other technical errors, the operating data we report may not be accurate or comparable with prior periods. In addition, limitations, changes or errors with respect to how we measure operating data may affect our understanding of certain details of our business, which could affect our longer-term strategies.
If our operating metrics are not accurate representations of the reach or monetization of our offerings and network, if we discover material inaccuracies in our metrics or the operating data on which such metrics are based, or if we can no longer calculate any of our key operating metrics with a sufficient degree of accuracy and cannot find an adequate replacement for such metrics, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
If we are unable to manage our inventory effectively, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Our business requires us to manage a large volume of inventory effectively. We add a total of approximately 800 new apparel, footwear, accessories and fine jewelry to our sites in a typical week, and we depend on our forecasts of demand for and popularity of various products to make purchase decisions and to manage our inventory of SKUs. Demand for products, however, can change significantly between the time inventory is ordered and the date of sale. Demand may be affected by shifts in overall sale seasons, new product launches, rapid changes in product cycles and pricing, product defects, promotions, changes in customer spending patterns, changes in customer tastes with respect to the products we offer and other factors, and our customers may not purchase products in the quantities that we expect.
Seasonality in our business does not follow that of traditional retailers, such as typical concentration of net sales in the holiday quarter since our business is worldwide. Given shifts in overall sale seasons, it may be difficult to accurately forecast demand and determine appropriate levels of product. We generally do not have the right to return unsold products to our brand partners. If we fail to manage our inventory effectively or negotiate favorable credit terms with third-party suppliers, we may be subject to a heightened risk of inventory obsolescence, a decline in inventory values, and inventory write-downs or write-offs. In addition, if we are required to lower sale prices in order to reduce inventory levels, our profit margins might be negatively affected, and such price reductions may harm our relationships with our brand partners. Any of the above, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Increased merchandise returns above current levels could harm our business.
We allow our customers to return products, subject to our return policy. If the rate of merchandise returns increases significantly or if merchandise return economics become less efficient, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Further, we modify our policies relating to returns from time to time, which may result in customer dissatisfaction or an increase in the number of product returns. From time to time, our products are damaged in transit, and any increase in the occurrence of such damages can increase return rates and harm our business.
Our ability to timely deliver merchandise to customers is dependent on a single distribution facility. If we suffer a loss of, or disruption in, our only distribution facility, our business and operations could be adversely affected.
Our ability to timely deliver merchandise to customers is dependent on a single distribution facility in Munich and certain brand partners. If we do not have sufficient fulfillment capacity, experience disruptions to order fulfillment or deliveries by our brand partners are not timely, our customers may experience delivery delays, which could harm our reputation and our relationship with our customers.
If we are unable to adequately staff our fulfillment center to meet demand or if the cost of such staffing is higher than historical or projected costs due to mandated wage increases, regulatory changes, international expansion or other factors, our results of operations could be harmed. In addition, operating our fulfillment center comes with potential risks, such as workplace safety issues and employment claims for the failure or alleged failure to comply with labor laws or laws respecting union organizing activities. Any such issues may result in delays in shipping times or packing quality, and our reputation and results of operations may be harmed.
We have designed and built our own fulfillment infrastructure, which is tailored to meet the specific needs of our business. If we continue to add fulfillment and warehouse capabilities, add new businesses or categories with different fulfillment requirements or change the mix of products that we sell, our fulfillment network will become increasingly complex and operating it will become more challenging. Failure to successfully address such challenges in a cost-effective and timely manner could impair our ability to timely deliver our customers’ purchases and could harm our reputation and ultimately, our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We expect that our current capacity will support our near-term growth plans. Over the long term, we may be unable to locate suitable facilities on commercially acceptable terms in accordance with our expansion plans and to recruit qualified managerial and operational personnel to support our expansion plans. If we grow faster than we anticipate, we may exceed our fulfillment center capacity sooner than we anticipate, we may experience problems fulfilling orders in a timely manner or our customers may experience delays in receiving their purchases, and we would need to increase our capital expenditures more than anticipated. Many of the expenses and investments with respect to our fulfillment center are fixed, and any expansion of our fulfillment center infrastructure will require additional investment of capital. We expect to incur higher capital expenditures in the future for our fulfillment center operations in the future. We may incur such expenses or make such investments in advance of expected sales, and such expected sales may not occur. If we are unable to secure new facilities for the expansion of our fulfillment operations or to effectively control expansion-related expenses, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
Our results of operations could be adversely affected by natural disasters, public health crises, political crises or other catastrophic events.
Natural disasters, unforeseen public health crises, political crises or other catastrophic events, whether occurring in the European Union or internationally, could disrupt our operations in any of our offices and logistics centers or the operations of one or more of our brand partners or other third parties we do business with. In particular, these types of events could impact our merchandise supply chain, including our ability to ship merchandise to customers from or to the impacted region, and could impact our ability or the ability of third parties to operate our sites and ship merchandise. In addition, these types of events could negatively impact customer spending in the impacted regions. To the extent any of these events occur, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Any changes in our shipping arrangements or any interruptions in shipping could adversely affect our results of operations.
We primarily rely on three major vendors for our shipping, DHL, FedEx, and UPS. If we are not able to negotiate acceptable pricing and other terms with these entities, if they significantly increase their shipping charges or they experience performance problems, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or other difficulties, it could negatively impact our results of operations and our customer experience. In addition, our ability to receive inbound inventory efficiently and ship merchandise to customers may be negatively affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and related response measures, inclement weather, fire, flood, power loss, earthquakes, labor disputes, acts of war or terrorism, trade embargoes and similar factors. For example, strikes at major international shipping ports may in the future impact our supply of inventory from our brand partners, and the escalating trade disputes between the United States, the European Union, China and certain other regions could lead to increased tariffs on our goods and restrict the flow of the goods between the United States the European Union. We are also subject to risks of damage or loss during delivery by our shipping vendors. Any of these factors could result in reduced sales or canceled orders, which may limit our growth and damage our reputation. If our merchandise is not delivered in a timely fashion or is damaged or lost during the delivery process, our customers could become dissatisfied and cease shopping on our sites, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our business, including our costs and supply chain, is subject to risks associated with sourcing and warehousing.
All the merchandise we offer on our sites is sourced directly from our brand partners, and as a result we may be subject to price fluctuations or supply disruptions. Our results of operations would be negatively impacted by increases in the prices of our merchandise, and we have no guarantees that prices will not rise. In addition, as we expand into new categories and product types, it is possible that we may not have strong purchasing power in these new areas, which could lead to higher prices than we have historically seen in our current categories. We may not be able to pass increased prices on to customers, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, in the event of a significant disruption in the supply of the fabrics or raw materials used in the manufacture of the merchandise we offer, our brand partners may not be able to locate alternative suppliers of materials of comparable quality at an acceptable price.
In addition, the merchandise we receive from brand partners may not be of sufficient quality or free from damage, or such merchandise may be damaged during shipping, while stored in our fulfillment center or when returned by customers. We may incur additional expenses and our reputation could be harmed if customers or potential customers believe that our merchandise does not meet their expectations, is not properly labeled or is damaged.
We are subject to payment-related risks.
We accept payments using a variety of methods, including credit card, Mytheresa gift cards, debit card, PayPal, Alipay, and WeChat Pay, in addition to cash in our store, which subjects us to certain regulations and the risk of fraud, and we may in the future offer new payment options to customers that would be subject to additional regulations and risks. We pay interchange and other fees in connection with credit card payments, which may increase over time and adversely affect our operating results. We primarily rely on Adyen as payment processor. If this third party payment processor were to experience an interruption, delay or service unavailability, we may not be able to process payments on a timely basis. Although we use third parties to process payments, our processes must comply with payment card association operating rules and certification requirements, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI-DSS”) and rules governing electronic funds transfers, the EU Regulation on regulatory technical standards for strong customer authentication and common and secure open standards of communication and the EU Directive on payment services in the internal market. If we fail to comply with applicable rules and regulations of any provider of a payment method we accept, if the volume of fraud in our transactions triggers limits or terminates our rights to use payment methods we currently accept, or if a data breach occurs relating to our payment systems, we may be subject to fines or higher transaction fees and may lose our ability to accept online payments or other payment card transactions. If services of our payment providers are interrupted, harmed or such payment providers are subject to fraud or cyber security attacks, this may result in the data protection of our customers being
 
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
compromised and the access, public disclosure, loss or theft of their personal information, as well as an inability to process their payments. Further, we occasionally receive orders placed with fraudulent data. Under current credit and debit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent transactions. As a result, we may suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent data even if the associated financial institution approved payment of the orders. If any of these events were to occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We may incur significant losses from fraud.
We have in the past incurred and may in the future incur losses from various types of fraud, including stolen credit card numbers, claims that a customer did not authorize a purchase, merchant fraud and customers who have closed bank accounts or have insufficient funds in bank accounts to satisfy payments. Although we have measures in place to detect and reduce the occurrence of fraudulent activity on our sites and in our store, those measures may not always be effective. In addition to the direct costs of such losses, if the fraud is related to credit card transactions and becomes excessive, it could potentially result in us paying higher fees or losing the right to accept credit cards for payment. In addition, under current credit card practices, we are liable for fraudulent credit card transactions because we do not obtain a cardholder’s signature. Our failure to adequately prevent fraudulent transactions could damage our reputation, result in litigation or regulatory action and lead to expenses that could substantially impact our results of operations.
The United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our business.
We are a multinational company with worldwide operations, including significant business operations in Europe. The U.K.’s exit from the European Union, as well as the possibility of initiatives by other European countries to withdraw from the European Union, has created significant uncertainty about the future relationships between the United Kingdom, the European Union and other member states within the European Union.
These developments, or the perception that other European countries could withdraw from the European Union, have had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and could significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. Asset valuations, currency exchange rates and credit ratings may be especially subject to increased market volatility. Lack of clarity about future U.K. laws and regulations, including financial laws and regulations, tax and free trade agreements, immigration laws and employment laws, could increase costs, depress economic activity, impair our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. Any of these factors may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Parties with whom we do business may be subject to insolvency risks or may otherwise become unable or unwilling to perform their obligations with us.
In addition to our brand partners, we are party to contracts, transactions and business relationships with third parties, including with respect to shipping, payment processing and data hosting, pursuant to which such third parties have performance, payment and other obligations. If any of these third parties were to become subject to bankruptcy, receivership or similar proceedings, our rights and benefits in relation to our contracts, transactions and business relationships with such third parties could be terminated, modified in a manner adverse to us, or otherwise impaired.
We may be unable to arrange for alternate or replacement contracts, transactions or business relationships on terms as favorable as our existing contracts, transactions or business relationships, if at all. Any inability on our part to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We may expand our business through acquisitions of other businesses, which may divert management’s attention and/or prove to be unsuccessful.
We may acquire additional businesses or technologies in the future. Acquisitions may divert management’s time and focus from operating our business. Acquisitions also may require us to spend a substantial portion of
 
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
our available cash, incur debt or other liabilities, amortize expenses related to intangible assets or incur write-offs of goodwill or other assets. In addition, integrating an acquired business or technology is risky. Completed and future acquisitions may result in unforeseen operational difficulties and expenditures associated with:

incorporating new businesses and technologies into our infrastructure;

consolidating operational and administrative functions;

coordinating outreach to our community;

maintaining morale and culture and retaining and integrating key employees;

maintaining or developing controls, procedures and policies (including effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures); and

identifying assumed liabilities related to the activities of the acquired business before the acquisition, including liabilities for violations of laws and regulations, intellectual property issues, commercial disputes, taxes and other matters.
Moreover, we may not benefit from our acquisitions in the manner or time frame we expect. We also may issue additional ADSs, ordinary shares or other equity securities in connection with an acquisition, which could cause dilution to our shareholders. Finally, acquisitions could be viewed negatively by analysts, investors or our customers.
Due to our global business we are exposed to different local cultures, standards and policies.
Given that we operate globally, with customers in 133 countries, we are exposed to many different local cultures, standards and policies. The business model we employ and the merchandise we currently offer may not have the same appeal to our various international customers, and purchasing behaviors may vary region to region. Due to the international nature of our business, our success in the international markets may depend on a variety of factors, including:

localization of our merchandise offerings, including translation into foreign languages and adaptation for local practices;

navigating shipping and returns in a more fragmented geography;

different customer demand dynamics, which may make our model and the merchandise we offer less successful elsewhere compared to the European Union;

competition from local incumbents that understand the local market and may operate more effectively;

regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, trade sanctions and economic embargoes, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions or any unexpected changes thereto;

laws and regulations regarding anti-bribery, anti-corruption, anti-trust and fair competition compliance or any changes to such laws or regulations;

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions; and

risks resulting from changes in currency exchange rates.
If we invest substantial time and resources to establish and expand our operations in various international markets and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our results of operations would suffer. In addition, if we are not able to attract new customers and retain existing customers in such markets, we might not be able to grow our business, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We conduct business in China, and we and our brand partners may be subject to negative publicity in China, which could damage our reputation and have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We sell goods and ship products into China. Conducting business in China exposes us to political, legal and economic risks. In particular, the political, legal and economic climate in China, both nationally and regionally,
 
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
is fluid and unpredictable. Our brand could be subject to adverse publicity if incidents related to our image or the products we sell occur or are perceived to have occurred, whether or not we are at fault. In particular, given the popularity of social media, including WeChat and Weibo in China, any negative publicity, regardless of its truthfulness, could quickly proliferate and harm consumer perceptions of and confidence in our company. Furthermore, our ability to successfully position our brand could be adversely affected by perceptions of the quality of our brand partners’ products and services. We may also be affected by adverse publicity related to our brand partners or our marketing partners, whether or not such publicity is related to their collaboration with us. In recent years, luxury fashion brands have experienced Chinese boycotts of their products as a result of politically or racially offensive products, ads and statements made by individuals associated with the brands. Incidents such as these may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Climate change and related regulatory responses as well as customer awareness may adversely impact our business.
There is increasing concern that a gradual increase in global average temperatures due to increased concentration of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere will cause significant changes in weather patterns around the globe and an increase in the frequency and severity of natural disasters. Changes in weather patterns and an increased frequency, intensity and duration of extreme weather conditions could, among other things, adversely impact the cultivation of cotton, which is a key resource our brand partners use to make the products that we sell, disrupt our brand partners’ supply chain operations, increase the cost of our brand partners’ products and impact the types of products that customers purchase. As a result, the effects of climate change could have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations.
In many countries, governmental bodies are increasingly enacting legislation and regulations in response to the potential impacts of climate change. These laws and regulations, which may be mandatory, have the potential to impact our operations indirectly as a result of required compliance by our brand partners and the manufacturers of their products. In addition, we are active in an industry that is not considered to be environmentally sustainable and we depend on shipping logistics, which lead to a high output of carbon dioxide. As a result, our customers might refuse to acquire merchandise from us and turn to more sustainable competitors or refrain from acquiring luxury products at all. If we take steps to voluntarily mitigate our impact on climate change, we may experience increases in energy and transportation costs, capital expenditures or insurance premiums and deductibles. Inconsistency of legislation and regulations among jurisdictions may also affect the costs of compliance with such laws and regulations. Any assessment of the potential impact of future climate change legislation, regulations or industry standards, as well as any international treaties and accords, is uncertain given the wide scope of potential regulatory change in the countries in which we operate or conduct business.
System interruptions that impair customer access to our sites or other performance failures in our technology infrastructure could damage our business, reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
Approximately 97% of our consolidated net sales for fiscal 2020 were generated from sales on our sites. The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our sites, transaction-processing systems and technology infrastructure are critical to our reputation and our ability to acquire and retain customers, as well as maintain adequate customer service levels.
We outsource the vast majority of our cloud infrastructure to Amazon Web Services (“AWS”), which hosts our sites and products. In addition, we use Akamai Technologies, Inc. as our primary content delivery network vendor, which focuses on delivering point-cloud solutions (together with AWS, our “Hosting Providers”). Our customers must have the ability to access our sites at any time, without interruption or degradation of performance. Our Hosting Providers run their own platforms upon which our sites and products depend, and we are, therefore, vulnerable to service interruptions at each Hosting Provider. We have experienced, and in the future we may experience interruptions, delays and outages in service and availability from time to time due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, website hosting disruptions and capacity constraints, particularly in light of the COVID-19 pandemic. Capacity constraints could be due to a number of potential causes including technical failures, natural disasters, fraud or security attacks. In
 
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
addition, if our security, or that of one of our Hosting Providers, is compromised, our sites or products are unavailable or our users are unable to access our products within a reasonable amount of time or at all, then our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. We note that our ability to conduct security audits on our Hosting Providers is limited. In some instances, we may not be able to identify and/or remedy the cause or causes of these performance problems within a period of time acceptable to our customers. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our sites performance, especially during peak usage times. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, either through our Hosting Providers or alternative providers of cloud infrastructure, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, any changes in service levels from our Hosting Providers may adversely affect our ability to meet our customers’ requirements.
Our increased reliance on cloud-based services may subject us to increased risk of slowdown or interruption as a result of integration with such services or failures by such third parties, which are out of our control. Our net sales depend on the number of visitors who shop on our sites and the volume of orders we can handle. Unavailability of our sites or reduced order fulfillment performance would reduce the volume of goods sold and could also adversely affect customer perception of our brand. In particular, we have in the past and may in the future experience slowdowns or interruptions on our sites during updates. Currently, our sites are typically unavailable for a short period of time while software updates are being installed. We expect to no longer experience such update-related interruptions after we update our infrastructure, which we aim to complete in 2020. We may also experience other periodic system interruptions from time to time. In addition, continued growth in our transaction volume, as well as surges in online traffic and orders associated with promotional activities or shifts in overall sale seasons in our business, place additional demands on our third-party cloud-based services and technology infrastructure and could cause or increase the frequency or magnitude of slowdowns or interruptions. We may not be able to accurately project the rate or timing of increases, if any, in the use of our sites or expand, scale and upgrade our technology, systems, infrastructure and third-party cloud-based services to accommodate such increases on a timely basis. In order to remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of our sites, which is particularly challenging given the rapid rate at which new technologies, customer preferences and expectations, industry standards and practices are evolving in the e-commerce industry.
Any slowdown or failure of our sites and the underlying third-party cloud-based services could harm our business, reputation and our ability to acquire, retain and serve our customers, which could adversely affect our results of operations and our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to compensate us for the losses that could occur. Furthermore, compensation for, or indemnification from, damages resulting from capacity constraints or other limitations of our contractual partners might be limited due to contractual exclusions, limitations of liability or warranty provisions.
If sensitive information about our customers is disclosed, or if we or our third-party providers are subject to real or perceived cyberattacks, our customers may curtail use of our sites, we may be exposed to liability and our reputation would suffer.
We collect, transmit, and store personal and financial information provided by our customers, such as names, email addresses, the details of transactions and credit card and other financial information. Some of our third-party service providers, such as identity verification and payment processing providers, also regularly have access to customer data. In an effort to protect sensitive information, we rely on a variety of security measures, including encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties. However, advances in computer capabilities, increasingly sophisticated tools and methods used by hackers and cyber terrorists, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in our failure or inability to adequately protect sensitive information.
Like other online services, we are also vulnerable to computer viruses, unauthorized access, phishing or social engineering attacks, ransomware attacks, denial-of-service attacks and other real or perceived cyberattacks. Any of these incidents could lead to interruptions or shutdowns of our sites, loss or corruption of data, or unauthorized access to or disclosure of personal data or other sensitive information. Cyberattacks could also result in the theft of our intellectual property. We have been subject to attempted cyber, phishing or social engineering attacks in the past and may continue to be subject to such attacks in the future. As we gain greater visibility, we may face a higher risk of being targeted by cyberattacks. Advances in computer capabilities, new
 
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
technological discoveries or other developments may result in cyberattacks becoming more sophisticated and more difficult to detect. We and our third-party service providers may not have the resources or technical sophistication to anticipate or prevent all such cyberattacks. Moreover, techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us or our third-party service providers. Security breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including intentional or inadvertent actions by our employees, our third-party service providers, or their personnel.
We and our third-party service providers regularly experience cyberattacks aimed at disrupting our and their services. If we or our third party service providers experience, or are believed to have experienced, security breaches that result in our sites’ performance or availability problems or the loss or corruption of, or unauthorized access to or disclosure of, personal data or confidential information, people may become unwilling to provide us the information necessary make purchases on our sites. Existing customers may also decrease their purchases or close their accounts altogether. We could also face potential liability and litigation, which may not be adequately covered by insurance. Any of these results could harm our growth prospects, our business and our reputation.
The loss or corruption (or other unauthorized access or disclosure) of personal data may constitute a personal data breach under the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”). In the event of such a personal data breach, we could be required to notify applicable government authorities and/or potential victims and could face continued governmental investigations, fines and private claims for compensation from individuals whose personal data was involved.
Customer growth and activity on mobile devices depends upon effective use of mobile operating systems, networks and standards that we do not control.
Purchases using mobile devices by customers generally, and by our customers specifically, have increased significantly, and we expect this trend to continue. In fiscal 2020, mobile orders accounted for 53% of our net sales, of which 42% were app orders, and approximately 78% of page views were generated via mobile app, tablet and mobile phone. To optimize the mobile shopping experience, we are dependent on our customers downloading our specific mobile applications for their particular device or accessing our sites from an internet browser on their mobile device. As new mobile devices and operating systems are released, it is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in developing applications for these alternative devices and operating systems, and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support and maintenance of such applications. In addition, our future growth and our results of operations could suffer if we experience difficulties in the future in integrating our mobile applications into mobile devices, if problems arise with our relationships with providers of mobile operating systems or mobile application stores, such as those of the Apple App Store or Google Play, if our applications receive unfavorable treatment compared to competing applications, such as the order of our products within application stores, or if we face increased costs to distribute or have customers use our mobile applications. We are further dependent on the interoperability of our sites with popular mobile operating systems that we do not control, such as iOS and Android, and any changes in such systems that degrade the functionality of our sites or give preferential treatment to competitive products could adversely affect the usage of our sites on mobile devices. In the event that it is more difficult for our customers to access and use our sites on their mobile devices, or if our customers choose not to access or to use our sites on their mobile devices or to use mobile products that do not offer access to our sites, our customer growth could be harmed and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
Further, we continually upgrade existing technologies and business applications, and we may be required to implement new technologies or business applications in the future. The implementation of upgrades and changes requires significant investments. Our results of operations may be affected by the timing, effectiveness and costs associated with the successful implementation of any upgrades or changes to our systems and infrastructure.
A failure to comply with current laws, rules and regulations related to internet, ecommerce and trade sanctions or changes to such laws, rules and regulations and other legal uncertainties may adversely affect our business, financial performance, results of operations or business growth.
Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in or interpretations of existing laws, rules and regulations or the promulgation of new laws, rules and regulations
 
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
applicable to us and our businesses, including those relating to the internet and ecommerce, such as geo-blocking and other geographically based restrictions, internet advertising and price display, economic and trade sanctions and financial transactions. As a result, regulatory authorities could prevent or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or otherwise penalize us if our practices were found not to comply with applicable regulatory requirements or any binding interpretation of such requirements. Unfavorable changes or interpretations could decrease demand for our services, limit marketing methods and capabilities, affect our margins, increase costs or subject us to additional liabilities.
For example, the U.S., the U.K., and other foreign regulatory authorities continue to enforce economic and trade regulations and anti-corruption laws, across industries. U.S. trade sanctions relate to transactions with designated foreign countries and territories, including Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, and the Crimea region of Ukraine as well as specifically targeted individuals and entities that are identified on U.S. and other blacklists, and those owned by them or those acting on their behalf. Anti-corruption laws, including FCPA and the U.K. Bribery Act, generally prohibit direct or indirect corrupt payments to government officials and, under certain laws, private persons to obtain or retain business or an improper business advantage.
Although we have policies and procedures in place designed to promote compliance with such laws and regulations, which we review and update as we expand our operations, our employees, partners, or agents could take actions in contravention of our policies and procedures or violate applicable laws or regulations, for example, by unknowingly shipping merchandise to customers who are themselves or are family members of specifically targeted individuals subject to U.S. or EU economic sanctions. As regulations continue to develop and regulatory oversight continues to focus on these areas, we cannot guarantee that our policies and procedures will ensure compliance at all times with all applicable laws or regulations. In the event our controls should fail or we are found to be not in compliance for other reasons, we could be subject to monetary damages, civil and criminal monetary penalties, withdrawal of business licenses or permits, litigation, and damage to our reputation and the value of our brand.
Compliance with current and future laws and regulations and our contractual obligations relating to privacy, data protection and customer protection increases our operating costs. Failure to comply with such laws or regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We collect and maintain significant amounts of personal data and other data relating to our customers and employees. A variety of European and international laws and regulations, and certain industry standards, govern or apply to our collection, use, retention, sharing and security of customer data. We are subject to certain laws, regulations, contractual obligations and industry standards (including, for example, the PCI-DSS the GDPR and the Federal Data Protection Act) relating to privacy, data protection, information security and customer protection. These requirements increase our operating costs and may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another or may conflict with other rules or our practices. As a result, our practices likely have not complied or may not comply in the future with all such laws, regulations, requirements and obligations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our privacy policies or with any Dutch, German, European, or international laws, regulations, industry self-regulatory principles, industry standards or codes of conduct, regulatory guidance, orders to which we may be subject or other legal or contractual obligations relating to privacy, data protection, information security or customer protection could adversely affect our reputation, brand and business, and may result in claims, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others or other liabilities or require us to change our operations and/or cease or modify our use of certain data sets. Any such claim, proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, brand and business, force us to incur significant expenses in defense of such proceedings, distract our senior management, increase our costs of doing business, result in a loss of customers and suppliers or an inability to process credit card payments and may result in the imposition of monetary penalties. For example, under the GDPR, a personal data breach may result in monetary penalties of up to €20.0 million or 4% of our worldwide turnover of the preceding fiscal year, whichever is higher. We may also be contractually required to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any laws, regulations or other legal obligations relating to privacy or customer protection or any inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure of data that we store or handle as part of operating our business.
 
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Changes in governmental regulation, court decisions or precedent and statutory laws might restrict or even prevent us from processing personal data in particular for marketing or advertising purposes and using our proprietary data insights, which might adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
European and international governmental authorities continue to evaluate the data protection and privacy implications inherent in the use of “cookies” and similar (tracking) technologies (in the following together “cookies”) in particular where these are used for behavioral advertising and other tracking and analytics purposes. In a judgment released on October 1, 2019, the European Court of Justice decided that website users must give active consent to the storage of, and access to, cookies on their devices, meaning that consent is not validly constituted by way of a pre-checked checkbox or other ways of implied consent (such as further browsing on the website after having been informed of the use of cookies). The website operator must amongst others also provide information about the duration of the operation of cookies and whether or not third parties may have access to those cookies. Merely cookies that are deemed “necessary,” such as those for the storage of login data or shopping baskets, are not subject to obligatory explicit consent by the users of the website. The specific consent requirements in connection with the use of cookies is also subject to applicable laws and interpretation in each EU Member State under the current Directive on privacy and electronic communications (the “ePrivacy Directive”) and the GDPR which may to some extent vary across EU Members States (in Germany for example, the Federal Court of Justice recently issued a landmark decision on the use of consent for cookies based on the aforementioned European Court of Justice decision). The main findings of the aforementioned European Court of Justice judgment are also part of the discussions about a current proposal by the European Commission for an EU ePrivacy Regulation, which would be repealing the current ePrivacy Directive. The discussions on the proposal are still ongoing and yet the adoption and the entry into force of the planned ePrivacy Regulations is not foreseeable. The current proposal also contains provisions on penalties for non-compliance, which may result in monetary penalties of up to €20.0 million or 4% of a company’s worldwide turnover of the preceding fiscal year, whichever is higher. Additionally, some providers of customer devices and web browsers have implemented, or announced plans to implement, means to make it easier for internet users to prevent the placement of cookies or to block other tracking technologies, which could if widely adopted result in the use of (third-party) cookies and other methods of online tracking becoming significantly less effective. Regulation of the use of cookies in particular for online tracking and advertising practices, or a loss in our ability to make effective use of services that employ such technologies, could increase our costs of operations and limit our ability to track trends, optimize our product assortment or acquire new customers on cost-effective terms and consequently, adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The European Union traditionally has imposed stricter obligations under its laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and customer protection than the United States. In May 2018, the GDPR became effective and substantially replaced the data protection laws of the individual European Union member states implementing the previous EU Data Protection Directive from 1995. The GDPR requires companies to meet more stringent requirements regarding the handling of personal data of individuals in the European Union than were required under predecessor European Union requirements and also extended its territorial applicability to controllers located outside the European Economic Area (in particular when offering of goods or services to customers located in the European Union or when monitoring of behavior of data subjects in the European Union). The GDPR also increases the penalties for non-compliance, which may result in monetary penalties of up to €20.0 million or 4% of a company’s worldwide turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher. The GDPR and other similar regulations require companies to give specific types of notice on the data processing activities and in some cases seek consent from customers and other data subjects before collecting or processing their personal data for certain purposes, including some marketing activities. In addition, the GDPR stipulates strict accounting obligations requiring controllers to be able to demonstrate compliance with its obligations under the GDPR. Outside of the European Economic Area, many countries and territories have laws, regulations, or other requirements relating to privacy, data protection, information security, and customer protection, and new countries and territories are adopting such legislation or other obligations with increasing frequency. Many of these laws may require consent from customers for the use of data for various purposes, including marketing, which may reduce our ability to market our products. There is no harmonized approach to these laws and regulations globally. Consequently, we would increase our risk of non-compliance with applicable foreign data protection laws by expanding internationally. We may need to change and limit the way we use personal information in operating our business and may have difficulty maintaining a single operating model that is compliant. In addition, various federal, state and foreign
 
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
legislative and regulatory bodies, or self-regulatory organizations, may expand current laws or regulations, enact new laws or regulations or issue revised rules or guidance regarding privacy, data protection, information security and customer protection.
Additionally, in connection with our global market and operations, we routinely perform international transfers of personal data to countries outside of the European Economic Area. On July 16, the European Court of Justice issued its opinion in Data Protection Commission v. Facebook Ireland, Schrems (the “Schrems Decision”), which invalidated the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework for data transfers to the United States and greatly increased the legal requirements imposed on data exporters for transfers of personal data to countries, including the United States, deemed to have an inadequate data protection level compared to the standards imposed in the European Economic Area. The Schrems Decision has immediate effect, and accordingly, there is a risk that our current methods for performing international transfers of personal data could be considered non-compliant. Ensuring continued compliance will require time and resources to review and, as necessary, replace or amend, the current international data transfer mechanisms on which we currently rely, including our privacy shield certification and standard contractual clauses. Moreover, the resulting mechanisms and procedures may increase the expenses associated with our overall compliance with personal data protection requirements. These expenses will be applicable not only to consumer data but to all forms of personal data that we transfer internationally, including employee data which may be transferred from us to our affiliates or to certain third parties, such as service providers or vendors located outside of the European Union.
Our failure to invest in and adapt to technological developments and industry trends could harm our business.
We have identified the need to expand, scale and improve our information technology systems and personnel to support recent and expected future growth. In this regard, we are investing in and establishing a modular e-commerce platform to enhance our online customer experience and to allow us react faster and independently across our front- and back-ends. We are targeting the platform transition to be completed by December 31, 2021. To minimize the risk of disruption during this upgrade, we instituted a modular approach that allows us to migrate one capability at a time. As of the date of this prospectus, the transition to our upgraded mobile app is nearly complete, with the new app already receiving and fulfilling orders. We also continuously invest in and implement, significant modifications and upgrades to our information technology systems and procedures, including replacing legacy systems with successor systems, making changes to legacy systems or acquiring new systems with new functionality, hiring employees with information technology expertise and building new policies, procedures, training programs and monitoring tools. These types of activities, and in particular the transition to a new platform, subject us to inherent costs and risks associated with replacing and changing these systems, including impairment of our ability to leverage our e-commerce channels, fulfill customer orders, potential disruption of our internal control structure, substantial capital expenditures, additional administration and operating expenses, acquisition and retention of sufficiently skilled personnel to implement and operate the new systems, demands on management time, the introduction of errors or vulnerabilities and other risks and costs of delays or difficulties in transitioning to or integrating new systems into our current systems. These implementations, modifications and upgrades may not result in productivity improvements at a level that outweighs the costs of implementation, or at all. Additionally, difficulties with implementing new technology systems, delays in our timeline for planned improvements, significant system failures, or our inability to successfully modify our information systems to respond to changes in our business needs may cause disruptions in our business operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Some of our software and systems contain open source software, which may pose particular risks to our proprietary applications.
We use open source software in the applications we have developed to operate our business and will continue to use open source software in the future. We may face claims from third parties demanding the release or license of the open source software or derivative works that we developed from such software (which could include our proprietary source code) or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to purchase a costly license, publicly release the affected portions of our source code, or cease offering the implicated solutions unless and until we can re-engineer them to avoid infringement. In addition, our use of open source software may present additional
 
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
security risks because the source code for open source software is publicly available, which may make it easier for hackers and other third parties to determine how to breach our sites and systems that rely on open source software. Any of these risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage and, if not addressed, could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Our software is highly complex and may contain undetected errors.
The software underlying our sites is highly complex and may contain undetected errors or vulnerabilities, some of which may only be discovered after the code has been released. In the future, we expect to rely heavily on a software engineering practice known as “continuous deployment,” meaning that we will typically release software code multiple times per day. This practice may result in the more frequent introduction of errors or vulnerabilities into the software underlying our sites. Any errors or vulnerabilities discovered in our code after release could result in damage to our reputation, loss of customers, disruption to our operations, decline of net sales or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial conditions, result of operations and prospects.
Any failure to enforce our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business or results of operations.
We rely on trademark, copyright, trade secrets, confidentiality agreements and other practices to protect our proprietary information, technologies and processes. Our principal trademark assets include the registered trademark “MYTHERESA,” in addition to our logo. Our trademarks are valuable assets that support our brand and customers’ perception of our services and merchandise. We also hold the rights to the “mytheresa.com” internet domain name and various other related domain names, which are subject to internet regulatory bodies and trademark and other related laws of each applicable jurisdiction. For example, we are required to register our trademark in China and have been and are currently subject to trademark infringement claims in China. Although we believe that these and similar claims are without merit, they may result in additional costs. As a result of the international nature of our business, we may be required to register our trademarks in the countries in which we operate or conduct business.
We currently have no registered copyrights, applications for copyright registrations, patents issued or applications pending in any jurisdiction. Any registered copyrights or patents that may be issued in the future may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may be challenged by third parties, and future registered copyrights or patent applications may never be granted. Even if issued, there can be no assurance that registered copyrights or patents will adequately protect our intellectual property or survive a legal challenge, as the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of registered copyright, patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain. Our limited registered copyright and patent protection may restrict our ability to protect our technologies and processes from competition.
We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights, and the efforts we take to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient.
We may be accused of infringing intellectual property or other proprietary rights of third parties.
We are also at risk of claims by others that we have infringed their copyrights, trademarks or patents, or improperly used or disclosed their trade secrets, or otherwise infringed or violated their proprietary rights, such as the right of publicity. The costs of supporting any litigation or disputes related to these claims can be considerable, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve a favorable outcome of any such claim. If any such claim is valid, we may be compelled to cease our use of such intellectual property or other proprietary rights and pay damages, which could adversely affect our business. Even if such claims were not valid, defending them could be expensive and distracting, adversely affecting our results of operations. In addition, certain merchandise we purchase from brand partners has in the past been, and may in the future be, alleged to have infringed a third-party’s intellectual property rights. Although the respective brand partner typically address all claims relating to such infringement, but our business or results of operations could be adversely affected as a result of such claims.
As an online luxury retailer, our success depends on the accuracy of our authentication process, particularly with respect to returned merchandise, and any failure by us to identify counterfeit goods could adversely affect our reputation, customer acceptance and relationships with brand partners.
Our success as an online luxury retailer depends on our ability to accurately and cost-effectively determine whether an item offered for sale or submitted for a return is an authentic product. While we have invested
 
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
heavily in our authentication processes and we reject any merchandise we believe to be counterfeit, we cannot be certain that we will identify every counterfeit item delivered or returned to us. As the sophistication of counterfeiters increases, it may be increasingly difficult to identify counterfeit products. The sale or return of any counterfeit goods may damage our reputation as a trusted online luxury retailer, which may adversely affect our reputation, customer acceptance and relationships with brand partners.
The inability to acquire, use or maintain our marks and domain names for our sites could substantially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We currently are the registrant of marks for our brand in numerous jurisdictions and are the registrant of the internet domain name for our sites, as well as various related domain names. However, we have not registered our marks or domain names in all major international jurisdictions. Domain names generally are regulated by internet regulatory bodies. As our business grows we may incur material costs in connection with the registration, maintenance, and protection of our marks. If we do not have or cannot obtain on reasonable terms the ability to use our marks in a particular country, or to use or register our domain name in a particular country, we could be forced either to incur significant additional expenses to market our offerings within that country, including the development of a new brand and the creation of new promotional materials and packaging, or to elect not to sell products in that country. Either result could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Furthermore, the regulations governing domain names and laws protecting marks and similar proprietary rights could change in ways that block or interfere with our ability to use relevant domains or our current brand. Also, we might not be able to prevent third parties from registering, using or retaining domain names that interfere with our customer communications or infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our marks, domain names and other proprietary rights. Regulatory bodies also may establish additional generic or country-code top-level domains or may allow modifications of the requirements for registering, holding or using domain names. As a result, we might not be able to register, use or maintain the domain names that use the name Mytheresa in all of the countries and territories in which we currently or intend to conduct business.
The loss of senior management or attrition among our buyers or key employees could adversely affect our business.
Our success in the global luxury fashion industry, including our ability to anticipate and effectively respond to changing fashion trends, is dependent on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, including, but not limited to, our executive team, particularly our chief executive officer, chief commercial officer and chief financial officer, specialized information technology personnel, our buyers and members of our merchandising customer experience, marketing and creative and content production teams as well as our customer care, processing and personal shopper teams. Competition for qualified personnel is strong, and we cannot be sure that we will be able to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel in the future, or that the compensation costs of doing so will not adversely affect our results of operations. If we are unable to retain, attract and motivate talented employees with the appropriate skills, particularly specialists in information technology, at cost-effective compensation levels, or if changes to our business adversely affect morale or retention, our ability to benefit from long-standing relationships with qualified brand partners or to provide relationship-based customer service could suffer.
In addition, the loss of one or more of our qualified personnel or the inability to promptly identify a suitable successor to a key role or the loss of any of our technicians could have an adverse effect on our business. For example, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have unique and valuable experiences leading our company. Our managing director contracts provide for only a six-month notice period, which may be an insufficient amount of time to identify and recruit a qualified replacement. In addition, our fashion buying director for menswear, Christopher Kyvetos, is a freelance contractor under a consulting agreement with an annual term. If any of the foregoing were to depart or otherwise reduce their focus on our company, our business may be disrupted. We do not currently maintain key-person life insurance policies on any member of our senior management team or other key employees.
If we fail to effectively manage our employees and hiring needs in connection with our growth, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed.
We have grown rapidly, with our net sales increasing from €379.1 million in fiscal 2019 to €449.5 million in fiscal 2020. To effectively manage our growth, we must continue to implement our operational plans and
 
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
strategies, improve and expand our infrastructure of people and information systems and expand, train and manage our employee base. Since our inception, we have rapidly increased our employee headcount to support the growth of our business. As of September 30, 2020, we had a total of 860 employees, representing 828.5 FTEs, an increase from 649 FTEs as of June 30, 2019, and we have expanded across all areas of our business. To support continued growth, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a large number of new employees while maintaining our corporate culture. We face significant competition for personnel, particularly in Munich, where our principal offices and fulfillment center and the majority of our employees are located. To attract top talent, we have had to offer, and expect to continue to offer, competitive compensation and benefits packages before we can validate the productivity of new employees. We may also need to increase our employee compensation levels to remain competitive in attracting and retaining talented employees. The risks associated with a rapidly growing workforce will be particularly acute if we choose to expand into new merchandise categories and internationally. Additionally, we may not be able to hire new employees quickly enough to meet our needs. If we fail to effectively manage our hiring needs or successfully integrate new hires, our efficiency, our ability to meet forecasts and our employee morale, productivity and retention could suffer, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Increases in labor costs, including wages, or other developments in labor and employment law, including any unionizing efforts by employees, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Labor is a significant portion of our cost structure and is subject to many external factors, including unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, potential collective bargaining arrangements, health insurance costs and other insurance costs and changes in employment and labor legislation or other workplace regulation. A significant portion of our workforce is in Germany. From time to time, legislative proposals are made to increase the minimum wage in the Federal Republic of Germany and to reform entitlement programs, such as health insurance and paid leave programs. As minimum wage rates increase or related laws and regulations change, we may need to increase not only the wage rates of our minimum wage employees, but also the wages paid to our other hourly or salaried employees. The minimum wage is set nationwide every two years for the following two years. Since its last increase effective as from January 1, 2020 the minimum wage is currently €9.35 per hour. The Minimum Wage Commission has recommended an increase in four steps every 6 months from the current level to €10.45 by July 1, 2022. The Minimum Wage Commission’s recommendation is subject to Government approval. Several German political parties are calling for a significant increase, which may be decided after the 2021 federal elections or earlier. Any increase in the cost of our labor could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations or if we fail to pay such higher wages we could suffer increased employee turnover. Increases in labor costs could force us to increase prices, which could adversely impact our sales. If competitive pressures or other factors prevent us from offsetting increased labor costs by increases in prices, our profitability may decline and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, the job market in Munich, Germany, where our principal offices and fulfillment center as well as the majority of our employees are located, is very competitive.
We also face the risk that the European Union or the German legislature could approve legislation or regulations and respond to rulings of higher courts that significantly affect our businesses and our relationship with our employees. None of our employees are currently covered by a collective bargaining agreement, but any attempt by our employees to organize a labor union could result in increased legal and other associated costs. If we enter into a collective bargaining agreement with our employees, the terms could adversely affect our costs, efficiency and ability to generate acceptable returns on the affected operations.
Adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved could expose us to monetary damages or limit our ability to operate our business.
We have in the past and may in the future become involved in private actions, collective actions, investigations and various other legal proceedings by customers, employees, brand partners, third-party suppliers, competitors, government agencies or others. The results of any such litigation, investigations and other legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and expensive. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, damage our reputation, require significant amounts of management time and divert significant resources. If any of these legal proceedings were to be determined adversely to us, or we were to enter into a settlement arrangement, we could be exposed to monetary damages
 
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
or limits on our ability to operate our business, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our reliance on brand partners located in jurisdictions presenting an increased risk of bribery and corruption, exposes us to legal, reputational, and supply chain risk through the potential for violations of federal and international anti-corruption law.
We are subject to certain provisions of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (“FCPA”). The FCPA prohibits providing, offering, promising, or authorizing, directly or indirectly, anything of value to government officials, political parties, or political candidates for the purposes of obtaining or retaining business or securing any improper business advantage. We conduct business in, or may expand our business to, certain countries where there is a high risk of corruption and extortion and in some cases, where corruption and extortion are considered to be widespread and where our companies may have to obtain approvals, licenses, permits, or other regulatory approvals from public officials. Therefore, we are exposed to the risk that our employees, consultants, agents, or other third parties working on our behalf, could make, offer, promise or authorize payments or other benefits in violation of anti-corruption laws and regulations, especially in response to demands or attempts at extortion. If we or our brand partners were determined to have violated the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, or any of the anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in the countries and territories where we and our brand partners do business, we could suffer severe fines and penalties, profit disgorgement, injunctions on future conduct, securities litigation, bans on transacting certain business, and other consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the costs we may incur in defending against any anti-corruption investigations stemming from our or our brand partners’ actions could be significant. Moreover, any actual or alleged corruption in our supply chain could carry significant reputational harms, including negative publicity, loss of goodwill, and decline in share price.
Any actual or perceived violation or breach of these anti-corruption laws and regulations, including any potential governmental or internal investigations of perceived or actual misconduct, could affect our overall reputation and, depending on the case, expose us to administrative or judicial proceedings, which could result in criminal and civil judgments, including fines and monetary penalties, a possible prohibition on maintaining business relationships with brand partners or customers in certain countries, and other negative consequences which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We are subject to customs and international trade laws that could require us to modify our current business practices and incur increased costs or could result in a delay in getting products through customs and port operations, which may limit our growth and cause us to suffer reputational damage.
Our business is conducted worldwide, with goods imported from and exported to a substantial number of countries. A significant portion of the products we sell are shipped internationally. We are subject to numerous regulations, including customs and international trade laws that govern the importation and sale of luxury goods. Therefore, we are exposed to the risk that we are in non-compliance with some of these regulations and laws (the non-compliance of which could result in administrative proceedings initiated by competent authorities against us). Further, these regulations and laws may change unpredictably, and have done so recently in view of the global pandemic, economic pressures and potential trade wars.
Legal requirements are frequently changed and subject to interpretation, and we are unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with these requirements or their effects on our operations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws and regulations, which may increase our costs and materially limit our ability to operate our business.
Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner. As a result, we rely on the free flow of goods through open and operational ports worldwide. Labor disputes or other disruptions at ports create significant risks for our business, particularly if work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions occur. Any of these factors could result in reduced sales or canceled orders, which may limit our growth and damage our reputation and may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
 
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The imposition or increase of tariffs and the current uncertainty regarding international economic relations could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Our customers in certain countries, such as China and Russia, are also subject to limitations and regulations governing the import of luxury goods. In addition, we face risks associated with trade protection laws, policies and measures and other regulatory requirements affecting trade and investment, including loss or modification of exemptions for taxes and tariffs and potential delays in obtaining refunds or drawbacks of tariffs and duties in respect of returned merchandise, imposition of new tariffs and duties and import and export licensing requirements in the countries in which we operate or conduct business. Our failure to comply with import or export rules and restrictions, to properly classify items under tariff regulations and pay the appropriate duties or to satisfy the regulatory requirements for claiming refunds or drawbacks of tariffs and duties in respect of returned merchandise could expose us to fines and penalties. If these laws or regulations were to change or were violated by our management, employees or brand partners, we could experience delays in shipments of our goods, be subject to fines or penalties, or suffer reputational harm, which could reduce demand for our services and negatively impact our results of operations.
The United States, European Union and the other regions in which our products are manufactured or sold have imposed and may impose additional quotas, duties, tariffs, retaliatory or trade protection measures, or other restrictions or regulations, which can affect the sale of our products. For example, in 2018 the European Union imposed tariffs on certain luxury products imported from the United States. In September 2019, the United States imposed duties on approximately $7.5 billion worth of European goods, including British-made apparel and accessories, and in December 2019 imposed additional tariffs on $2.4 billion of French goods such as handbags, cosmetics, wine, and other key exports. In 2020, the United States imposed more duties on certain European goods in retaliation for a WTO finding with respect to subsidies to Airbus and the imposition of a French digital services tax, which would include a 25% duty on specified French goods, including handbags and cosmetics, which are scheduled to go into effect in January 2021, which may have an adverse impact on the sale of French manufactured products in the United States On November 7, 2020, the EU imposed additional retaliatory penalties on up to $4 billion of U.S. imports, including luxury bags, and cases, which may have an adverse impact on the sale of U.S. manufactured products in the EU. These tariffs have had, and are expected to continue to have, an adverse impact on luxury brand conglomerates and U.K. and French-based brands whose products we sell. The imposition of additional tariffs by the United States could result in the adoption of tariffs by other countries as well, leading to a global trade war. Chinese trade regulations, for example, are in a state of flux, in part as a result of economic tensions with the United States. Such tensions may result in us becoming subject to other forms of taxation, tariffs, and duties and could have a significant impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Other governmental action related to tariffs or international trade agreements may adversely impact demand for our products, our costs, customers, suppliers and global economic conditions and cause higher volatility in financial markets. The luxury industry has been impacted by ongoing uncertainty surrounding tariffs and import duties, and international trade relations generally. While we actively review existing and proposed measures to seek to assess the impact of them on our business, changes in tariff rates, import duties and other new or augmented trade restrictions could have a number of negative impacts on our business, including higher consumer prices and reduced demand for our products and higher input costs. The imposition or increase of tariffs might cause us to consider increasing prices to our end customers. However, this could reduce the competitiveness of our merchandise and customers might refrain from purchasing products from us, and/or might switch to competitors, which could adversely affect net sales. If we fail to manage these dynamics successfully, gross margins and profitability could be adversely affected. As of the date of this prospectus, tariffs have not had a significant impact on our business, but increased tariffs or trade restrictions implemented by the United States or other countries in connection with a global trade war could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Any failure by us or our brand partners to comply with product safety, labor or other laws, or to provide safe conditions for our or their workers may damage our reputation and brand and harm our business.
The merchandise we sell to our customers is subject to regulation by the Federal Customer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the European Commission and similar national and international regulatory authorities. Products marketed in the European Union are subject to several European
 
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Union legislative acts regulating products such as the EU Regulation on requirements for accreditation and market surveillance relating to the marketing of products ((EC) No 765/2008), the EU Directive on general product safety (2001/95/EC) and the EU Directive concerning liability for defective products (85/374/EEC). As a result, such merchandise could be subject to market surveillance and accreditation measures by European and national authorities, as well as recalls and other remedial actions. Product safety, labeling and licensing concerns, including customer disclosure and warning regarding chemical exposure, may require us to voluntarily remove selected merchandise from our inventory. Such recalls or voluntary removal of merchandise can result in, among other things, lost sales, diverted resources, potential harm to our reputation and increased customer service costs and legal expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
We purchase our merchandise from numerous international and European brand partners. Failure of our brand partners to comply with applicable laws and regulations and contractual requirements could lead to litigation against us, resulting in increased legal expenses and costs. In addition, the failure of any such brand partners or their manufacturers to provide safe and humane factory conditions and oversight at their facilities could damage our reputation with customers or result in legal claims against us, any of which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We could be required to collect U.S. sales and use taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities (including penalties and interest) that may increase the costs our customers would have to pay and adversely affect our results of operations.
On June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court held in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. that states could impose sales and use tax (collectively “sales tax”) collection obligations on out-of-state retailers even if those retailers lack any physical presence within the states imposing sales taxes. Under Wayfair, a person’s economic and virtual contacts with a state may be sufficient to create the “substantial nexus” that is required with a taxing state before the state may subject the person to sales tax collection obligations therein. An increasing number of U.S. states, both before and after the Supreme Court’s ruling, have considered or adopted laws that attempt to impose sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state retailers. Nearly every state now imposes sales tax collection obligations on companies engaging in a certain number and/or dollar value of sales to customers in the state, even when such companies lack a physical presence. The Supreme Court’s Wayfair decision has removed a significant impediment to the enactment of these laws, and it is possible that U.S. states may seek to tax out-of-state retailers, including for prior tax years. A successful assertion by one or more U.S. states requiring us to collect sales taxes where we presently do not do so could result in tax liabilities, including taxes on past sales, as well as penalties and interest. The imposition by U.S. state governments of sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state retailers in U.S. jurisdictions where we do not currently collect sales taxes, whether for prior years or prospectively, could also create additional administrative burdens for us, put us at a competitive disadvantage if they do not impose similar obligations on our competitors and decrease our future sales, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations. Although we believe that we currently collect sales taxes in all U.S. states that have adopted laws imposing sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state retailers since Wayfair was decided, a new imposition or a successful assertion by one or more U.S. states requiring us to collect sales taxes where we presently do not do so, or to collect more taxes in a jurisdiction in which we currently do collect some sales taxes, could result in substantial tax liabilities, including taxes on past sales, as well as penalties and interest.
We may experience fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rate, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
As a global company, we are subject to taxation in certain other countries. Significant judgment is required to determine and estimate worldwide tax liabilities. Our future annual and quarterly effective tax rates could be affected by numerous factors, including changes in applicable tax laws, the amount and composition of pre-tax income in countries with differing tax rates or valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. Changes in applicable tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we (or our subsidiaries) are organized or operate, as well as certain changes currently proposed by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development and their action plan on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting, including, without limitation, the recent Pillar I and Pillar II proposals to introduce customer base taxes and a global minimum tax (and the possibility of a unified approach not being agreed upon while a significant number of countries enact new unilateral tax measures
 
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
without mechanisms to avoid double taxation), could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, there are, and will likely continue to be, an increasing number of tax laws and regulations pertaining to the internet and online commerce that could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our actual effective tax rate may vary from our expectation and that variance may be material. A number of factors may increase our future effective tax rates, including:

the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned and taxed;

the resolution of issues arising from any future tax audits with various tax authorities;

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

increases in expenses not deductible for tax purposes, including transaction costs and impairments of goodwill in connection with acquisitions;

changes in the taxation of share-based compensation;

changes in tax laws or the interpretation of such tax laws, and changes in generally accepted accounting principles; and

changes to the transfer pricing policies related to our structure.
From time to time we initiate amendments to previously filed tax returns. We regularly assess the likelihood of favorable or unfavorable outcomes resulting from these amendments and audits conducted by tax authorities to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes, which requires estimates and judgments. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, we cannot assure you that the tax authorities will agree with such estimates. We may have to engage in litigation to achieve the results reflected in the estimates, which may be time-consuming and expensive. We cannot assure you that we will be successful or that any final determination will not be materially different from the treatment reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Taxing authorities could reallocate our taxable income among any current or future affiliates, which could increase our overall tax liability.
If we succeed in growing our business, we may conduct increased operations through subsidiaries in various tax jurisdictions other than Germany pursuant to transfer pricing arrangements between us and such various subsidiaries. If two or more affiliated companies are located in different countries, the tax laws or regulations of each country generally will require that transfer prices be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arms’ length and that appropriate documentation is maintained to support the transfer prices. While we believe that we currently operate in compliance with applicable domestic and international transfer pricing laws (to the extent relevant) and intend to continue to do so, we cannot exclude the possibility that one or more foreign tax authorities may not agree with, and thus may challenge, any transfer pricing practices or procedures we implement now or in the future, and that applicable transfer pricing laws may change adversely to our business.
If any tax authorities were to successfully challenge our transfer prices as not reflecting arms’ length transactions, they could require us to adjust our transfer prices and thereby reallocate our income to reflect these revised transfer prices, which could result in higher tax liabilities, penalties or double taxation in two countries. In addition, our documentation may be considered to be insufficient by the relevant tax authorities which may also result in penalties and additional tax payments. If tax authorities were to allocate income to a tax jurisdiction with a higher aggregated tax burden, subject our income to double taxation or assess interest and penalties, it would increase our consolidated tax liability, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our tax burden could increase due to changes in tax laws, tax rates, tax practice, tax treaties, or tax regulations, their application or interpretation, or as a result of future tax audits.
The tax treatment of us and our subsidiaries depends in some instances on determinations of fact and interpretations of complex provisions of applicable tax law for which no clear precedent or authority may be
 
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
available. Relevant tax rules are consistently under review by persons involved in the legislative process and taxing authorities, which may result in revised interpretations of established concepts, statutory changes, new reporting obligations, revisions to regulations and other modifications and interpretations. The present tax treatment of us and our subsidiaries may be modified by administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any time, and any such action may apply on a retroactive or retrospective basis. Changes to applicable tax laws and interpretations thereof could affect or cause us to change the structure of our business and operations or change the character or treatment of portions of our income, among other results. For example, the German ministry of finance issued a new draft bill on the implementation of the EU anti-tax avoidance directive. Amongst others, the draft bill intends to broaden the existing rules on corresponding inclusions and deductions of income and expenses and introduces provisions to counter tax shortfalls due to mismatches from the use of hybrid financial instruments or hybrid entities or due to dual tax residency and, furthermore, introduces new arm’s length provisions on intercompany financing that may ultimately limit the deduction of interest expenses on intercompany loans. If the draft bill is enacted and depending on the final wording of the new legislation, the introduction of aforesaid rules could result in higher taxable income of the Company’s operating subsidiaries and a higher tax burden for corporate income tax and trade tax purposes of the Company’s operating subsidiaries in the current and future tax periods.
The original treatment of a tax-relevant matter in a tax return, tax assessment or otherwise could later be found incorrect and as a result, we may be subject to additional taxes, interest, penalty payments and/or social security payments. Such reassessment may be due to an interpretation or view of laws and/or facts by tax authorities in a manner that deviates from our view and may emerge as a result of tax audits or other review actions by the relevant financial or tax authorities. For example, certain predecessors in interest were incorporated in Luxembourg, and the Luxembourg tax authorities may disagree with tax positions taken by those entities, including with regards to the transactions pursuant to which MYT Netherlands obtained ownership of MGG. Our subsidiaries and we are subject to tax audits by the respective tax authorities on a regular basis. As a result of future tax audits or other reviews by the tax authorities, additional taxes could be imposed on us and our subsidiaries exceeding the provisions reflected in our financial statements. This could lead to an increase in our tax obligations, either as a result of the relevant tax payment being assessed directly against us or as a result of us becoming liable for the relevant tax as a secondary obligor due to the primary obligor’s failure to pay.
We could in the future have considerable tax loss carry-forwards, or other tax carry-forwards, including as pertaining to interest or expense deductions. The utilization of these tax carry-forwards may be restricted under applicable tax laws, for instance, if they cannot be carried forward indefinitely or if they forfeit upon occurrence of certain events (e.g., a direct or indirect transfer of shares or a change of control). In addition, any such restriction may require a write-down of the deferred tax assets in our consolidated financial statements to the extent we have any future tax loss carry-forwards. This could negatively affect our financial position and results of operations. Furthermore, applicable tax laws may limit or restrict the ability to take current tax deductions for certain expenses.
Due to changes in tax laws, tax rates, tax practice, tax treaties, or tax regulations, we could be required to collect additional sales taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities. As a result this may increase the costs our customers would have to pay for our offering or us reducing our margin we generate with our offerings, which would adversely affect our results of operations.
We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available or may be available only by diluting existing shareholders.
We intend to continue making investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to support this growth and respond to business challenges, including the need to develop our services, expand our inventory, enhance our operating infrastructure, expand the markets in which we operate and potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may seek to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing shareholders could suffer significant dilution. In addition, any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities.
 
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited, and our business and prospects could be adversely affected.
If our internal control over financial reporting or our disclosure controls and procedures are not effective, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, prevent fraud or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in the ADS price.
We have been a private company since our inception, and as such, we have not had the internal control and financial reporting requirements that are required of a publicly traded company. Upon becoming a publicly traded company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which require that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation, document our controls and perform testing of our key controls over financial reporting to allow management and, once we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm in the future, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of ADSs would likely decline, and we could be subject to lawsuits, sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources. For additional information regarding our status as an emerging growth company, please see “—We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make the ADSs less attractive to investors.”
We continue to invest in more robust technology and in more resources in order to manage our reporting requirements. Implementing the appropriate changes to our internal controls and remediating any material weakness may distract our senior management and employees, result in substantial costs to implement new processes or modify our existing processes and require significant time to complete. Any difficulties or delays in implementing the system could impact our ability to timely report our financial results. In addition, we currently rely on a manual process in some areas which increases our exposure to human error or intervention in reporting our financial results. For these reasons, we may encounter difficulties in the timely and accurate reporting of our financial results, which would impact our ability to provide our investors with information in a timely manner. As a result, our investors could lose confidence in our reported consolidated financial information, and the ADS price could decline.
In addition, any such changes do not guarantee that we will be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy could prevent us from accurately reporting our financial results.
Failure to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting could impair our ability to produce accurate and timely consolidated financial statements and harm our operating results, our ability to operate our business and investors’ views of us.
As a public company, we will be required to report, among other things, control deficiencies that constitute a “material weakness” or changes in internal controls that, or that are reasonably likely to, materially affect internal controls over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate consolidated financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be evaluated frequently. In the past, we have not prepared public company financial statements.
 
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In connection with the audit of our fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements, we identified material weaknesses in our internal controls related to (1) the sufficiency of resources with an appropriate level of technical accounting and SEC reporting experience and clearly defined roles within our finance and accounting functions and (2) the design and operating effectiveness of IT general controls for information systems that are relevant to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
We have developed and are in the process of implementing a remediation plan to address these control deficiencies, which we believe will address the underlying causes of our material weaknesses. As part of our remediation plan, we intend to hire additional qualified personnel within our finance and accounting functions who have working experience in IFRS and SEC reporting, in addition to establishing more robust processes to support our internal control over financial reporting, including clearly defined roles and responsibilities and appropriate segregation of duties over key financial reporting controls and processes. Furthermore, with respect to the effectiveness of our IT general controls, we are in the process of establishing formal processes and controls for information systems that are key to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, including access and change controls. In the near term, we have engaged external advisors who are providing financial accounting assistance, in addition to evaluating the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If these measures are ineffective, we may be unable to remediate these issues in the anticipated timeframe, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to operate our business and investors’ views of us.
Operating as a publicly traded company in the United States will subject us to additional rules and regulations, require us to incur substantial costs and require substantial management attention. In addition, our management team has limited experience managing a public company.
As a publicly traded company in the United States, we will incur substantial legal, accounting, director and officer insurance and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC. The NYSE listing requirements and the Dutch regulations applicable to private companies with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands and the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, as well as other applicable securities rules and regulations, will also apply to us following this offering. As part of these new requirements, we will need to establish and maintain effective disclosure and financial controls and make changes to our corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming.
Most of our management and other personnel have little experience managing a public company and preparing public filings. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from other business matters to devote substantial time to the reporting and other requirements of being a public company. In particular, we expect to incur significant expense and devote substantial management effort to complying with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge.
In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.
These new rules and regulations may make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and in the future, we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs
 
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Supervisory Board, particularly to serve on our Audit Committee and Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee, and qualified senior management.
By disclosing information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If those claims are successful, our business could be seriously harmed. Even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, the time and resources needed to resolve them could divert our management’s resources and seriously harm our business.
Our credit facilities contain restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.
Our credit facilities contain restrictive covenants that limit the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to MYT Netherlands and our ability to transfer or dispose of assets, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, incur additional indebtedness and liens and enter into new businesses. We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the consent of the lender or terminate the credit facility, which may limit our operating flexibility. In addition, our credit facilities are secured by most of our assets and require us to satisfy certain financial covenants. There is no guarantee that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to meet these financial covenants or pay the principal and interest on any debt under our facilities. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that future working capital, borrowings or equity financing will be available to repay or refinance any such debt. Any inability to make scheduled payments or meet the financial covenants on our credit facilities would adversely affect our business.
Risks Related to ADSs and this Offering
The market price of ADSs may be volatile or may decline steeply or suddenly regardless of our operating performance, and we may not be able to meet investor or analyst expectations. You may not be able to resell your ADSs at or above the initial public offering price and may lose all or part of your investment.
The initial public offering price for the ADSs was determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us, and may vary from the market price of ADSs following this offering. If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you may not be able to resell those ADSs at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot assure you that the market price following this offering will equal or exceed prices in privately negotiated transactions of ADSs that have occurred from time to time before this offering. The market price of ADSs may fluctuate or decline significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our customer base, the level of customer engagement, net sales or other results of operations;

variations between our actual results of operations and the expectations of securities analysts, investors and the financial community;

any forward-looking financial or operating information we may provide to the public or securities analysts, any changes in this information or our failure to meet expectations based on this information;

any forward-looking financial or operating information we may provide to the public or securities analysts, any changes in this information or our failure to meet expectations based on this information;

any current or future health epidemic or other adverse public health development, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, could result in business disruption, sustained economic downturn, margin pressures and have an material adverse effect on our business and operating results;

whether investors or securities analysts view the significant voting control of our parent company, MYT Holding, unfavorably;

any negative publicity or negative market perception around the Company’s former association with Neiman Marcus and the Neiman Marcus brand;
 
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

additional ADSs being sold into the market by us or our existing shareholders, or the anticipation of such sales, including if existing shareholders sell shares into the market when applicable “lock-up” periods end;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of companies in our industry, including our brand partners and competitors;

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

developments in new legislation and pending lawsuits or regulatory actions, including interim or final rulings by judicial or regulatory bodies; and

other events or factors, including those resulting from war or incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.
In addition, extreme price and volume fluctuations in the stock markets have affected and continue to affect many e-commerce and other technology companies’ stock prices. Often, their stock prices have fluctuated in ways unrelated or disproportionate to the companies’ operating performance. In the past, shareholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management and materially harm our business. While we have procured a director and officer insurance policy to mitigate the costs of any securities litigation, we could nonetheless incur substantial costs due to the deductible, various policy exclusions and the limits of coverage, and there can be no assurance that such costs could not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Moreover, because of these fluctuations, comparing our results of operations on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our net sales or results of operations fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of ADSs could decline substantially. Such a decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated net sales or earnings forecasts that we may provide.
An active trading market for the ADSs may never develop or be sustained.
We have applied to list the ADSs on the NYSE, under the symbol “MYTE.” However, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for ADSs will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the liquidity of any trading market, your ability to sell your ADSs when desired, or the prices that you may obtain for your ADSs.
We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways that may not yield a return.
We intend to use up to $206.4 million of the net proceeds from this offering to cause MGG to repay all or a portion of the principal and accrued and unpaid interest outstanding under the 6.00% Shareholder Loans Due 2025, which will in turn be used to repay all or a portion of the principal and accrued and unpaid interest outstanding under certain 7.50% Senior Secured PIK Notes Due 2025 (but not less than $125.0 million in principal amount) issued in the original principal amount of $200.0 million by MYT Holding in connection with the settlement of all claims against MYT Holding and MYT Netherlands related to the Neiman Marcus Bankruptcy and the Distribution. See “Matters Related to Our Current and Former Parent Entities—Neiman Marcus Bankruptcy” for additional information on the Senior Secured PIK Notes. We intend to repay the remainder of the Shareholder Loans, if any, out of the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings in the future. The Shareholder Loans were originally incurred in 2014 as part of the acquisition financing for
 
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Mytheresa by the Neiman Marcus Group. See “Related Party Transactions—Shareholder Loans” for additional information on the Shareholder Loans. We are a guarantor of such notes until the completion of this offering. The remainder of the net proceeds from this offering will be primarily used for general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of, or investment in, brands or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisition or investment. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for purposes that do not increase the value of our business or increase the risks to you, which could cause the price of ADSs to decline. Until net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value. See “Matters Related to Our Current and Former Parent Entities—Neiman Marcus Group Bankruptcy” for additional information on the Senior PIK Notes.
If securities or industry analysts either do not publish research about us or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about us, our business or our market, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding ADSs, the trading price or trading volume of ADSs could decline.
The trading market for ADSs will be influenced in part by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If one or more of the securities or industry analysts who cover us or may cover us in the future change their recommendation regarding ADSs, provide a more favorable recommendation about our competitors or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the ADS price would likely decline. If any securities or industry analyst who covers us or may cover us in the future were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the trading price or trading volume of ADSs to decline.
We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make the ADSs less attractive to investors.
We are an emerging growth company, and for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including:

the ability to present more limited financial data in the registration statement on Form F-1 of which this prospectus is a part;

not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our annual report on Form 20-F; and

exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering. Our status as an emerging growth company will end as soon as any of the following takes place:

the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual net sales;

the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700.0 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates;

the date on which we have issued, in any three-year period, more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or

the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering.
We cannot predict if investors will find ADSs less attractive if we choose to rely on any of the exemptions afforded emerging growth companies. If some investors find ADSs less attractive because we rely on any of these exemptions, there may be a less active trading market for ADSs and the market price of ADSs may be more volatile.
 
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We have elected to take advantage of the “controlled company” exemption to the corporate governance requirements for NYSE-listed companies, which could make the ADSs less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm the price of ADSs.
A “controlled company” under the NYSE corporate governance requirements is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company. Following this offering, MYT Holding will control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares, making us a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Because we qualify as a “controlled company” under the corporate governance requirements for NYSE-listed companies, we are not required to have a majority of our Supervisory Board be independent (except as contemplated by the Dutch Corporate Governance Code on a comply or explain basis), nor are we required to have a compensation committee or an independent nominating function. In light of our status as a “controlled company,” in the future, we could elect not to have a majority of our Supervisory Board be independent or not to have a compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee. Our status as a “controlled company” could make the ADSs less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm the price of ADSs.
MYT Holding controls the direction of our business, and its concentrated ownership of our capital stock will prevent you and other shareholders from influencing significant decisions.
Upon completion of this offering, MYT Holding will control 80.0% (or 77.8% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full) of the voting power in our ordinary shares. For so long as MYT Holding continues to control a majority of the voting power, it will generally be able to determine the outcome of all corporate actions requiring shareholder approval.
As a controlling shareholder, MYT Holding will be able to independently elect the members of our Supervisory Board, which only requires the vote of a simple majority of the votes cast at a general meeting. Further, MYT Holding will be able to independently elect the members of our Management Board on the basis of a binding nomination of the Supervisory Board. This will allow MYT Holding to indirectly influence the composition of our Management Board as well as certain corporate actions that require the approval of the Supervisory Board. Such actions, unless approved in the business plan or annual budget of the Company previously approved by the Supervisory Board for the relevant year or if it is part of the ordinary business of the Company, may include, inter alia, any material changes to our business strategy, the purchase, sale, creation or termination of business units, the incurrence or guarantee of certain indebtedness, the hiring, dismissal or modification of employment agreements for executive employees of subsidiaries of the Company as well as any related party transactions.
As a result, MYT Holding and its affiliates may engage in activities where their interests may not be the same as, or may conflict with, the interests of our other shareholders or our interests. Investors in this offering will not be able to affect the outcome of a shareholder vote while MYT Holding controls the majority of the voting power in the shareholders’ meeting. Because MYT Holding’s interests may differ from those of our other shareholders, actions that MYT Holding takes with respect to us, as our controlling shareholder, may not be favorable to us or to our other shareholders.
As a foreign private issuer we will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a U.S. domestic public company.
Upon consummation of this offering, we will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act and although we are subject to Dutch laws and regulations with regard to such matters, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including (1) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act, (2) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time and (3) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on
 
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year and U.S. domestic issuers that are large accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 60 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation FD, which is intended to prevent issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of all of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of a company that is not a foreign private issuer, some investors may find the ADSs less attractive, and there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs.
We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.
As a foreign private issuer we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if (1) more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are owned by U.S. residents and (2) a majority of the members of our Supervisory Board or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents, or we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. If we lose our foreign private issuer status, we will be required to file with the SEC periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We will also be required to comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and the members of our Management and Supervisory Boards, senior management and our principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements under the listing rules of the NYSE. As a U.S. listed public company that is not a foreign private issuer, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we will not incur as a foreign private issuer, and accounting, reporting and other expenses in order to maintain a listing on a U.S. securities exchange. These expenses will relate to, among other things, the obligation to present our financial information in accordance with U.S. GAAP in the future.
As we are a foreign private issuer and intend to follow certain home country corporate governance practices, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all NYSE corporate governance listing requirements.
As a foreign private issuer, we will have the option to follow certain home country corporate governance practices rather than those of the NYSE, provided that we disclose the requirements we are not following and describe the home country practices we are following. We intend to rely on this “foreign private issuer exemption” with respect to the NYSE requirements to have the Audit Committee appoint our external auditors, the NYSE rules for shareholder meeting quorums and record dates and the NYSE rules requiring shareholders to approve equity compensation plans and material revisions thereto. We may in the future elect to follow home country practices with regard to other matters. As a result, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all NYSE corporate governance requirements.
Future securities issuances could result in significant dilution to our shareholders and impair the market price of ADSs.
You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the ADSs if you purchase ADSs in this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after giving effect to this offering, purchasers of ADSs in this offering will experience immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $1.59 per ADS. In addition, after giving effect to this offering, investors purchasing ADSs in this offering will contribute 50.2% of the total amount invested by shareholders since inception but will only own 17.8% of the ordinary shares outstanding. See “Dilution” for a more detailed description of the dilution to new investors in the offering.
Future issuances of ADSs, or the perception that these sales may occur, could depress the market price of ADSs and result in dilution to existing holders of ADSs. We intend to adopt the MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2020 Plan”), under which we expect to grant equity or cash- and/or equity-based awards in order to attract, motivate and retain employees and other service
 
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
providers. To the extent we grant awards under the 2020 Plan, such awards may subject ADSs to further dilution. The amount of dilution could be substantial depending upon the size of the issuances or exercises. As a result, purchasers of ADSs in this offering bear the risk that future issuances of debt or equity securities may dilute their ownership interest.
We may from time to time offer additional ADSs at a discount from the current trading price of ADSs. As a result, holders of ADSs would experience further immediate dilution upon the purchase of any ADSs sold at such discount. In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, ordinary shares or ADSs. If we issue ordinary shares or securities convertible or exchangeable into ordinary shares, holders of the ADSs would experience additional dilution and, as a result, the price of the ADSs may decline.
A significant portion of our total outstanding ordinary shares after this offering will be restricted from immediate resale but may be sold in the near future. The large number of shares eligible for sale or subject to rights requiring us to register them for sale could cause the market price of the ADSs to drop significantly, even if our business is performing well.
Sales of a substantial number of ordinary shares or ADSs could occur at any time, subject to certain restrictions described below. These sales, or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of ordinary shares or ADSs intend to sell ordinary shares or ADSs, could reduce the market price of the ADSs. Based on the number of our ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus (as adjusted to reflect the share split described herein) we will have 87,813,551 ordinary shares outstanding after this offering (or 90,214,633 ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full).
Future sales of ADSs issued in connection with this offering could cause our share price to decline.
If our shareholders, including employees and service providers who obtain equity, sell or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of ADSs in the public market after the lock-up and legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of ADSs could decline. Based on shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus (as adjusted to reflect the share split described herein), upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of 87,813,551 ADSs eligible for sale on the market. Each of the members of our Management or Supervisory Boards, our senior management and other holders of our outstanding ADSs have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to sell or transfer their ADSs or ordinary shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion, waive the contractual lock-up before the lock-up agreements expire. After the lock-up agreements expire, 72,166,492 ADSs outstanding as of the date of this prospectus (assuming the closing of this offering) will be eligible for sale in the public market, all of which are held by members of our Management or Supervisory Boards, senior management and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and various vesting agreements. Sales of a substantial number of such ADSs upon expiration of the lock-up agreements, the perception that such sales may occur or early release of these agreements, could cause our market price to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your ADSs at a time and price that you deem appropriate.
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all the ADSs subject to share awards outstanding and reserved for issuance under our share plans. That registration statement will become effective immediately on filing, and ADSs covered by that registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described above. If these additional ADSs are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of ADSs could decline.
Changes in IFRS could have an adverse effect on our previously reported results of operations.
The standards comprising IFRS are subject to revision and interpretation by the IASB and by various bodies formed to promulgate and to interpret appropriate accounting principles including the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee and the Standard Interpretations Committee. A change in these standards or interpretations could have a significant effect on our previously reported results of operations and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change.
 
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Additionally, our assumptions, estimates and judgments related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results. IFRS and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, including, but not limited to, revenue recognition, impairment of long-lived assets, leases and related economic transactions, intangibles, self-insurance, income taxes, property and equipment, litigation and equity-based compensation are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by us. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by us could require us to make changes to our accounting systems to implement these changes that could increase our operating costs and could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance.
The value of goodwill, brand names or other intangible assets reported in our consolidated financial statements may need to be partially or fully impaired as a result of revaluations
As of September 30, 2020, our carrying amount of goodwill, brand names and other intangible assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet was €155.0 million. Under IFRS, we are required to annually test our recorded goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, such as brand names, and to assess the carrying values of other intangible assets when impairment indicators exist. As a result of such tests, we could be required to recognize impairment losses in our income statement if the carrying value is in excess of the fair value. Certain of our intangible assets include acquired customers that we amortize over several years. If we are required to book losses with respect to such intangibles, we may need to shorten the amortization period, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The exclusive forum provisions set forth under Dutch law, our Articles of Association and the deposit agreement may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.
Dutch law provides that the courts at the corporate seat of the issuer are the exclusive forum for, inter alia, any legal challenge by a shareholder of a resolution of the general meeting. Similarly, our Articles of Association provide that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the competent court in Amsterdam, the Netherlands shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary or other duty owed by any member of our Management Board and Supervisory Board, any executive officer or any other agent to the company; (ii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Dutch Civil Code, the Articles of Association of the company or the rules of procedure of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board; or (iii) any action asserting a claim pertaining to our internal affairs. The preceding exclusive forum provisions may limit a shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with MYT Netherlands or members of our Management or Supervisory Boards, senior management or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against MYT Netherlands and members of our Management or Supervisory Boards, senior management and other employees.
The exclusive forum provisions described above do not apply to claims under U.S. federal securities laws. As set forth in the deposit agreement, and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the rules or regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we note that holders of our securities cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, and Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. As a result, the exclusive jurisdiction provision may not preclude or contract the scope of exclusive federal or concurrent jurisdiction for actions brought under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
The rights of shareholders in a Dutch private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) differ in material respects from the rights of shareholders of corporations incorporated in the United States.
MYT Netherlands is a Dutch private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) with its registered office in the Netherlands. Its corporate affairs are governed by the laws
 
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
governing private companies with limited liability formed in the Netherlands set forth in the Dutch Civil Code, the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, its Articles of Association, the Rules of Procedure of its Supervisory Board and the Rules of Procedure of its Management Board. The rights of our shareholders may be different from the rights and obligations of shareholders in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions.
In addition, rights of shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our Management Board and Supervisory Board may differ from the rights of shareholders and the duties of directors of U.S. corporations. In the performance of their duties, our Management Board and Supervisory Board are required by Dutch law to consider our interests and the interests of our shareholders, employees and other stakeholders, in all cases with due observation of the principles of reasonableness and fairness. It is possible that some of these parties will have interests that are different from, or in addition to, your interests as a holder of ADSs.
For more information, we have provided summaries of relevant Dutch law governing private companies with limited liability and of our Articles of Association under “Management” and “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association.”
Dutch and European insolvency laws are substantially different from U.S. insolvency laws and may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws.
As a private company with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid), MYT Netherlands is subject to Dutch insolvency laws in the event any insolvency proceedings are initiated against us including, among other things, Regulation (EU) 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 20, 2015 on insolvency proceedings as of June 2017. Further, our principal operating subsidiaries have their registered offices in Germany and are subject to German insolvency laws and EU regulations in the event any insolvency proceedings are initiated against such subsidiaries. Should courts in another European country determine that the insolvency laws of that country apply to us or our principal operating subsidiaries in accordance with and subject to such EU regulations, the courts in that country could have jurisdiction over the insolvency proceedings initiated against us. Insolvency laws in the Netherlands, Germany or the relevant other European country, if any, may offer our shareholders less protection than they would have under U.S. insolvency laws and make it more difficult for them to recover the amount they could expect to recover in a liquidation under U.S. insolvency laws.
Conflicts of interest may arise because of our shareholder structure at the time of the IPO and because some members of our Supervisory Boards are employed by our Sponsors.
After the closing of this offering, due to the size of their shareholding, Ares Management Corp. (“Ares”) and Canada Pension Plan Investment Board (“CPPIB” and, together with Ares, the “Sponsors”), through MYT Holding, will be able to adopt any resolution in the general meeting regardless of how other shareholders vote, including, but not limited to, resolutions on the appointment of Supervisory Board members, on capital measures and on the allocation of profits and, hence, our dividend policy. In this context, the interests of Ares and affiliates of CPPIB, for example with respect to the allocation of profits and the distribution of dividends, may differ from the interests of some or all of our other shareholders.
Entities affiliated with Ares and affiliates of CPPIB may hold equity interests in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us, and companies in which they currently invest may begin competing with us. In addition, certain members of our Supervisory Board are affiliated with Ares and CPPIB. As a result of these relationships, when conflicts arise between the interests of Ares and CPPIB and their affiliates, on the one hand, and the interests of the Company and our other shareholders, on the other hand, these members of our Supervisory Board may have an interest in the matter different from the interests of the Company and our other shareholders. Dutch law provides that a member of the management board of a Dutch private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid), such as the Company, may not participate in the adoption of resolutions (including deliberations in respect of these) if he or she has a direct or indirect personal interest conflicting with the interests of the company. Such a conflict of interest only exists if in the situation at hand the member of our Management Board is deemed to be unable to serve the interests of the Company and the business connected with it with the required level of integrity and objectivity. Pursuant to the Management Board Rules, each member of our Management Board shall immediately report any (potential) personal conflict of interest concerning a member of our Management Board to the
 
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
chairperson of the Supervisory Board and to the other members of our Management Board and shall provide all information relevant to the conflict.
If no resolution can be adopted by our Management Board as a consequence of such a personal conflict of interest, the resolution concerned will be adopted by our Supervisory Board. All transactions in which there are conflicts of interests with members of our Management Board will be agreed on terms that are customary in the sector concerned and disclosed in the Company’s annual report. The existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest does not affect the authority of our Management Board and Supervisory Board and their respective members to represent the Company.
We are not obligated to and do not comply with all the best practice provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. This may affect your rights as a shareholder.
As we are a company under the laws of the Netherlands and will have our ADSs listed on an equivalent third (non-EU) country market to a regulated market (e.g., the NYSE), we are subject to the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. The Dutch Corporate Governance Code contains both principles and best practice provisions for our Management Board, our Supervisory Board, our shareholders and our general meeting, financial reporting, auditors, disclosure compliance and enforcement standards.
The Dutch Corporate Governance Code is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, we will be required to disclose in our management report publicly filed in the Netherlands, whether or not we comply with the various provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. If we do not comply with one or more of those provisions (e.g., because of a conflicting NYSE requirement or U.S. market practice), we are required to explain the reasons for such non-compliance in our management report.
We acknowledge the importance of good corporate governance. However, we do not intend to comply with all the provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code because such provisions conflict with or are inconsistent with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE and U.S. securities laws that will apply to us upon the completion of this offering, or because we believe such provisions do not reflect customary governance practices of global companies listed on the NYSE. This could affect your rights as an ADS holder and you may not have the same level of protection as a shareholder in a Dutch company that fully complies with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. See “Management — Dutch Corporate Governance Code.”
We may not pay dividends on our ordinary shares in the future and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on the appreciation in the price of ADSs.
We may not pay any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. Therefore, any return on investment in ADSs is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of ADSs on the open market, which may not occur. In addition, withholding taxes, if applicable, could reduce the amount of the dividend that you will receive. See “If MYT Netherlands pays dividends, it may need to withhold tax on such dividends payable to holders of its ADSs in both Germany and the Netherlands.” and “Dividend Policy.”
MYT Netherlands is a holding company with no external revenue generating activities of its own and, as such, it depends on its subsidiaries for cash to fund its operations and expenses, including future dividend payments, if any.
As a holding company, our principal source of cash flow will be distributions or payments from our operating subsidiaries. Therefore, our ability to fund and conduct our business, service our debt and pay dividends, if any, in the future will depend on the ability of our subsidiaries and intermediate holding companies to make upstream cash distributions or payments to us, which may be impacted, for example, by their ability to generate sufficient cash flow or limitations on the ability to repatriate funds whether as a result of currency liquidity restrictions, monetary or exchange controls or otherwise. Our operating subsidiaries and intermediate holding companies are separate legal entities, and although they are directly or indirectly wholly owned and controlled by us, they have no obligation to make any funds available to us, whether in the form of loans, dividends or otherwise, except as may be provided through intercompany agreements from time to time. Furthermore, the
 
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ability of our operating subsidiaries to make any funds available to MYT Holding, whether in the form of loans, dividends or otherwise is restricted by the terms of their revolving credit facilities while these are in place. To the extent the ability of any of our subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to us is limited in any way, our ability to fund and conduct our business, service our debt and pay dividends, if any, could be harmed.
Investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against us or the members of our Management or Supervisory Board.
We are incorporated in the Netherlands and conduct substantially all of our operations in the European Union through our subsidiaries. Both members of our Management Board and four members of our Supervisory Board are non-residents of the United States. The majority of our assets and a significant portion of the assets of the members of our Management Board and Supervisory Board are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible, or may be very difficult, to serve process on company representatives or the company in the United States, or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against company representatives or the company based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. As set forth in the deposit agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the rules or regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes.
There is no treaty between the United States and the Netherlands for the mutual recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be enforceable in the Netherlands unless the underlying claim is re-litigated before a Dutch court of competent jurisdiction. However, if a person has obtained a final judgment without appeal in such a matter rendered by a court in the United States that is enforceable in the United States and files his claim with the competent Dutch court, the Dutch court will recognize and give effect to such foreign judgment insofar as it finds that (i) the jurisdiction of the U.S. court has been based on grounds which are internationally acceptable, (ii) proper legal procedures have been observed, (iii) the judgment does not contravene Dutch public policy and, (iv) the judgment is not irreconcilable with a judgment of a Dutch court or an earlier judgment of a foreign court that is capable of being recognized in the Netherlands.
Based on the foregoing, there can be no assurance that U.S. investors will be able to enforce any judgments obtained in U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the U.S. federal securities laws, against us, members of our Management Board and Supervisory Board, or our senior management. In addition, there is doubt as to whether a Dutch court would impose civil liability on us, the members of our Management and Supervisory Board or our senior management in an original action predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Netherlands against us or such members, respectively.
ADS holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiffs in an action of that kind.
The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our ordinary shares provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, ADS holders waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our ordinary shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under U.S. federal securities laws.
If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by the United States Supreme Court. However, we believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement, by a federal or state court in the City of New York, which has non-exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising under the deposit agreement. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver
 
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
provision, courts will generally consider whether a party knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement and the ADSs. It is advisable that you consult legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before entering into the deposit agreement.
If you or any other ADS holders bring a claim against us or the depositary in connection with matters arising under the deposit agreement or relating to the ADSs, including claims under federal securities laws, you may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us or the depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against us or the depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiffs in that action.
Nevertheless, if this jury trial waiver provision is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or the ADSs serves as a waiver by any ADS holder or by us or the depositary of compliance with any substantive provision of the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
MYT Netherlands may be treated as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse tax consequences for investors in the ADSs that are subject to U.S. federal income tax.
Based on the anticipated market price of MYT Netherlands’ ADSs in this offering, the expected market price of MYT Netherlands’ ADSs following this offering and the composition of MYT Netherlands’ income, assets (and such assets’ adjusted bases) and operations, MYT Netherlands does not expect to be treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. However, this is a factual determination that must be made annually after the close of each taxable year. Therefore, there can be no assurance that MYT Netherlands will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or for any future taxable year. MYT Netherlands would be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year if, after the application of certain look-through rules, either: (1) 75% or more of its gross income for such year is “passive income” (as defined in the relevant provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)), or (2) 50% or more of the value of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. Certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to a U.S. holder (defined below) if MYT Netherlands is treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which such U.S. holder holds ADSs. If a U.S. holder actually or constructively acquires ADSs resulting in the U.S. holder actually or constructively owning 10% or more of the combined voting power of MYT Netherlands voting stock or of the total value of our stock, different U.S. federal income tax consequences may apply. For further discussion, see “Material Tax Considerations—U.S. Taxation” below.
The IRS may not agree that MYT Netherlands is a foreign corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes.
For U.S. federal tax purposes, a corporation is generally considered to be a foreign corporation if it is organized or incorporated outside of the United States. Because MYT Netherlands is incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, it would be classified as a foreign corporation under these rules. Section 7874 of the Code provides an exception to this general rule under which a foreign incorporated entity may, in certain circumstances, be classified as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes.
As part of a prior internal reorganization, and notwithstanding the fact that MYT Netherlands’ operating assets were already owned through a foreign corporation, MYT Netherlands may be considered as a technical matter to have acquired substantially all of the assets indirectly held by of one or more U.S. corporations. Under Section 7874, MYT Netherlands could be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes if the former shareholders of the U.S. corporations are treated as receiving a requisite ownership percentage of the MYT Netherlands shares “by reason of” holding shares of the U.S. corporations.
We do not believe that Section 7874 caused MYT Netherlands or any of its affiliates to be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. tax purposes as a result of the prior internal reorganization because, among other things, the requisite ownership test should not be satisfied. However, the law and Treasury Regulations promulgated
 
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
under Section 7874 are complex and unclear in many regards, and there is limited guidance regarding the application of Section 7874. Moreover, the IRS could assert that subsequent transactions that resulted in ownership changes should be considered part of the prior internal reorganization and that Section 7874 applies to the combined transactions.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge the status of MYT Netherlands or the status of any of its foreign affiliates as a foreign corporation under Section 7874 or that such challenge would not be sustained by a court. If the IRS were to successfully challenge such status under Section 7874, MYT Netherlands and its affiliates could be subject to substantial additional U.S. federal tax liability. In addition, MYT Netherlands and certain of its foreign affiliates are expected to be treated as tax residents of countries other than the United States for foreign tax purposes. Consequently, if MYT Netherlands or any such affiliate is treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes under Section 7874, MYT Netherlands or such affiliate could be liable for both U.S. and non-U.S. taxes. For further discussion, see “Material Tax Considerations—U.S. Taxation” below.
One or more taxing authorities could challenge the tax residency of MYT Netherlands, and if such challenge were to be successful, we could be subject to increased and/or different taxes than we expect.
MYT Netherlands has taken steps to establish tax residency in Germany, and we believe that such steps have resulted in MYT Netherlands becoming a tax resident in Germany for German tax purposes as of September 7, 2020. By reason of MYT Netherlands’ incorporation under Dutch law, it is also deemed tax resident in the Netherlands for purposes of the Dutch Dividend Withholding Tax Act 1965 and the Dutch Corporation Tax Act 1969. As long as it continues to have its place of effective management in Germany, and not in the Netherlands, under the Convention between the Federal Republic of Germany and the Netherlands for the avoidance of double taxation with respect to taxes on income of 2012, MYT Netherlands should be considered to be exclusively tax resident in Germany. However, the applicable tax laws or interpretations thereof, including the interpretation of the Convention, may change. Furthermore, whether MYT Netherlands has its place of effective management in Germany and is as such tax resident in Germany is largely a question of fact and degree based on all the circumstances, rather than a question of law, which facts and degree may also change. Changes to applicable laws or interpretations thereof and changes to applicable facts and circumstances (e.g., a change of board members or the place where board meetings take place), may result in MYT Netherlands becoming a tax resident of a jurisdiction other than Germany, potentially also triggering an exit tax liability in Germany, or in the denial of benefits under the Convention. These changes could have a material adverse impact on MYT Netherlands’ financial results and/or the future marketability of MYT Netherlands’ ADSs. For further discussion, see “Material Tax Considerations—German Taxation—Tax Residence of the Company ‘MYT Netherlands’.
If MYT Netherlands pays dividends, it may need to withhold tax on such dividends payable to holders of its ADSs in both Germany and the Netherlands.
As an entity incorporated under Dutch law, but with its place of effective management in Germany (and not in the Netherlands), MYT Netherlands’ dividends are generally subject to German dividend withholding tax and not Dutch withholding tax. However, Dutch dividend withholding tax, in addition to German withholding tax, will be required to be withheld from dividends if and when paid to Dutch resident holders of MYT Netherlands’ ADSs (and non-Dutch resident holders of MYT Netherlands’ ADSs that have a permanent establishment in the Netherlands to which their shareholding is attributable). MYT Netherlands will be required to identify its shareholders and/or ADS holders in order to assess whether there are Dutch residents (or non-Dutch residents with a permanent establishment to which the shares are attributable) in respect of which Dutch dividend tax has to be withheld. Such identification may not always be possible in practice. If the identity of MYT Netherlands’ shareholders and/or ADS holders cannot be assessed upon a payment of dividend, withholding of both German and Dutch dividend tax from such dividend may occur. Non-Dutch resident holders of MYT Netherlands’ ADSs may apply for a refund of Dutch dividend tax, if withheld on the distribution. For further discussion, see “Material Tax Considerations—Material Netherlands tax considerations—Dividend withholding tax.”
Holders of ADSs may be subject to limitations on transfer of their ADSs.
ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. In
 
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
addition, the depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary deems it advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.
The exercise of voting rights by holders of ADSs is limited by the terms of the deposit agreement.
Holders of ADSs may exercise their voting rights with respect to the ordinary shares underlying their ADSs only in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. If we ask the depositary to solicit your instructions, then upon receipt of voting instructions from a holder of ADSs in the manner set forth in the deposit agreement, the depositary will endeavor to vote such holder’s underlying ordinary shares in accordance with these instructions. Under our Articles of Association, the minimum notice period required for convening a general meeting corresponds to the statutory minimum period, which is currently 36 days. When a general meeting is convened, a holder of ADSs may not receive sufficient notice of a general meeting to permit such holder to withdraw its ordinary shares to allow the holder to cast its vote with respect to any specific matter at the general meeting. In addition, the depositary and its agents may not be able to send voting instructions to a holder of ADSs or carry out such holder’s voting instructions in a timely manner. We will make all reasonable efforts to cause the depositary to extend voting rights to a holder of ADSs in a timely manner, but such holder may not receive the voting materials in time to ensure that such holder can instruct the depositary to vote its shares. Furthermore, the depositary and its agents will not be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote, for the manner in which any vote is cast or for the effect of any such vote. As a result, a holder of ADSs may not be able to exercise its right to vote and may lack recourse if the ordinary shares are not voted as requested by such holder.
 
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Some of the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “ongoing,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.
These statements involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus and the factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements and factors about:

the highly competitive nature of our industry and our ability to compete effectively;

our ability to respond to consumer demand, spending and tastes;

our ability to respond to any current or future health epidemic or other adverse public health development, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and the resulting business disruption, sustained economic downturn and margin pressures;

our ability to maintain and enhance our brand;

our ability to retain our existing customers and acquire new customers;

the growth of the market for premium lifestyle and luxury products, and the online market for premium lifestyle and luxury products in particular;

our ability to obtain and maintain differentiated high-quality products from appropriate brands in sufficient quantities from vendors;

our ability to expand our product offerings, including our owned brands;

our ability to effectively manage or sustain our growth and to effectively expand our operations;

our ability to obtain and maintain sufficient inventory at prices that will make our business model profitable, and of a quality that will continue to retain existing customers and attract new customers;

seasonal sales fluctuations;

our ability to optimize, operate, manage and expand our network infrastructure, and our fulfillment centers and delivery channels;

our ability to retain existing vendors and brands and to attract new vendors and brands; and

general economic conditions and their impact on consumer demand.
You should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of other important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate.
In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and although we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted a thorough inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently
 
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
 
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $236.5 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming an initial offering price of $17.00 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, we estimate that the net proceeds to be received by us will be approximately $273.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per ADS would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $14.6 million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We may also increase or decrease the number of ADSs we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 ADSs in the number of ADSs offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $15.9 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of ADSs by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time when we need to seek additional capital.
We intend to use up to $206.4 million of the net proceeds from this offering to cause MGG to repay all or a portion of the principal and accrued and unpaid interest outstanding under the 6.00% Shareholder Loans Due 2025, which will in turn be used to repay all or a portion of the principal and accrued and unpaid interest outstanding under certain 7.50% Senior Secured PIK Notes Due 2025 (but not less than $125.0 million in principal amount) issued in the original principal amount of $200.0 million by MYT Holding in connection with the settlement of all claims against MYT Holding and MYT Netherlands related to the Neiman Marcus Bankruptcy and the Distribution. See “Matters Related to Our Current and Former Parent Entities—Neiman Marcus Group Bankruptcy” for additional information on the Senior Secured PIK Notes. We intend to repay the remainder of the Shareholder Loans, if any, out of the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings in the future. The Shareholder Loans were originally incurred in 2014 as part of the acquisition financing for Mytheresa by the Neiman Marcus Group. See “Related Party Transactions—Shareholder Loans” for additional information on the Shareholder Loans.
We currently intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds from this offering, which we estimate will be $30.1 million, for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which we currently expect will include continued investment in the growth of our operations. However, we do not currently have specific planned uses for the proceeds. We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary brands or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transactions. Because we expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering.
 
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
As a legal matter, the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs are entitled to dividends for fiscal 2021 and for all subsequent fiscal years. We do not anticipate paying a dividend on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends will be made by our Management Board, which resolution will be subject to approval of our Supervisory Board. Pursuant to and in accordance with a proposal thereto by the Management Board, which proposal has been approved by the Supervisory Board, the general meeting may also resolve to make distributions. Any distribution will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and capital requirements. For example, our credit facilities contain restrictive covenants that limit the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to MYT Netherlands, among other restrictions. We therefore may not be able to pay dividends on our ordinary shares unless we obtain the consent of the lender or terminate the credit facility, Under Dutch law, dividends can only be resolved upon and paid to the extent that the MYT Netherlands’ equity exceeds the reserves that the company must maintain pursuant to the law or our Articles of Association. Our future ability to pay dividends on our capital stock is further limited by the terms of our existing credit facilities, future earnings, financial condition, cash flow, working capital requirement, capital expenditures and may be limited by any future debt instruments or preferred securities.
Under Dutch law, a party receiving such distribution who knows or could reasonably be expected to foresee that the distribution would make the Company unable to continue paying any of its due and payable debts shall be liable to the Company for payment of the shortfall created by the distribution, with said liability not to exceed the amount of the distribution received by that party and with due observance of the provisions of prevailing law.
Under Dutch law, there are no exchange controls applicable to the transfer to persons outside of the Netherlands of dividends or other distributions with respect to, or of the proceeds from the sale of, shares of a Dutch company, subject to applicable restrictions under sanctions and measures, including those adopted by the United Nations and the European Union, as also implemented in the Netherlands via the Sanctions Act of 1977 (Sanctiewet 1977) as well as terrorism-related listings by the Dutch government, or other laws concerning export control, pursuant to European Union regulations, the Sanctions Act 1977 (Sanctiewet 1977) or other legislation, applicable anti-boycott regulations and similar rules. There are no special restrictions in the Articles of Association or Dutch law that limit the right of shareholders who are not citizens or residents of the Netherlands to hold or vote shares in MYT Netherlands.
We are a holding company with no external revenue generating activities of our own. As a result, we are dependent upon cash dividends, distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to make dividend payments.
All of the shares represented by the ADSs which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will generally have the same dividend rights as all of our other outstanding shares. However, the depositary may limit distributions based on practical considerations and legal limitations. See “Description of American Depositary Shares—Dividends and Other Distributions.
 
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CAPITALIZATION
The table below sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2020.

on an actual basis; and

on an as adjusted basis to give further effect to: (i) the issuance and sale of ADSs in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (ii) the use of up to $206.4 million of the net proceeds from this offering to cause MGG to repay all or a portion of the Shareholder Loans, which will in turn be used to repay all or a portion the principal and accrued and unpaid interest outstanding under certain 7.50% Senior Secured PIK Notes Due 2025, as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
Investors should read this table in conjunction with our audited financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus as well as “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
As of September 30, 2020
Actual
(unaudited)
As Adjusted(2)
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
5,900 22,303
Total debt, including current portion(1)
228,186 42,810
Shareholders’ equity:
Subscribed capital
1 1
Capital reserve
91,015 292,794
Accumulated deficit
(18,605) (18,605)
Other comprehensive loss
2,231 2,231
Total shareholders’ equity
74,642 276,421
Total Capitalization
302,828 319,231
(1)
In connection with the offering, we expect to cause MGG to repay all or a portion of the Shareholder Loans, which will in turn be used to repay all or a portion of the principal and accrued and unpaid interest outstanding under certain 7.50% Senior Secured PIK Notes Due 2025 issued in the original principal amount of $200.0 million by MYT Holding in connection with the settlement of all claims against MYT Holding and MYT Netherlands related to the Neiman Marcus Bankruptcy and the Distribution. See “Matters Related to Our Current and Former Parent Entities—Neiman Marcus Group Bankruptcy” for additional information on the Senior Secured PIK Notes. See “Related Party Transactions—Shareholder Loans” for additional information on the Shareholder Loans.
(2)
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $14.6 million (€12.5 million), assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 ADSs in the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $15.9 million (€13.5 million), assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.
 
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DILUTION
If you invest in ADSs, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and the as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS immediately following the consummation of this offering.
At September 30, 2020, we had a net tangible book value of $(96,888) thousand, corresponding to a net tangible book value of $(96,888) per share or $(96,888) per ADS based on an ordinary share to ADS ratio of 1:1. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total assets less our total liabilities, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding.
At September 30, 2020, we had a pro forma net tangible book value of $(96,888) thousand, corresponding to a pro forma net tangible book value of $(1.38) per share or $(1.38) per ADS based on an ordinary share to ADS ratio of 1:1 after giving effect to a 70,190.687 for one share split of our ordinary shares. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total assets less our total liabilities, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding. Pro forma net tangible book value per ADS represents our pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share converted to ADSs at a ratio of 1:1.
After giving effect to the sale by us of 15,647,059 ADSs (representing an aggregate of 15,647,059 ordinary shares, resulting in total shares and ADS outstanding of 87,831,551) in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the use of proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as well as the re-payment of all or a portion of the Senior Secured PIK Notes with a portion of the proceeds of this offering, our as adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2020 would have been approximately $139.7 million, representing $1.59 per share or $1.59 per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $2.97 per share or $2.97 per ADS to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.59 per share or $1.59 per ADS to new investors purchasing ADSs in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors is determined by subtracting as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per ADS to new investors is determined by subtracting as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per ADS paid by new investors.
The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors purchasing ADSs in the offering.
Assumed initial public offering price
$ 17.00
Pro forma net tangible book value per ADS
$ (1.38)
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per ADS attributable to this offering
$ 2.97
As adjusted net tangible book value per ADS
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per ADS to new investors
$ 15.41
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, respectively, would increase (decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $0.17 per ADS and the dilution per ADS to new investors in the offering by $0.83 per ADS, assuming that the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs from us in full, our as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after this offering would be $1.96 per ADS, representing an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value per ADS of $0.37 per ADS to existing shareholders and immediate dilution of $0.37 per ADS in as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS to new investors purchasing ADSs in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted pro forma basis, as of December 31, 2019, the number of ordinary shares owned by existing shareholders and to be owned by new investors purchasing ADSs in this offering, the total consideration paid to us, the average price per ordinary share paid by our existing shareholders and the average price per ADS to be paid by new investors purchasing ADSs in this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $17.00 per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:
ADSs Purchased
Ordinary Shares
Purchased
Total
Consideration
Average
Price per
Share
Average
Price Per
ADS
Number
Percent
Number
Percent
Amount in
thousands
Percent
Existing shareholders
72,166,492 82.2% 72,166,492 82.2% $ 263,493 49.8% $ 3.65 $ 3.65
New investors
15,647,059 17.8% 15,647,059 17.8% $ 266,000 50.2% 17.00 17.00
Total
87,813,551
100%
87,813,551
100%
$
529,493
100%
The total number of shares reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on 72,166,492 ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus on an as adjusted pro forma basis.
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, the following will occur:

the percentage of our ordinary shares held by existing shareholders will decrease to approximately 80.1% of the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding after this offering; and

the percentage of our ordinary shares held by new investors will increase to approximately 19.9% of the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding after this offering.
We intend to adopt the 2020 Plan, under which we expect to grant equity or cash- and/or equity-based awards in order to attract, motivate and retain employees and other service providers. To the extent we grant awards under the 2020 Plan, or to the extent there are other issuances of our ordinary shares, there will be further dilution to new investors. We may also choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities may result in further dilution to our shareholders.
 
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
We have historically conducted our business through MGG and its subsidiaries. The following consolidated financial data is prepared for MYT Netherlands and its subsidiaries, including MGG. Following the offering, we will cause MGG to repay all or a portion of the Shareholder Loans, which will in turn be used to pay off all or a portion of the Senior Secured PIK Notes of MYT Holding as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by IASB. The following selected historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and for the fiscal years then ended has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated financial data as of September 30, 2020 and for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results expected in any future period.
The following table also contains translations of Euro amounts into U.S. Dollars as of and for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 and as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2020. These translations are solely for the convenience of the reader and were calculated at the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in foreign currencies as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank in New York on the period end date for the applicable period, which as of June 30, 2020 was €1.00 = $1.1237 and as of September 30, 2020 was € 1.00 = $1.1723. You should not assume that, on that or any other date, one could have converted these amounts of Euros into U.S. Dollars at this or any other exchange rate.
 
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Years Ended June 30,
Three Months Ended September 30,
2018
2019
2020
2020
(unaudited)
2019
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales
303,520 379,086 449,487 $ 505,089 99,112 126,359 $ 148,130
Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
(160,469) (201,410) (239,546) (269,178) (52,766) (67,678) (79,339)
Gross profit
143,051 177,676 209,941 235,911 46,346 58,681 68,791
Shipping and payment costs
(36,163) (44,104) (52,857) (59,395) (13,141) (14,833) (17,389)
Marketing expenses
(47,671) (55,767) (62,507) (70,239) (15,816) (17,441) (20,446)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(40,114) (52,038) (66,427) (74,644) (13,955) (15,556) (18,236)
Depreciation and amortization
(6,796) (7,686) (7,885) (8,860) (1,877) (2,021) (2,369)
Other income (expense), net
1,499 995 645 725 (40) (621) (728)
Operating income
13,806 19,076 20,910 23,498 1,517 8,209 9,623
Finance (expense) income, net
(4,835) (13,986) (11,119) (12,494) (9,373) 5,182 6,075
Income (loss) before income taxes
8,971 5,090 9,791 11,004 (7,856) 13,391 15,698
Income tax (expense) benefit
(3,468) (3,439) (3,441) (3,867) 3,545 (3,762) (4,410)
Net income (loss)
5,503 1,651 6,350 $ 7,137 (4,311) 9,629 $ 11,288
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per ordinary
share
5,503 1,651 6,350 $ 7,137 (4,311) 9,629 $ 11,288
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding (basic and diluted):
1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
Pro forma statement of operations data
6,350 7,137 9,629 11,288
Pro forma net income (unaudited)
0.09 $ 0.10 0.14 $ 0.16
Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share (unaudited)
70,190,687 $ 70,190,687 70,190,687 $ 70,190,687
Pro forma weighted average ordinary shares outstanding (unaudited)(1):
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow Data:
Net cash (outflow) inflow from operating activities
(4,862) 2,367 10,559 $ 11,865 (21,996) (33,378) $ (39,129)
Net cash (outflow) from investing activities
(5,431) (1,845) (2,420) (2,719) (619) (904) (1,060)
Net cash (outflow) inflow from financing
activities
(4,410) (2,092) (878) (987) 25,127 30,834 36,147
 
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
As of June 30,
As of September 30,
2018
2019
2020
2020
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data:
Total non-current assets
188,525 182,907 183,537 $ 206,241 182,424 $ 213,856
Total current assets
125,029 152,242 202,263 227,283 231,114 270,935
Total assets
313,554 335,149 385,800 433,524 413,538 484,791
Total current liabilities
61,008 73,611 104,831 117,799 124,568 146,031
Total non-current liabilities
144,435 150,218 216,592 243,384 214,328 251,257
Total liabilities
205,443 223,829 321,423 361,183 338,896 397,288
Accumulated deficit
(36,235) (34,584) (28,234) (31,727) (18,605) (21,811)
Total shareholders’ equity
108,111 111,320 64,377 $ 72,341 74,642 $ 87,503
(1)
Pro forma weighted average ordinary shares outstanding is calculated based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding after giving effect to a 70,190.687 for one share split of our ordinary shares.
 
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data.” Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus. Our fiscal year ends on June 30.
Overview
Mytheresa is a leading luxury e-commerce platform for the global luxury fashion consumer. We offer one of the finest edits in luxury, curated from more than 200 of the world’s most coveted brands and presented through a customer-first, digital experience. Our story began over three decades ago with the opening of Theresa, in Munich, one of the first multi-brand luxury boutiques in Germany. Mytheresa, which launched online in 2006, represented 97% of net sales and reached customers in 133 countries in fiscal 2020. We provide our customers a highly curated selection of products, access to exclusive capsule collections, in-house produced content, memorable service and a personalized shopping experience. Our more than 30 years of market insights and long-standing relationships with the world’s leading luxury brands have established Mytheresa as a global authority in luxury fashion. We have self-funded our growth without outside primary capital since 2009, including through our acquisition by Neiman Marcus in 2014.
Over three decades we have refined our customer and brand relationships to become one of the leaders in curated luxury fashion through the following milestones.
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-FC_MYTHER4CLR.JPG]
(1)
During the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
From fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2020, we grew our active customers 21.7% to 486,000 customers. In fiscal 2020, we reported €449.5 million in net sales, representing growth of 18.6% from fiscal 2019. In fiscal 2020, we reported net income of €6.4 million compared to €1.7 million during fiscal 2019. In fiscal 2020, we reported Adjusted
 
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Net Income of €19.3 million, representing an improvement from €15.8 million in fiscal 2019. Additionally, in fiscal 2020, we generated €27.5 million of Adjusted Operating Income and €35.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA, representing year over year growth of €4.7 million and €4.9 million, respectively. From September 30, 2019 to September 30, 2020, we grew our active customers 24.3% to 522,000 customers. In the three months ended September 30, 2020, we reported €126.4 million in net sales, representing growth of 27.5% from the three months ended September 30, 2019. During the three months ended September 30, 2020, we reported net income of €9.6 million compared to a net loss of €4.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2019. For the three months ended September 30, 2020, we reported Adjusted Net Income of €5.4 million, representing an increase from €3.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019. Additionally, during the three months ended September 30, 2020, we generated €8.4 million of Adjusted Operating Income and €10.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA, representing year over year growth of €5.9 million and €6.1 million, respectively. Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted EBITDA are measures that are not defined in IFRS. For further information about how we calculate Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted EBITDA, limitations of their use and their reconciliations to the most comparable IFRS measures, see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data—Other Financial and Operating Data.”
Our Model
Our business model and financial results are characterized by high growth, strong customer engagement and revenue retention, efficient customer acquisition and compelling customer economics. Our historic operations have been underpinned by consistent and profitable growth. The key pillars of our model include increasing active customers and net sales, stable gross margins and cost efficiencies:

Accelerated customer acquisition:   We increased new customers acquired by 20.9%, in fiscal 2020.

Retaining the spend of our existing customer base:   In fiscal 2020, we retained 79.6% of net sales from prior year cohorts.

Increasing share of top customers:   The increase in the share of top customers has outpaced our growth, and in fiscal 2020, top customers represented 30% of our gross sales despite making up only 2.6% of our active customer count.

Improved our marketing and CAC efficiency:   We decreased our CAC by 9.6%, resulting in a reduction in marketing expenses as a percentage of net sales from 14.7% during fiscal 2019 to 13.9% during fiscal 2020.

Achieving stable gross margins:   Our focus on full-price sell through yielded gross profit margins of 46.9% and 46.7% for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020, respectively. We consistently sell through approximately 80% of our seasonal buy twelve months after the first delivery and 95% within 21 months without relying heavily on markdowns or promotions.

Maintaining efficiency of our cost base:   As a percentage of net sales, we substantially maintained shipping and payment costs and selling, general and administrative expenses (personnel, IT expenses and general corporate costs) at 26.5% in fiscal 2020 from 25.4% in fiscal 2019.
 
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Key Operating and Financial Metrics
We use the following metrics to assess the progress of our business, make decisions on where to allocate time and investments and assess the near-term and longer-term performance of our business:
As of and for the
Years Ended June 30,
As of and for the
Three Months Ended
September 30,
2018
2019
2020
2019
(unaudited)
2020
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except average order value, average selling price)
Active customers(1)
299 400 486 420 522
Average order value(1)
632 614 600 614 594
Total orders shipped(2)
704 905 1,092 955 1,168
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
20,922 30,513 35,400 4,359 10,438
Adjusted Operating Income(2)
14,126 22,827 27,515 2,482 8,417
Adjusted Net Income(5)
9,068 15,810 19,294 3,520 5,438
(1)
Active customers, average order value, and total orders shipped are calculated based on orders shipped from our sites during the twelve months ended on the last day of the period presented.
(2)
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income are measures not defined under IFRS. For further information about how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income, limitations of their use and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income to net income, see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data—Other Financial and Operating Data.”
Active Customers
We define an active customer as a unique customer account from which an online purchase was made across our sites at least once in the preceding twelve-month period. In any particular period, we determine our number of active customers by counting the total number of unique customers who have made at least one online purchase across our sites in the preceding twelve-month period, measured from the last date of such period. We view the number of active customers as a key indicator of our growth, the reach of our website, consumer awareness of our value proposition and the desirability of our product assortment. We believe our number of active customers drives both net sales and our appeal to brand partners.
Average Order Value
We define average order value as an operating metric used by management, which is calculated as our total gross sales from online orders shipped from our sites during the twelve months ended on the last day of the period presented divided by the total online orders shipped during the same twelve-month period. We believe our consistent high average order value reflects our commitment to price integrity and the luxury nature of our products. Average order value may fluctuate due to a number of factors, including merchandise mix and new product categories.
Total Orders Shipped
We define total orders shipped as an operating metric used by management, which is calculated as the total number of online customer orders shipped to our customers during the twelve months ended on the last day of the period presented. We view total orders as a key indicator of the velocity of our business and an indication of the desirability of our products. Total orders shipped and total orders recognized as net sales in any given period may differ slightly due to orders that are in transit at the end of any particular period.
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-IFRS financial measure that we calculate as net income before finance expense (net), taxes, and depreciation and amortization, adjusted to exclude U.S. sales tax expenditures temporarily borne by us, strategic investor sale preparation costs, IPO preparation and transaction costs and share-based compensation expenses. Adjusted Operating Income is a non-IFRS financial measure that we calculate as
 
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
operating income, adjusted to exclude U.S. sales tax expenditures temporarily borne by us, strategic investor sale preparation costs, any IPO preparation and transaction costs and share-based compensation expenses. Adjusted Net Income is a non-IFRS financial measure that we calculate as net income, adjusted to exclude U.S. sales tax expenditures temporarily borne by us, a finance expenses on our Shareholder Loans and Retired Shareholder Loans, strategic investor sale preparation costs, IPO preparation and transaction costs, share-based compensation expenses and related income tax effects. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income are key measures used by management to evaluate our operating performance, generate future operating plans and make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income facilitates operating performance comparisons on a period-to-period basis and excludes items that we do not consider to be indicative of our core operating performance. See “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data—Other Financial and Operating Data” for information regarding our use of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Operating Income, and Adjusted Net Income to their most comparable IFRS measures for the periods presented.
Factors Affecting our Performance
To analyze our business performance, determine financial forecasts and help develop long-term strategic plans, we focus on the factors described below. While each of these factors presents significant opportunity for our business, collectively, they also pose important challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain our growth, improve our operating results and achieve and maintain our profitability, including those discussed below and in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.”
Overall Economic Trends
The overall economic environment and related changes in consumer behavior have a significant impact on our business. Though it is generally more muted in our high net worth customer cohort versus a broader demographic, positive conditions in the broader economy promote customer spending on our website, while economic weakness, which generally results in a reduction of customer spending, may have a negative effect on customer spend. Global macroeconomic factors can affect customer spending patterns, and consequently our results of operations. These include, but are not limited to, employment rates, trade negotiations, availability of credit, interest rates and fuel and energy costs. In addition, during periods of low unemployment, we generally experience higher labor costs.
Growth in Brand Awareness
We will continue to invest in brand marketing activities to expand brand awareness. As we build our customer base, we will launch additional brand marketing campaigns, host events and develop in-house product content to attract new customers to our platform. If we fail to cost-effectively promote our brand or convert impressions into new customers, our net sales growth and profitability may be adversely affected.
Consumer Acquisition and Engagement
Our financial performance depends on the expenses we incur to attract and retain consumers. To continue to grow our business profitably, we need to acquire and retain customers in an efficient manner. We acquire customers through our brand marketing and performance marketing efforts. To measure the effectiveness of our marketing spend, we analyze CAC and LTV.
Customer Acquisition Cost.   We define CAC as all of our online marketing expenses, excluding software costs, which we attribute to acquiring new customers in a year, divided by the number of customers who placed their first order in the relevant year. These costs accounted for approximately 85% of our total marketing expense in fiscal 2020 as we exclude public relations and creative production costs, as well as a small portion of marketing expense attributable to retaining existing customers when evaluating CAC. We manage CAC methodically, continually using data to optimize our global customer acquisition strategy. The following chart demonstrates our CAC evolution since fiscal 2016. We achieve rapid payback of customer acquisition costs. In fiscal 2017, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2019 our payback timeframe shortened, with the average contribution margin from a customer exceeding our average customer acquisition cost.
 
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Customer Acquisition Cost
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-BC_CUSACQUIS4C.JPG]
Starting in fiscal 2017, we introduced a proprietary marketing attribution system focused on customer journeys across media channels. We additionally began utilizing data analytics and algorithms to optimize our paid marketing efforts and bidding strategies to acquire customers whom we believe will deliver high lifetime values. Collectively, these efforts have resulted in declining CAC in fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2020, a trend we believe is rare in the industry, despite growing our active customer base from 400,000 in fiscal 2019 to over 486,000 in fiscal 2020.
Lifetime Value.   We define LTV as the cumulative contribution profit attributable to a particular customer cohort, which we define as all of our customers who made their initial purchase between July 1 and June 30 in a given cohort year. We define contribution profit as gross profit less shipping, packaging, fulfillment (including personnel), payment expenses and the portion of marketing expenses attributable to retaining existing customers. We measure the profitability of new customer acquisition by comparing the LTV of a particular customer cohort with the CAC attributable to such cohort. Our lifetime value has increased over time as our customers who stay on our platform spend more over time. This is evidenced by the growth in our net sales per active customer by cohort demonstrated below.
Net Sales per Active Customer
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-LC_ACTIVE4CLR4C.JPG]
We have prepared the following disclosures to illustrate the efficiency of our customer acquisitions, as well as the profitability associated with retaining customers. For our fiscal 2016 cohort, we spent €25.0 million to acquire approximately 104,000 customers resulting in a CAC of €240. The fiscal 2016 cohort’s LTV has increased over time as a result of repeat purchases and increased spend by retained customers. This results in a €613 contribution profit after 4 years of maturity following the initial acquisition year, or a 2.6 times payback of our original cost to acquire this customer, demonstrating our marketing efficiency and profitable model.
 
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-BC_ACQUIS4C.JPG]
To illustrate the recent effectiveness and consistency of our marketing efforts, we have compared the LTV to CAC ratio for fiscal 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019 respectively, cohorts for their one year, two year, three year, and four year periods, where relevant. The relative consistency illustrates the repeatability of our model as we continue to grow.
LTV/CAC by Customer Cohort Over Time
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-LC_COHORT4CLR.JPG]
Customer Retention
Our success is impacted not only by efficient and profitable customer acquisition, but also by our ability to retain customers, encourage repeat purchases and grow our portion of wallet share over time. Existing customers, whom we define as identified customers who have purchased from us at least once before, in the current year or a previous year, accounted for approximately 63%, 64%, 64%, 65%, and 66% of net sales in fiscal 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively. We believe this increasing percentage is reflective of our ability to engage and retain our customers through our curated assortment and improved convenience of our platform. Additionally, based on our data, existing customers place more orders annually than new customers.
The increasing share of our net sales from existing customers reflects our customer loyalty and the net sales retention behavior we see in our cohorts. We define cohort net sales retention as net sales attributable to a given customer cohort divided by the total net sales attributable to the same customer cohort from the prior fiscal year. We retained approximately 80% of net sales from prior year cohorts in fiscal 2020. Additionally, in fiscal 2020 we retained approximately 98% of the net sales for the 2018 cohorts and prior. This cohort behavior
 
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
demonstrates our ability to not only retain customers, but to also increase active customers’ spend on our platform as our loyal customers place orders more frequently at increasing average order values.
Net Sales by Cohort
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-BC_NETSALES4C.JPG]
Luxury Brand Partners
Our business model relies on providing our customers access to a curated assortment of top luxury brands. We believe our longstanding relationships with top luxury fashion brands represent a competitive advantage. We employ a rigorous framework and deep buying expertise, informed by customer data, to meticulously buy and curate an exclusive assortment on our website. As we grow, we strive to maintain our exclusive relationships while forming new relationships with up and coming brands to the extent there is customer demand for such brands. However, if we are unsuccessful in maintaining these relationships or developing new relationships, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Growth of Online Luxury
According to the 2020 Bain Study, the online penetration of luxury personal goods is expected to increase from 12% to over 30% from 2019 to 2025. The growth in online will be driven by online platforms taking share from traditional retailers, driven by consumer preference for online shopping and the ease afforded by multi-brand sites. In response to the shift online, the luxury market is innovating and evolving with new niche collections and customization options. Mytheresa has a long history of being at the forefront of this dialogue experimenting with brand partners through relevant brand collaborations and exclusive product offerings. However, if we fail to capture the future online spending shift with relevant product or if our competitors engage in promotional activity over multiple seasons, our customer growth may decelerate and our results of operations may be adversely affected.
Growth in Men’s and Kidswear
In 2019 we launched Mytheresa Kids, and in January 2020, we launched Mytheresa Men to expand our curated offering to these large and underserved categories. We believe there is a dearth of curated online multi-brand offerings in both categories which we can capture through our differentiated value proposition. We have built out full buying, marketing and merchandising teams, leveraged our brand relationships and are supporting these categories with exclusive capsules, experiences and content. We believe we can curate and assort collections for men, as we have done with women’s, expanding our value proposition to these new categories.
 
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Inventory Management
We utilize our customer data and collaborate with brand partners to assort a highly relevant assortment of products for our customers. The expertise of our buyers and our data help us gauge demand and product architecture to optimize our inventory position. Through analyzing customer feedback and real-time customer purchase behavior, we are able to efficiently predict demand, sizing and colorways beyond the insights of our buyers. This minimizes our portfolio risk and increases our sell-through. As we scale, our buying process will be further enhanced through the growth in our global data repository and our ability to leverage data science as part of the buying process. Additionally, our investments in different facets of our inventory offering fluctuate alongside shifting consumer trends and the fundamental needs of our business.
Investment in our Operations and Infrastructure
As we enhance our offering and grow our customer base, we will incur additional expenses. Our future investments in operations and infrastructure will be informed by our understanding of global luxury trends and the needs of our platform. As we continue to scale, we will be required to support our online offering with additional personnel. We will invest capital in inventory, fulfillment capabilities, and logistics infrastructure as we drive efficiencies in our business, localize our offering, enter new categories and partner with new brands. We will also actively monitor our fulfillment capacity needs, investing in capacity and automation in a selective manner.
COVID-19
In December 2019, COVID-19 was first identified, and in March 2020, the World Health Organization categorized the COVID-19 outbreak as a global pandemic. Public health efforts to mitigate the impact of the pandemic include government actions such as travel restrictions, limitations on public gatherings, shelter in place orders and mandatory closures. While the pandemic has had a substantial impact on the global economy, we have not experienced material declines in net sales, deterioration in net assets or other adverse effects. While our flagship retail store in Munich was closed at the end of the third and beginning of the fourth quarters of fiscal 2020, before reopening on April 27, 2020, we continued to offer our customers an uninterrupted boutique luxury shopping experience from our online business, which constitutes 97% of our net sales.
To date, we have incurred no significant supply chain or logistics disruptions with our brand partners, shipping providers, or our in-house operations. In response to the pandemic and in coordination with local government requirements, we temporarily closed certain corporate and administrative offices, including our corporate headquarters in Munich, with affected employees working remotely. These closures were limited to our administrative offices, with our warehouse and logistics functions remaining in operation throughout the pandemic. We also implemented safe work and social distancing measures for all employees, including personnel in our central warehouse facility in Heimstetten, Germany.
The COVID-19 pandemic remains an evolving situation. Uncertainties in the global economy may adversely impact our operations, brand partners, customers, and other business partners, which may interrupt our supply chain, impact future sales, and require other changes to our operations. However, we do not anticipate any long-term adverse effects from the pandemic at this time. We will continue to closely monitor the effects of the pandemic.
Components of our Results of Operations
Net sales consist of revenues earned from sales of clothing, bags, shoes, accessories and fine jewelry categories through our sites, our flagship retail store and our recently-opened men’s store, as well as shipping revenue and delivery duties paid when applicable, net of promotional discounts and returns. Revenue is generally recognized upon delivery to our customers. Changes in our reported net sales are mainly driven by growth in the number of our active customers, changes in average order value, and the total number of orders shipped.
Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation and amortization (“cost of sales”) includes the cost of merchandise sold, net of trade discounts, in addition to inventory write-offs and delivery costs of product from our brand partners. These costs fluctuate with changes in net sales and changes in inventory write-offs due to inventory aging.
 
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Shipping and payment costs consist primarily of shipping fees paid to our delivery providers, packaging costs, delivery duties paid for international sales and payment processing fees paid to third parties. Shipping and payment costs fluctuate based on the number of orders shipped and net sales.
Marketing expenses primarily consist of online advertising costs aimed towards acquiring new customers, including fees paid to our advertising affiliates, marketing to existing customers, and other marketing costs, which include events productions, public relations, and development of creative content. We expect marketing expenses to increase over time, but to decrease as a percentage of net sales in the long term as we continue to improve our marketing efficiency.
Selling, general and administrative expenses include personnel costs and other types of general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs, which constitute the largest percentage of selling, general and administrative expenses, include salaries, benefits, and other personnel-related costs for all departments within the Company, including fulfillment and marketing operations, creative content production, IT, buying, and general corporate functions. General and administrative expenses include IT expenses, rent expenses for leases not capitalized under IFRS 16, consulting services, and buying expenses. Although selling, general and administrative expenses will increase as we grow and become a publicly traded company, we expect these expenses to decrease as a percentage of net sales as we grow due to economies of scale.
Depreciation and amortization include the depreciation of property and equipment, including right-of-use assets capitalized under IFRS 16, leasehold improvements, and amortization of technology and other intangible assets.
Finance expenses, net consist primarily of interest from our U.S. Dollar denominated Shareholder Loans and Retired Shareholder Loans and related foreign exchange gains and losses. Our Shareholder Loans do not require cash interest or principal payments until their respective maturities in October 2025 and we expect to pay down all or a portion of the Shareholder Loans using the proceeds from this offering. Following the consummation of this offering, we expect finance expenses to decrease due to the reduction in the amount of Shareholder Loans outstanding. A small portion of our finance expenses are related to interest expense on our Revolving Credit Facilities with Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft (“Commerzbank”) and UniCredit Bank AG (“UniCredit”) (together, our “Revolving Credit Facilities”), which we utilize at certain points in the year as we build our inventory and to pay our lease obligations.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented. The period to period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Years Ended June 30,
Three Months Ended September 30
2018
2019
2020
2019
(Unaudited)
2020
(Unaudited)
(in thousands)
Net sales
303,520 379,086 449,487 99,112 126,359
Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation
and amortization
(160,469) (201,410) (239,546) (52,766) (67,678)
Gross profit
143,051 177,676 209,941 46,346 58,681
Shipping and payment costs
(36,163) (44,104) (52,857) (13,141) (14,833)
Marketing expenses
(47,671) (55,767) (62,507) (15,816) (17,441)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(40,114) (52,038) (66,427) (13,955) (15,556)
Depreciation and amortization
(6,796) (7,686) (7,885) (1,877) (2,021)
Other income (expense), net
1,499 995 645 (40) (621)
Operating income
13,806 19,076 20,910 1,517 8,209
Finance (expense) income, net
(4,835) (13,986) (11,119) (9,373) 5,182
Income (loss) before income taxes
8,971 5,090 9,791 (7,856) 13,391
Income tax (expense) benefit
(3,468) (3,439) (3,441) 3,545 (3,762)
 
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Years Ended June 30,
Three Months Ended
September 30
2018
2019
2020
2019
(Unaudited)
2020
(Unaudited)
(in thousands)
Net income (loss)
5,503 1,651 6,350 4,311 9,629
The following table sets forth each line item within the Statement of Profit as a percentage of net sales for each of the periods presented.
Years Ended June 30,
Three Months Ended September 30
2018
2019
2020
2019
(Unaudited)
2020
(Unaudited)
Net sales
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
(52.9) (53.1) (53.3) (53.2) (53.6)
Gross profit
47.1 46.9 46.7 46.8 46.4
Shipping and payment costs
(11.9) (11.6) (11.8) (13.3) (11.7)
Marketing expenses
(15.7) (14.7) (13.9) (16.0) (13.8)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(13.2) (13.7) (14.8) (14.1) (12.3)
Depreciation and amortization
(2.2) (2.0) (1.8) (1.9) (1.6)
Other income (expense), net
0.5 0.3 0.1 (0.0) (0.5)
Operating income
4.5 5.0 4.7 1.5 6.5
Finance (expense) income, net
(1.6) (3.7) (2.5) (9.5) 4.1
Income (loss) before income taxes
3.0 1.3 2.2 (7.9) 10.6
Income tax (expense) benefit
(1.1) (0.9) (0.8) 3.6 (3.0)
Net income (loss)
1.8% 0.4% 1.4% (4.3)% 7.6%
Comparison of the Three Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2020
Net sales
Net sales increased by €27.2 million, or 27.5%, from €99.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 to €126.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. For that period, our total orders shipped increased by 32.0% from 239,000 orders during the three months ended September 30, 2019 to 315,000 during the three months ended September 30, 2020. Total orders shipped increased due to our growth in active customers, that is customers who made a purchase from us in the last twelve months, of 24.3%, from 420 thousand to 522 thousand. We were able to grow our active customers on the base of strong customer retention due to our continuous effort to win new customers with the effective use of our performance marketing tools, such as our proprietary marketing attribution system focused on customer journeys across media channels. In addition, we constantly improve the utilization of data analytics and algorithms to optimize our paid marketing efforts and bidding strategies. Period over period, we increased our marketing efforts and therefore achieved a significant improvement in our customer acquisition costs. During that period, our order return rate, which represents returned sales orders as a percentage of total net sales, decreased from 36.5% for the three months ended September 30, 2019 to 33.5% for the three months ended September 30, 2020.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales for the three months ended September 30, 2020 increased by €14.9 million, or 28.3%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2019. The increase mainly resulted from an increase in total orders shipped. Overall, our cost of sales as a percentage of net sales remained consistent, slightly increasing from 53.2% for the three months ended September 30, 2019 to 53.6% for the three months ended September 30, 2020.
 
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Shipping and payment costs
Shipping and payment costs increased by €1.7 million, or 12.9%, from €13.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 to €14.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in total orders shipped. As a percentage of net sales, shipping and payment cost decreased from 13.3% for the three months ended September 30, 2019 to 11.7% for the three months ended September 30, 2020, primarily due to a €0.9 million decrease in sales tax expenditures borne by us in the United States resulting from upgrades to our IT configuration enabling us to collect the appropriate U.S. Sales Tax at the point of sale.
Marketing expenses
Marketing expenses increased by €1.6 million, or 10.3%, from €15.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 to €17.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. Online marketing expenses constituted approximately €1.3 million of the increase, primarily due to the launch of our menswear site and an increase in the number of customers acquired. Additionally, creative expenses increased by approximately €0.5 million due to increased spending on the production of curated content for our sites. The overall increase was offset by €0.2 million decrease in public relations costs.
As a percentage of net sales, marketing expenses decreased from 16.0% for the three months ended September 30, 2019 to 13.8% for the three months ended September 30, 2020. While the overall increase in marketing expenses primarily resulted from increases in the number of new customers acquired and spending for our menswear site and new creative content, our customer acquisition costs decreased from €221 per customer for the three months ended September 30, 2019 to €167 per customer for the three months ended September 30, 2020.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of personnel-related expenses and other general and administrative expenses, including IT expenses, costs associated with the distribution center and other overhead costs.
Three months ended September 30,
2019
% of
Net sales
2020
% of
Net sales
Change
% Change
Personnel expenses
(11,188) (11.3)% (12,684) (10.0)% (1,496) 13.4%
thereof fulfilment personnel expenses
(2,196) (2.2) (2,913) (2.3) (717) 32.7
General and administrative expenses
(2,787) (2.8) (2,872) (2.3) (105) 3.8
Total
(13,975) (14.1)% (15,556) (12.3)% (1,601) 11.5%
Personnel-related expenses increased by €1.5 million, or 13.4%, from €11.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 to €12.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020. The overall increase in personnel expenses is attributable to a 21.0% increase in the number of employees during the same comparative period. One of the main drivers of the increase in employees and personnel-related expenses is the addition of new fulfillment personnel. Overall, personnel expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased from 11.3% for the three months ended September 30, 2019 to 10.0% for the three months ended September 30, 2020.
Other general and administrative expenses increased by €0.1 million, or 3.8%, from €2.8 million during the three months ended September 30, 2019 to €2.9 million during the three months ended September 30, 2020.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expenses remained relatively consistent, increasing from €1.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 to €2.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2020.
Finance expenses, net
Finance expenses consisted of the following:
 
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Shareholder financing—During the three months ended September 30, 2019, interest expense and foreign currency exchange losses from our Shareholder Loans and Retired Shareholder Loans were €1.8 million and €7.5 million, respectively. During the three months ended September 30, 2020, interest expense from our Shareholder Loans increased to €2.5 million, while we experienced foreign currency exchange gains on our Shareholder Loans of €8.0 million. Our Retired Shareholder Loans did not impact our finance expenses during the three months ended September 30, 2020. Following the consummation of this offering, we expect a reduction in the amount of Shareholder Loans outstanding.
Revolving Credit Facilities—Total interest expense on our Revolving Credit Facilities was €0.1 million during each of the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020.
Leases—Total interest expense on leases capitalized under IFRS 16 was €0.1 million and €0.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
Comparison of the Years Ended June 30, 2019 and 2020
Net sales
Net sales increased by €70.4 million, or 18.6%, from €379.1 million for fiscal 2019 to €449.5 million for fiscal 2020. For that period, our active customers grew by 21.7% to over 486,000 and total orders shipped increased by 20.7% from 905,000 orders during fiscal 2019 to 1,092,000 during fiscal 2020. Total orders shipped increased due to our growth in active customers. We grew our active customers on the base of strong customer retention due to our continuous effort to win new customers with the effective use of our performance marketing tools, such as our proprietary marketing attribution system focused on customer journeys across media channels. In addition, we constantly improve the utilization of data analytics and algorithms to optimize our paid marketing efforts and bidding strategies. Year over year, we increased our marketing efforts and achieved a significant improvement in our customer acquisition costs. During that time period, our order return rate remained consistent, with returned orders constituting 34.0% and 33.0% of total orders during fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020, respectively. The increase in active customers and total orders shipped was partially offset by a decrease in average order value from €614 in fiscal 2019 to €600 in fiscal 2020.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales for fiscal 2020 increased by €38.1 million, or 18.9%, compared to fiscal 2019. The increase mainly resulted from an increase in total orders shipped. As a result, our cost of sales as a percentage of net sales, remained relatively consistent at 53.3% for fiscal 2020, compared to 53.1% for fiscal 2019. The consistency of our cost of sales as a percentage of net sales reflects our commitment to strong full price sell through and our focus on maintaining price integrity with our brand partners.
Shipping and payment costs
Shipping and payment costs increased by €8.8 million, or 19.8%, from €44.1 million for fiscal 2019 to €52.9 million for fiscal 2020 driven by an increased number of orders shipped. As a percentage of net sales, shipping and payment costs remained consistent at 11.8% in fiscal 2020 compared to 11.6% in fiscal 2019.
Marketing expenses
Marketing expenses increased by €6.7 million, or 12.1%, from €55.8 million for fiscal 2019 to €62.5 million for fiscal 2020. Online marketing expenses constituted approximately €4.5 million of the increase, due to an increase in overall advertising volume and number of customers acquired.
As a percentage of net sales, marketing expenses decreased from 14.7% in fiscal 2019 to 13.9% in fiscal 2020. The decrease resulted from lower customer acquisition costs, which decreased from €192 per customer in fiscal 2019 to €173 per customer in fiscal 2020. The decrease in customer acquisition costs was driven by an increase in effectiveness of our online marketing activities, including a decreased reliance on paid search engine advertising and an increased use of unpaid marketing channels and more cost-efficient affiliate marketing. Additionally, creative expenses increased by approximately €1.3 million due to increased spending on the production of curated content for our sites.
 
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of personnel-related expenses and other general and administrative expenses, including IT expenses, costs associated with the distribution center and other overhead costs.
Years ended June 30,
2019
% of
Net sales
2020
% of
Net sales
Change
% Change
Personnel expenses
(41,601) (11.0)% (50,910) (11.3)% (9,309) 22.4%
thereof fulfilment personnel expenses
(7,976) (2.1) (10,149) (2.3) (2,173) 27.2
General and administrative expenses
(10,437) (2.8) (15,517) (3.5) (5,080) 48.7
Total
(52,038) (13.7)% (66,427) (14.8)% (14,389) 27.7%
Personnel-related expenses increased by €9.3 million, or 22.4%, from €41.6 million for fiscal 2019 to €50.9 million for fiscal 2020. The overall increase in personnel expenses is attributable to a 21.1% increase in the number of employees during fiscal 2020. One of the main drivers of the increase in personnel-related expenses is the addition of new team members relating to the launch of our menswear category. Overall, personnel expenses as a percentage of net sales remained consistent at 11.3% in fiscal 2020 compared to 11.0% in fiscal 2019.
Other general and administrative expenses increased by €5.1 million, or 48.7%, from €10.4 million for fiscal 2019 to €15.5 million for fiscal 2020. The increase resulted primarily from costs associated with our initial public offering, which amounted to €5.2 million during fiscal 2020.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expenses for fiscal 2020 remained consisted at €7.9 million, compared to €7.7 million during fiscal 2019. Depreciation and amortization expense related to right-of-use assets capitalized under IFRS 16 was €5.1 million for both fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020.
Finance expenses, net
Finance expenses consisted of the following:
Shareholder financing—During fiscal 2019, interest expense and foreign currency exchange losses from our Shareholder Loans and Retired Shareholder loans were €8.6 million and €4.7 million, respectively. During fiscal 2020, interest expense from these loans decreased to €7.5 million, while we experienced foreign currency exchange losses of €2.2 million. Following the consummation of this offering, we expect a reduction in the amount of Shareholder Loans outstanding.
Revolving Credit Facilities—Total interest expense on our Revolving Credit Facilities was €0.2 million and €1.0 million during fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020, respectively. The increase in interest expense resulted from increased borrowing to finance inventory purchases during fiscal 2020.
Leases—Total interest expense on leases capitalized under IFRS 16 was €0.5 million in both fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020.
Comparison of the Years Ended June 30, 2018 and 2019
Net sales
Net sales increased by €75.6 million, or 24.9%, from € 303.5 million for fiscal 2018 to €379.1 million for fiscal 2019. For that period, our active customers grew by 33.8% to 400,000 and total orders shipped increased by 28.6% from 704,000 orders during fiscal 2018 to 905,000 during fiscal 2019. Total orders shipped increased due to our growth in active customers, which shopped with us in the last twelve months. We grew our active customers on the base of strong customer retention due to our continuous effort to win new customers with the effective use of our performance marketing tools, such as our proprietary marketing attribution system
 
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
focused on customer journeys across media channels. In addition, we constantly improve the utilization of data analytics and algorithms to optimize our paid marketing efforts and bidding strategies. Year over year, we increased our marketing efforts and achieved a significant improvement in our customer acquisition costs. During that time period, our order return rate remained consistent, with returned orders constituting 34.5% and 34.0% of total orders during fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, respectively. The increase in active customers and total orders shipped was partially offset by a slight decrease in average order value from €632 in fiscal 2018 to €614 in fiscal 2019.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales for fiscal 2019 increased by €40.9 million, or 25.5%, compared to fiscal 2018. The increase mainly resulted from an increase in total orders shipped. As a result, our cost of sales as a percentage of net sales, remained relatively consistent at 53.1% for fiscal 2019, compared to 52.9% for fiscal 2018. The consistency of our cost of sales as a percentage of net sales reflects our commitment to strong full price sell through and our focus on maintaining price integrity with our brand partners.
Shipping and payment costs
Shipping and payment costs increased by €7.9 million, or 22.0%, from €36.2 million for fiscal 2018 to €44.1 million for fiscal 2019 driven by an increased number of orders shipped. As a percentage of net sales, shipping and payment costs decreased from 11.9% in fiscal 2018 to 11.6% in fiscal 2019 primarily due to favorable renegotiations of pricing terms with our shipping providers.
Marketing expenses
Marketing expenses increased by €8.1 million, or 17.0%, from €47.7 million for fiscal 2018 to €55.8 million for fiscal 2019. Online marketing expenses constituted approximately €6.5 million of the increase, due to an increase in overall advertising volume and number of customers acquired.
As a percentage of net sales, marketing expenses decreased from 15.7% in fiscal 2018 to 14.7% in fiscal 2019. The decrease resulted from lower customer acquisition costs, which decreased from €226 per customer in fiscal 2018 to €192 per customer in fiscal 2019. The decrease in customer acquisition costs was driven by an increase in effectiveness of our online marketing activities, including a decreased reliance on paid search engine advertising and an increased use of unpaid marketing channels and more cost-efficient affiliate marketing.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of personnel-related expenses and other general and administrative expenses, including IT expenses, costs associated with the distribution center and other overhead costs.
Years Ended June 30,
2018
% of
Net sales
2019
% of
Net sales
Change
%
Change
(in thousands)
Personnel-related expenses
(33,590) (11.1)% (41,601) (11.0)% (8,011) 23.8%
thereof fulfilment personnel
expenses
(6,243) (2.1) (7,976) (2.1) (1,733) 27.8%
Other general and administrative
expenses
(6,524) (2.1) (10,437) (2.8) (3,913) 60.0%
Total
(40,114) (13.2)% (52,038) (13.7)% (11,924) 29.7%
Personnel-related expenses increased by €8.0 million, or 23.8%, from €33.6 million for fiscal 2018 to €41.6 million for fiscal 2019. The overall increase in personnel expenses is attributable to a 16.0% increase in the number of employees during fiscal 2019. The majority of our headcount increase resulted from expansions in our fulfillment, operations, finance, IT and brand marketing departments. In addition, we incurred €1.1 million of additional management incentive compensation in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. Overall,
 
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
personnel expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased from 11.1% in fiscal 2018 to 11.0% in fiscal 2019 due to increased efficiency and leverage on our personnel cost base.
Other general and administrative expenses increased by €3.9 million, or 60.0%, from €6.5 million for fiscal 2018 to €10.4 million for fiscal 2019. The increase in other general and administrative expenses during fiscal 2019 resulted primarily from €2.1 million in expenses related to our preparation for a potential trade sale of the business.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expenses for fiscal 2019 increased by €0.9 million, or 13.1%, compared to the previous year. The increase resulted primarily from the additional leased office space at our corporate headquarters in Munich, which is capitalized under IFRS 16. Depreciation and amortization expense related to right-of-use assets capitalized under IFRS 16 was €5.1 million for both fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019.
Finance expenses, net
Finance expenses consisted of the following:
Shareholder financing—During fiscal 2018, interest expense and foreign currency exchange gains from our Shareholder Loans and Retired Shareholder loans were €8.1 million and €3.8 million, respectively. During fiscal 2019, interest expense from these loans increased to €8.6 million, while we experienced foreign currency exchange losses of €4.7 million. Following the consummation of this offering, we expect a reduction in the amount of Shareholder Loans outstanding.
Revolving Credit Facilities—Total interest expense on our Revolving Credit Facilities was €0.1 million and €0.2 million during fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, respectively.
Leases—Total interest expense on leases capitalized under IFRS 16 was €0.5 million in both fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019.
Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Financial and Operations Data
The following tables present selected unaudited quarterly results of operations and other financial data for the ten quarters ended September 30, 2020. The information for each quarter has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary for the fair statement of our consolidated results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our quarterly results of operations will vary in the future. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.
Three months ended
September 30,
2018
December 31,
2018
March 31,
2019
June 30,
2019
September 30,
2019
December 31,
2019
March 31,
2020
June 30,
2020
September 30,
2020
(unaudited, in thousands)
Net sales
79,791 98,885 99,215 101,195 99,112 119,369 111,735 119,271 126,359
Cost of sales
(43,862) (50,863) (53,729) (52,956) (52,766) (60,989) (61,798) (63,993) (67,678)
Gross profit
35,929 48,022 45,486 48,239 46,346 58,380 49,937 55,278 58,681
Shipping and payment costs
(9,111) (11,359) (11,387) (12,247) (13,141) (14,204) (13,129) (12,383) (14,833)
Marketing expenses
(13,239) (12,420) (14,424) (15,684) (15,816) (17,294) (16,199) (13,198) (17,441)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(10,940) 12,205 (14,488) (14,405) (13,955) (17,839) (20,001) (14,632) (15,556)
Depreciation and amortization
(1,855) (2,192) (1,809) (1,830) (1,877) (1,987) (1,881) (2,140) (2,021)
Other income, net
39 467 (121) 610 (40) 284 (124) 525 (621)
Operating Income
823 10,313 3,257 4,683 1,517 7,340 (1,397) 13,450 8,209
Finance expenses, net
(3,108) (4,740) (5,761) (377) (9,373) 3,389 (5,522) 387 5,182
Income before income taxes
(2,285) 5,573 (2,504) (4,306) (7,856) 10,729 (6,919) 13,837 13,391
Income tax expense
1,329 (2,932) 558 (2,393) 3,545 (4,398) 189 (2,777) (3,762)
Net income
(954) 2,640 (1,945) 1,910 (4,311) 6,331 (6,730) 11,060 9,629
 
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Three months ended
September 30,
2018
December 31,
2018
March 31,
2019
June 30,
2019
September 30,
2019
December 31,
2019
March 31,
2020
June 30,
2020
September 30,
2020
Net sales
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Cost of sales
(55.0) (51.4) (54.2) (52.3) (53.2) (51.1) (55.3) (53.7) (53.6)
Gross profit
45.0 48.6 45.8 47.7 46.8 48.9 44.7 46.3 46.4
Shipping and payment costs
(11.4) (11.5) (11.5) (12.1) (13.3) (11.9) (11.8) (10.4) (11.7)
Marketing expenses
(16.6) (12.6) (14.5) (15.5) (16.0) (14.5) (14.5) (11.1) (13.8)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(13.7) (12.3) (14.6) (14.2) (14.1) (14.9) (17.9) (12.3) (12.3)
Depreciation and amortization
(2.3) (2.2) (1.8) (1.8) (1.9) (1.7) (1.7) (1.8) (1.6)
Other income, net
0.0 0.5 (0.1) 0.6 (0.0) 0.2 (0.1) 0.4 (0.5)
Operating Income
1.0 10.4 3.3 4.6 1.5 6.1 (1.3) 11.3 6.5
Finance expenses, net
(3.9) (4.8) (5.8) (0.4) (9.5) 2.8 (4.9) 0.3 4.1
Income before income taxes
(2.9) 5.6 (2.5) 4.3 (7.9) 9.0 (6.2) 11.6 10.6
Income tax expense
1.7 (3.0) 0.6 (2.4) 3.6 (3.7) 0.2 (2.3) (3.0)
Net income
(1.2)% 2.7% (2.0)% 1.9% (4.3)% 5.3% (6.0)% 9.3% 7.6%
Seasonality and Quarterly Trends
Seasonality in our business does not follow that of traditional retailers, such as typical concentration of net sales in the holiday quarter, since our business is worldwide and tailors promotional activities to the separate regions in which it operates. Our growth rate fluctuates from quarter to quarter, and we expect that it will continue to do so because of a variety of factors, including the timing and success of our international marketing activities, the share of sales driven by promotional activities, the launch of new categories and product types, seasonality and economic cycles that influence retail apparel purchase trends.
Our quarterly net sales have increased over time primarily due to increases in active customers. Our operating income has also been affected by these historical trends, specifically during the first and third quarters of each fiscal year, mainly due to the degree of sales driven by promotional activities and investment in new customer acquisition. Seasonality for our business is expected to continue during future years.
Segment Reporting
Segment reporting requires the use of the management approach in determining operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for making operating decisions and assessing performance. We collectively identify our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as our CODM. The internal financial reporting provided to our CODM includes separate data for our online operations and retail store, resulting in two operating segments.
During the three months ended September 30, 2020, we implemented changes to our internal management reporting. Following the changes, the internal management reporting information used to monitor our performance is presented in accordance with IFRS. Previously, our internal management reporting differed from figures reported under IFRS, due primarily to the timing of revenue recognition, which was based on shipment date for management reporting purposes, as well as use of a fixed foreign currency exchange rate and measurement principles consistent with German GAAP. We retrospectively restated our segment results for all periods presented on a basis consistent with the revised internal management reporting.
 
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following table details our net sales and EBITDA for fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020 and for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 for each segment. Our operating segment EBITDA amounts presented below are not measured in accordance with IFRS and exclude unallocated corporate administrative expenses as well strategic investor sale preparation costs, IPO preparation costs and transaction costs. Refer to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a reconciliation of our operating segment EBITDA amounts to consolidated net income.
Year ended June 30,
Three months ended September 30,
2018
2019
2020
2019
2020
Net Sales
Online
292,030 365,558 437,448 95,386 123,288
Retail Store
11,490 13,528 12,039 3,726 3,071
EBITDA
Online
20,105 26,455 32,361 2,872 9,828
Retail Store
772 2,634 1,947 698 667
Online
During fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020, our Online segment́s net sales increased by €73.5 million and €71.9 million, respectively, representing increases of 25.2% and 19.7%, respectively, over the prior year, resulting from an overall increase in shipped orders in each period. During fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020, orders shipped increased by 28.6% to 905,000 orders and by 20.7% to 1,092,000 orders, respectively. During the three months ended September 30, 2020, our Online segment́s net sales increased by €27.9 million, or 29.3%, as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2019, primarily resulting from an overall increase in shipped orders by 32.0%.
During fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020, our Online segment́s EBITDA increased by €6.4 million and €5.9 million, respectively, representing increases of 31.6% and 22.3%, respectively. During fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020, the increases in EBITDA primarily resulted from increases in gross profit of €33.0 million and €32.6 million, respectively, offset by increases of €26.6 million and €26.7 million, respectively, in operating expenses. During the three months ended September 30, 2020, our Online segment́s EBITDA increased by €6.9 million as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2019. This increase in EBITDA primarily resulted from an increase in gross profit of €12.4 million, partially offset by a decrease in operating expenses of €5.5 million. The increases in operating expenses primarily resulted from increased expenses as we scaled our business.
Retail Store
During fiscal 2019, our Retail Store segment’s net sales increased by €2.0 million, or 17.7%. The increase resulted from greater product sales at our Munich flagship boutique location and the fact that the Store was closed for more than three months during fiscal 2018 for refurbishment. During fiscal 2020, our Retail Store segment́s net sales decreased by €1.5 million, or 11.0%, primarily resulting from the closure of the store in the center of Munich due to governmental restrictions in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic. During the three months ended September 30, 2020, our Retail Store segment́s net sales decreased by €0.6 million, or 21.3%, as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2019, primarily resulting from a decline in demand due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
During fiscal 2019, our Retail Store segment́s EBITDA increased by €1.9 million, primarily resulting from an increase in gross profit of €1.6 million, together with a decrease in operating expenses of €0.3 million. The decrease in operating expenses primarily resulted from a decrease in expenses for refurbishment that were not incurred in fiscal 2019. During fiscal 2020, our Retail Store segment́s EBITDA decreased by €0.7 million, primarily resulting from a decrease in gross profit by €0.3 million, together with an increase in operating expenses of €0.4 million primarily resulting from increased marketing efforts. During the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, our Retail Store segment’s EBITDA remained stable at €0.7 million.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have financed our operations primarily through cash generated from our operating activities. Our primary requirements for liquidity and capital are to finance working capital, capital expenditures and general
 
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
corporate purposes including income taxes. Our capital expenditures consist primarily of capital improvements to our facilities and headquarters.
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from our operations, available cash and cash equivalents and our Revolving Credit Facilities, which have a combined line of credit of €90 million. Our Revolving Credit Facilities provide short-term liquidity, needed due to the seasonal variability of our business. As of September 30, 2020, our cash and cash equivalents were €5.9 million. As of September 30, 2020, approximately 87% of our cash and cash equivalents were held in Germany, of which approximately 27%, 25%, 16%, and 16% were denominated in British Pounds, U.S. Dollars, Euros, and Swiss Francs, respectively. No other currency held in Germany accounted for more than 10% of our cash and cash equivalents. Approximately 13% of our cash and cash equivalents were held in outside of Germany, 55% of which were held in the United States in U.S. Dollars, 24% of which were held in Spain in Euros, and 18% of which were held in China, of which approximately 12% and 6% were denominated in Renminbi and U.S. Dollars, respectively. While we have a stable and growing customer base that has provided us with annual increases in net sales and corresponding cash inflows, we experience seasonal increases in cash expenditures during the first and third quarters of each fiscal year as we build our inventory, offset by increases in revenues during the second and fourth quarters. As a result, we experience fluctuations in cash flows throughout the year.
We typically draw on our Revolving Credit Facilities as a result of seasonal volatility in our business. As of September 30, 2020, we had approximately €42.8 million in borrowings on our Revolving Credit Facilities, while €1.2 million was reserved for rental guarantees. Total availability under the Revolving Credit Facilities as of September 30, 2020 was €45.9 million. As of September 30, 2020, the interest rates were 2.20% and 2.25% for the Commerzbank and UniCredit facilities, respectively, if used as basic short-term cash borrowings. Typically, we use monthly money market loans with an 1.5% interest rate. Borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facilities are secured by our inventory and customer receivables.
Under the Revolving Credit Facilities, we have financial covenants relating to inventory as a net borrowing base and a maximum group debt to equity ratio. We do not have any financial covenants under the Shareholder Loans and no cash interest payments are required thereunder. As of September 30, 2020, we were in compliance with all covenants for the Revolving Credit Facilities and our Shareholder Loans.
Our ability to make principal and interest payments on our Revolving Credit Facilities and the Shareholder Loans, in addition to funding planned capital expenditures, will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our future ability to generate cash from operations is, to a certain extent, subject to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other conditions. Based on our current level of operations and the extension of the maturity dates of our Shareholder Loans through October 2025, we believe that our existing cash balances and expected cash flows generated from operations, as well as our financing arrangements under the Revolving Credit Facilities, will be sufficient to meet our operating requirements for at least the next twelve months.
The following table shows summary consolidated cash flow information for fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2020 and the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020:
Years Ended June 30,
Three Months Ended September 30,
2018
2019
2020
2019
2020
(in thousands)
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow Data:
Net cash (outflow) inflow from operating activities
(4,862) 2,367 10,559 (21,996) (33,378)
Net cash outflow from investing activities
(5,431) (1,845) (2,420) (619) (904)
Net cash (outflow) inflow from financing activities
(4,410) (2,092) (878) 25,127 30,834
Three Months Ended September 30, 2019 and 2020
Operating Activities
During the three months ended September 30, 2019, operating activities used €22.0 million in cash and cash equivalents, primarily resulting from a net loss of €4.3 million, after consideration of non-cash charges of
 
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
€7.7 million, changes in operating assets and liabilities of €24.8 million and income tax payments of €0.7 million. Net cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities during the three months ended September 30, 2019 consisted primarily of a €16.9 million increase in inventories, a €11.3 million decrease in trade and other payables, and a €4.5 million decrease in other liabilities, offset by a €1.0 million increase in contract liabilities and decreases in trade and other receivables and other assets of €3.7 million and €3.3 million, respectively. The increase in inventories resulted from an overall expansion of our business to support forecasted increases in net sales. The decrease in trade and other payables resulted from the timing of our inventory deliveries and payments in the first three months of fiscal 2019, while trade and other receivables decreased due to the timing of sales and promotional activities, resulting in greater cash receipts from credit card and other payment processing companies. Meanwhile, the decrease in other assets occurred primarily as a result of a decrease in right-of-return inventories between June 30, 2019 and September 30, 2019.
During the three months ended September 30, 2020, operating activities used €33.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, primarily resulting from net income of €9.6 million, non-cash charges of €0.6 million, and changes in operating assets and liabilities of €43.6 million. Net cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities during the three months ended September 30, 2020, consisted primarily of a €33.3 million increase in inventories and a €14.9 million decrease in trade and other payables, partially offset by a €2.0 million decrease in other assets and a €2.9 million increase in other liabilities. The increase in inventories resulted from an overall expansion of our business to support increases in net sales, while trade and other payables decreased as a result of payment timing for inventory purchases towards the end of the three months ended September 30, 2020.
During fiscal 2018, operating activities used €4.9 million in cash and cash equivalents, primarily resulting from net income of €5.5 million, after consideration of non-cash charges of €15.4 million and changes in operating assets and liabilities of €23.6 million, along with income taxes paid of €2.2 million. Net cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities for fiscal 2018 consisted primarily of a €34.8 million increase in inventories, a €3.5 million increase in other assets, and a €1.9 million increase in trade and other receivables, partially offset by a €8.8 million increase in trade and other payables and a €6.0 million increase in other liabilities, in addition to a €1.8 million increase in contract liabilities. The increase in inventories resulted from increased purchasing to support forecasted net sales during fiscal 2019. The increase in trade and other payables and other liabilities resulted from greater inventory purchases, along with related increases in shipping costs and marketing expenses.
During fiscal 2019, operating activities generated €2.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, primarily resulting from net income of €1.7 million, after consideration of non-cash charges of €25.3 million and changes in operating assets and liabilities of €17.3 million, along with income taxes paid of €7.2 million. Net cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities for fiscal 2019 consisted primarily of a €29.3 million increase in inventories and a €1.9 million decrease in trade and other payables, partially offset by a €12.6 million increase in other liabilities and a €0.7 million increase in contract liabilities. The increase in inventories resulted from an overall increase in inventory purchasing to support forecasted net sales in fiscal 2020. The increase in other liabilities resulted from greater inventory purchases, along with related increases in shipping costs and marketing expenses, in addition to accrued employee benefit liabilities.
During fiscal 2020, operating activities generated €10.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, primarily resulting from net income of €6.4 million, after consideration of non-cash charges of €22.4 million and changes in operating assets and liabilities of €16.1 million, along with income taxes paid of €2.2 million. Net cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities for fiscal 2020 consisted primarily of a €33.1 million increase in inventories and a €10.5 million increase in other assets, partially offset by a €17.9 million increase in other liabilities, a €6.7 million increase in trade and other payables, and a €2.2 million increase in contract liabilities. The increase in inventories resulted from an overall increase in purchasing to support forecasted net sales in fiscal 2021. The increase in other assets resulted primarily from a €4.8 million increase in receivables from payment service providers due to a switch in service providers, and €2.3 million in capitalized IPO costs. The increase in other liabilities resulted from greater inventory purchases, along with related increases in shipping costs and marketing expenses, in addition to accrued employee benefit liabilities.
Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities were €0.6 million and €0.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020, respectively, resulting from equipment purchases.
 
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Cash used in investing activities was €5.4 million in fiscal 2018 and €1.8 million in fiscal 2019. These cash expenditures resulted primarily from the buildout of our central warehouse facility in Heimstetten, Germany and our headquarters in Aschheim, Germany. These buildouts were substantially complete by the end of fiscal 2018, with some improvements continuing into fiscal 2019. Cash used in investing activities was €2.4 million in fiscal 2020 and were primarily related to the opening of our new Men’s store in Munich and purchases of office equipment.
Financing Activities
Net cash obtained from financing activities during the three months ended September 30, 2019 was €25.1 million, which resulted from net borrowings on our Revolving Credit Facilities of €26.9 million, partially offset by lease payments of €1.2 million and interest payments of €0.6 million. Net cash obtained from financing activities during three months ended September 30, 2020 was €30.8 million, resulting from €32.8 million in net proceeds from our Revolving Credit Facilities, partially offset by interest payments of €0.5 million and lease payments of €1.4 million.
Cash used in financing activities was €4.4 million in fiscal 2018 and consisted of lease payments of €3.8 million and interest payments of €0.6 million. Net borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facilities were zero in fiscal 2018.
Cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2019 amounted to €2.1 million, which included lease payments of €5.1 million and interest payments of €0.7 million, offset by net proceeds from our Revolving Credit Facilities of €3.6 million. The increase in lease payments during fiscal 2019 resulted primarily from our new central warehouse facility in Heimstetten, along with new leases in our London and Barcelona locations. We used the borrowings from our Revolving Credit Facilities to finance our inventory purchasing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019.
Cash used in financing activities during fiscal 2020 was €0.9 million, consisting of €4.3 million in lease payments and €3.0 million in interest payments. The €3.0 million in interest payments were primarily related to voluntary interest payments related to our Shareholder Loans. These payments were partially offset by €6.4 million in net proceeds from our Revolving Credit Facilities.
Commitments and Contractual Obligations
The following table presents our commitments and contractual obligations as of June 30, 2020 (in € thousands):
Payments Due by Period
Total
Less than
one year
1-3 Years
3-5 Years
More than
5 Years
Contractual obligations
Lease liabilities(1)
21,018 6,360 10,132 4,526
Other lease obligations(2)
365 157 202 6
Revolving credit facilities(3)
10,000 10,000
Shareholder Loans(4)
252,045 252,045
Total 283,428 16,517 10,334 4,532 252,045
(1)
Represents our future minimum commitments under non-cancelable lease liabilities reflected on the balance sheet in our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2)
Represents our future minimum commitments under non-cancelable leasing arrangements, which are not capitalized under IFRS 16. These arrangements include office equipment and shared office space, which are not reflected on our balance sheet.
(3)
Represents the outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facilities.
(4)
Represents the Shareholder Loans which were previously held by our intermediate parent, MYT Intermediate Holding, and as of September 30, 2020 are held by a direct subsidiary of MYT Holding. We have not received any cash under the Shareholder Loans. The Shareholder Loans are denominated in U.S. Dollars and have no required interest or principal payment requirements until their respective maturities in October 2025. Each of the Shareholder Loans bears an interest rate of 6.00% per annum, which is compounded semi-annually (in July and January) and capitalized into the principal.
 
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
At September 30, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, inventory, goodwill, and the realization of our deferred tax assets to have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates.
For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, please see Note 5 of the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Revenue
Revenue is primarily derived from the sale of merchandise shipped to customers. We recognize revenue under IFRS 15 when the control of merchandise is transferred to the customer upon delivery. We apply the following five-step model when determining the timing and amount of revenue recognition:
1)
Identifying the contracts with customers;
2)
Identifying the separate performance obligations;
3)
Determining the transaction price;
4)
Allocating the transaction price to separate performance obligations; and
5)
Recognizing revenue when each performance obligation is satisfied.
Contracts with customers generally consist of a single performance obligation, including merchandise, packaging and delivery activities. Revenue is recognized upon delivery, when the customer obtains control over the goods and the required services have been performed. We recognize a contract liability for products for which control has not been transferred to the customer.
Customers may return or exchange merchandise purchased within 30 days of receipt. Based on historical experience and expected future returns, a refund liability is recognized as a reduction of sales and a right of return asset is recognized as reduction of cost of sales. We do not maintain a material allowance for doubtful accounts related customer and credit card receivables, because customer payment is typically received before the delivery of the goods and account write-offs are historically immaterial.
Variable consideration may occur in the form of promotional discounts. We include estimated variable consideration in the transaction price only to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.
A contract liability is also recognized from the sale of gift cards. We recognize the expected breakage amount from gift cards as revenue based on historical data adjusted for current expectations.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value using the weighted average cost method. Cost of inventory includes merchandise costs, net of trade and payment discounts, in addition to import duties and other taxes and transport and handling costs. When assessing the net realizable value of our inventory, we consider fluctuations in selling prices due to seasonality, less estimated costs necessary to complete the sale. When circumstances that previously caused inventories to be written down below cost no longer exist, the amount of the write-down previously recorded is reversed. We did not reverse any write-downs during fiscal 2018, 2019 and 2020 except that during the three months ended September 30, 2019, we reversed write-downs of €286 thousand. We did not reverse any write-downs during the three months ended September 30, 2020.
 
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset
We assess our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually at the level of the cash generating unit. We assessed the carrying value of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for potential impairment as of July 1, 2017, June 30, 2018, June 30, 2019, and June 30, 2020.
Impairment is recognized when the carrying value of a cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. Key assumptions we use for impairment assessment include forecasted cash flows of the business, estimated discount rate, royalty rates and future growth rates. We use internal and external data to forecast the key assumptions.
We did not record any impairment to our goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets during fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019, fiscal 2020 or the three months ended September 30, 2020.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
The fair value of our cash and cash equivalents that were held primarily in cash deposits would not be significantly affected by either an increase or decrease in interest rates due to the short-term nature of these instruments. We do not expect that interest rates will have a material impact on our results of operations, because the interest rate on our Shareholder Loans accrues at a fixed rate interest. Interest expense under our Revolving Credit Facilities is historically immaterial. For detailed discussion on interest rate risk, see Note 26 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Foreign Exchange Risk
We generate revenues in eight currencies, including the Euro, U.S. Dollar and Pound Sterling. While most of our sales are dominated in Euros, we have a significant amount of sales denominated in U.S. Dollars and Pound Sterling. As a result, our revenue may be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in U.S. Dollars and Pound Sterling. Our foreign exchange risk is less pronounced for cost of sales and operating expenses. Approximately 97% of our purchases are denominated in Euros and approximately 98% of our employees are located in Germany or other Eurozone countries.
Furthermore, our two Shareholder Loans are denominated in U.S. Dollars. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Euro and U.S. Dollar may result in significant foreign currency exchange gains or losses.
To reduce our foreign currency exposure risk, we hedge our foreign currency exposure in seven major currencies, including the U.S. Dollar and Pound Sterling. Our hedging strategy does not eliminate our foreign currency risk entirely and our hedging contracts typically have a duration of less than one year.
For detailed discussion and sensitivity analysis on foreign exchange risk and our hedging strategy, see Note 23 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For detailed discussion on recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 5 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
In connection with the audit of our fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements, we identified material weaknesses in our internal controls related to (1) the sufficiency of resources with an appropriate level of technical accounting and SEC reporting experience and clearly defined roles within our finance and accounting functions and (2) the design and operating effectiveness of IT general controls for information systems that are relevant to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
We have developed and are in the process of implementing a remediation plan to address these control deficiencies, which we believe will address the underlying causes of our material weaknesses. As part of our remediation plan, we intend to hire additional qualified personnel within our finance and accounting functions
 
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
who have working experience in IFRS and SEC reporting, in addition to establishing more robust processes to support our internal control over financial reporting, including clearly defined roles and responsibilities and appropriate segregation of duties over key financial reporting controls and processes. Furthermore, with respect to the effectiveness of our IT general controls, we are in the process of establishing formal processes and controls for information systems that are key to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, including access and change controls. In the near term, we have engaged external advisors who are providing financial accounting assistance, in addition to evaluating the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.
 
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
BUSINESS
Our Vision
We aim to deliver an unparalleled personalized digital luxury shopping experience to discerning customers around the globe and inspire their loyalty through elevated curation, exclusive offerings, differentiated content and exceptional service.
Overview
Mytheresa is a leading luxury e-commerce platform for the global luxury fashion consumer. We offer one of the finest edits in luxury, curated from more than 200 of the world’s most coveted brands and presented through a customer-first, digital experience. Our story began over three decades ago with the opening of Theresa, in Munich, one of the first multi-brand luxury boutiques in Germany. Mytheresa, which launched online in 2006, represented 97% of net sales and reached customers in 133 countries in fiscal 2020. We provide our customers a highly curated selection of products, access to exclusive capsule collections, in-house produced content, memorable service and a personalized shopping experience. Our more than 30 years of market insights and long-standing relationships with the world’s leading luxury brands have established Mytheresa as a global authority in luxury fashion.
We acquire and retain customers who are predominantly working professionals with significant spending power and limited time, shop frequently, seek luxury products that are not easily found elsewhere and demand superior customer service. These customers are high income luxury consumers that value quality over price and curation over assortment breadth. To reward and engage our most valued customers, we offer a tiered Top Customer program: Inner Circle and Front Row. In fiscal 2020, members of our Top Customer program, on average, purchased from us 16 times, with an average order value in excess of €935. In fiscal 2020, we generated approximately 30% of our gross sales from the 2.6% of our customers who were part of the Top Customer program. This program offers a range of benefits, such as first access to runway and exclusive pieces, previews of new season styles, personal shopping services and invitations to exclusive events and fashion shows as well as other once-in-a-lifetime experiences. The exclusive events, collections and campaigns that we create with our luxury brand partners highlight the innovation and creativity we bring to the luxury fashion world, underpin the strong relationships we have with these brands, and enable us to deepen connections with our most valued customers.
We have longstanding relationships with the world’s most iconic luxury brands, including Alexander McQueen, Balenciaga, Balmain, Bottega Veneta, Burberry, Dries van Noten, Dolce & Gabbana, Fendi, Gucci, Loewe, Loro Piana, Moncler, Prada, Saint Laurent, Stella McCartney and Valentino. In fiscal 2020, our average order value was €600, one of the highest in the industry, and we generated approximately 68% of our net sales from our top 30 brands, reflecting our commitment to true luxury. We curate the most coveted luxury brands, and within those brands, the most on-trend and luxurious pieces. We use a combination of luxury fashion expertise and data insights to optimize our product assortment architecture. Since our inception, we have retained 100% of our brand partners, which is a testament to our strong, trusted brand relationships.
Our business model combines technology, luxury fashion and differentiated customer service on a global scale. The simplicity of our mobile-first website and app (“sites”) creates an efficient and user-friendly shopping experience for our time-constrained, global customers. Our sites offer advanced features, including the ability to personalize the customer experience, the option for our customers to personalize products, express checkout processes, and real-time push notification order tracking. We have an efficient, repeatable playbook for localizing the customer experience through local language, currencies, payment methods, shipping services and marketing. In fiscal 2020, we generated approximately 19.8%, 39.8%, 10.3% and 30.2% of net sales from Germany, Europe (excluding Germany), the United States and the rest of world, respectively. As of June 30, 2020, our mobile app install base reached approximately 2.6 million. Mobile devices represented 53% of net sales and 78% of page views for fiscal 2020, underscoring the importance of our mobile-first approach.
We have rapidly scaled our global customer base and net sales over the past four years, while maintaining our high average order values.
 
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-BC_OVERVIEWBW.JPG]
(1)
Fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2017 net sales were calculated on a basis consistent with the recognition and measurement principles stated in our consolidated financial statements. Fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2020, are prepared in accordance with IFRS.
From fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2020, we grew our active customers 21.7% to 486,000 customers. In fiscal 2020, we reported €449.5 million in net sales, representing growth of 18.6% from fiscal 2019. From September 30, 2019 to September 30, 2020, we grew our active customers 24.3% to 522,000 customers. In the three months ended September 30, 2020, we reported €126.4 million in net sales, representing growth of 27.5% from the three months ended September 30, 2019.
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-BC_FISCALBW.JPG]
In fiscal 2020, we reported net income of €6.4 million compared to €2.3 million during fiscal 2019. In fiscal 2020, we reported Adjusted Net Income of €19.3 million, representing an improvement from €15.8 million in fiscal 2019. Additionally, in fiscal 2020, we generated €27.5 million of Adjusted Operating Income and €35.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA, representing year over year growth of €4.7 million and €4.9 million, respectively.
During the three months ended September 30, 2020, we reported net income of €9.6 million compared to a net loss of €4.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2019. For the three months ended September 30, 2020, we reported Adjusted Net Income of €5.4 million, representing an increase from €3.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2019. Additionally, during the three months ended September 30, 2020, we generated €8.4 million of Adjusted Operating Income and €10.4 million of Adjusted EBITDA, representing year over year growth of €5.9 million and €6.1 million, respectively.
Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted EBITDA are measures that are not defined in IFRS. For further information about how we calculate Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted EBITDA, limitations of their use and their reconciliations to the most comparable IFRS measures, see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data—Other Financial and Operating Data.
Our Industry
We operate at the intersection of luxury fashion, technology and service. Online personal luxury goods is a large and rapidly growing market, and we believe we are uniquely positioned to capture market share as a result of our exclusive, highly curated product assortment, leading service offering and advanced technology.
Online Luxury Market is Expected to More Than Triple
The global online luxury market, inclusive of luxury apparel, accessories, beauty and hard goods, is expected to more than triple from €33 billion in 2019 to €105 - €115 billion in 2025, according to the 2020 Bain Study,
 
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and based on this same study, the personal luxury goods market is expected to reach €330 to €370 billion by 2025, with online penetration expected to grow from 12% to over 30% from 2019 to 2025. We believe luxury is one of the last attractive categories to expand online and is relatively underpenetrated compared to traditional apparel and footwear.
The online personal luxury goods market is global with the Americas, Europe and rest of world (including Asia) representing 30%, 31% and 39%, respectively, of the market in 2019 according to the 2020 Bain Study. Consumers generally approach the market in a borderless manner, often purchasing luxury goods across multiple continents, seeking an elevated shopping experience and anytime access wherever their travels take them.
Online Multi-Brand Retail Taking Market Share
Global online luxury multi-brand retailers and online marketplaces are gaining market share over incumbent players, including department stores and luxury retailer’s websites, according to the 2019 Bain Study. The online luxury retail market is highly fragmented, characterized by primarily regional department stores and boutiques, online marketplaces and only a limited number of global multi-brand retailers. We believe that global multi-branded online retail is a more compelling model than marketplaces for both consumers and brands: for consumers due to the desire for well-curated assortments offering a clear point of view that allows discovery as well as efficient product selection, and for brands to whom multi-brand retailers offer access to attractive customers, and most importantly, more control over brand image and pricing integrity. Additionally, online multi-brand retailers complement the brands’ own direct-to-consumer efforts with cross-category and cross-brand customer insights as well as the ability to ensure brands are presented consistently with the brand’s desired positioning.
Wealthiest Consumers are Driving Growth and Resilient Demand
The global luxury market continues to be driven by the growth of HNWIs, individuals with greater than $1 million in investable assets, a key and highly coveted customer demographic with large luxury spend. The wealth of HNWIs has increased at a CAGR of 7% from 2012 to 2019, reaching $74 trillion as of 2019, and is expected to exceed $100 trillion by 2025, according to the Capgemini Reports. According to the same studies, the global HNWIs population has more than doubled since 2008, reaching approximately 20 million individuals globally as of 2019. According to the 2019 Bain Study, ultra-high net worth individuals, individuals with over $30 million in net worth, represent approximately 30% of personal luxury goods market.
Luxury Brands Demand First-Class Service and Brand Protection
Luxury brands value brand image, pricing integrity and the perception of scarcity across their product portfolios. They are highly selective and seek retail partners who increase their visibility to the most affluent luxury consumers while adhering to these core values. Luxury brands are selective with whom they work, terminating relationships, especially with online retailers, if standards are not upheld. These brands only partner with online retailers who have full control over all aspects of the shopping experience and deliver exceptional service to protect and enhance their brand integrity.
The Luxury Consumer
The luxury market is comprised of several types of consumers, each with their own lifestyle, income and spending characteristics:

The intermittent luxury fashion consumer loves and follows fashion and saves for iconic pieces, which he or she buys occasionally.

The everyday luxury fashion enthusiast has a passion for fashion, is typically a working professional who earns his or her own income and is often time-constrained. This consumer regularly invests in statement pieces and fashion items for special occasions.

The top luxury consumer leads a “jet-set” global lifestyle, has significant wealth, and is willing to spend a significant amount on luxury goods to stay ahead of the latest fashion trends. This consumer prefers newness, shops ready-to-wear clothing season after season, and demands a superior shopping
 
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
experience, high-touch service and quick shipping. This consumer is a high-frequency shopper, making purchases several times a week or even daily and spends an average of €39,000 per year on personal and experiential luxury, according to third party research.
We target everyday luxury fashion enthusiasts and top luxury consumers as we believe these customers are the most loyal, value our differentiated service and represent the largest wallet share potential.
Differentiated Value Proposition of Mytheresa for Customers and Brand Partners
Mytheresa provides a vibrant shopping experience that brings together hundreds of thousands of luxury consumers with the world’s most exclusive brands. This creates a flywheel effect, attracting new customers and enhancing brand relationships.
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-PH_THERESA4CLR.JPG]
Our Value Proposition to Customers
Trusted discovery platform and curated assortment of the most coveted luxury brands.   We provide customers with one of the finest edits of the most coveted luxury brands. For example, of the over 7,000 SKUs we curate from our top 30 selling luxury designer brands, less than 21% of those items overlapped with our multi-brand competitors as of December 2019 according to an ongoing internal pricing analysis comparison. Our content and brand stories, which are produced 100% in-house, inspire our customer and are integral to Mytheresa’s reputation as a trusted fashion authority for discovery. Our highly curated edit of luxury fashion is core to our DNA and allows us to translate fashion from the runway to the wardrobes of our customers. We encourage daily discovery through our “New Arrivals” section on our sites, as well as real-time product recommendations and inspirational content. For members of our Top Customer program we take our curation to a deeper level with personal shoppers, who know each customer’s specific fashion aesthetic and will recommend pieces via the preferred communication channel of the customer (phone, email, text message or other messaging platforms), or in some cases, hosting personal styling appointments.
Exclusive access to capsule collections.   Our deeply entrenched and long-term relationships with the most coveted luxury brands allow us to provide unique offerings to our customers, including exclusive capsule collections, product personalization and first access through exclusive pre-launches. For example, we were the first luxury retailer to launch Gucci’s DIY service online by offering our customers the opportunity to
 
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
personalize Ace leather sneakers, before this feature was even launched on Gucci.com. In fiscal 2020, we produced 37 capsules and campaigns with exclusive content from brands including Brunello Cucinelli, Christian Louboutin, Moncler, Prada, The Row and Valentino.
Superior service drives differentiated shopping experience.    We are dedicated to providing our customers with superior service throughout their shopping experience and believe this sets us apart from our competitors. We have team members who are available to serve our customers 24 hours per day, seven days a week and in eight languages. Additionally, our localized websites, which are also available in eight languages and eight currencies, and our global in-house logistics capabilities provide the fast, efficient and frictionless shopping experience our global customers demand. We believe customers are loyal to Mytheresa because we provide excellent service every time they interact with us. Our emphasis on exceptional service is inherent throughout all customer touchpoints, including our sites, customer care, delivery and global personal shopping team. For example, we provide customers with personalized product recommendations, last-minute deliveries, and hand-signed notes with our delivered products to personally connect and provide the high-touch service our customers enjoy. Our customer satisfaction with our service and experience is evidenced by our best-in-class NPS of 82.6, which is an annualized average of weekly measurements conducted by us in fiscal 2020. Through our distribution and fulfillment capabilities, we offer fast shipping to our customers in metropolitan areas globally in less than 72 hours, with one to two days shipping service in all of Europe where express shipping is available. Our customer service teams are experts in working with luxury customers. We received approximately 5,500 calls per week, on average, during fiscal 2020, with approximately 91% of calls answered within 20 seconds and email inquiries resolved within 36 hours, on average.
Special brand experiences for our top customers.   In fiscal 2020, we offered 13 once-in-a-lifetime experiences. For example, we hosted private parties in Cannes and Dubai to celebrate the launches of exclusive capsule collections with Gianvito Rossi and Roger Vivier, respectively. We have also hosted numerous other events in Paris, New York, Milan, Munich, and Shanghai featuring Moncler, Altuzarra, Boyy, Paco Rabanne, Gabriela Hearst, Stella McCartney, JW Anderson, Khaite, and Amina Muaddi. These events and brand experiences provide our top customers with “money-can’t-buy” experiences, including the opportunity to meet the designers personally, while also inspiring our worldwide customer base through social media and our content. A prime example of such experiences was our fiscal year 2020 collaboration with Stella McCartney in Shanghai during Fashion Week in October 2019, which consisted of a talk with students and customers in one of the city’s leading universities, and an intimate dinner at the Cha Maison where we hosted some of our top customers as well as members of the press and key opinion leaders. Stella McCartney herself was present at each of these events.
Our Value Proposition to Brand Partners
Online Visibility to Highly Coveted Global Luxury Customers.   In addition to brands appearing on our sites, we create exclusive experiences and collections that provide additional opportunities to engage with our customers and social media followers. For example, the event in Shanghai with Stella McCartney to celebrate the launch of an 11-piece capsule collection in October 2019 generated approximately 35 million social media impressions and extensive press coverage with over 200 press and social media articles.
Innovative and Engaging Content Across Media Formats.   We produce 100% proprietary content in-house across different media formats including films, music videos, games, magazines and photography shoots on behalf of, and in partnership with, our brand partners. We place this content across our consumer touchpoints, including our home page, app, mobile first newsletter, paid formats and social media that includes our own managed platforms ranging from Instagram and Pinterest to Weibo and WeChat. We take a product-focused and experiential approach to content creation, which has differentiated and strengthened our longstanding relationships with some of the world’s leading luxury brands. Our highly stylized production showcases our brand partners’ products at their best, and our brand partners often promote our content and edits on their own social media accounts. We also regularly achieve extensive global publicity for our brand partners and ourselves through features and exclusive stories, as well as through our approximately 2.3 million followers, as of September 30, 2020, across social media platforms.
Established Reputation for Being Trusted Brand Stewards and Maintaining Brand Integrity.   We are viewed as an integral global partner and have consistently been recognized as such by leading luxury brands including Balmain, Valentino, Gucci, Burberry, Moncler, and many more. Our focus only on the most valuable luxury
 
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
customers, our ability to deliver a superior service experience and our strong full price sell-through highlight our commitment to maintaining brand integrity for our brand partners.
Data-Driven Analytics and Customer Insights.   We have developed significant data capabilities and insights across our platform. We regularly provide our brand partners with detailed aggregated data, analysis, and customer insights on metrics such as product performance, spending and trend patterns, brand affinity, product adjacencies, subcategory penetrations and geographic reach.
Our Competitive Strengths
We attribute our market success, rapid growth and strong profitability to the following competitive strengths:
Customer-First Approach with Deep Understanding and Analytical Insight.   We target, acquire and retain the most valuable luxury customers by pairing superior service with advanced technology. Our deep understanding of our customers enables us to provide a shopping experience tailored to them and drive loyalty. Our customer is time-constrained, requires efficient, personalized service, and favors our easy-to-use sites. Unlike online fashion marketplaces where customers go to price compare common luxury SKUs, we believe our customers shop our platform for discovery and access to exclusive products they cannot find elsewhere. To assist this shopping experience, we have invested in a robust technology platform that allows us to analyze data to produce actionable insights that we use to identify customers and personalize our site, emails, and brand recommendations for them. Our data-driven technology platform is integral to our merchandising and marketing functions and enables us to consistently deliver a superior shopping experience to several hundred thousand customers across 133 countries. A key component of our customer experience is a mobile and app-first approach. In fiscal 2020, mobile orders accounted for 53% of our net sales, of which 42% were app orders, and approximately 78% of page views were generated via mobile app, tablet, and mobile phone. We combine data-driven customer insights, decades of thought-leadership in fashion, and exceptional customer service to deliver an unparalleled customer experience.
Our Curated Product Assortment Offers One of The Finest Edits In Luxury Fashion.   We believe our curated assortment is the preferred platform for customers and brands compared to department stores, marketplaces and other online players. We offer leading luxury brands visibility to a highly valuable audience, customer trend insights across multiple brands and categories, and most importantly, more control over brand image and pricing integrity. We assort the most coveted brands and, from those brands, the most differentiated, relevant and luxurious pieces. Our edit features a meticulously curated, elevated assortment of luxury products that we display in an attractive way across our sites and content. Our platform facilitates discovery through personalized recommendations and convenient comparison features. Through our deep understanding of our customers’ needs, we are able to buy an optimal selection of curated inventory to consistently turn inventory with a high full price sell-through.
Highly Loyal and Engaged Global Luxury Customer Base.   We have deep relationships with a growing number of dedicated luxury and highly coveted, high net worth customers. In fiscal 2020, our average customer shopped approximately twice per year and spent approximately €900 with us, before returns. We have grown our active customer base at a 29.7% CAGR since fiscal 2016, with 65.6% of net sales in fiscal 2020 coming from existing customers. To reward and engage our most valued customers, we offer a tiered Top Customer program: Inner Circle and Front Row. In fiscal 2020, members of our Top Customer program, on average, purchased from us 16 times, with an average order value in excess of €935. Our emphasis on targeting and serving these top customers resulted in the top 2.6% of our customers accounting for approximately 30% of our gross sales in fiscal 2020. Given our value proposition, high average order value, and strong customer loyalty, we achieved a 2.6x 4-year LTV to CAC ratio for the 2016 cohort, which demonstrates the effectiveness of our marketing spend and long-term profitability of our business model. Further, once a customer commits to our platform, they spend more over time, as evidenced by our 80% net sales retention from prior year cohorts and our approximately 98% net sales retention for cohorts who have been with us for more than two fiscal years, representing our ability to retain customers and to increase active customers’ spend and frequency, in fiscal 2020.
Partner of Choice for the World’s Most Coveted Luxury Brands.   We have a rich, 30-year heritage of working with more than 200 of the most coveted luxury brands, who trust us for our commitment to full-price integrity, appreciate our innovative approach to targeting digital luxury consumers, and often provide us access to
 
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
exclusive products and collections. Our brand partners include Alexander McQueen, Balenciaga, Balmain, Bottega Veneta, Burberry, Dries van Noten, Dolce & Gabbana, Fendi, Gucci, Loewe, Loro Piana, Moncler, Prada, Saint Laurent, Stella McCartney, and Valentino. In fiscal 2020, we featured 37 exclusive capsule collections and campaigns from preeminent designers including Brunello Cucinelli, Christian Louboutin, Moncler, Prada, The Row, and Valentino. This represents an increase from the one exclusive capsule collection we offered in fiscal 2015. Our average tenure with our top 30 brands is more than 10 years and we have retained 100% of our brand partners since our founding. This underscores the strength of our relationships and differentiates Mytheresa as one of the select online retailers that luxury brands prefer to partner with. Additionally, our top 30 brands’ share of overall net sales has remained stable as we have scaled the business.
Combination of Growth and Profitability with Attractive and Sustainable Unit Economics.   As a result of our top-of-funnel brand campaigns and our sophisticated performance marketing efforts, we acquire customers efficiently and profitably and attract high quality customers who have a high propensity to repeat. As we have scaled our customers and net sales, we have improved profitability through our commitment to price integrity, yielding a stable gross margin, as well as efficient marketing and leveraging of our fixed cost basis. Additionally, through improved attribution systems and investments in our marketing techniques, we decreased our customer acquisition costs from €226 in fiscal 2018 to €173 in fiscal 2020, a trend we believe is rare in our industry. In fiscal 2020, we grew our active customers 21.7%, while keeping our gross margin stable and successfully leveraging our shipping, while keeping our gross margin stable and successfully leveraging our shipping, marketing and administrative costs maintaining a substantially consistent Adjusted EBITDA margin of approximately 8%.
Experienced and Proven Management Team Combining Expertise From Luxury and Digital Worlds.   Our team is led by our Chief Executive Officer, Michael Kliger, who joined Mytheresa in 2015 from eBay Enterprise where he was a Vice President for all of Europe and Asia Pacific. His deep customer knowledge across geographies has helped accelerate growth and enhance profitability. Michael is complemented by our experienced senior management team with industry-leading expertise across luxury, technology and e-commerce operations. The business verticals are led by Dr. Martin Beer (Chief Financial Officer), Sebastian Dietzmann (Chief Operating Officer), Isabel May (Chief Customer Experience Officer), Gareth Locke (Chief Growth Officer) and Richard Johnson (Chief Commercial Officer). Like our customers, we are diverse, with employees representing more than 77 nationalities and 64% of whom were women as of September 30, 2020. Our culture is collaborative, confident, creative, accountable, performance driven and dedicated to delivering our customers the best digital experience and service in luxury.
Growth Strategies
We plan to drive our market leadership, growth and profitability through the following strategies:
Profitably Acquire New Customers.   We will focus our efforts on reaching the world’s most affluent luxury consumers. We believe we are less than 1.5% penetrated in the online personal luxury goods category. Given the strong projected growth of the luxury market, we believe we have a significant opportunity to expand our customer base in both our existing and new markets. We expect to attract new customers in all geographies including Europe, as well as the United States, and Asia. Our demonstrated playbook for localizing new geographies is efficient, effective, and repeatable. We leverage localized social media content and influencers, curation, languages and events to bring the Mytheresa brand to new markets. We believe our exclusive aspirational content and events resonate globally, providing a scalable marketing engine to efficiently acquire new customers across geographies. Through our more than 2.3 million followers as of September 30, 2020, across social media platforms and our luxury influencer relationships, we believe we will continue to reach new customers and raise brand awareness globally through this low cost medium. We intend to augment our core performance marketing strategy by pursuing in-app advertising, further optimizing bidding rules for paid search engines, scaling organic search content in several additional languages, introducing a new customer acquisition model, and accelerating social media channel growth.
Continue to Expand Share of Wallet and Retention for Existing Customer Base.   We plan to deepen our existing customer relationships to improve our strong revenue retention and increase our wallet share with customers. We believe we can increase purchase frequency and spend by improving our customer experience, Top Customer program and brand relationships. We will enhance our customer experience by continuing to refine our customer analytics, increasing personalization and product recommendations, improving the mobile
 
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
experience and providing additional opportunities to pre-order exclusive products as well as expanding our team of personal shoppers across the globe. We will make selective improvements to our Top Customer program offerings and localization as we continue to expand globally. To supplement our top-tier offering for our most valued customers, we will continue to partner with brands to host our exclusive events while also improving service levels in key geographies through local support staff and distribution capability enhancements.
Access New Complementary Customer Categories.   We plan to increase our share of customer and household wallet share by investing in new categories to complement our strong women’s business.
Expand wallet share with the recent launch of Mytheresa Kids.   In January 2019, we officially launched our kidswear offering with 35 brands which we have now grown to an offering of 50 brands. Given the significant proportion of our top customers who have children and are looking to purchase luxury kidswear, many of our top brands such as Balmain, Burberry, Chloe, Dolce & Gabbana, Golden Goose, Gucci, Moncler, and Stella McCartney have collaborated with us on our launch of Mytheresa Kids. As many of our luxury brands continue to introduce separate kidswear lines, we have also been able to add kidswear even for brands like Loro Piana and Brunello Cucinelli recently. Like we do with womenswear we have also been able to introduce exclusive kidswear items only available at Mytheresa with brands like Dolce & Gabbana, Moncler, and Brunello Cucinelli in the last months. Our unique focus on luxury and our famous curation unlocks incremental wallet share from our customers who already know and trust our curated offering and wish to also purchase luxury products for the children in their lives. While 75% of kidswear items have been bought by existing customers we have actually also seen 25% of purchases by customers that have discovered Mytheresa through our luxury kidswear offering which presents the opportunity for additional growth. In a short time we have managed to become a significant player in the global luxury kidswear market. The synergies with our existing business are also evidenced by an average basket size with at least one kidswear item of approximately €392. This strengthens, of course, the unit economics of our kidswear offering.
Attract new customers through the recent launch of Mytheresa Men.   We launched Mytheresa Men in January 2020 with more than 100 curated brands to target the modern, affluent man with a curated, inspiring product offering reflecting the zeitgeist in men’s fashion. Our ambition is to become the global opinion leader and leading luxury online destination for luxury menswear. Our positioning is the white space between time-honored luxury and the post-streetwear era. We have dedicated men’s buying, creative, marketing, communication and merchandising teams to look after this new business. We have received tremendous support from our brand partners as evidenced by the fact that the following luxury brands are part of our brand portfolio in the store: Gucci, Saint Laurent, Bottega Veneta, Moncler, Prada, Balenciaga, Valentino, Givenchy, and Dolce & Gabbana in our inaugural menswear seasons. We believe we are in a prime position to become an authority in the evolving menswear space given our ability to define menswear with a new positioning and the relationships we have with our current brand partners who have some of the top luxury menswear lines.
While we initially leveraged our existing site traffic and reputation as a luxury authority to grow our menswear business, we have already seen tremendous success in attracting new buyers through Mytheresa Men, with 44% of all menswear customers in fiscal 2020 consisting of first time Mytheresa customers. We believe that the success of Mytheresa Men since its launch demonstrates its potential to become a source of growth for our overall business and an opportunity to bring new customers to the Mytheresa platform.
Enhance Our Trusted Relationships with the World’s Most Coveted Brands.   We will continue to enhance our value proposition for both customers and brands to attract new high net worth customers globally and further increase our desirability with top brands. We will enhance our brand relationships by providing customer insights and ensuring that luxury brands come alive for our digital luxury customer through production of exclusive content. We expect to continue to increase our access to exclusive merchandise and capsule collections with the world’s most iconic luxury brands. To this end we are also continually exploring new partnership models with the world’s top luxury brands to provide our customers full access to product ranges and supply levels usually only available to the retail network of brands.
Continue To Innovate and Leverage Use of Proprietary Data Insights.   We plan to continue to identify ways to leverage our proprietary data to optimize the Mytheresa experience for both our customers and our brand partners. In addition, we plan to continue innovating and investing across our user interface, technology
 
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
platform, supply chain and distribution, and localization capabilities to improve service levels and further enhance and personalize our customer’s experience. Our data helps inform the product assortment architecture which is pivotal in optimizing inventory for both our brand partners and us alike. As we scale, our global data repository grows turning the buying process into a data enhanced science. While we have been able to build our capabilities in house, we will evaluate partnerships, alliances and acquisition opportunities that enable new go-to-market strategies to further our reach and customer loyalty. Additionally, by leveraging advancements in artificial intelligence and machine learning, we will refine our merchandising and marketing capabilities to incorporate visual search capabilities and enhance our size and fit optimization.
Our Operations
Our business model combines technology, luxury fashion and differentiated service on a global scale. Our approach allows us to deliver one of the finest edits in luxury with offerings from more than 200 of the world’s most coveted fashion brands and exclusive designer collaborations to customers residing in 133 countries across the globe. We sell through our sites and our flagship boutique and men’s store, each of which is located in Munich, Germany.
Our Assortment and Offerings
We offer a highly curated assortment of luxury ready-to-wear apparel, footwear, and bags and accessories.
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D1-PH_REVENUE4C.JPG]
We curate our product assortment with a focus on a differentiated edit that distinguishes us from our competitors. In fiscal 2020, we delivered over 47,000 SKUs to our customers and generated a €600 average order value. In addition to our curated assortment, we collaborate closely with luxury brands to bring exclusive capsule collections to our customers, including 37 collections in fiscal 2020. We have minimal overlap with other online luxury retailers, as evidenced by our capsule collections and the less than 21% of the 7,000 SKUs from our top 30 selling luxury brands that were available on other multi-brand sites as of December 2019. according to an ongoing internal pricing analysis comparison. We buy throughout seasons to ensure we have the appropriate relevant edit on our sites. The typical luxury cycle includes the Spring / Summer and Fall / Winter seasons, which brands sometimes split into early pre, pre and main sub-seasons. We provide the latest fashions and introduce approximately 600 new styles on average each week, creating constant newness and driving repeat purchase behavior. Our pricing is regionalized with custom sales cadences.
As of September 30, 2020, our buying, merchandising and planning department consisted of 64.8 FTEs. Our buying, merchandising and planning teams are responsible for trend identification, inventory planning and allocation, purchasing and maintaining strong relations with our brand partners, as well as interfacing with our marketing teams to produce compelling editorial content and optimize the visual appeal of merchandise on our sites. We use a robust database of sales trends and proprietary tools to optimize our buying approach, resulting in strong full price sell-through and stable gross margins. We regularly provide our brand partners
 
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
with detailed aggregated data and analysis on metrics such as product performance, spending and trend patterns, brand affinity, product adjacencies, subcategory penetrations and geographic reach.
Our Brand Partners
We are highly selective with our brand partners. In fiscal 2020, we assorted more than 200 brands with our top 30 brands generating approximately 68% of our net sales. No brand represented more than 7% of sales. Our top brands include Alexander McQueen, Balenciaga, Balmain, Bottega Veneta, Burberry, Dries van Noten, Dolce & Gabbana, Fendi, Gucci, Loewe, Loro Piana, Moncler, Prada, Saint Laurent, Stella McCartney, and Valentino. We maintain global online distribution rights for nearly all of our brands and for certain of our brand partners, we are one of the very few online retailers with these rights. For example, we are one of the few online retailers allowed to carry Alaia, Dries Van Noten, and Loro Piana. Our unique edit, paired with our differentiated content production, rapid global fulfillment, customer insights and exceptional customer service levels enhance our longstanding relationships with brands. Since our inception we have retained 100% of our brand relationships, a testament to our mutually beneficial relationship and the numerous benefits we provide to our brand partners.
Creative and Content Production
We film, create and produce all of our content, site product imagery and product copy in-house. Whether it is an aspirational product video or photo shoot, we capture the brand DNA of our luxury brand partners. Our content, imagery and copy tell the story of our merchandise, elevating the shopping experience and building our credibility as an authority in luxury fashion. We have a tenured team of 135.6 FTEs across womenswear, menswear, and kidswear as of September 30, 2020, including artists, videographers, photographers and post-production experts, who work closely with brands to capture the essence of their style. Our content is often seen by millions, then re-marketed by the brands themselves on their social media accounts, increasing our awareness and promoting discovery on our sites.
Marketing
We build awareness and drive conversion through top-of-funnel brand marketing, public relations and social media as well as performance marketing. We have a tenured team of 55.9 FTEs as of September 30, 2020, 42.9 of which are dedicated to performance marketing.
Brand Marketing, Public Relations and Social Media.   Our brand marketing, public relations and social media efforts include designing digital campaigns, hosting exclusive events, generating print editorial, partnering with select luxury influencers and creating engaging social media content. Over our 30-year history we have developed strong brand equity and a position as a luxury fashion authority, which is underpinned by frequent references to our name in top fashion magazines and newspapers, such as Vogue, Harper’s Bazaar, ELLE and The New York Times. To build upon our editorial coverage, we launched the first edition of our bi-annual print magazine, The Album, in June 2018 at select magazine stands and luxury hotels in Europe, the U.S. and Asia, raising our brand awareness and association with the luxury community. We complement our brand’s fashion credibility with an extensive social media presence. We had approximately 2.3 million social media followers, as of September 30, 2020, an increase of over 250% over the last 48 months. In addition to the brand awareness gained through press and social media, we have partnered with some of the most influential figures within the fashion and entertainment world as our Mytheresa women including Alexa Chung, Victoria Beckham, Tory Burch, Liv Tyler, and Stella McCartney.
Performance Marketing.   Our performance marketing focuses on customer acquisition, including paid search, affiliate marketing, retargeting, paid social and personalized emails. We take a holistic channel approach to customer acquisition, using a proprietary attribution system focused on customer journeys across media channels. We utilize data analytics and algorithms to optimize our paid marketing efforts and bidding strategies to acquire customers whom we believe will deliver high lifetime values. In order to capture the anticipated growth in the online personal luxury goods market globally, we have developed and implemented localized marketing strategies that emulate our larger initiatives on a local level. For example, in China, we leverage local media channels such as WeChat, Weibo, and Baidu.
 
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We are realizing efficiency and effectiveness in our marketing investments. In fiscal 2020 our CAC was €173, an improvement from €192 in fiscal 2019, and as a result, marketing expense as a percentage of net sales decreased from 14.7% in fiscal 2019 to 13.9% in fiscal 2020. This trend reflects our ability to efficiently attract new customers while remaining disciplined with our marketing spend.
Customer Experience and Personal Shopping
We aim to acquire and retain everyday luxury fashion enthusiasts and top luxury consumers as we believe these customers are the most loyal, value our differentiated service and represent the greatest lifetime value potential. These customers are high income luxury consumers that value quality over price and curation over assortment breadth. To reward and engage our most valued customers, we offer a tiered Top Customer program: Inner Circle and Front Row. Our top customers have grown rapidly as a percentage of gross sales with the 2.6% comprising the Top Customer program representing 30% of gross sales in fiscal 2020. Members of our Top Customer program exhibit higher retention and average spend year over year. For these elite customers we further personalize their experience through money-can’t-buy-experiences, personal shoppers and in-person styling suites across the globe, including recent sessions in Paris, New York, Milan, Munich, Shanghai, and Dubai. We started to build our dedicated global personal shopping team in 2018. We are rapidly expanding our team, including additions of five members in the United States, to enhance our service offering to our growing cohort of members of our Top Customer program as well as drive net sales given the higher average spend of customers once they are assigned personal shoppers.
Customer Service, Operations and Fulfillment
Our customer service teams are fluent in eight languages, have an approximately 92% response rate within 20 seconds and are expertly equipped to assist our sophisticated luxury customers. The team is made up of 45 FTEs based in Munich, Germany, Barcelona, Spain, and Manila, Philippines as of September 30, 2020. Over time, we have seen our customer service interactions per order ratio fall as we improve our fulfillment efficiency and shipping capabilities. We manage our customs and payments in-house given the nature of our luxury product offering and global presence, allowing us to ensure rapid global delivery across the world and minimize fraud. We ship to our customers globally through a recently upgraded warehouse outside Munich with approximately 32,000m2 of storage space and 16,970m2 of floor space. On average in fiscal 2020, we shipped approximately 5,900 items per day to 133 countries and expect our capacity in our current warehouse to satisfy our growth through 2023. Through our strong relationships with distribution partners, we are able to globally ship to our customers in many countries in less than three days, with one day express shipping in Europe, and to Munich customers in less than 3 hours. For orders received before 4:30 PM CET, we shipped 95% of orders on the same day in the first half of fiscal 2020. In our top selling markets, including Europe, Greater China, and the United States, we achieved a greater than 95% service level delivering to customers in two days or less, excluding instances where additional customs processing time was applicable. As we grow, we will evaluate opportunities to expand our distribution footprint and service levels either through investments in new distribution centers, partnerships or technology capabilities. Our fulfillment and logistics team consisted of 321 FTEs, as of September 30, 2020, with each FTE fulfilling over 3,702 orders during the twelve months ended September 30, 2020.
Technology and Data
Our technology infrastructure is the foundation of our business. It provides a seamless front-end online customer experience and efficient back-end platform in order to deliver the service our customers expect. The simplicity of our platform creates an efficient and gratifying shopping experience for time-sensitive and leisure-oriented customers alike. Our technology also offers various features to further boost the customer shopping experience, including customizable products, live transaction push notifications, prompt post-purchase transaction communication, and customer segmentation cookies that create unique and catered product offerings. We have invested prudently over time in technology as we scaled our business and are continuously evolving our infrastructure. To enhance our functionality, we are investing in a modular, best of breed e-commerce platform, which gives us the flexibility to further enhance our online experience, innovate faster and independently across the front-end and back-end, introduce new payment methods, engage with our customers in innovative ways and attract technology talent to our teams. We are targeting to complete the full
 
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
roll-out of the new platform by December 31, 2021. To minimize the risk of disruption during this upgrade, we instituted a modular approach that allows us to migrate one capability at a time.
CRM and Data Analytics.   We have built a robust customer relationship management (“CRM”) system that allows us to identify top customers as well as segment and personalize the experience for all customers across our site. Our personal shoppers and customer service representatives utilize our CRM and enterprise resource management systems to deliver exceptional service to members of our Top Customer program. Our data collection provides insights into our customers’ browsing and spending patterns, brand affinity and sub-category preferences. We use this data to optimize our buying, online marketing, email campaigns and personalization of content and site messaging.
Technology and Site Management.   Our global luxury consumer expects a seamless user experience with the ability to easily transition between desktop and mobile devices. We have a mobile-first approach focused on our app and mobile site. We introduced our mobile app in 2015 to enable our global consumers with time-constrained lifestyles to shop effortlessly on their mobile devices. As of June 30, 2020, our mobile app install base reached approximately 2.6 million. Mobile devices represented 53% of gross merchandise sales and 78% of page views in fiscal 2020. Our sites are available in eight languages and eight currencies and are complemented by our customer service team members who are available to serve our customers 24 hours per day, six days a week and in eight languages. Our sites feature a section for “New Arrivals” highlighting product newness and curated fashion edits which we are able to personalize to target different customer behavior. Our platform allows us to continuously integrate content and pricing changes, while customizing the offering regionally. Additionally, we are constantly testing new features and capabilities, including enhanced product recommendation and site personalization. We believe a global roll-out of this capability will increase conversion, and ultimately net sales.
Our technology team is primarily located in Barcelona and Munich, which we believe enables us to attract new global talent. To position ourselves for continued growth, we plan to continue to expand our international capabilities. Our consolidated team of data scientists and IT specialists consisted of 85.4 FTEs as of September 30, 2020.
Flagship Boutique Store and Recently-Opened Men’s Store
We believe that our Munich flagship store and our recently-opened men’s store are among our most unique assets to showcase our commercial capabilities, our engagement with customers and our premium luxury DNA. Today, our flagship store receives approximately 150,000 visitors annually and generated €12 million of net sales in fiscal 2020. Located in the heart of Munich, spanning over 1,600m2 over three floors, our flagship store has been instrumental in supporting and confirming our online activations and campaigns. In June 2020, we opened our men’s store in Munich which serves to further support our continued investment in Mytheresa Men which launched in January 2020. We have received tremendous support from our brand partners as evidenced by the fact that we have been able to offer products at our new men’s store from the following exclusive designers: Prada, Valentino, Thom Browne, Saint Laurent, Brunello Cuccinelli, Tom Ford, Gianvito Rossi, Gucci, and Christian Louboutin in our inaugural menswear seasons.
Intellectual Property
Our intellectual property, including copyrights and trademarks, is an important component of our business. We protect our intellectual property through trademark and copyright laws of the local jurisdictions where we either have operations or ship customer orders, including the United States and the Federal Republic of Germany.
Our principal trademark assets include the registered trademark “MYTHERESA”, in addition to our logo. Our trademarks are valuable assets and support our customers and brand partners’ perception of our business. We also hold the rights to the “mytheresa.com” internet domain name and related domain names, which are subject to internet regulatory bodies and the intellectual property laws of each applicable jurisdiction.
We control access to and use of our intellectual property through confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with third parties and our employment and contractor agreements. We rely on contractual provisions with our brand partners and other suppliers to protect our proprietary data, technology, and creative content.
 
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our People
Our human capital management objective is to foster a culture of collaboration, confidence, creativity, accountability, performance and dedication to delivering our customers the best digital experience and service in luxury. As of September 30, 2020, we had a total of 860 employees, representing 828.5 FTEs, who are primarily employed in Germany. The number of FTEs has increased from 649 as of June 30, 2019. We employ temporary personnel to supplement our workforce as business needs arise. We have a broad and diverse team, which was 31% female at the senior/executive level and 64% female in total with more than 77 different nationalities represented as of September 30, 2020. Working together we strive to exceed our customers’ expectations with a passion for innovation. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.
The following table provides a breakdown of our FTEs by department:
As of
September 30, 2020
Department:
Creative, Customer Experience and Public Relations
135.6
Performance Marketing, CRM and Business Development
55.9
Buying, Merchandising & Planning
64.8
Finance, Human Resources & Management
85.2
IT & Shop Management
85.4
Customer Service, Fulfillment & Logistics
366.6
Other(1) 35.1
Total 828.5
(1)
Represents FTEs for our retail stores
As of
September 30, 2020
Geography:
Germany
761.4
Italy
5.0
United Kingdom
16.0
Spain
44.5
United States of America
1.6
Total 828.5
Competition
We operate in a competitive industry with other global multi-brand luxury retailers and online marketplaces. We believe our exclusive and highly curated product offering on a purely luxury platform, along with our focus on high net worth customers, creates limited overlap and direct competition with other industry participants.
Our primary competitors for the luxury customer include:

Online multi-brand retailers and marketplaces;

Luxury brands, which sell directly to consumers through their own retail stores and online sites; and

Luxury multi-brand stores, including boutiques and traditional department stores, who sell through stores and, in some cases, online sites
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters are located in Aschheim (Munich), Germany. We rent our central warehouse facility in Heimstetten, Germany, which has approximately 16,970m2 of floor space for storage, merchandising
 
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
operations and fulfillment. We also rent additional office space in London, Shanghai, Berlin, Barcelona and Milan, in addition to our retail stores in Munich.
The following table sets forth information with respect to our facilities as of September 30, 2020:
Location
Type
Square Meters
Lease
Expiration
Right of
Renewal
Aschheim, Germany
Corporate Headquarters
9,830
Feb. 2025
Yes
Heimstetten, Germany
Fulfillment Center
16,970
Apr. 2024
Yes
Munich, Germany
Store
1,625
Dec. 2022
Yes
Munich, Germany
Store
102
Dec. 2022
Yes
Shanghai
Office space
10
Apr. 2021
Yes
Berlin
Office space
250
Sep. 2021
Yes
Milan
Photo Studio
1,815
Aug. 2025
Yes
Barcelona
Office space
630
Nov. 2024
No
Regulation
Our business is subject to a number of domestic and foreign laws and regulations that affect companies conducting business on the internet and in stores, many of which are evolving and may be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. These laws and regulations include consumer protection laws and regulations in jurisdictions where we operate and interact with our customers, including the European Union and the United States.
We share consumer data with our business partners in the ordinary course of business, including typical contact and address data. We receive the personal data directly from our customers and business partners. In rare cases, we may receive personal data from third parties. We highly prioritize both security and customer privacy involving the use of consumer data.
The United States and European Union are increasingly regulating certain internet and e-commerce activities, including the use of information retrieved from or transmitted over the internet, are increasingly focused on ensuring user privacy and information security, which will potentially limit behavioral targeting and online advertising, and are imposing new or additional rules regarding the taxation of internet products and services, the quality of products and services as well as the liability for third-party activities. Moreover, the applicability to the internet of existing laws governing issues such as intellectual property ownership and infringement is uncertain and evolving. In particular, we are subject to an evolving set of data privacy laws in the United States, European Union, Germany and other jurisdictions. Many governmental authorities in the markets in which we operate are also considering alternative legislative and regulatory proposals that would increase regulation on internet advertising. It is impossible to predict whether new taxes or regulations will be imposed on our business and whether or how we might be affected. In many jurisdictions in which we operate, operational licenses are required.
As of May 25, 2018, the new EU data protection regime, the GDPR, came into force, providing a number of changes to the previous regime. These changes include more onerous requirements on companies that process personal data, such as expanded requirements to inform our consumers about how their personal information is to be used, increased rights for consumers to access, control the use of and delete their data and object to marketing and profiling as well as increased accountability obligations. The GDPR also extended its territorial applicability to controllers located outside the European Economic Area (in particular when offering of goods or services to customers located in the European Union or when monitoring of behavior of data subjects in the European Union). Breaches of GDPR obligations may result in fines of up to the greater of €20 million or 4% of a company’s worldwide turnover of the preceding financial year.
Additionally, in connection with our global market and operations, we routinely perform international transfers of personal data to countries outside of the European Economic Area. On July 16, the Schrems Decision from the European Court of Justice invalidated the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework for data transfers to the United States and greatly increased the legal requirements imposed on data exporters for
 
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
transfers of personal data to countries, including the United States, deemed to have an inadequate data protection level compared to the standards imposed in the European Economic Area. There are still many uncertainties as to the specific safeguards that we will need to be put in place with respect to international data transfers, and it is not yet clear how the applicable authorities will proceed in enforcing the Schrems Decision, including the extent to which they will utilize audits or fines for non-compliance.
In addition, specific EU legislation and jurisprudence regulating privacy online, including the use of cookies and similar technologies (collectively referred to herein as “cookies”) for activities online targeted advertising, is also evolving. In a judgment released on October 1, 2019, the European Court of Justice decided that website users must give active consent to the storage of and access to cookies on their devices (i.e. that consent is not validly constituted by way of a pre-checked checkbox or other ways of implied consent, such as further browsing on the website after having been informed of the use of cookies). The website operator must amongst others also provide information about the duration of the operation of cookies and whether or not third parties may have access to those cookies. Merely cookies that are deemed “necessary”, such as those for the storage of login data or shopping baskets, are not subject to obligatory explicit consent by the users of websites. The specific consent requirements in connection with the use of cookies is also subject to applicable laws and interpretation in each EU Member State under the current ePrivacy Directive and the GDPR which may to some extent vary across EU Members States (in Germany for example, the Federal Court of Justice recently issued a landmark decision on the use of consent for cookies based on the aforementioned judgment by the European Court of Justice). The main findings of the aforementioned judgment by the European Court of Justice are also part of the discussions about a current proposal by the European Commission for an EU ePrivacy Regulation, which would be repealing the current ePrivacy Directive. The discussions on the proposal are still ongoing and yet the adoption and the entry into force of the planned ePrivacy Regulation is not foreseeable. The current proposal also contains provisions on penalties for non-compliance, which may result in fines of up to the greater of €20 million or 4% of a company’s worldwide turnover of the preceding fiscal year.
In addition, under applicable U.S. federal and state laws and regulations addressing privacy and data security, we must provide notice to consumers of our policies with respect to the collection and use of personal information, and our sharing of personal information with third parties, and notice of any changes to our data handling practices. In some instances, we may be obligated to give customers the right to prevent sharing of their personal information with third parties. Under applicable U.S. federal and state laws, we also are required to adhere to a number of requirements when sending commercial email to consumers, including identifying advertising and promotional emails as such, ensuring that subject lines are not deceptive, giving consumers an opportunity to opt-out of further communications and clearly disclosing our name and physical address in each commercial email. Regulation of privacy and data security matters is an evolving area, with new laws and regulations enacted frequently. The growth and demand for e-commerce could result in more stringent domestic and foreign consumer protection laws that impose additional compliance burdens on companies that transact substantial business on the internet.
Although we use third parties to process payments, our processes must comply with the PCI-DSS, the information security standard for organizations that handle branded credit cards from the major card schemes, the EU Regulation on regulatory technical standards for strong customer authentication and common and secure open standards of communication and the EU Directive on payment services in internal markets.
The merchandise we sell to our customers is further subject to regulation by the Federal Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the European Commission and similar national and international regulatory authorities. Products marketed in the EU are subject to several EU legislative acts regulating the accreditation and market surveilling of products and liability for defective products such as the Regulation on requirements for accreditation and market surveillance relating to the marketing of products ((EC) No 765/2008), the Directive on general product safety (2001/95/EC) and the Directive concerning liability for defective products (85/374/EEC). Due to our global presence, we are subject to laws and regulations, including restrictions on imports from, exports to, and services provided to persons located in certain countries and territories, as well as foreign laws and regulations addressing topics such as advertising and marketing practices, customs duties and taxes, privacy, data protection, information security and consumer rights, any of which might apply by virtue of our operations in foreign countries and territories or our contacts with consumers in such foreign countries and territories. Depending on the country and the
 
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
shipping service provider, these characteristics change. We have a customs team who ensures we comply with the applicable rules and regulations in the jurisdictions where we ship customer orders.
In many jurisdictions, there is great uncertainty whether or how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, libel and personal privacy apply to the internet and e-commerce. The application of laws and regulations to the internet and e-commerce, in addition to new legislation or regulation, including laws and regulations in jurisdictions where we currently do not have operations or ship customer orders, could result in significant additional obligations or may necessitate changes to our business practices. These obligations or required changes could adversely impact the future performance of our business. Further, any actual or alleged failure to comply with any of these laws or regulations by us or our business partners could hurt our reputation, brand, force us to incur significant legal expenses, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, and may result in the imposition of monetary penalties.
New and alternative legislative and regulatory proposals that would increase regulation of our business are always being considered by governmental authorities in the markets in which we operate, including, for example, regulatory proposals that would increase regulation on internet advertising. We cannot predict whether new taxes or regulations will be imposed on our business and whether or how they might affect us.
In many jurisdictions in which we operate, operational licenses are required.
Legal Matters
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings and subject to claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the results of legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe we are not currently party to any legal proceedings which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition. We also pursue litigation to protect our legal rights and additional litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property and our contractual rights, to protect our confidential information or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others.
 
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MANAGEMENT
Management Board
Our Management Board is expected to be composed of five members. Following the completion of this offering, each member of the Management Board will hold office for the term set out by our general meeting (as set forth in the tables below), except in the case of his or her earlier death, resignation or dismissal. The members of our Management Board do not have a retirement age requirement under our Articles of Association.
Current Members
The following table sets forth the names and functions of the current members of our Management Board, their ages and their terms as of the date of this prospectus:
Name
Age
Term Ends
Position
Michael Kliger
53
2024 Chief Executive Officer
Dr. Martin Beer
52
2024 Chief Financial Officer
Unless one of our current members of the Management Board retires sooner, their term shall expire as of the closing of the annual general meeting held in 2024.
The business address of the members of our Management Board is the same as our business address: Einsteinring 9, 85609 Aschheim/Munich, Germany.
The following is a brief summary of the business experience of the members of our Management Board:
Michael Kliger.    Mr. Kliger has served as Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our Management Board since September 2020. He has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of mytheresa.com GmbH, Theresa Warenvertrieb GmbH and MGG since March 2015. He previously served as VP International at eBay Enterprise from March 2013 to February 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Kliger served as Executive Director at Accenture from September 2010 to December 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Kliger served as Managing Director at First Capital Partners GmbH from September 2007 to September 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Kliger served as Vertriebsgeschäftsführer at real,- SB-Warenhaus GmbH from January 2005 to April 2007. Prior to that, Mr. Kliger worked at McKinsey & Company from February 1992 to December 2004 serving last as Principal. Mr. Kliger has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Valora Holding AG since March 2017. He holds an MBA from Kellogg School of Management and a Diploma degree from the Berlin University of Technology.
Dr. Martin Beer.   Dr. Beer has served as Chief Financial Officer and as a member of our Management Board since September 2020. He has served as the Chief Financial Officer of mytheresa.com GmbH, Theresa Warenvertrieb GmbH and MGG since January 2019. He previously served as Interim Chief Operating Officer at Rubix Germany from April 2018 to December 2018. Prior to that, Dr. Beer acted as senior advisor in the medical diagnostics industry from January 2018 to March 2018. Prior to that, Dr. Beer served as Chief Operating Officer and member of the management board at SYNLAB Germany from January 2015 to December 2017. Prior to that, Dr. Beer served as CFO and member of the management board at Verlagsgruppe Weltbild from June 2009 to August 2014. He holds a PhD and a Diplom-Kaufmann degree from the European Business School.
Expected Members
The following table sets forth the names and functions of the additional individuals whom we expect to be appointed to the Management Board shortly after the completion of this offering and their ages, the term of appointment (which will expire on the date of the relevant year’s annual general meeting) as of the date of this prospectus:
Name
Age
Term
Position
Sebastian Dietzmann
46
2025 Chief Operating Officer
Gareth Locke
45
2025 Chief Growth Officer
Isabel May
47
2025 Chief Customer Experience Officer
 
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Sebastian Dietzmann.   Mr. Dietzmann Sebastian Dietzmann has served as Chief Operating Officer since November 2020 and is expected to be appointed as a member of our Management Board shortly after the completion of this offering. He has served as Chief Operating Officer and Managing Director of each of mytheresa.com GmbH, Theresa Warenvertrieb GmbH and Mytheresa Service GmbH since July 2015. He previously served as Senior Director & Head of eCommerce Services International at eBay Enterprise from August 2011 to June 2015. Prior to that, he served as Senior Director Business Management at GSI Commerce from January 2010 to July 2011. Prior that, he served as Vice President of Product Management and Distribution at product + concept GmbH from March 2005 to March 2008. He holds a Diplom-Kaufmann degree from the Berlin University of Applied Sciences.
Gareth Locke.   Mr. Locke has served as Chief Growth Officer since November 2020 and is expected to be appointed as a member of our Management Board shortly after the completion of this offering. Mr. Locke has served as Chief Growth Officer of mytheresa.com GmbH since July 2016. He previously served as Head of Marketing for Zooplus AG from January 2012 until May 2016. During this same period, Mr. Locke also served as Managing Director of Zooplus France SARL. Prior to that, he was Associate Partner at Aquarius Consulting GmbH from April 2010 until December 2011. Prior to that, he served as Manager Corporate Development at PAYBACK GmbH from May 2005 to March 2010, as Project Manager at Ayming GmbH from January 2003 to May 2005 and as a Consultant at Accenture in London from September 1999 to November 2002. Mr. Locke holds an MBA from the Burgundy School of Business and an MA in Economics and Finance from Leeds University Business School.
Isabel May.   Ms. May has served as Chief Customer Experience Officer since November 2020 and is expected to be appointed a member of our Management Board shortly after the completion of this offering. She joined Mytheresa in September 2015 and has served as Chief Customer Experience Officer & Managing Director of mytheresa.com GmbH since September 2019. Prior to that, Ms. May served as Vice President of Strategy and Corporate Communications at D. Swarovski KG in Wattens, Austria from January 2013 to August 2015. Prior to that, Ms. May served as Managing Director and Partner of IBS Consultants GmbH from September 2009 to January 2013. Prior to that, Ms. May served as Partner of Brand Lab Consulting from July 2007 to August 2009. Prior to that, Ms. May had various positions in Marketing at ESCADA AG as well as Jet Set AG, Switzerland. Ms. May holds a Diplom-Kaufmann Degree from the Ludwig-Maxmilians-University.
Supervisory Board
Our Supervisory Board is expected to be composed of at least three members. Following the completion of this offering, each member of the Supervisory Board will hold office for the term set out by our general meeting (as set forth in the tables below), except in the case of his or her earlier death, resignation or dismissal. The members of our Supervisory Board do not have a retirement age requirement under our Articles of Association.
The following table sets forth the names and functions of the current members of our Supervisory Board, their ages, their terms as of the date of this prospectus (which expire on the date of the relevant year’s annual general meeting) and their principal occupations outside of our Company:
Name
Age
Term Expires
Principal Occupation
Dennis Gies
41
2024
Senior Advisor, Private Equity Group of Ares Management Corporation
David B. Kaplan
53
2024
Co-Founder, Director, Partner and Co-Chairman of Private Equity Group of Ares Management Corporation
Marjorie Lao*
46
2024
Director, Modern Times Group and Logitech
Cesare Ruggiero
44
2024
Managing Director, CPPIB
Susan Gail Saideman*
58
2024
Director, Church & Dwight Co., Inc. and Prepac Manufacturing Ltd.
Michaela Tod
51
2024
Consultant
Sascha Zahnd*
45
2024
Vice-Chairman, Valora Holding AG
 
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
*
Independent Directors as defined by the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. (Note: all members of our Supervisory Board are considered to be independent as defined by SEC Rule 10A-3 and the NYSE Listed Company Manual.)
From and after the date MYT Holding directly or indirectly owns less than 25% of the issued and outstanding share capital of MYT Netherlands, MYT Netherlands will be required to file a declaration confirming such event with the Dutch Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce and to publish a public announcement confirming such filing. Effective at the time of filing of such declaration, the terms of the members of the Supervisory Board then in office will automatically be reduced to expire at the closing of the next annual general meeting.
The business address of the members of our Supervisory Board is the same as our business address: Einsteinring 9, 85609 Aschheim/Munich, Germany.
The following is a brief summary of the prior business experience of the members of our Supervisory Board:
Dennis Gies.   Mr. Gies has served as a member of our Supervisory Board since September 2020. Mr. Gies is a Senior Advisor in the Ares Private Equity Group. Prior to joining Ares in 2006, he worked at UBS Investment Bank, where he participated in the execution of a variety of transactions including leveraged buyouts, mergers and acquisitions, dividend recapitalizations and debt and equity financings. Mr. Gies serves on the Board of Directors of 99 Cents Only Stores and also serves as a Trustee and Treasurer of The Center for Early Education. Mr. Gies holds a B.S., magna cum laude, from Virginia Tech in Electrical Engineering and an M.S. from the University of California, Los Angeles, in Electrical Engineering. Mr. Gies’s long history in the financial services industry as well as his service on the boards of directors of companies in various industries led to the conclusion that he should serve as a member of our Supervisory Board.
David B. Kaplan   Mr. Kaplan was appointed to our Supervisory Board in January 2021. Mr. Kaplan is a Co-Founder of Ares, a Director and Partner of Ares Management Corporation and Co-Chairman of the Ares Private Equity Group. He is a member of the Ares Executive Management Committee and the firm’s Management Committee. He additionally serves on the Ares Private Equity Group’s Corporate Opportunities, Asia Private Equity and Special Opportunities Investment Committees. Mr. Kaplan joined Ares in 2003 from Shelter Capital Partners, LLC, where he was a Senior Principal from June 2000 to April 2003. From 1991 through 2000, Mr. Kaplan was a Senior Partner of, Apollo Management, L.P. and its affiliates, during which time he completed multiple private equity investments from origination through exit. Prior to Apollo Management, L.P., Mr. Kaplan was a member of the Investment Banking Department at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corp. Mr. Kaplan currently serves as a member of the Boards of Directors of 99 Cents Only Stores LLC, Cooper’s Hawk Winery & Restaurants, Guitar Center Holdings, Inc. and the parent entity of Floor and Decor Outlets of America, Inc. Mr. Kaplan’s previous public company Board of Directors experience includes Maidenform Brands, Inc. where he served as the company’s Chairman, GNC Holdings, Inc., Dominick’s Supermarkets, Inc., Stream Global Services, Inc., Orchard Supply Hardware Stores Corporation, Smart & Final, Inc. and Allied Waste Industries Inc. Mr. Kaplan also serves on the Board of Directors of Cedars-Sinai Medical Center and serves on the President’s Advisory Group of the University of Michigan. Mr. Kaplan graduated with High Distinction, Beta Gamma Sigma, from the University of Michigan, School of Business Administration with a B.B.A. concentrating in Finance. Mr. Kaplan’s over 25 years of experience managing investments in, and serving on the boards of directors of companies in various industries led to the conclusion that he should serve as a member of our Supervisory Board.
Marjorie Lao.   Ms. Lao was appointed to our Supervisory Board in November 2020. She previously served as the Chief Financial Officer of the LEGO Group from February 2017 to March 2020, after serving as the Senior Vice President, Finance and Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance of the LEGO Group from January 2014 to January 2017. Prior to that, Ms. Lao served as Vice President, Projects at Seadrill Limited in 2013. She served as Senior Director, Strategy and Business Analytics at Cisco Systems from 2010 to 2012. Prior to that, she served as the Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer at TANDBERG from 2006 to 2010, and served as TANDBERG’s Vice President, Business Development and M&A in 2006. Ms. Lao worked at McKinsey & Company from 2002 to 2005 as the Senior Engagement Manager, Corporate Finance and Strategy. Prior to that, she served as a Finance Manager—Laundry, Baby Care, and Health Care at Proctor &
 
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Gamble from 1998 to 2000, and as the Regional Auditor, P&G Asia Internal Controls from 1996 to 1998. Ms. Lao has also served as a member of the Board of Directors of Logitech SA, Technology since September 2018 and as a member of the Board of Directors of Modern Times Group, Esports and Gaming since May 2020. She holds an MBA from Harvard Business School, a BS from the University of the Philippines and a diploma from Le Cordon Bleu. Ms. Lao’s financial expertise, as well as her broad experience in strategy, business development, strategic transactions, and corporate responsibility and sustainability in multiple industries and geographies, led to the conclusion that she should serve as a member of our Supervisory Board.
Cesare J. Ruggiero.   Mr. Ruggiero has served as a member of our Supervisory Board since September 2020. Mr. Ruggiero is a Managing Director in the Portfolio Value Creation group at Canada Pension Plan Investment Board (“CPPIB”), where he supports management teams of individual investments to achieve full value potential. Mr. Ruggiero joined CPPIB in March 2014 from The Boston Consulting Group, where he served since September 2011 advising clients in the retail, consumer, durable goods and other industries on strategy, corporate development, operations improvement and transformations. Prior to joining The Boston Consulting Group, he was with Capgemini Consulting (formerly Cap Gemini Ernst & Young), where he worked with global corporate clients in the United States, China and internationally on various value creation initiatives. At Capgemini, he held leadership roles in the Strategy & Transformation service line, the U.S. west region, the U.S. mergers and acquisitions practice, as well as co-led the global mergers and acquisitions practice. Mr. Ruggiero has also served as a member of the board of directors of NMG Parent since May 2018. Mr. Ruggiero holds an honorary B.A. with high distinction from the University of Toronto. Mr. Ruggiero’s financial and operational expertise, as well as experience delivering value creation initiatives with private equity portfolio companies across various industries, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a member of our Supervisory Board.
Susan Gail Saideman.   Ms. Saideman was appointed to our Supervisory Board in November 2020. Ms. Saideman is the Chief Executive Officer and founder of Portage Bay Limited, LLC, which provides consulting and advisory services. Ms. Saideman founded Portage Bay Limited, LLC in September 2019 after serving as the General Manager for Amazon, Inc. (e-commerce) in Seattle from November 2013 to November 2016 and January 2019 to August 2019, and in London from November 2016 to December 2018. Prior to joining Amazon, Ms. Saideman held a series of General Management roles at Mars, Mikasa, Newell Rubbermaid and Campbell Soup. In these roles, she worked across channels that included retail stores, wholesale and ecommerce as well as geographies that included the United States, Canada, Europe, China, India, and the Middle East. Ms. Saideman started her career in finance at Chase Manhattan and as a strategy consultant at Bain & Company before joining PepsiCo where she was promoted through increasingly responsible positions at Pepsi-Cola North America and KFC. Ms. Saideman has also served as a member of the Board of Directors of Church & Dwight since June 2019, of PrePack Manufacturing since October 2019, and of FIRST Washington since September 2019, and has served as a Trustee of Harvey Mudd College since September 2019. She served as a member of the Board of Directors of DevaCurl from October 2019 to December 2019, when it was owned by Ares Private Equity. Ms. Saideman holds an MBA from Harvard Business School and a BA from Dartmouth College. Ms. Saideman’s experience in leading Fortune 500 consumer goods and e-commerce companies and in building consumer brands across channels and geographies, as well has her insights in digital operations, global strategy, marketing and operations, led to the conclusion that she should serve as a member of our Supervisory Board.
Michaela Tod.   Ms. Tod was appointed to our Supervisory Board in January 2021. Ms. Tod previously served as the co-Chief Executive Officer of ProSiebenSat1 TVD GmbH from April 2019 to July 2020, prior to which she served as the President (Greater) China of Dyson Technology Ltd. from July 2015 to February 2019, where she was responsible for the operational leadership of the Greater China business. Ms. Tod has also served as the Chair of the Supervisory Board of Directors of Virtual Minds AG from April 2019 to April 2020, a member of the Supervisory Board of NUCOM Group SE from April 2019 to March 2020 and a member of the Supervisory Board of Join GmbH from September 2019 to June 2020. Ms. Tod holds an MA in Business and Economics from Wirtschaftsuniversität Wien. Ms. Tod’s strategic and operational expertise, including her experience pivoting a business towards a digital platform and transforming a start-up to an established and profitable company, led to the conclusion that she should serve as a member of our Supervisory Board.
Sascha Zahnd.    Mr. Zahnd was appointed to our Supervisory Board in December 2020. Mr. Zahnd is the Vice-Chairman of the Board of Valora Holding AG, a leading small-scale retailer in the convenience and food
 
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
service sector, and a member of its Audit Committee. Mr. Zahnd served as Vice President EMEA of Tesla International from December 2019 to May 2020. In May 2016, Mr. Zahnd joined the senior management team of U.S. Tesla, Inc. in Palo Alto, California, as Vice President Global Supply Chain. Prior to his departure from Tesla in December 2020, he was actively involved in helping to develop future global topics such as mobility, energy, artificial intelligence and Industry 4.0. Previously, Sascha Zahnd worked for six years at ETA SA/Swatch Group, where as a member of the Executive Board he was responsible for the global supply chain and the component production plants. In this role, he completely repositioned the entire purchasing and logistics organization and significantly increased production flexibility. Between 2001 and 2010, Mr. Zahnd worked for IKEA, initially in Switzerland and then in Sweden, Mexico, the United States and China. He started his career at the retail company as Regional Logistics Manager and went on to hold various roles including Sales Manager and Deputy to the General Manager of IKEA Retail in New York and finally Head Supply Division Asia Pacific in Shanghai. Mr. Zahnd’s strong track record in the fields of retail, production and supply chain at globally leading companies, along with his embodiment of the digital pioneer, innovation and transformation spirit that is synonymous with Silicon Valley, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a member of our Supervisory Board.
Overview of our Corporate Governance
MYT Netherlands is a private company with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) with its corporate seat (statutaire zetel) in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and its registered address and principal place of business at Einsteinring 9, 85609 Aschheim, Germany. We accordingly will be subject to Dutch corporate law, our Articles of Association (statuten) and the rules of procedure (reglementen) for our Management Board (bestuur) and Supervisory Board (raad van commissarissen). Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to amend our Articles of Association and rules of procedure for our Management Board and Supervisory Board. The below summary describes our corporate governance after giving effect to such amendments. Since September 7, 2020, MYT Netherlands has its place of effective management in Germany. It will therefore be a German tax resident. MYT Netherlands has a two-tiered board structure consisting of the Management Board and the Supervisory Board. Our Management Board and Supervisory Board are entirely separate corporate bodies, and, as a rule, no individual will simultaneously be a member of both boards.
Our Management Board is responsible for the day-to-day management of our business in accordance with applicable laws, our Articles of Association and the Management Board’s internal rules of procedure. Our Management Board represents us in our dealings with third parties. In fulfilling their duties, the members of the Management Board must act in the interest of MYT Netherlands and its related business.
The Supervisory Board supervises the Management Board, the Company’s general course of affairs, and its affiliated business. The Supervisory Board is accountable for these matters to the general meeting (algemene vergadering). The Supervisory Board also provides advice to the Management Board. According to the Articles of Association, the Supervisory Board has a binding nomination right with respect to the appointment of members of the Management Board by the general meeting. Furthermore, prior approval of the Supervisory Board is required for certain significant matters that will be resolved upon by the Management Board. These are further set out in the rules of procedure for the Management Board (see below). In the fulfilment of their duty, the members of the Supervisory Board shall act in the interest of MYT Netherlands and its related business.
To ensure that our Supervisory Board can carry out these functions properly, our Management Board shall timely provide the Supervisory Board with the information necessary for the performance of the Supervisory Board’s duties. The Management Board is required to keep the Supervisory Board informed and to consult with the Supervisory Board on all important matters.
Supervisory Board
The Articles of Association and the rules of procedure for the Supervisory Board provide that the Supervisory Board must consist of a minimum of three members. The exact number of members of the Supervisory Board shall be determined by the Supervisory Board with due observance of the minimum set out in the Articles of Association. In accordance with Dutch law only natural persons may be appointed as members of the Supervisory Board. Our Supervisory Board currently consists of seven members.
 
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
So long as MYT Holding directly or indirectly owns 25% or more of the issued and outstanding share capital of MYT Netherlands, members of the Supervisory Board will be appointed for a maximum period of four years, provided that, unless a member of the Supervisory Board resigns, dies or is removed earlier or upon his or her appointment a term shorter than four years has been determined, his or her appointment period shall expire at the closing of the annual general meeting that will be held in the fourth calendar year after the year of his or her appointment. From and after the date MYT Holding directly or indirectly owns less than 25% of the issued and outstanding share capital of MYT Netherlands, MYT Netherlands will be required to file a declaration confirming such event with the Dutch Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce and to publish a public announcement confirming such filing. Effective at the time of filing of such declaration, the terms of the members of the Supervisory Board then in office will automatically be reduced to expire at the closing of the next annual general meeting, and thereafter the term of all members of the Supervisory Board will expire each year at the closing of the annual general meeting.
Members of the Supervisory Board may be reappointed once more for another four-year period and then subsequently be reappointed again for a period of two years, which reappointment may be extended by at most two years. In the event of a reappointment after an eight-year period, reasons should be given in the report of the Supervisory Board, as included in the annual report of MYT Netherlands. With any appointment or reappointment, the profile as prepared by the Supervisory Board should be observed. The Supervisory Board will prepare a rotation schedule for the members of the Supervisory Board.
The general meeting appoints the members of the Supervisory Board. When a proposal for the appointment of a person as a member of the Supervisory Board is made, the following information must be stated: the age, the profession, the aggregate nominal value of the underlying shares held by such person and the positions held or previously held by such person, insofar as these are relevant for the performance of the duties of a supervisory director. Furthermore, the names of any legal entities of which the proposed person already is a supervisory director or non-executive director must be indicated. If those include legal entities that belong to the same group, a reference to that group is sufficient. The proposal must furthermore state the reasons on which such proposal is based.
A resolution of the general meeting to appoint a member of the Supervisory Board requires a simple majority. Members of our Supervisory Board may be dismissed at any time during their term of office by a resolution of the general meeting with a simple majority of the votes cast. In addition, any member of our Supervisory Board may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Company. The resignation or dismissal does not require cause.
Our Supervisory Board elects a chairperson and a vice-chairperson from its members. The vice-chairperson exercises the chairperson’s rights and obligations whenever the chairperson is unable to do so. Mr. Kaplan is currently serving as chairperson of the Supervisory Board on an interim basis and a vice-chairperson position is currently open. The members of our Supervisory Board will elect a chairperson and a vice-chairperson shortly after the completion of this offering to serve in such capacities the term of their respective membership on our Supervisory Board.
According to Articles of Association, the Supervisory Board meets as often as its chairperson or at least two members of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board deem necessary. Our Articles of Association provide that a quorum of the Supervisory Board members is present if at least half of its members entitled to vote are present or represented during such meeting.
Resolutions of our Supervisory Board are passed by a simple majority of the votes cast unless otherwise required by law, our Articles of Association or the rules of procedure of our Supervisory Board. In the event of a tie vote, the proposal is rejected.
The Supervisory Board may also adopt written resolutions outside of a meeting, provided the proposal concerned is submitted to all members of the Supervisory Board and all members of the Supervisory Board entitled to vote have agreed with this method of decision-making and have expressed themselves regarding the proposal concerning in writing.
The Supervisory Board is authorized to make certain resolutions by the Management Board subject to its prior written consent. In addition to our Articles of Association, the Supervisory Board has determined that certain matters will require its prior written consent as set forth in the rules of procedure of the Management
 
120

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Board subject to such thresholds as the Supervisory Board may set by resolution from time to time (unless approved in the business plan or annual budget of the company for the relevant year or if it is part of the ordinary course of business of MYT Netherlands), including, among other matters:

entering into new lines of business or discontinuing existing lines of business;

entering into certain large transactions;

offering and issuing shares and other securities of MYT Netherlands;

participations, permanent establishments or joint ventures;

incurring or guaranteeing certain indebtedness;

hiring, dismissal or modification of employment agreements of executive employees, if the annual gross salary exceeds a certain amount;

the approval of our budget, including our investment budget, personnel budget as well as our related financing plan;

any related party transactions;

the commissioning of external consultants for which the consideration payable to the consultant exceeds such threshold as the Supervisory Board may set by resolution from time to time;

concluding or amending certain land leases or rental agreements;

concluding, terminating or amending agreements concerning financial derivative transactions;

creating, terminating or amending employee incentive compensation programs and equity-based compensation plans; and

acquiring treasury shares in return for valuable consideration.
The Supervisory Board may designate further types of actions requiring its approval. The Supervisory Board may decide by resolution from time to time that certain actions referred to above will only require its approval if the monetary amount involved exceeds a certain value that has been determined by the Supervisory Board and reported to the Management Board in writing.
Supervisory Board Committees
As set forth in their respective charters included in the rules of procedure of the Supervisory Board, the Supervisory Board has established an Audit Committee and a Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee. Set forth in the table below are the current members of each committee.
Name of Committee
Current Members
Audit Committee
Marjorie Lao
Dennis Gies
Cesare J. Ruggiero
Sascha Zahnd
Susan Gail Saideman
Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee
Dennis Gies
Cesare J. Ruggiero
Michaela Tod
David B. Kaplan
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee will be comprised of five persons, one of whom will be the chair of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee undertakes preparatory work for the Supervisory Board’s decision making regarding the supervision of the integrity and quality of financial reporting and the effectiveness of the internal risk management and control systems of MYT Netherlands. As set forth in the Audit Committee charter
 
121

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
included in the rules of procedure of the Supervisory Board, the Audit Committee’s duties and responsibilities to carry out its purpose, include, among others:

monitoring effectiveness of the internal risk management and control systems of MYT Netherlands;

monitoring the accounting process, the effectiveness of the internal control system, the risk management system and the internal audit system as well as the audit of the financial statements, in particular regarding the selection and independence of the auditor and the additional services to be provided by the auditor;

monitoring of the Management Board with regard to: (i) the application of information and communication technology by MYT Netherlands, including risks relating to cyber security and data privacy; and (ii) the tax policy of the Company;

making recommendations and proposals to ensure the integrity and quality of the financial reporting process;

evaluating the qualification, independence and performance of the external auditor;

reviewing and discussing, as appropriate, with the external auditor and the Management Board the annual audit plan, including critical accounting policies and practices to be used;

reviewing and discussing, as appropriate, with the external auditor and the Management Board, amongst others, the design and effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting;

preparing the review and discussion with the external auditor and the Management Board the results of the annual audit and the review of the quarterly unaudited financial statements;

reviewing and discussing with the external auditor and the Management Board any quarterly or annual earnings announcements;

reviewing and approving, as appropriate, any related party transactions and reviewing and monitoring, investigating and addressing potential conflict of interest or other ethical or compliance situations involving any members of the Management Board or any employee of MYT Netherlands or any of its subsidiaries on an ongoing basis for compliance with the Code of Conduct;

establishing and maintaining procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters;

reviewing and evaluating the performance of the Audit Committee and its members; and

preparing the Supervisory Board’s resolution on the consolidated and unconsolidated financial statements. The Audit Committee will meet as often as required for a proper functioning of the Audit Committee, but in any event at least four times a year and additionally whenever one or more members have requested a meeting. The Audit Committee will in any event meet before the publication of the annual results.
We expect that our Supervisory Board will determine that all members of the Audit Committee qualify as “independent directors” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the NYSE Listed Company Manual and that Ms. Lao is considered an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined by the SEC and a “financial expert” as that term is defined in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.
Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee
Our Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee will be comprised of not less than three persons, one of whom is expected to be the chairperson of the committee. As set forth in the charter of the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee included in the rules of procedure of the Supervisory Board, the committee’s duties and responsibilities to carry out its purpose include, among others:

making proposals for appointment and reappointment of suitable Management Board and Supervisory Board candidates to be presented to the general meeting;

developing, recommending to the Supervisory Board and monitoring compliance with corporate governance policies;
 
122

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

if delegated to it, overseeing the evaluation of the Supervisory Board and reporting on its performance and effectiveness;

reviewing and evaluating the performance of the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee and its members;

considering all aspects of compensation and employment terms for the Management Board, making recommendations to and preparing decisions of the Supervisory Board, discussing the terms of new service agreements for the members of the Management Board and amendments to existing agreements, including compensation guidelines, incentive programs, strategy and framework;

commissioning, when appropriate, an independent review of the compensation guidelines and the compensation packages paid to the members of the Management Board, to ensure that the guidelines reflect the best practices and that the packages remain competitive and in line with market practice;

presenting an evaluation of the Management Board’s performance and making a recommendation to the Supervisory Board regarding the employment terms and compensation of the Management Board;

assisting the Supervisory Board in the oversight of regulatory compliance with respect to compensation matters, including monitoring our system for compliance with the relevant provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code and the listing rules of any relevant security exchange upon which ADSs are listed concerning the disclosure of information about compensation for the Management Board and other senior executives;

reviewing and recommending any severance or similar termination payments proposed to be made to any current or former member of the Management Board; and

making recommendations to the Supervisory Board with respect to the incentive compensation plans and equity-based compensation plans of MYT Netherlands and discussing and determining amendments to existing plans or the establishment of new management and employee compensation plans.
As permitted by the listing requirements of the NYSE, we intend to opt out of the requirement that the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee consist entirely of independent members.
Conflict of Interest
Similar to the rules that apply to a member of the Management Board as described below, Dutch law also provides that a member of the Supervisory Board of a Dutch private company with limited liability, such as MYT Netherlands, may not participate in deliberating or decision-making within the Supervisory Board if he or she has a direct or indirect personal interest conflicting with the interests of the relevant company and the business connected with it. Pursuant to the rules of procedure for the Supervisory Board, a member of the Supervisory Board that has an actual or potential conflict of interest with respect to a proposed Supervisory Board resolution should immediately report this to the chairperson of the Supervisory Board. If the chairperson of the Supervisory Board has an actual or potential conflict of interest with respect to a proposed Supervisory Board resolution, he or she should immediately report this to the other members of the Supervisory Board. If all supervisory directors have a conflict of interest, such resolution may be adopted by the Supervisory Board, irrespective of the conflict of interest. As a general rule, agreements and transactions entered into by a company based on a decision of its supervisory board that are adopted with the participation of a member of the supervisory board who had an actual or potential conflict of interest with respect to the matter cannot be annulled. However, under certain circumstances, a company may annul such an agreement or transaction if the counterparty misused the relevant conflict of interest.
Remuneration of Supervisory Board Members
Our sole shareholder, MYT Holding, has approved a board remuneration policy that applies for purposes of establishing the remuneration of our Supervisory Board, as well as the Management Board.
Pursuant to our remuneration policy, each member of the Supervisory Board will receive fixed remuneration in the amount of €60,000 per year, except the chairperson of the Supervisory Board who will receive €90,000
 
123

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
per year. In addition to their annual fixed remuneration, the chairperson of the audit committee will receive an annual fee of €25,000, the chairperson of the nominating, governance and compensation committee will receive an annual fee of €15,000, and each member of the audit committee and the nominating, governance and compensation committee will receive an annual fee of €10,000.
Each member of the Supervisory Board is also entitled to receive an annual award of equity or equity-based compensation pursuant to our remuneration policy. MYT Holding has also approved an initial annual equity award of restricted shares having a grant date fair value of $100,000 to each member of the Supervisory Board, which is scheduled to vest in full on December 31, 2021, subject to the member’s continued service through such date.
All members of the Supervisory Board will be entitled to reimbursement for their reasonable and documented expenses.
We will not pay fees for attendance at Supervisory Board meetings.
A member of the Supervisory Board who serves for only a portion of a given fiscal year or who holds the position of chairman or vice chairman of the Supervisory Board or of chairman of the Audit Committee for only a portion of a given fiscal year shall only be remunerated pro rata. Mr. Kaplan will not be receiving any additional remuneration for his service as chairperson of the Supervisory Board on an interim basis.
In case any remuneration or reimbursement of expenses subject to value added tax, such amount shall be paid additionally by the Company.
In the year ended June 30, 2020, the members of our Supervisory Board received no remuneration and we have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our Supervisory Board members.
Management Board and Senior Management
Pursuant to our Articles of Association, our Management Board consists of one or more members. Our Supervisory Board determines the exact number of members of our Management Board. Michael Kliger has been appointed chairman of the Management Board.
The members of our Management Board are appointed by our general meeting upon nomination by our Supervisory Board for a period of four years, provided that unless a member of the Management Board retires sooner or upon his or her appointment a term shorter than four years has been determined, his or her term shall expire as of the moment of the closing of the annual general meeting to be held in the fourth calendar year following the year of his or her appointment. A member of our Management Board may be re-appointed with due observance of the previous sentence.
The members of our Management Board conduct the daily business of our company in accordance with applicable laws, our Articles of Association and the rules of procedure for the Management Board adopted by the Supervisory Board. The Management Board’s responsibilities include, among other things, setting the management agenda, developing a view on long-term value creation by the Company, enhancing the performance of the Company, developing a strategy, identifying, analyzing and managing the risks associated with the strategy and activities and establishing and implementing internal procedures, which safeguard that all relevant information is known to the Management Board and the Supervisory Board in a timely manner. The Management Board may perform all acts necessary or useful for achieving the Company’s corporate purposes, except for those expressly attributed to the general meeting or the Supervisory Board as a matter of Dutch law or pursuant to our Articles of Association.
The rules of procedure for our Management Board will provide that certain matters require a resolution of the Management Board. In particular, the Management Board shall decide on, among others:

the strategic approach of the Company, the intended business policy and other fundamental issues of the business planning;

the budget plan for the following year, which is to be presented by the Management Board to the Supervisory Board by the end of the preceding year;
 
124

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

reporting to the Supervisory Board;

all measures and transactions that require the Supervisory Board’s approval;

all measures relating to a business area that is of extraordinary importance to the us or involving an extraordinary economic risk;

taking on new lines of business or discontinuing existing lines of business;

investments with a total value above a threshold set by the Supervisory Board from time to time;

acquisitions or sales of interests or holdings;

our initial public offering;

conclusion of new contractual obligations with third parties irrespective of whether these are included in the business plan of the Company;

transactions which are not included in the business plan and which in the individual case exceed a threshold set by the Supervisory Board from time to time;

the issuance of the compliance statement in accordance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code;

the preparation of the consolidated and unconsolidated financial statements (including the management report) as well as comparable reports issued by the company voluntarily or based upon applicable capital market rules;

convening a general meeting and the Management Board’s proposals for resolutions to be dealt with and voted on therein; and

matters for which any member of the Management Board has requested a resolution by the Management Board.
Conflict of Interest
Dutch law provides that a member of the Management Board of a Dutch private company with limited liability, such as MYT Netherlands, may not participate in the deliberation or decision-making of a relevant Management Board resolution if he or she has a direct or indirect personal interest conflicting with the interests of the relevant company and the business connected with it.
Each member of the Management Board shall immediately report any actual or potential personal conflict of interest concerning a member of the Management Board to the chairperson of the Supervisory Board and to the other members of the Management Board, and shall provide all information relevant to the conflict to such persons. The Supervisory Board must determine whether a reported actual or potential conflict of interest qualifies as a conflict of interest under Dutch law and/or the Articles of Association, in which case the conflicted member of the Management Board shall not be permitted to participate in the decision making and deliberation process on a subject or transaction in relation to which such member of the Management Board has a conflict of interest.
If as a consequence of one or more Managing Directors having a conflict of interest no resolution can be adopted by the Management Board, a resolution may be adopted by the Supervisory Board. In addition, if a member of the Management Board does not comply with the provisions on conflicts of interest, the resolution concerned is subject to nullification (vernietigbaar) and the member of the Management Board concerned may be held liable towards the Company. As a general rule, the existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest does not affect the authority of a member of the Management Board to represent the company. Furthermore, agreements and transactions entered into by a company based on a decision of its management board that is adopted with the participation of a member of the management board who had a conflict of interest with respect to the matter cannot be annulled. However, under certain circumstances, a company may nullify such agreement or transaction if the counterparty misused the relevant conflict of interest.
Remuneration of the Members of Our Management Board
Historical Compensation of Management Board Members.   During fiscal 2020, the aggregate compensation of members of the Management Board was €1.3 million for fixed and short term compensation and employee benefits and €70 thousand for share-based compensation.
 
125

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Service Agreements with Management Board Members.   We intend to enter into new service agreements with all current members of our Management Board. These agreements will generally become effective on or shortly after pricing of this offering and will replace any existing service agreements. We believe that the new service agreements between us and the members of our Management Board provide for payments and benefits that are in line with customary market practice.
Each of the new service agreements has an indefinite term, subject to earlier termination by either party with six months’ advance notice in writing to the other party at the end of any calendar month during which period the Management Board member may be placed on garden leave until the time of actual termination of service. The compensation provided to the Management Board member pursuant to these agreements has three primary elements: (i) base compensation, (ii) variable compensation, in the form of an annual bonus (“STI”) that may be earned based on the achievement of certain objectives mutually agreed between us and the Management Board member, and (iii) long term incentive compensation, in the form of equity or equity-based awards in respect of our ordinary shares or, following this offering, ADSs (“LTI”), that may be granted to the Management Board member as determined in the discretion of the Supervisory Board and subject to the terms of our remuneration policy, as in effect from time to time. In addition, the Management Board member is entitled to participate in employee benefit programs, including health insurance, disability benefits and annual vacation entitlement pursuant to the service agreement. The service agreement provides for a non-competition covenant that applies during the twenty-four month period following a termination of the Management Board member’s service in consideration for the continued payment of the Management Board member’s monthly base compensation during such period. In addition, the service agreement includes a perpetual confidentiality covenant and invention assignment covenant.
Base Compensation.   Pursuant to our remuneration policy, the Supervisory Board will determine each Management Board member’s annual base compensation for his or her full term of appointment as a Management Board member, provided, that the Supervisory Board will, on an annual basis, review each Management Board member’s base compensation for adjustment in the Supervisory Board’s sole discretion. The Supervisory Board is under no obligation to increase any Management Board member’s annual base compensation year over year.
STI.   The annual STI is a cash incentive award provided to Management Board members that is intended to reward performance based on the achievement of annual short-term objectives that are consistent with our long-term strategic objectives and economic value creation for our shareholders and other stakeholders. Pursuant to our remuneration policy, each year, the members of the Management Board will be eligible to earn an STI award based on the achievement of specific targets established annually by the Supervisory Board no later than 60 days after the beginning of the financial year to which the STI award relates. The STI award for a given financial year will be paid in the following financial year, after our adopted annual accounts for the relevant financial year have been filed with the competent authorities. Individual and collective targets qualify as commercially sensitive information and, as such, we do not disclose these targets except as may be required under applicable law or the rules and regulations of the relevant listing exchange. The Supervisory Board has the authority to adjust any STI award payout if changed circumstances have arisen during the performance period, such as a change in economic and business conditions, a significant acquisition or disposition or a change in business strategy.
Effective for the financial year following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that the annual STI award will have three performance goals: (i) a revenue goal, (ii) an EBITDA goal, and (iii) individual strategic goals, each of which will be weighted in such amounts as determined by the Supervisory Board. The Supervisory Board may also adopt new or different performance goals at the beginning of the financial year. The revenue and the EBITDA goals will be set by the Supervisory Board at the beginning of such financial year based on the approved budget for such financial year, and the individual strategic goals will be agreed upon between the Supervisory Board and each individual Management Board member at the beginning of the financial year.
LTI.   The LTI is an award of equity or equity-based compensation that is intended to encourage long-term economic and shareholder value creation, align the interests of the Management Board with those of the shareholders and ensure retention of the members of the Management Board. The LTI will consist of an award of to acquire ordinary shares or, following this offering, ADSs, which may take the form of share options, restricted shares, restricted share units or other share-based or cash-based awards, that will be subject
 
126

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
to the terms and conditions of the MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, as in effect from time to time (the “2020 Plan”), and an award agreement to be entered into between the Company and the Management Board member. The number, terms and frequency of LTI awards granted to members of the Management Board will be determined by the Supervisory Board after taking into account market levels and company-specific circumstances.
Effective for the financial year following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that the LTI will consist of a combination of performance-vesting equity awards and time-vesting equity awards, in each case, which represents the right to acquire ADSs following satisfaction of the applicable vesting criteria, for members of the Management Board and the senior management group.
Annual LTI grants of performance-vesting equity awards and time-vesting equity awards will be made to each member of the Management Board in such amount, including the weighting of such amount, and subject to such other terms and conditions as determined by the Supervisory Board in accordance with the terms of our remuneration policy, as in effect from time to time. Following the successful completion of this offering, the initial grant of the LTI awards will be made to members of the Management Board upon.
The performance-vesting equity awards will be in the form of restricted share units (which are referred to as “LTI Performance Shares”). Subject to achievement of the applicable performance goals and the recipient’s continued employment, the LTIP Performance Shares award will be paid out in the form of ADSs at the end of the applicable performance period.
The time-vesting equity awards may be in the form of restricted share units or share options that will generally vest annually over a three or four year period from the date of grant, subject to continued employment through each vesting date.
We anticipate that other employees who do not participate in the LTI award program may receive grants of time-vesting equity awards from time to time in the form of restricted share units that generally vest annually over three years.
Compensation with Respect to the Offering
We intend to grant a one-time award package in connection with the successful completion of this offering in the form of a pool of cash and equity awards to be awarded to the members of the Management Board and certain members of the senior management, with individual amounts and allocations of awards to be subsequently determined and granted upon the pricing of this offering. This package is intended as a reward for the successful growth of our business until this offering, the additional work rendered for the preparation of this offering and as a replacement of certain cash payments that could otherwise become payable pursuant to awards previously granted under certain bonus schemes. This package consists of a cash bonus, if applicable, an award of phantom shares convertible into ADSs, subject to satisfaction of a waiting period (the “Restoration Grant” which is primarily intended to reward members for their work through the offering), and an award of options to acquire ADSs, subject to vesting (the “Alignment Grant” which is primarily intended to further incentivize members after the consummation of the offering while aligning their interests with those of our shareholders), accompanied by a waiver agreement with respect to certain cash payments that could otherwise become payable under certain bonus schemes to be entered into with each member as applicable.
Cash Bonuses.    As a reward for work rendered until this offering, we intend to grant certain members of the Management Board and senior management a cash bonus, with individual amounts and recipients to be subsequently determined, if this offering is completed at any time prior to December 31, 2021 and the recipient remains employed in good standing through the date of completion of the offering.
Restoration Grant.   We intend to make Restoration Grants to the members of the Management Board and, contingent upon the occurrence of this offering, to certain members of our senior management as a reward for the value creation through their work until this offering. The Restoration Grant will consist of an award of fully vested phantom shares, each of which represents the right to receive ordinary shares (or, following the completion of this offering, ADSs) or, if otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Supervisory Board or a committee thereof, cash, following conversion of the phantom shares, as elected by the member at any time following the date on which the phantom shares become convertible, pursuant to the following schedule: (i) 25% of the total number of phantom shares will become convertible at any time on or after the second
 
127

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
anniversary of the grant date, and (ii) the remaining 75% of the total number of phantom shares will become convertible to the extent and in the same proportion as MYT Holding sells or otherwise disposes of its holdings of our ordinary shares, in a transaction or a series of transactions, at any time following the grant date; provided, that, in the event of a change in control of the Company, all phantom shares, to the extent not previously converted, will become convertible as of the date of such change in control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any phantom shares, to the extent not previously converted, will become fully convertible on the fourth anniversary of the grant date. The member may elect to convert any phantom shares into ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, at any time prior to the date on which the applicable waiting period schedule expires (i.e., early conversion) if the member enters into a shareholders agreement, which contains, among other terms, a transfer restriction that will result in the same waiting period schedule applying to such ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, as if no early conversion had occurred. In addition, the Restoration Grants are expected to be awarded upon the pricing of this offering and will be subject to an adjustment upon completion of this offering so that immediately after the completion of the offering, the Restoration Grant then-held by the member will represent the same aggregate ownership percentage of the outstanding share capital of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the completion of the offering. The pay-out of the Restoration Grant is directly linked to the value of our ADSs.
Alignment Grant.   We intend to make Alignment Grants will be awarded to the members of the Management Board and, contingent upon the occurrence of this offering, to certain members of our senior management, as a reward for work rendered until this offering and to further incentivize the members after the consummation of the offering, while aligning their interests with those of our shareholders. The Alignment Grant will likely consist of an option to acquire, following this offering, ADSs in three tranches, each with an exercise price per share that corresponds to certain valuations of the outstanding share capital of the Company, that will vest and become exercisable with respect to each tranche in equal annual installments over four years from the date of grant, subject to the member’s continued employment through each vesting date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a member of the Management Board incurs a termination of employment by us without cause other than as a result of death or disability, any then-unvested portion of the Alignment Grant that is scheduled to vest within twelve (12) months following the date on which the member is notified in writing of such termination will remain outstanding and continue to vest on the next following vesting date, as applicable, as if the member had remained employed through such vesting date. In addition, the Alignment Grants are expected to be awarded upon the pricing of this offering and will be subject to an adjustment upon completion of this offering so that immediately after the completion of the offering, the Alignment Grant then-held by the member will represent the same aggregate ownership percentage of the outstanding share capital of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the offering, with corresponding adjustments made to the exercise price per share of each tranche of the option.
Waiver Agreement.   Certain members of the Management Board and senior management participate in the mytheresa.com GmbH Management Compensation Plan, as amended (the “Management Compensation Plan”), and the mytheresa.com GmbH Transaction Bonus Plan (the “Transaction Bonus Plan”). Pursuant to the Management Compensation Plan, certain members were granted awards, each expressed as a percentage of the applicable member’s base salary, that entitle the member to two cash bonus payments: (i) the first payment being conditioned upon the achievement of specified performance goals through June 30, 2021, which have been deemed to be achieved, and continued employment through June 30, 2021 (the “first payment”) and (ii) the second payment being conditioned upon the achievement of specified performance goals through June 30, 2023, and continued employment through June 30, 2023 (the “second payment”), in each case, with limited exceptions for payment upon an involuntary termination of employment. Pursuant to the Transaction Bonus Plan, certain members were granted awards that entitle them to a cash bonus payment upon a sale of the majority of our and our subsidiaries’ equity securities or assets by our majority shareholders to an unrelated party. The amount of the payment under the Transaction Bonus Plan is expressed as a percentage of a bonus pool, which is generally determined based on the proceeds received in connection with the sale event, and is subject to the member’s continued employment through the date of the sale event (or with respect to amounts payable after the sale event, the date the relevant proceeds are released to shareholders), with limited exceptions for payment upon an involuntary termination of employment.
Each member who participates in the Management Compensation Plan and/or Transaction Bonus Plan are expected to enter into a waiver agreement with us, pursuant to which such member shall waive any and all right to the second payment under the Management Compensation Plan and any and all right to any payment
 
128

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
under the Transaction Bonus Plan, respectively, in consideration for the member’s right to receive the Restoration Grant and the Alignment Grant, as applicable, with such waiver agreement to become effective upon the pricing of this offering. Any member who executes the waiver agreement and participates in the Management Compensation Plan will retain the right to receive the first payment thereunder subject to the terms and conditions of the Management Compensation Plan. Subject to each participant’s execution of a waiver agreement, the Transaction Bonus Plan will be terminated and of no further force or effect.
Compensation of Senior Management
We have entered into service agreements with all current members of our senior management. These agreements generally provide for a base salary and an annual bonus. In addition to these fixed and variable elements of compensation, the top level of senior management will also be eligible to participate in the LTI performance share plan following the completion of this offering.
In connection with this offering, certain members of senior management will receive a cash bonus if this offering is completed any time prior to December 31, 2021 (subject to continued employment in good standing through the date of completion of the offering) and/or a Restoration Grant and/or an Alignment Grant (depending on how long they have been with our group), and, if the member participates in the Management Compensation Plan or the Transaction Bonus Plan, may be required to enter into a waiver agreement in consideration for the right to receive the Restoration Grant and the Alignment Grant, as applicable, each as further described in the section entitled “Compensation with respect to the Offering” above.
In addition, we intend to provide cash bonuses to certain other employees in recognition of their efforts and as an additional incentive if this offering is completed at any time prior to December 31, 2021 and the recipient remains employed in good standing through the one-year anniversary of the date of the offering. The aggregate value of any such cash bonuses awarded will offset the pool of Restoration Grants previously approved by the Supervisory Board.
Mytheresa.com GmbH Transaction Bonus Plan
We maintain the Transaction Bonus Plan, pursuant to which certain of our employees or service providers were granted awards that entitle them to a cash bonus payment upon a sale of the majority of our and our subsidiaries’ equity securities or assets by our majority shareholders to an unrelated party. The amount of the payment under the Transaction Bonus Plan is expressed as a percentage of a bonus pool, which is generally determined based on the proceeds received in connection with the sale event, and is subject to the member’s continued employment through the date of the sale event (or with respect to amounts payable after the sale event, the date the relevant proceeds are released to shareholders), with limited exceptions for payment upon an involuntary termination of employment.
We intend to terminate the Transaction Bonus Plan in connection with this offering so that no amounts will become payable to any participants under the Transaction Bonus Plan following the completion of this offering. Certain participants in the Transaction Bonus Plan have agreed to enter into a waiver agreement pursuant to which the participant shall waive any and all right to any payment under the Transaction Bonus Plan in consideration for the participant’s right to receive the Restoration Grant and the Alignment Grant, as applicable, with such waiver agreement to become effective upon the pricing of this offering. Subject to each participant’s execution of a waiver agreement, the Transaction Bonus Plan will be terminated and of no further force or effect.
Mytheresa.com GmbH Management Compensation Plan
We maintain the Management Compensation Plan, pursuant to which certain of our employees were granted awards, each expressed as a percentage of the applicable employee’s base salary, that entitle them to two cash bonus payments: (i) the first payment being conditioned upon the achievement of specified performance goals through June 30, 2021, which have been deemed to be achieved, and continued employment through June 30, 2021 (the “first payment”) and (ii) the second payment being conditioned upon the achievement of specified performance goals through June 30, 2023, and continued employment through June 30, 2023 (the “second payment”), in each case, with limited exceptions for payment upon an involuntary termination of employment.
 
129

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Certain participants in the Management Compensation Plan have agreed to enter into a waiver agreement pursuant to which the participant shall waive any and all right to the second payment under the Management Compensation Plan in consideration for the member’s right to receive the Restoration Grant and the Alignment Grant, as applicable, with such waiver agreement to become effective upon the pricing of this offering. Any participant who executes the waiver agreement will retain the right to receive the first payment under the Management Compensation Plan subject to the terms and conditions thereof.
Equity-Based Remuneration of MYT Netherlands
Certain members of our Management Board will participate in an equity-based remuneration plan maintained by MYT Netherlands pursuant to which such members of our Management Board will hold share options in respect of MYT Netherlands shares and restricted shares of MYT Netherlands. Neither MGG nor its subsidiaries is party to these arrangements; however, we will record the associated compensation expense within our consolidated financial statements.
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan
We intend to adopt the 2020 Plan, under which we expect to grant equity or cash- and/or equity-based awards in order to attract, motivate and retain employees and other service providers, align the interests of such persons with our shareholders, and promote ownership of our equity or pay incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our equity. The 2020 Plan will contain the features described below.
Share Reserve
The number of our ordinary shares initially available for issuance under our 2020 Plan will likely be equal to 13.75% of the outstanding share capital of the Company on the date of completion of this offering, which may be shares that are unissued or shares that were repurchased by the Company, including treasury shares or shares purchased in the open market, or, following the completion of this offering, ADSs. Shares subject to an award under the 2020 Plan that expires, is forfeited or is settled in cash, and shares tendered or withheld in payment of an exercise price or to satisfy any tax-related items required to be withheld, will become available for future awards under the 2020 Plan. Ordinary shares subject to awards that are assumed, converted or substituted under the 2020 Plan as a result of our acquisition of another company will not count against the number of shares that may be granted under the 2020 Plan subject to securities exchange requirements.
Administration
The 2020 Plan will be administered by the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board or such other committee of the Supervisory Board as the Supervisory Board may from time to time designate, which committee shall be composed of not less than two members of the Supervisory Board (collectively, the administrator). Subject to the terms of the 2020 Plan, the administrator will determine which employees, consultants and non-employee directors will receive awards under the 2020 Plan, the dates of grant, the number and types of awards to be granted, the exercise or purchase price of each award, and the terms and conditions of the awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting and the fair market value applicable to a share award. The following actions generally require approval at our general meeting: (i) reducing the exercise price of share options issued and outstanding, (ii) amending or cancelling a share option when the exercise price exceeds the fair market value of one ordinary share in exchange for a grant of a substitute award or repurchase for cash or other consideration, except in connection with certain corporate events, and (iii) any other action that would be treated as a repricing under applicable securities exchange rules.
In addition, the administrator has the authority to determine whether any award may be settled in cash, ordinary shares, ADSs, other securities or other awards or property. The administrator has the authority to interpret the 2020 Plan and may adopt any administrative rules, regulations, procedures and guidelines governing the 2020 Plan or any awards granted under the 2020 Plan as it deems appropriate. The administrator may also delegate any of its powers, responsibilities or duties to any person who is not a member of the administrator or any administrative group within the company. The full Supervisory Board may also grant awards under or administer the 2020 Plan.
 
130

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Eligibility; Limits on Compensation to Directors
Employees, consultants and directors will be eligible to participate in our 2020 Plan. The amount, terms and other conditions of awards granted to any Management Board member or Supervisory Board member shall be subject to the limitations and requirements set forth in our remuneration policy, as in effect from time to time, applicable to Management Board members and Supervisory Board members.
Our general meeting has the authority to grant awards pursuant to the terms of the 2020 Plan to Supervisory Board members. The Supervisory Board members may submit a proposal for their awards to the our general meeting. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the 2020 Plan to the contrary, only our general meeting may amend any outstanding award agreement with any of the Supervisory Board members in any respect.
Types of Awards
The 2020 Plan provides for the grant of share options, restricted shares, restricted share units (RSUs) and other equity-based, equity-related or cash-based awards (including phantom shares and performance-based awards).
All of the awards described above are subject to the conditions, limitations, restrictions, vesting and forfeiture provisions determined by the administrator, in its sole discretion, subject to certain limitations provided in the 2020 Plan. The administrator may condition the vesting of or the lapsing of any applicable vesting restrictions or conditions on awards upon the attainment of performance goals, continuation of service, or any other term or conditions. The vesting conditions placed on any award need not be the same with respect to each grantee and the administrator will have the sole discretion to amend any outstanding award to accelerate or waive any or all restrictions, vesting provisions or conditions set forth in an award agreement.
Each award granted under the 2020 Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement, which will govern that award’s terms and conditions. In the case of any conflict or potential inconsistency between the 2020 Plan and a provision of any award or award agreement with respect to an award, the 2020 Plan will govern.
Share Options
An award of a share option gives a grantee the right to purchase a certain number of our ordinary shares (or, following the completion of this offering, ADSs) during a specified term in the future, after a vesting period, at an exercise price equal to at least 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the grant date, unless otherwise approved by the administrator and set forth in an award agreement. The term of a share option may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. The exercise price of any share option may be paid using cash, check or certified bank check, our ordinary shares (or, following the completion of this offering, ADSs), a net exercise of the share option, other form of consideration approved by the administrator and permitted by applicable law, or any combination of the foregoing.
Restricted Shares
A restricted share award is an award of outstanding ordinary shares (or, following the completion of this offering, ADSs) that does not vest until a specified period of time has elapsed or other vesting conditions have been satisfied, as determined by the administrator, and which will be forfeited if the conditions to vesting are not met. The administrator will issue a certificate in respect of the restricted shares, unless the administrator elects to use another system, such as book entries by the transfer agent, as evidencing ownership of such shares. During the period that any restrictions apply, the transfer of share awards is generally prohibited. Grantees have full voting rights with respect to their restricted shares. Unless the administrator determines otherwise, all ordinary cash dividend payments or other ordinary distributions paid upon a restricted share award will be retained by the Company and will be paid to the relevant grantee (without interest) when the award of restricted shares vests and will revert back to the Company if for any reason the restricted share upon which such dividends or other distributions were paid reverts back to the Company.
Restricted Share Units
An RSU is an award representing the right to receive, on the applicable delivery or payment date, one ordinary share (or, following the completion of this offering, one ADS) for each granted unit, cash or other securities or
 
131

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
property equal in value to such share (or ADS) or a combination thereof that does not vest until a specified period of time has elapsed or other vesting conditions, including performance-based vesting conditions, have been satisfied, as determined by the administrator, and which will be forfeited if the conditions to vesting are not met. During the period that any restrictions apply, the transfer of RSUs is generally prohibited.
Performance-Based and Other Share-Based or Cash-Based Awards
Under the 2020 Plan, the administrator may grant other types of equity-based, equity-related or cash-based awards, including awards subject to performance-based criteria, subject to such terms and conditions that the administrator may determine. Such awards may include the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted shares, performance share awards, performance units settled in cash and phantom shares.
Adjustments
In connection with a recapitalization, share split, reverse share split, share dividend, spinoff, split up, combination, reclassification or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, rights offering, separation, reorganization or liquidation, or any other change in the corporate structure or shares, including any extraordinary dividend or extraordinary distribution, the administrator will make adjustments in a proportionate manner and as it deems appropriate and equitable to (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan, (ii) the number and kind of shares covered by outstanding grants, (iii) the kind of shares that may be issued under the 2020 Plan, and (iv) the terms of any outstanding awards, including exercise or strike price, if applicable.
Amendment; Termination
The Supervisory Board may amend or terminate the 2020 Plan at any time, provided, that no such amendment may materially adversely impair the rights of an award without the grantee’s consent. Our general meeting must approve any amendment to the extent required to comply with applicable laws or applicable securities exchange requirements. Unless terminated sooner by the Supervisory Board or extended with approval of our general meeting, the 2020 Plan will terminate on the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of the date on which our general meeting the 2020 Plan is approved, but any outstanding award will remain in effect until the underlying shares are delivered or the award lapses.
Change in Control
In the event of a change in control (as defined in the 2020 Plan), the administrator may (i) settle awards for an amount, as determined in the sole discretion of the administrator, of cash or securities (in the case of share options that are settled in cash, the amount paid will be equal to the in-the-money spread value, if any, of such awards), (ii) provide for the assumption of or the issuance of substitute awards, (iii) modify the terms of awards to add events or conditions upon which the vesting of such awards will accelerate, (iv) deem any performance conditions satisfied at target, maximum or actual performance through closing or provide for the performance conditions to continue (as is or as adjusted by the administrator) after closing or (v) provide that for a period of at least 20 days prior to the change in control, share options that would not otherwise become exercisable prior to a change in control will be exercisable as to all ordinary shares, as the case may be, subject thereto and that any share options not exercised prior to the consummation of the change in control will terminate and be of no further force or effect as of the consummation of the change in control.
Clawback Policy
Awards under the 2020 Plan will be subject to any clawback or recapture policy that we may adopt from time to time in order to comply with applicable law and securities exchange listing standards, and, in accordance with such policy, may be subject to the requirement that the awards, or any proceeds therefrom, be repaid to us after they have been distributed to the grantee, subject to applicable law.
Dutch Corporate Governance Code
The Dutch Corporate Governance Code contains principles and best practice provisions that regulate relations between the Management Board, the Supervisory Board and the general meeting. The Dutch Corporate
 
132

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Governance Code is divided into five sections which address amongst others the following topics: (i) long term value creation, (ii) effective management and supervision, including matters such as the composition of the Management Board, selection of Management Board members and director qualification standards, director responsibilities, Management Board committees and term of appointment, (iii) remuneration of the members of the Management Board and Supervisory Board, (iv) the shareholders and the general meeting, and (v) the audit of the financial reporting and the position of the internal audit function and the external auditor.
Dutch companies whose shares are listed on a government-recognized stock exchange, such as the NYSE, are required under Dutch law to disclose in their statutory annual reports, filed in the Netherlands whether or not they apply the provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code and, in the event that they do not apply a certain provision, to explain the reasons why they have chosen to deviate from such provisions (for example, because of a conflicting NYSE requirement).
The Company acknowledges the importance of good corporate governance. Therefore, the Company intends to comply with the relevant best practice provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code except as may be noted from time to time in the Company’s annual reports including in order to follow market governance practices for companies listed in the United States. The known deviations from the Dutch Corporate Governance Code are summarized below:
Best practice provision 2.1.7 and 2.1.8 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code: Independence of Supervisory Board members
Two out of the five Supervisory Board members, being Mr. Ruggiero (CPPIB) and Mr. Gies (Ares) are not considered independent in accordance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code as they are representatives of CPPIB and Ares being respective shareholders of MYT Holding. Messrs. Ruggiero and Gies are considered independent for NYSE and SEC purposes. As is customary for companies listed on the NYSE, the Company believes that having these directors on the Supervisory Board would better align their interests with those of the shareholders and provide the benefit of the expertise and historical experience with the Company’s business to the other members of the Supervisory Board.
Best practice provision 2.3.4 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code: Composition of the Committees
The Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee consists of four supervisory directors, three of whom are not considered to be independent under the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. Mr. Gies, an affiliate of Ares (one of the shareholders of MYT Holding), is the chairperson of the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee. Mr. Ruggiero, an affiliate of CPPIB (one of the shareholders of MYT Holding), is a member of the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee. Mr. Kaplan, an affiliate of Ares (one of the shareholders of MYT Holding), is a member of the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee. Messrs. Gies, Ruggiero and Kaplan are considered independent for NYSE and SEC purposes. As is customary for companies listed on the NYSE, the Company believes that having both directors on the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee would better align their interests with those of the shareholders and provide the benefit of the expertise and historical experience with the Company’s business to the other members of the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee.
Best practice provision 2.3.10: Secretary to the Supervisory Board
The Supervisory Board has not yet appointed a secretary to the Supervisory Board but intends to once a qualified individual is identified in the future.
Best practice provision 3.3.2: Remuneration of the Supervisory Board members
As the Company is listed on the NYSE, the Company also follows certain common U.S. governance practices, among others the customary practice of global companies listed on NYSE to remunerate Supervisory Board members partly with share grants. The members of the Supervisory Board will be granted restricted share awards, in the form of ADSs, that will vest in their entirety at the end of calendar year 2021. The restricted share awards are intended to align the interests of the members of the Supervisory Board with those of the public shareholders.
 
133

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Best practice provision 4.3.3: Cancelling the binding nature of a nomination or dismissal
This best practice provision provides that the general meeting of a company not having a statutory two-tier status (structuurregime) may pass a resolution to cancel the binding nature of a nomination for the appointment of a member of the management board or of the supervisory board and/or a resolution to dismiss a member of the management board or of the supervisory board by a majority of the votes cast. It may be provided that this majority should represent a given proportion of the issued capital, which proportion may not exceed one-third. However, pursuant to the Articles of Association, a qualified majority of at least two-third of the votes cast, representing more than one half of the Company’s share capital, is required to cancel the binding nature of a nomination for the appointment of a member of the Management Board to better align the Company’s governance with the governance practices of companies listed in the U.S. where senior management is appointed by the board of directors, or in this case the Supervisory Board.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct & Ethics (“Code of Conduct”), which will cover a broad range of matters, including the handling of conflicts of interest, compliance issues and other corporate policies such as equal opportunity and non-discrimination standards.
Differences between Our Corporate Governance Practices and Those Set Forth in the NYSE Listed Company Manual
In general, under Section 303A.11 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, foreign private issuers such as us are permitted to follow home country corporate governance practices instead of certain provisions of the NYSE Listed Company Manual without having to seek individual exemptions from the NYSE. A foreign private issuer making its initial U.S. listing on the NYSE and following home country corporate governance practices in lieu of the corresponding corporate governance provisions of the NYSE Listed Company Manual must disclose in its registration statement or on its website any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by U.S. companies under the NYSE Listed Company Manual. In addition, we also may qualify for certain exemptions under the NYSE Listed Company Manual as a foreign private issuer that may affect our corporate governance practices.
The significant differences between the corporate governance practices that we follow and those set forth in the NYSE Listed Company Manual are described below:

Section 303A.01 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual requires listed companies to have a majority of independent directors as defined by the NYSE Listed Company Manual. Under the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, in order to safeguard its independence, the Supervisory Board should be composed in accordance with the following criteria:

any one of the criteria referred to in best practice provision 2.1.8, sections i. to v., inclusive, of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code should be applicable to at most one supervisory board member;

the total number of supervisory board members to whom the criteria referred to in best practice provision 2.1.8 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code are applicable should account for less than half of the total number of supervisory board members; and

for each shareholder, or group of affiliated shareholders, who directly or indirectly hold more than ten percent of the shares in the company, there is at most one supervisory board member who can be considered to be affiliated with or representing them as stipulated in best practice provision 2.1.8, sections vi. and vii of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

Section 303A.09 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual requires all listed companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. Under the laws of the Netherlands, listed companies should follow the Dutch Corporate Governance Code as described above.
 
134

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus (as adjusted to reflect the share split described herein) (1) prior to the consummation of this offering and (2) as adjusted to reflect the sale of the ADSs in this offering, for:

Our sole shareholder MYT Holding;

Members of our Supervisory Board;

Members of our Management Board;

Members of our senior management; and

Members of our Supervisory Board, Management Board and senior management as a group.
For further information regarding material transactions between us and principal shareholders, see “Related Party Transactions.”
The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, executive officer or Board member is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any ordinary shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any ordinary shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this prospectus through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares held by that person.
The percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned before the offering is computed on the basis of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus, including the shares issued pursuant to the restoration grant made concurrently with this offering under the 2020 Plan. See Management—Remuneration of the Members of Our Management Board—Compensation with Respect to the Offering. The percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned after the offering is based on the number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering, and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs from us. Ordinary shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all members of our Supervisory Board and Management Board, as a group. In addition, the following table does not reflect any ADSs that may be purchased in this offering or pursuant to our directed share program described under “Underwriters—Directed Share Program.” Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o MYT Netherlands, Einsteinring 9, 85609 Aschheim/Munich, Germany.
 
135

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Ordinary shares beneficially
owned after the offering
Ordinary shares
beneficially owned
before the offering
No exercise of
underwriters’
option to purchase
additional ADSs
Full exercise of
underwriters’
option to purchase
additional ADSs
Shareholder
Number
Percent
Number
Percent
Number
Percent
MYT Holding
70,190,687 97.26% 70,190,687 79.93% 70,190,687 77.80%
Members of our Supervisory Board
Dennis Gies
David B. Kaplan
Marjorie Lao
Cesare Ruggiero
Susan Gail Saideman
Michaela Tod
Sascha Zahnd
Members of our Management Board
Michael Kliger
987,902 1.37% 987,902 1.13% 1,014,915 1.13%
Dr. Martin Beer
237,097 * 237,097 * 243,580 *
Members of our senior management
399,200 * 399,200 * 410,116 *
All members of our Supervisory Board,
and Management Board and senior
management, as a group
1,624,199 2.31% 1,624,199 1.85% 1,668,610 1.85%
*
Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the total outstanding ADSs.
 
136

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MATTERS RELATED TO OUR CURRENT AND FORMER PARENT ENTITIES
Neiman Marcus Group Bankruptcy
In September 2018, MGG and its subsidiaries that conduct the operations of Mytheresa (such subsidiaries, together with MGG, the “MYT Operating Entities”) were distributed from its then direct parent company, NMG International, to our indirect parent, now called MYT Ultimate Parent LLC (“MYT Ultimate Parent”). As a result, Neiman Marcus Group no longer owned a direct or indirect interest in the MYT Operating Entities or the Mytheresa business, but rather indirect subsidiaries of MYT Ultimate Parent. Subsequent to the Distribution, certain holders of debt securities of Neiman Marcus Group and its subsidiaries (the “NMG Entities”) made claims seeking to avoid the Distribution under fraudulent transfer laws.
In connection with a series of transactions in June 2019, existing debt holders of certain subsidiaries of MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, including NMG Entities, that, among other things, extended the debt maturities of the NMG Entities, we and certain of our former parent entities, including MYT Holding and certain other entities, provided a limited guarantee of up to $200.0 million in favor of the holders of 14.0% Second Lien Notes due April 25, 2024 of the NMG Entities, a portion of which holders included affiliates of Ares and CPPIB.
In May 2020, Neiman Marcus Group filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in the United State Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas. On September 25, 2020, the holding company structure for MYT Netherlands underwent a restructuring in settlement of all outstanding claims associated with the Neiman Marcus Group bankruptcy and the Distribution, and MYT Netherlands became a wholly owned subsidiary of MYT Holding.
In connection with such restructuring and the settlement of all claims against MYT Holding and MYT Netherlands related to the Neiman Marcus Bankruptcy and the Distribution, MYT Holding issued 7.50% Senior Secured PIK Notes Due 2025 in the original principal amount of $200.0 million including to affiliates of Ares and CPPIB, which was guaranteed by MYT Netherlands and secured, in part, by the equity interests of MYT Netherlands and MGG. The terms and conditions of the indenture governing such Senior Secured PIK Notes provides for a mandatory redemption of such notes at par plus accrued but unpaid interest for not less than $125.0 million in principal amount. The terms and conditions of such indenture also provide that the guaranty of MYT Netherlands and the pledges of the equity interests of MYT Netherlands and MGG will be automatically released without any further action of the parties upon completion of this offering.
Further, certain note holders and general unsecured creditors of the NMG Entities surrendered such notes and claims and received upon completion of the restructuring, among other things, $250 million aggregate liquidation preference of Series B Preferred Units of MYT Holding (accruing dividends at a rate of 10.0% per annum) and Class B Common Units representing 50% of the common units and 49.9% of the voting power of MYT Holding.
We expect that $206.4 million of the net proceeds from this offering will be used to redeem all or a portion of the Senior Secured PIK Notes of MYT Holding. See “Use of Proceeds” for a complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering. We intend to repay the remainder of the Shareholder Loans, if any, out of the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings in the future. The Shareholder Loans were originally incurred in 2014 as part of the acquisition financing for Mytheresa by the Neiman Marcus Group.
 
137

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure following the consummation of this offering.
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D2-FC_MULTIPL4C.JPG]
 
138

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following is a summary of transactions since July 1, 2017 to which we have been a party and in which any members of our Supervisory or Management Board, senior management or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our ordinary shares had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the section of this prospectus captioned “Management.”
Shareholder Loans
MGG is currently the debtor under Shareholder Loans owed to a subsidiary of MYT Holding, which were originally incurred in 2014 as part of the acquisition financing for Mytheresa by the Neiman Marcus Group and subsequently assigned in a series of restructurings resulting in the Shareholder Loans being held by a subsidiary of MYT Holding as lender. The loans are denominated in U.S. Dollars and have no required interest or principal payments until their respective maturities on October 9, 2025. MGG is allowed to prepay any outstanding principal or accrued interest amounts, in whole or in part, at any time without penalty. The loans do not include any financial covenants and bear an interest rate of 6.00% per annum, which is compounded semi-annually (in July and January) and capitalized into the principal. As of September 30, 2020, total amounts outstanding under the loans, including accrued interest, were $217.3 million. We currently intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to cause MGG to repay all or a portion of the Shareholder Loans. See “Use of Proceeds.” We intend to repay the remainder of the Shareholder Loans, if any, out of the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings in the future. The Shareholder Loans were originally incurred in 2014 as part of the acquisition financing for Mytheresa by the Neiman Marcus Group.
Retired Shareholder Loans
Following the acquisition by Neiman Marcus Group in 2014, Mytheresa was a party to a series of related party financing arrangements with its shareholder MYT Intermediate Holding Co., which was a predecessor of MYT Holding, which were subsequently retired (collectively, the “Retired Shareholder Loans”). The Retired Shareholder Loans consisted of the following:

Convertible Preferred Equity Certificate — MYT Intermediate Holding Co. held two Convertible Preferred Equity Certificates (“CPECs”) due from Mariposa I S.à r.l., a former subsidiary of MYT Netherlands. The CPECs, which had a combined outstanding balance of €36.1 million ($ 41.2 million) on June 30, 2019, and were classified within Shareholder Loans on our consolidated statement of financial position, were retired in August 2019.

Variable Interest Shareholder Loans — Through its indirect former subsidiary Mariposa Luxembourg II S.à r.l., MYT Netherlands was also party to two related party U.S. Dollar denominated loans payable to MYT Intermediate Holding Co. These loans, which had a combined outstanding balance of €90.0 million ($102.2 million) on June 30, 2019, and were classified within Shareholder Loans on our consolidated statement of financial position, were canceled in February 2020.
For further details regarding our Retired Shareholder Loans, refer to Note 20 of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Ordinary Course Transactions with Related Persons
From time to time, our Sponsors’ directors, officers, employees and affiliates may enter into commercial transactions with us in the ordinary course of business, primarily for the purchase of items from our sites. As of June 30, 2020, we had trade receivables due from Neiman Marcus Group, Inc. of €233 thousand and Neiman Marcus Group Ltd. LLC of €111 thousand. We also had trade liabilities due to Neiman Marcus Group, Inc. of €838 thousand and Neiman Marcus Ltd. LLC of €186 thousand.
Agreements with Management and Supervisory Board Members
For a description of our agreements with members of our Management Board and Supervisory Board, please see the sections of this prospectus captioned “Management—Remuneration of Supervisory Board Members” and “Management—Remuneration of the Members of Our Management Board.”
 
139

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 782,353 ADSs, or 5.0% of the ADSs offered by this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain individuals identified by our members of our Supervisory and Management Boards. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will administer our directed share program and receive concessions as described in the section titled “Underwriters—Directed Share Program.”
 
140

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
The following is a summary of relevant information concerning our share capital and a description of the material terms of our Articles of Association as they will be in effect at the commencement of this offering. The following description may not contain all of the information that is important to you and we therefore refer you to our Articles of Association, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. This description does not cover any temporary COVID-19 related matters under applicable Dutch law, nor does it cover any requirements under the Dutch Corporate Governance Code or legislative proposals that are pending but not yet adopted by the Dutch legislature. This summary does not constitute legal advice regarding these matters and should not be regarded as such.
General
We were incorporated as a private company with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) on May 31, 2019.
Our affairs are governed by the provisions of our Articles of Association and our internal rules, regulations and policies, as amended and restated from time to time, and by the provisions of applicable Dutch law.
We are registered with the Trade Register held by the Chamber of Commerce in the Netherlands under number 74988441. Our corporate seat (statutaire zetel) is in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and our registered address is at Einsteinring 9, 85609 Aschheim, Germany. Copies of our Articles of Association will be publicly available from the Trade Register held by the Chamber of Commerce in the Netherlands, electronically at www.kvk.nl and as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Share Capital
Our register of shareholders as required by Dutch law will be maintained by our Management Board.
Upon consummation of this offering (if the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs within 30 days of the date of this prospectus from us), our issued share capital will consist of €1,317.20 divided into 87,813,551 ordinary shares with a nominal value of €0.000015.
Our Articles of Association do not provide for a limit on the number of shares that we can issue in the form of an authorized share capital.
Form, Certification and Transferability of our ordinary shares
Our ordinary shares are in registered form and legal title to our issued shares is recorded in the register of shareholders. All ordinary shares are registered and are numbered consecutively from 1 onwards. Attached to each ordinary share is a voting right, a meeting right and a right to share in the Company’s profits and reserves, in accordance with the provisions of our Articles of Association. Any right of a shareholder to receive share certificates in relation to its ordinary shares is excluded to the extent permitted by law and to the extent that the issuance of a share certificate is not required under the rules of any stock exchange on which the ordinary shares are admitted to trading. The Company is entitled to issue share certificates representing individual ordinary shares (single certificate) or several ordinary shares (global certificate).
Our ordinary shares are freely transferable under Dutch law. The transfer of ordinary shares requires the execution of a notarial deed before a Dutch notary and is further subject to Dutch law requirements.
Anti-takeover Provisions of Our Charter Documents
Our Articles of Association do not include any provisions that would have a direct effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control. However, in the event of a hostile takeover, we could increase our share capital to issue new shares to an investor at a premium. An increase in the number of shares could have a negative effect on a party’s ability to carry out a hostile takeover. Furthermore, our Articles of Association contain provisions that will restrict the rights that our general meeting has, including that Management Board members can only be appointed upon a binding nomination thereto by our Supervisory Board, and that certain resolutions by our general meeting, such as a resolution to amend our articles of association, to enter
 
141

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
into a legal merger and to enter into a legal demerger, may only be adopted upon the proposal by our Management Board, which proposal is subject to the approval by our Supervisory Board.
The Dutch Corporate Governance Code recommends that, before exercising a right to request an item be added to the agenda of our general meeting, our Management Board should first be consulted by those seeking to exercise such rights. If the envisaged exercise of such rights might result in a change to the company’s strategy, such as by dismissing one or more Management Board or Supervisory Board members, the Management Board should be given the opportunity to invoke a reasonable period, not to exceed 180 days from the moment the board receives notice of the intention to exercise the rights as described above, to respond to such intention. If invoked, the Management Board should use the response period for further deliberation and constructive consultation and should explore available alternatives. The Supervisory Board will monitor this process. Shareholders and others with meeting rights are expected to observe the response period, if invoked by the Management Board. The response period may be invoked only once for any given general meeting and shall not apply (a) in respect of a matter for which a response period has been previously invoked; or (b) if a shareholder holds at least seventy-five percent (75%) of our issued share capital as a consequence of a successful public bid.
The provisions of Dutch law relating to public bids and takeovers do not apply.
Future Changes to the Share Capital
Share Capital
Under Dutch law and our Articles of Association, the general meeting is authorized to issue shares. The general meeting may delegate its powers in this respect to another corporate body of MYT Netherlands and may revoke such delegation. On September 17, 2020, the general meeting resolved to delegate the authority to issue shares to the Management Board for a period of five years. The authority to issue shares is unlimited. A share issue is effective as of the moment of the execution of a notarial deed of issuance of shares before a Dutch notary.
Subscription Rights
Under Dutch law, every shareholder is generally entitled to subscription rights (commonly known as pre-emptive rights) to any new shares issued in proportion to the number of shares he or she holds in the company’s existing share capital. Under our Articles of Association, any pre-emptive rights of shareholders are fully excluded and no shareholder has any pre-emptive right on any further share issue or any grant of rights to subscribe for shares.
Corporate Purpose of MYT Netherlands
The purpose of MYT Netherlands is to hold and manage our subsidiaries, which are active in the field of the sale and marketing of products of any kind, especially of textiles, apparel, leather goods, cosmetics and accessories. The management of our subsidiaries includes the rendering of services to our subsidiaries.
Dividends
MYT Netherlands may make distributions to the extent that its equity exceeds the reserves that it must maintain pursuant to applicable laws or our Articles of Association. Under our Articles of Association, the Management Board may resolve to make distributions, provided that the approval of the Supervisory Board has been obtained. Pursuant to and in accordance with a proposal thereto by the Management Board, which proposal has been approved by the Supervisory Board, the general meeting may also resolve to make distributions.
Shareholders participate in distributions in proportion to the number of shares they hold. Dividends and other distributions shall be made payable not later than the date determined by the Management Board. Distributions on shares resolved by the general meeting are paid, in compliance with the rules of the respective clearing system and subject to Dutch law (i.e. article 2:216 Dutch Civil Code and approval of the Management Board). Dividend or other distribution payment claims are subject to a five-year statute of limitation in favor
 
142

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of MYT Netherlands from the date that such dividends or distributions become payable and any such amounts will be considered to have been forfeited to us.
Under Dutch law, a party receiving such distribution who knows or could reasonably be expected to foresee that the distribution would make the Company unable to continue paying any of its due and payable debts shall be liable to the company for payment of the shortfall created by the distribution, with said liability not to exceed the amount of the distribution received by that party and with due observance of the provisions of prevailing law.
Under Dutch law, there are no exchange controls applicable to the transfer to persons outside of the Netherlands of dividends or other distributions with respect to, or of the proceeds from the sale of, shares of a Dutch company, subject to applicable restrictions under sanctions and measures, including those adopted by the United Nations and the European Union, as also implemented in the Netherlands via the Sanctions Act of 1977 (Sanctiewet 1977) as well as terrorism-related listings by the Dutch government, or other laws, applicable anti-boycott regulations and similar rules. There are no special restrictions in the Articles of Association or Dutch law that limit the right of shareholders who are not citizens or residents of the Netherlands to hold or vote shares in MYT Netherlands.
General Meetings of Shareholders and Voting Rights
Each ordinary share is entitled to one vote.
There is in principle no quorum required for a general meeting. In principle, the adoption of any resolution by our general meeting requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes permitted to be cast by persons present and voting at a general meeting at which a quorum is present or, in each case, a unanimous resolution in writing. Resolutions may also be adopted outside a meeting, subject to the requirements set out in Dutch law, including that all persons with meeting rights consent to such method of decision-making.
Pursuant to Dutch law and our Articles of Association, the convening notice for a general meeting must be made public at least eight days prior to the meeting.
Pursuant to our Articles of Association, general meetings may be held in the district of Munich, Germany or in certain other municipalities within the Federal Republic of Germany set forth in our Articles of Association. Generally, general meetings are convened by our Management Board or by our Supervisory Board. Shareholders who individually or together with other shareholders represent at least one percent of the issued share capital may submit a written request that a general meeting be convened, provided that such request contains a detailed description of the items to be addressed at such general meeting. The Management Board and the Supervisory Board must take the necessary steps to ensure that a general meeting is held within four weeks of its receipt of such request, unless this action would conflict with a substantial interest of MYT Netherlands. If such general meeting has not been convened within four weeks following such shareholder’s request, the shareholders making the request may, upon their request, be authorized by the court in summary proceedings to convene a general meeting. Shareholders who individually or together with other shareholders represent at least one percent of the issued share capital may request the Management Board and Supervisory Board in writing for the addition of one or several items to the agenda of any general meeting. Such requests must be made in writing at least 30 days before the day of the general meeting. The Management Board and Supervisory Board can reject such request if this would conflict with a substantial interest of MYT Netherlands.
No resolutions may be adopted on items other than those that have been included in the agenda. Resolutions may be adopted if not all meeting formalities have been met, subject to the requirements set out in Dutch law, including that all persons with meeting rights consent to such method of decision-making.
Repurchase Rights
The Management Board may resolve to acquire shares in the share capital of MYT Netherlands, subject to approval of the Supervisory Board. The Company may not cast votes on, and is not entitled to dividends or other distributions paid on, shares held by it nor will such shares be counted for the purpose of calculating a voting quorum. Votes may be cast on shares held by the Company if the shares are encumbered with a right of usufruct or pledge that benefits a party other than the Company or a subsidiary, the voting right attached to
 
143

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
those shares accrues to another party and the right of usufruct or pledge was established by a party other than the Company or a subsidiary before the shares belonged to the Company or the subsidiary.
Squeeze-Out of Minority Shareholders
Pursuant to the Dutch Civil Code, a shareholder or holder of depositary receipts who for his own account holds at least 95% of a Dutch private company with limited liability’s issued share capital may institute proceedings against such company’s minority shareholders or holders of depositary receipts jointly for the transfer of their shares to it. The proceedings are held before the Enterprise Chamber and can be instituted by means of a writ of summons served upon each of the minority shareholders or holders of depositary receipts in accordance with the provisions of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure (Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering). The Enterprise Chamber may grant the claim for squeeze-out in relation to all minority shareholders or holders of depositary receipts and will determine the price to be paid for the shares, if necessary after appointment of one or three experts who will offer an opinion to the Enterprise Chamber on the value to be paid for the shares of the minority shareholders or holders of depositary receipts. Once the order to transfer becomes final before the Enterprise Chamber, the person acquiring the shares shall give written notice of the date and place of payment and the price to the holders of the shares to be acquired whose addresses are known to him. Unless the addresses of all of them are known to him, he is required to publish the same in a daily newspaper with nationwide circulation.
Exclusive Forum Provisions in the Articles of Association
Unless MYT Netherlands consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the competent court in Amsterdam shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary or other duty owed by any supervisory director, management director, officer, employee, or agent of MYT Netherlands to MYT Netherlands or MYT Netherlands’ shareholders (ii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Dutch Civil Code, the articles of association of MYT Netherlands or the rules of procedure of the Supervisory Board or the Management Board or (iii) any action asserting a claim pertaining to the internal affairs of MYT Netherlands.
Unless MYT Netherlands consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the rules or regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes.
Dissolution and Liquidation Rights
MYT Netherlands may only be dissolved (liquidated) by a resolution of the general meeting upon proposal by the Supervisory Board. If the general meeting has resolved to dissolve the Company, the Management Board must carry out the liquidation of the Company, unless otherwise resolved by the general meeting. The Supervisory Board is charged with the supervision of the liquidation. During liquidation, the provisions of the Articles of Association will remain in force where possible. If we are liquidated, any assets remaining after the debts have been settled would be distributed among our shareholders in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of their individual holdings in accordance with Dutch law. Dutch law provides certain protections for creditors which must be observed in the event of liquidation.
Registration of the Company with Dutch Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce
We are a private company with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) and registered with the Trade Register held by the Chamber of Commerce in the Netherlands under number 74988441.
Listing
We have applied to list the ADSs on the NYSE under the symbol “MYTE.”
Differences in Corporate Law
The applicable provisions of Dutch law on private companies with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a
 
144

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
summary of certain differences between the provisions of applicable Dutch law and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware relating to shareholders’ rights and protections. This summary is not intended to be a complete discussion of the respective rights and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to Delaware law and Dutch law.
The Netherlands
Delaware
Board System
A Dutch B.V. may choose to have a two-tier board structure composed of the Management Board and the Supervisory Board. We have chosen this structure.
The Management Board is responsible for running the company’s affairs and representing the company in dealings with third parties.
The Supervisory Board has a supervisory and advisory function. The Supervisory Board does not actively manage the company but certain Management Board actions require the approval of the Supervisory Board. The absence of the approval of the Supervisory Board shall result in the relevant resolution being null and void, but shall not affect the powers of representation of the Management Board or its members.
Under Delaware law, a corporation has a unitary board structure, and it is the responsibility of the board of directors to appoint and oversee the management of the corporation on behalf of and in the best interests of the stockholders of the corporation.
Management is responsible for running the corporation and overseeing its day-to-day operations.
Appointment and Number of Directors
The Articles of Association of MYT Netherlands provide that there will be at least one member of the Management Board, and the actual number of the members of the Management Board will be determined by the Supervisory Board.
Management Board members are appointed by the general meeting upon a binding nomination of the Supervisory Board.
The general meeting has the right to overrule the binding nature of the nomination of the Supervisory Board by a resolution of the general meeting adopted with a two-thirds majority of the votes cast representing more than half of
Under Delaware law, a corporation must have at least one director and the number of directors shall be fixed by or in the manner provided in the bylaws.
 
145

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Netherlands
Delaware
the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company. If the binding nomination is overruled, the Supervisory Board shall draw up a new binding nomination to be voted upon in the next general meeting.
Members of the Management Board are appointed for a period of four years, provided that, unless a member of the Management Board retires sooner or upon his or her appointment a term shorter than four years has been determined, his or her term shall expire as of the moment of the closing of the annual general meeting, to be held in the fourth calendar year following the year of his or her appointment. A member of our Management Board may be re-appointed with due observance of the previous sentence.
The Articles of Association of MYT Netherlands provide that the Supervisory Board must consist of at least three Supervisory Board members.
The actual number of Supervisory Board members shall be determined by the Supervisory Board.
Subject to the shareholding of MYT Holding (as further explained below), the Articles of Association provide that members of the Supervisory Board are appointed by the general meeting for a maximum term of four years provided that, unless a member of the Supervisory Board retires sooner or upon his or her appointment a term shorter than four years has been determined, his or her term shall expire at the closing of the annual a general meeting to be held in the fourth calendar year after the year of his or her appointment. From and after the
 
146

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Netherlands
Delaware
date MYT Holding directly or indirectly owns less than 25% of the issued and outstanding share capital of MYT Netherlands, MYT Netherlands will be required to file a declaration confirming such event with the Dutch Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce and to publish a public announcement confirming such filing. Effective at the time of filing of such declaration, the terms of the members of the Supervisory Board then in office will automatically be reduced to expire at the closing of the next annual general meeting, and thereafter the term of all members of the Supervisory Board will expire each year at the closing of the annual general meeting. A member of our Supervisory Board may be reappointed with due observance of the previous two sentences.
Removal of Directors
The general meeting and the Supervisory Board are authorized to dismiss, with or without cause, a member of the Management Board from office at any time.
The general meeting and the Supervisory Board are authorized to suspend a member of the Management Board from office at any time. The general meeting may lift such suspension at any time and such suspension will automatically lapse if the general meeting does not resolve to dismiss such member of the Management Board within three months of such suspension.
The general meeting may at any time suspend or dismiss, with or without cause, any member of the Supervisory Board. The general meeting may lift such suspension at any time and such suspension will automatically lapse if the general meeting does not resolve to dismiss such member of the
Under Delaware law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except (i) unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, in the case of a corporation whose board of directors is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause; or (ii) in the case of a corporation having cumulative voting, if less than the entire board of directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there are classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which he is a part.
 
147

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Netherlands
Delaware
Supervisory Board within three months of such suspension.
Vacancies on the Board of Directors
Vacancies on the Management Board are filled by the general meeting upon a binding nomination of the Supervisory Board. In the event of the absence or inability to act of all the members of our Management Board or the sole remaining member of our Management Board, a person appointed for that purpose by the Supervisory Board shall be temporarily charged with the management of the Company.
A vacancy on the Supervisory Board does not affect the valid composition of the Supervisory Board.
Under Delaware law, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office (even though less than a quorum) or by a sole remaining director unless (i) otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the corporation or (ii) the certificate of incorporation directs that a particular class of stock is to elect such director, in which case a majority of the other directors elected by such class, or a sole remaining director elected by such class, will fill such vacancy.
Annual general meeting At least once during each financial year, an annual general meeting has to be held. The annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meeting must be held in the district of Munich, or in certain other municipalities within the Federal Republic of Germany specified in our Articles of Association, as decided by the Management Board. An annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meeting may also be held in any other location if all holders of meeting rights have agreed with the location and the members of the Management Board and Supervisory Board have had the opportunity to advise the general meeting. Under Delaware law, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or as provided in the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.
General meeting
Under the law, extraordinary general meetings, in addition to the annual general meeting, may be called by either the Management Board or by the Supervisory Board.
Shareholders who individually or together with other shareholders represent at least 1% of issued share capital may submit a
Under Delaware law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.
 
148

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Netherlands
Delaware
written request that a general meeting be convened, provided that such request contains a detailed description of the items to be addressed at said general meeting. The Management Board and the Supervisory Board must take the necessary steps to ensure that a general meeting is held within four weeks of its receipt of such request, unless this would conflict with a substantial interest of MYT Netherlands. If such general meeting has not been convened within four weeks following such shareholder’s request, the shareholders making such request may, upon their request, be authorized by the court in summary proceedings to convene a general meeting.
Notice of General meetings Under applicable Dutch law, unless a longer period is otherwise provided for in the articles of association or applies because of registration requirements stipulated in the articles of association, the shareholders must be given at least eight days’ advance notice of the general meeting. Such notices must at least specify the name of the company, and the location, date and time of the general meeting. In addition, the notice must contain the agenda items as well. Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, written notice of any meeting of the stockholders must be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting and shall specify the place, date, hour, and purpose or purposes of the meeting.
Proxy
A shareholder may designate another person to attend, speak and vote at a general meeting of the company on such shareholder’s behalf by written proxy.
With respect to Management Board meetings, a Management Board member may participate in voting by issuing a written vote via another Management Board member entitled to attend the Management Board meeting.
Under Delaware law, at any meeting of stockholders, a stockholder may designate another person to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A director of a Delaware corporation may not issue a proxy representing the director’s voting rights as a director.
With respect to Supervisory Board meetings, a Supervisory
 
149

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Netherlands
Delaware
Board member may participate in voting by issuing a written vote to another Supervisory Board member entitled to attend the Supervisory Board meeting.
Preemptive Rights Under Dutch law, every shareholder is generally entitled to subscription rights (commonly known as preemptive rights) to any new shares issued in proportion to the number of shares he or she holds in the company’s existing share capital. Under our Articles of Association, any pre-emptive rights of shareholders are fully excluded and no shareholder has any pre-emptive right on any further share issue or any grant of rights to subscribe for shares. Under Delaware law, stockholders have no preemptive rights to subscribe to additional issues of stock or to any security convertible into such stock unless, and except to the extent that, such rights are expressly provided for in the certificate of incorporation.
Authority to Allot Under Dutch law and the Articles of Association of MYT Netherlands, the general meeting is authorized to issue shares. The general meeting may delegate its powers in this respect to another corporate body of MYT Netherlands and may revoke such delegation. On September 17, 2020, the general meeting resolved to delegate the authority to issue shares to the Management Board for a period of five years. The authority to issue shares is unlimited. A share issue is effective as of the moment of the execution of a notarial deed of issuance of shares before a Dutch notary. Under Delaware law, if the corporation’s certificate of incorporation so provides, the board of directors has the power to authorize the issuance of stock. It may authorize capital stock to be issued for consideration consisting of cash, any tangible or intangible property or any benefit to the corporation or any combination thereof. It may determine the amount of such consideration by approving a formula. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the directors as to the value of such consideration is conclusive.
Liability of Directors and Officers Under Dutch law, any provision, whether contained in the company’s articles of association or any contract or otherwise, that purports to exempt a Management or Supervisory Board member from any liability that would otherwise attach to such board member in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company may not be enforceable.
Under Delaware law, a corporation’s certificate of incorporation may include a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation and its stockholders for damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, no provision can limit the liability of a director for:

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the
 
150

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Netherlands
Delaware
Under Dutch law, under special circumstances, members of both the Management Board and members of the Supervisory Board may be held liable to the company, to third parties or shareholders, for any damage caused to them due to serious negligence (ernstig verwijt). Apart from insolvency or special circumstances, only the company has the right to claim damages from members of either board. It is customary for the company to waive such claims against the members of the management and supervisory boards in the course of the adoption of the annual accounts. Such waiver only covers events that are reflected in the annual accounts.
corporation or its stockholders;

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

intentional or negligent payment of unlawful dividends or stock purchases or redemptions; or

any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.
Voting Rights Each ordinary share is entitled to one vote. Delaware law provides that, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.
Shareholder Vote on Certain Transactions
In principle, the adoption of any resolution by the general meeting, including resolutions approving any merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of MYT Netherlands or dissolution, requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes permitted to be cast by persons present and voting at a general meeting at which a quorum is present.
Resolutions may also be adopted outside a meeting, subject to the requirements set out in Dutch law, including that all persons with meeting rights consent to such method of decision-making.
Generally, under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation provides for a greater vote, any merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of a corporation’s assets or dissolution requires:

the approval of the board of directors; and

approval by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereof and, if the certificate of incorporation provides for a separate vote of any class or series of stock, the approval by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock of a corporation entitled to vote on the matter.
Standard of Conduct for Directors Members of the Management Board have a general duty to Delaware law does not contain specific provisions setting forth
 
151

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Netherlands
Delaware
exercise care and skill towards the Company, according to which each member of the Management Board should properly perform his duties. The standard that applies is that of a capable member of the Management Board who exercises his or her tasks meticulously.
The Management Board is charged with managing the Company. Dutch law does not describe what is meant by “managing”; the scope of what is considered to be part of managing the Company depends on the type of enterprise being managed, its articles of association and its activities.
In any case, Dutch law explicitly includes the following duties:
(i)
keeping records of the Company’s financial position and of everything concerning its activities, as well as keeping the Company’s books, records and other databases (including the shareholders’ register) in such a manner that the Company’s rights and obligations can be ascertained from them at all times;
(ii)
preparing and filing the Company’s annual accounts with the Trade Register on time;
(iii)
registering the Company with the Trade Register and keeping the registered information up to date;
(iv)
preparing general meetings; and
(v)
representing the Company.
the standard of conduct of a director. The scope of the fiduciary duties of directors is generally determined by the courts of the State of Delaware. In general, directors have a duty to act without self-interest, on a well-informed basis and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interest of the stockholders.
Directors of a Delaware corporation owe fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to the corporation and to its stockholders. The duty of care generally requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. In general, but subject to certain exceptions, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Delaware courts have also imposed a heightened standard of conduct upon directors of a Delaware corporation who take any action designed to defeat a threatened change in control of the corporation.
The Supervisory Board’s duty is to supervise the policy of the Management Board, the general course of affairs of the Company In addition, under Delaware law, when the board of directors of a Delaware corporation approves the sale or break-up of a
 
152

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Netherlands
Delaware
and of the enterprise connected with it and to advise the Management Board. The standard that applies is that of a capable member of the Management Board who exercises his or her tasks meticulously. corporation, the board of directors may, in certain circumstances, have a duty to obtain the highest value reasonably available to the stockholders.
Under Dutch law, the corporate interest extends to the interests of all corporate stakeholders, such as shareholders, creditors, employees, customers and suppliers.
Stockholder Actions
Under Dutch law, generally, the company, rather than its shareholders, is the proper claimant in an action with respect to a wrong committed against the company, or in cases where there is an irregularity in the company’s internal management or supervision. Therefore, such claims may only be raised by the company represented by its Management Board. In the case of a wrong committed by a member of the Management Board, the other members of the Management Board may raise such claim on behalf of the Company. This does not preclude claims from third parties against such Management Board Member that has committed a wrong.
Under Delaware law, a stockholder may initiate a derivative action to enforce a right of a corporation if the corporation fails to enforce the right itself. The complaint must:

state that the plaintiff was a stockholder at the time of the transaction of which the plaintiff complains or that the plaintiffs shares thereafter devolved on the plaintiff by operation of law; and

either (i) allege with particularity the efforts made by the plaintiff to obtain the action the plaintiff desires from the directors and the reasons for the plaintiff’s failure to obtain the action, or (ii) or state the reasons for not making the effort.
The Management Board, or, if a claim is against a member of the Management Board, the Supervisory Board, is obliged to pursue the company’s claims against the designated individuals if so resolved by a simple majority of votes cast during a general meeting provided this is specified in the company’s articles of association. With a simple majority of votes, shareholders can request that a representative pursues the claim on behalf of the company.
Additionally, the plaintiff must remain a stockholder through the duration of the derivative suit. The action will not be dismissed or compromised without the approval of the Delaware Court of Chancery.
If the company is unable to fulfill
 
153

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Netherlands
Delaware
its third-party obligations, the company’s creditors may pursue the company’s damage claims against members of the Management Board for certain wrongdoings if such members acted unlawfully towards those third parties.
 
154

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
American Depositary Shares
The depositary will register and deliver ADSs. Each ADS will represent one ordinary share (or a right to receive one ordinary share) deposited with the custodian. Each ADS will also represent any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by the depositary. The deposited shares together with any other securities, cash or other property held by the depositary are referred to as the deposited securities. The depositary’s office at which the ADSs will be administered and its principal executive office are located at 240 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10286.
You may hold ADSs either (a) directly (i) by having an ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (ii) by having uncertificated ADSs registered in your name, or (b) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through your broker or other financial institution that is a direct or indirect participant in The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”). If you hold ADSs directly, you are a registered ADS holder (“ADS holder”). If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution for more information regarding those products. Registered holders of uncertificated ADSs will receive statements from the depositary confirming their holdings.
As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. Dutch law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As a registered holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary, ADS holders and all other persons indirectly or beneficially holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs.
The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR. Directions on how to obtain copies of those documents are described in “Where You Can Find More Information.”
Dividends and Other Distributions
How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?
The depositary has agreed to pay or distribute to ADS holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities, upon payment or deduction of its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of shares your ADSs represent.
Cash.   The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on our ordinary shares into U.S. Dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. Dollars to the United States. If that is not possible or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.
Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes, or other governmental charges that must be paid will be deducted. See “Material Tax Considerations,” below. The depositary will distribute only whole U.S. Dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some of the value of the distribution.
Shares.   The depositary may distribute additional ADSs representing any ordinary shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will sell ordinary shares which would require it to deliver a fraction of an ADS (or ADSs representing those shares) and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, the
 
155

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
outstanding ADSs will also represent the new shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed ordinary shares (or ADSs representing those shares) sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.
Rights to purchase additional shares.   If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional ordinary shares or any other rights, the depositary may (i) exercise those rights on behalf of ADS holders, (ii) distribute those rights to ADS holders, or (iii) sell those rights and distribute the net proceeds to ADS holders, in each case after deduction or upon payment of its fees and expenses. To the extent the depositary does not do any of those things, it will allow the rights to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them. The depositary will exercise or distribute rights only if we ask it to and provide satisfactory assurances to the depositary that it is legal to do so. If the depositary will exercise rights, it will purchase the securities to which the rights relate and distribute those securities or, in the case of shares, new ADSs representing the new shares, to subscribing ADS holders, but only if ADS holders have paid the exercise price to the depositary. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute rights or ADSs or other securities issued on exercise of rights to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.
There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to exercise rights on the same terms and conditions as the holders of our ordinary shares or be able to exercise such rights at all.
Other Distributions.   The depositary will send to ADS holders anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, equitable and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary has a choice. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to ADS holders unless it receives satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute securities to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.
The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.
Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation
How are ADSs issued?
The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposits ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.
How can ADS holders withdraw the deposited securities?
You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary for the purpose of withdrawal. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the ordinary shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to the ADS holder or a person the ADS holder designates at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its office, if feasible. The depositary may charge you a fee and its expenses for instructing the custodian regarding delivery of deposited securities.
How do ADS holders interchange between certificated ADSs and uncertificated ADSs?
You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send to the ADS holder a statement confirming that the
 
156

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ADS holder is the registered holder of uncertificated ADSs. Upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to the ADS holder an ADR evidencing those ADSs.
Voting Rights
How do you vote?
ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote the number of deposited ordinary shares their ADSs represent at any general meeting at which you are entitled to vote pursuant to applicable law and our articles of association. Upon receipt of notice of any general meeting, if we ask it to, the depositary will notify you of such general meeting and send or make voting materials available to you. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they must reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of the Netherlands and the provisions of our Articles of Association or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities as instructed by ADS holders. If we do not request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions, you can still send voting instructions, and, in that case, the depositary may try to vote as you instruct, but it is not required to do so.
Except by instructing the depositary as described above, you will not be able to exercise voting rights unless you surrender your ADSs and withdraw the ordinary shares. However, you may not know about the general meeting sufficiently in advance to withdraw the ordinary shares. In any event, the depositary will not exercise any discretion in voting deposited securities and it will only vote or attempt to vote as instructed.
We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your ordinary shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise voting rights and there may be nothing you can do if your ordinary shares are not voted as you requested.
In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Deposited Securities, if we request the depositary to act, we agree to give the depositary notice of any such general meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 40 days in advance of the meeting date.
The depositary will not vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote or exercise any voting discretion, other than in accordance with such instructions received from ADS holders.
If we asked the depositary to solicit your instructions at least 40 days before the meeting date but the depositary does not receive voting instructions from you by the specified date, and we confirm to the depositary that:

we wish to receive a discretionary proxy,

as of the instruction cutoff date, we reasonably do not know of any substantial shareholder opposition to the particular question and

the particular question would not be materially adverse to the interests of our shareholders,
then the depositary will consider you to have authorized and directed it to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote the number of deposited securities represented by your ADSs as to that question.
 
157

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Fees and Expenses
Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or
ADS holders must pay:
For:
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of          ADSs) Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property
Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates
$0.05 (or less) per ADS Any cash distribution to ADS holders
Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities (including rights) that are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders
$0.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year Depositary services
Registration or transfer fees Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
Expenses of the depositary Cable and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)
Converting foreign currency to U.S. Dollars
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADSs or shares underlying ADSs, such as stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes As necessary
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities As necessary
The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing ordinary shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.
From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for services provided to us by the depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.
The depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates, or the custodian or we may convert currency and pay U.S. Dollars to the depositary. Where the depositary converts currency itself or through any of its affiliates, the depositary acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account. The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under the deposit agreement and the rate that the depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account. The depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained by it or its affiliate in any currency conversion under the deposit agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the
 
158

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, subject to the depositary’s obligation to act without negligence or bad faith. The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions made by the depositary is available upon request. Where the custodian converts currency, the custodian has no obligation to obtain the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or to ensure that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, and the depositary makes no representation that the rate is the most favorable rate and will not be liable for any direct or indirect losses associated with the rate. In certain instances, the depositary may receive dividends or other distributions from us in U.S. Dollars that represent the proceeds of a conversion of foreign currency or translation from foreign currency at a rate that was obtained or determined by us. In such cases, the depositary will not engage in, or be responsible for, any foreign currency transactions and neither we nor the depositary make any representation that the rate obtained or determined by us is the most favorable rate and neither it nor we will be liable for any direct or indirect losses associated with the rate.
Payment of Taxes
You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable with respect to your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until those taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to ADS holders any proceeds, or send to ADS holders any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.
Tender and Exchange Offers; Redemption, Replacement or Cancellation of Deposited Securities
The depositary will not tender deposited securities in any voluntary tender or exchange offer unless instructed to do by an ADS holder surrendering ADSs and subject to any conditions or procedures the depositary may establish. If deposited securities are redeemed for cash in a transaction that is mandatory for the depositary as a holder of deposited securities, the depositary will call for surrender of a corresponding number of ADSs and distribute the net redemption money to the holders of called ADSs upon surrender of those ADSs. If there is any change in the deposited securities such as a subdivision, combination or other reclassification, or any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization affecting the issuer of deposited securities in which the depositary receives new securities in exchange for or in lieu of the old deposited securities, the depositary will hold those replacement securities as deposited securities under the deposit agreement. However, if the depositary decides it would not be lawful to hold the replacement securities because those securities could not be distributed to ADS holders or for any other reason, the depositary may instead sell the replacement securities and distribute the net proceeds upon surrender of the ADSs.
If there is a replacement of the deposited securities and the depositary will continue to hold the replacement securities, the depositary may distribute new ADSs representing the new deposited securities or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADSs in exchange for new ADSs identifying the new deposited securities.
If there are no deposited securities underlying ADSs, including if the deposited securities are cancelled, or if the deposited securities underlying ADSs have become apparently worthless, the depositary may call for surrender of those ADSs or cancel those ADSs upon notice to the ADS holders.
Amendment and Termination
How may the deposit agreement be amended?
We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADSs without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADSs and the deposit agreement as amended.
 
159

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
How may the deposit agreement be terminated?
The depositary will initiate termination of the deposit agreement if we instruct it to do so. The depositary may initiate termination of the deposit agreement if:

60 days have passed since the depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment;

we delist the ADSs from an exchange in the United States on which they were listed and do not list the ADSs on another exchange in the United States or make arrangements for trading of ADSs on the U.S. over-the-counter market;

we delist our shares from an exchange outside the United States on which they were listed and do not list the shares on another exchange outside the United States;

the depositary has reason to believe the ADSs have become, or will become, ineligible for registration on Form F-6 under the Securities Act of 1933;

we appear to be insolvent or enter insolvency proceedings;

all or substantially all the value of the deposited securities has been distributed either in cash or in the form of securities;

there are no deposited securities underlying the ADSs or the underlying deposited securities have become apparently worthless; or

there has been a replacement of deposited securities.
If the deposit agreement will terminate, the depositary will notify ADS holders at least 90 days before the termination date. At any time after the termination date, the depositary may sell the deposited securities. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. Normally, the depositary will sell as soon as practicable after the termination date.
After the termination date and before the depositary sells, ADS holders can still surrender their ADSs and receive delivery of deposited securities, except that the depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing deposited securities if it would interfere with the selling process. The depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing sale proceeds until all the deposited securities have been sold. The depositary will continue to collect distributions on deposited securities, but, after the termination date, the depositary is not required to register any transfer of ADSs or distribute any dividends or other distributions on deposited securities to the ADSs holder (until they surrender their ADSs) or give any notices or perform any other duties under the deposit agreement except as described in this paragraph.
Limitations on Obligations and Liability
Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs
The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith and the depositary will not be a fiduciary or have any fiduciary duty to holders of ADSs;

are not liable if we are or it is prevented or delayed by law or by events or circumstances beyond our or its control from performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement;

are not liable if we or it exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;
 
160

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other person;

are not liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system;

may rely upon any documents we believe or it believes in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person; and

the depositary has no duty to make any determination or provide any information as to our tax status, or any liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by ADS holders as a result of owning or holding ADSs or be liable for the inability or failure of an ADS holder to obtain the benefit of a foreign tax credit, reduced rate of withholding or refund of amounts withheld in respect of tax or any other tax benefit.
In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.
Requirements for Depositary Actions
Before the depositary will deliver or register a transfer of ADSs, make a distribution on ADSs, or permit withdrawal of ordinary shares, the depositary may require:

payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any shares or other deposited securities;

satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.
The depositary may refuse to deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.
Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying your ADSs
ADS holders have the right to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares at any time except:

when temporary delays arise because: (i) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (ii) the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a general meeting; or (iii) we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares;

when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of shares or other deposited securities.
This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.
Direct Registration System
In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the Direct Registration System (“DRS”) and Profile Modification System (“Profile”) will apply to the ADSs. DRS is a system administered by DTC that facilitates interchange between registered holding of uncertificated ADSs and holding of security entitlements in ADSs through DTC and a DTC participant. Profile is a feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register that transfer.
In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the deposit agreement understand that the depositary will not determine whether the DTC
 
161

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery as described in the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). In the deposit agreement, the parties agree that the depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the depositary through the DRS/Profile system and in accordance with the deposit agreement will not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the depositary.
Shareholder Communications; Inspection of Register of Holders of ADSs
The depositary will make available for your inspection at its office all communications that it receives from us as a holder of deposited securities that we make generally available to holders of deposited securities. The depositary will send you copies of those communications or otherwise make those communications available to you if we ask it to. You have a right to inspect the register of holders of ADSs, but not for the purpose of contacting those holders about a matter unrelated to our business or the ADSs.
Jury Trial Waiver
The deposit agreement provides that, to the extent permitted by law, ADS holders waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our ordinary shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under the U.S. federal securities laws. If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver is enforceable in the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with applicable case law. By agreeing to this jury trial waiver provision, however, ADS holders will not be deemed to have waived our or the depositary’s compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Exclusive Forum Provisions for U.S. Securities Claims
The deposit agreement provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the rules or regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any direct or indirect interest in our ADS shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this exclusive forum provision.
 
162

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for ADSs or our ordinary shares, and we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for ADSs following this offering. We cannot predict what effect sales of ADSs in the public market or the availability of ADSs for sale will have on the market price of ADSs. Future sales of substantial amounts of ADSs in the public market, including ordinary shares issued upon exercise of options or warrants, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of ADSs and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of ADSs or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.
Upon completion of this offering, based on ADSs outstanding as of the date of this prospectus (as adjusted for the share split described herein), 87,813,551 ADSs, or 90,214,633 ADSs if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, will be outstanding. All of the ADSs expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for ADSs held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, who are subject to lock-up restrictions or are restricted from selling shares by Rule 144. The remaining outstanding ADSs will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701, and assuming no extension of the lock-up period and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs, the ADSs that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

No ADSs or ordinary shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and

72,166,492 ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable, will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
Lock-up Agreements
We, the members of our Supervisory and Management Boards and officers and all of the holders of our equity securities have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, pledge sell, contract to sell, transfer, lend or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ADSs, ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for ADSs or ordinary shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters. These agreements are described below under the section captioned “Underwriters.”
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any ADSs, ordinary shares or other securities subject to a lock-up with the underwriters and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any ADSs, ordinary shares or other securities subject to a lock-up, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of ADSs, ordinary shares or other securities requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for ADSs and whether the holder of our ordinary shares requesting the release is an officer, a member of our Supervisory and Management Boards or other affiliate of ours.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate for purposes of the Securities Act and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any ordinary shares that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation
 
163

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
provisions of Rule 144. Sales of our ordinary shares by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.
In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell ordinary shares acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

the person has beneficially owned the ordinary shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.
Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned ordinary shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of ordinary shares that does not exceed the greater of:

1.0% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding (including ordinary shares represented by ADSs), which will equal approximately 8,781,355 ADSs immediately after this offering; and

the average weekly trading volume in ADSs on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 a person who purchased ordinary shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell such ordinary shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.
Regulation S
Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
Share Options
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of any ordinary shares issued or reserved for issuance under our share plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering these ordinary shares after the date of this prospectus, which will permit the resale of such shares by persons who are non-affiliates of ours in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act, subject, with respect to certain of the ordinary shares, to the provisions of the lock-up agreements described above.
 
164

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
EXCHANGE CONTROLS AND LIMITATIONS AFFECTING SHAREHOLDERS
There are currently no legal restrictions in the Netherlands on international capital movements and foreign exchange transactions, except in limited embargo circumstances relating to certain areas, entities or persons as a result of applicable resolutions and measures adopted by the United Nations and the EU, as well as terrorism-related listing by the Dutch government. Restrictions currently exist with respect to, among others, Afghanistan, Belarus, Central African Republic, DR Congo, Egypt, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Iran, Iraq, Libya, North Korea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sudan, Syria, Tunisia, Ukraine, Venezuela and Zimbabwe.
The Dutch Central Bank (De Nederlandsche Bank N.V., “DNB”) may require any Netherlands resident company to comply with certain notification and registration requirements of DNB in connection with payments to be made or received by such company to or from non-residents of The Netherlands in accordance with the Reporting Instructions Balance of Payments Reports 2003 (Rapportagevoorschriften Betalingsbalansrapportages 2003) issued by DNB pursuant to the External Financial Relations Act 1994 (Wet Financiële Betrekkingen Buitenland 1994). Any Netherlands resident company will have to notify DNB in case it falls within the scope of the External Financial Relations Act 1994. Such notification to DNB may result in a request from DNB to such company to comply with the notification and registration requirements in the first sentence. We intend to notify DNB prior to completion of the offering and expect to fall within the scope of the External Financial Relations Act 1994.
 
165

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following summary contains a description of certain German, Dutch and U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase ADSs. The summary is based upon the tax laws of the Federal Republic of Germany and regulations thereunder, the tax laws of the Netherlands and regulations thereunder and on the tax laws of the United States and regulations thereunder as of the date hereof, which are subject to change.
German Taxation
The following discussion addresses certain German tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of the ADSs. With the exception of the subsection “German Taxation of Holders of ADSs—Taxation of Holders Tax Resident in Germany” below, which provides an overview of dividend taxation to holders that are residents of Germany, this discussion applies only to U.S. treaty beneficiaries (defined below) that acquire ADSs in the offering.
This discussion is based on domestic German tax laws, including, but not limited to, circulars issued by German tax authorities, which are not binding on the German courts, and the Treaty (defined below). It is based upon tax laws in effect at the time of filing of this prospectus. These laws are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. In addition, this discussion is based upon the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. It does not purport to be a comprehensive or exhaustive description of all German tax considerations that may be of relevance in the context of acquiring, owning and disposing of ADSs.
The tax information presented in this section is not a substitute for tax advice. Prospective holders of ADSs should consult their own tax advisors regarding the German tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, disposition, donation or inheritance of ADSs in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any state, local, or other foreign or domestic laws or changes in tax law or interpretation. The same applies with respect to the rules governing the refund of any German dividend withholding tax (Kapitalertragsteuer) withheld. Only an individual tax consultation can appropriately account for the particular tax situation of each investor.
Tax Residence of “MYT Netherlands”
MYT Netherlands intends to operate its business from Germany. The place of effective management of MYT Netherlands is in Germany as the Management Board of the Company consists entirely of German residents who work at the German offices of the company, all meetings of the Management Board are held in Germany, a majority of the other members of senior management are German residents, and MYT Netherlands has its registered address (Geschäftsadresse) and principal place of business in Germany. Since the effective place of management of MYT Netherlands is in Germany, MYT Netherlands is tax resident and subject to unlimited tax liability in Germany. Nevertheless, the effective place of management test depends upon facts and circumstances.
Taxation of MYT Netherlands
As MYT Netherlands has its place of management in Germany, German tax law is applicable to determine the taxable income of MYT Netherlands for German tax purposes and for determining German withholding tax and tax compliance obligations. As a German tax resident, MYT Netherlands’ taxable income, whether distributed or retained, is generally subject to German corporate income tax (Körperschaftsteuer) at a uniform rate of 15% plus the solidarity surcharge (Solidaritätszuschlag) of 5.5% thereon, resulting in a total corporate income tax rate of 15.825%; and German trade tax at an individual municipal rate which varies from 7% to about 21% as of December 2020.
Dividends (Gewinnanteile) and other distributions received by MYT Netherlands from domestic or foreign corporations are exempt from corporate income tax, inter alia, if MYT Netherlands held at the beginning of the calendar year at least 10% of the registered share capital (Grundkapital or Stammkapital) of the distributing corporation which did not deduct the distributions from its own tax base; however, 5% of such revenue is
 
166

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
treated as a non-deductible business expense and, as such, is subject to corporate income tax plus the solidarity surcharge. The acquisition of a participation of at least 10% in the course of a calendar year is deemed to have occurred at the beginning of such calendar year for the purpose of this rule. Participations in the share capital of other corporations which MYT Netherlands holds through a partnership, including co-entrepreneurships (Mitunternehmerschaften), if any, are attributable to MYT Netherlands only on a pro rata basis at its entitlement to the profits of the relevant partnership. Irrespective of the size of the shareholding, profits earned by MYT Netherlands from the sale of shares in another domestic or foreign corporation are exempt from corporate income tax; however, 5% of such profits are treated as non-deductible business expenses, and as such, are subject to corporate income tax plus the solidarity surcharge. Losses incurred from the sale of such shares are not deductible for German tax purposes.
MYT Netherlands is subject to trade tax (Gewerbesteuer) with respect to its taxable trade profit (Gewerbeertrag) from its permanent establishments in local municipalities within Germany (inländische gewerbesteuerliche Betriebsstätten). Trade tax is generally based on the taxable income as determined for corporate income tax purposes taking into account, however, certain add-backs and deductions.
The trade tax rate depends on the local municipalities in which MYT Netherlands maintains its permanent establishments and varies from 7% to about 21% as of December 2020 (the current trade tax rate for Aschheim, the current place of management of MYT Netherlands, is 10.85%).
Dividends received from other corporations and capital gains from the sale of shares in other corporations are treated in principle in the same manner for trade tax purposes as for corporate income tax purposes. However, dividends received from domestic and foreign corporations are effectively 95% exempt from trade tax only if MYT Netherlands held at least 15% of the registered share capital of the distributing corporation at the beginning of the relevant tax assessment period.
Expenditures for external financing are subject to the “interest barrier” (Zinsschranke) rules. When MYT Netherlands calculates its taxable income, the interest barrier rules generally prevent MYT Netherlands from deducting certain net interest expense, i.e., the excess of interest expense over interest income for a given fiscal year, exceeding 30% of its taxable EBITDA (taxable earnings adjusted for interest expense, interest income and certain depreciation/amortization and other reductions) if its net interest expense is, or exceeds, €3 million (Freigrenze) and no other exceptions apply. Special rules apply in the event of external financing undertaken by shareholders or related parties. Interest expense that is not deductible in a given year may be carried forward to subsequent fiscal years of MYT Netherlands (interest carry-forward) and will increase the interest expense in those subsequent years. EBITDA amounts that could not be utilized may, under certain conditions, be carried forward into future fiscal years. If such EBITDA carry-forward is not used within five fiscal years it will be forfeited. An EBITDA carry-forward that arose in an earlier year must be used before a carry-forward that arose in a later year is used. By the decision dated October 14, 2015, the German Federal Fiscal Court (Bundesfinanzhof) submitted to the German Federal Constitutional Court (Bundesverfassungsgericht) the question as to whether or not the interest barrier rule is unconstitutional. The final decision on whether the interest barrier rule violates the constitution now lies with the German Federal Constitutional Court. While a decision has not been issued as of the date of this filing, it may take a few more years until this Court will decide. For the time being, the interest barrier remains applicable, and tax assessments may be kept open. For the purpose of trade tax, however, the deductibility of interest expenses is further restricted to the extent that the sum of certain trade taxable add back items exceeds €200,000. In such cases, 25% of the interest expenses, to the extent they were deducted for corporate income tax purposes, are added back for purposes of the trade tax base; consequently, in these cases the deductibility is limited to 75% of the interest expenses.
Expenditures for intercompany financing may be disallowed in the current and future tax periods. The German ministry of finance issued a new draft bill on the implementation of the EU anti-tax avoidance directive. Amongst others, the draft bill intends to broaden the existing rules on corresponding inclusions and deductions of income and expenses and introduces provisions to counter tax shortfalls due to mismatches from the use of hybrid financial instruments or hybrid entities or due to dual tax residency and, furthermore, introduces new arm’s length provisions on intercompany financing that may ultimately limit the deduction of interest expenses on intercompany loans. If the draft bill is enacted and depending on the final wording of the new legislation, the introduction of aforesaid rules could result in higher taxable income of MYT Netherlands and a higher tax burden for corporate income tax and trade tax purposes of MYT Netherlands in the current and future tax periods.
 
167

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Tax-loss carry-forwards can be used to fully offset taxable income for corporate income tax and trade tax purposes up to an amount of €1 million. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the German legislator provided that for the tax years 2020 and 2021 tax-loss carry-forwards can be fully offset up to an amount of €5 million. If the taxable profit for the year or taxable profit subject to trade taxation exceeds this threshold, only up to 60% of the amount exceeding the threshold may be offset by tax-loss carry-forwards. The remaining 40% is subject to tax (minimum taxation) (Mindestbesteuerung). The rules also provide for a tax carryback to the previous year with regard to corporate income tax up to an amount of €1 million. Unused tax-loss carry-forwards may be generally carried forward indefinitely and used in subsequent assessment periods to offset future taxable income in accordance with this rule.
If more than 50% of the subscribed capital or voting rights of MYT Netherlands are directly or indirectly transferred to an acquirer (including parties related to the acquirer) within five years or comparable circumstances (including a capital increase of the subscribed capital to the extent that it causes a change of the interest ratio in the capital of the corporation) occur, all tax loss carryforwards and interest carryforwards are forfeited. A group of acquirers with aligned interests is also considered to be an acquirer for these purposes. In addition, any current annual losses incurred prior to the acquisition will not be deductible. This does not apply to share transfers if (i) the purchaser directly or indirectly holds a participation of 100% in the transferring entity, (ii) the seller indirectly or directly holds a participation of 100% in the receiving entity, or (iii) the same natural or legal person or commercial partnership directly or indirectly holds a participation of 100% in the transferring and the receiving entity. Furthermore, tax loss carryforwards, unused current losses and interest carryforwards taxable in Germany will not expire to the extent that they are covered by built in gains taxable in Germany at the time of such acquisition. Effective January 1, 2016 a new rule was introduced into the German Corporate Income Tax Act pursuant to which any share transfer that would otherwise be subject to the rules above does not cause the forfeiture of tax loss carryforwards and interest carryforwards resulting from current business operations (Geschäftsbetrieb) of MYT Netherlands, if appropriate application is made and if the current business operations of MYT Netherlands remained the same (i) from the time of its establishment; or (ii) during the last three business years prior to the share transfer and such business operations are maintained after the transfer (“Going Concern Tax Loss Carryforward”). The determination of whether the business operations have been maintained is assessed on the basis of qualitative factors, such as the produced goods and services, target markets, client and supplier bases, etc. However, the tax loss carryforwards and interest carryforwards will be forfeited in any circumstance if, after the share transfer, the business operations of MYT Netherlands become dormant, are amended, MYT Netherlands becomes a partner in an operating partnership, MYT Netherlands becomes a fiscal unity parent, or assets are transferred from MYT Netherlands and recognized at a value lower than the fair market value. This requirement is monitored until the retained tax loss carryforwards and interest carryforwards have been fully utilized.
Currently, a proceeding is pending at the German Federal Constitutional Court whether forfeiture upon ownership changes of more than 50% is constitutional or not. Inter alia, in light of such pending case, the impact of loss forfeiture rules on unutilized losses and interest carry-forwards (possibly also EBITDA carry-forwards) currently remains unclear.
German Taxation of Holders of ADSs
General
Based on the circular issued by the German Federal Ministry of Finance (BMF-Schreiben), dated May 24, 2013, reference number IV C 1-S2204/12/10003, as amended by the circular dated December 18, 2018 (reference number IV C 1-S 2204/12/10003), in respect of the taxation of American Depositary receipts (“ADRs”) on domestic shares (the “ADR Tax Circular”), for German tax purposes, the ADSs represent a beneficial ownership interest in the underlying shares of MYT Netherlands and qualify as ADRs for the purpose of the ADR Tax Circular. If the ADSs qualify as ADRs under the ADR Tax Circular, dividends would accordingly be attributable to holders of the ADSs for German tax purposes, and not to the legal owner of the ADSs (i.e., the financial institution on behalf of which the ADSs are stored at a domestic depository for the ADS holders). Furthermore, holders of the ADSs should be treated as beneficial owners of the capital of MYT Netherlands with respect to capital gains (see below in section “—German Taxation of Capital Gains of the U.S. Treaty Beneficiaries of the ADSs”). However, investors should note that circulars published by the German tax authorities (including the ADR Tax Circular) are not binding on German courts, including
 
168

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
German tax courts, and it is unclear whether a German court would follow the ADR Tax Circular in determining the German tax treatment of the ADSs.
Taxation of Holders Not Tax Resident in Germany
The following discussion describes the material German tax consequences for a holder that is a U.S. treaty beneficiary of acquiring, owning and disposing of the ADSs. For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. treaty beneficiary” is a resident of the United States for purposes of the Convention Between the United States of America and the Federal Republic of Germany for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital and to Certain Other Taxes as of June 4, 2008 (Abkommen zwischen der Bundesrepublik Deutschland und den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika zur Vermeidung der Doppelbesteuerung und zur Verhinderung der Steuerverkürzung auf dem Gebiet der Steuern vom Einkommen und vom Vermögen und einiger anderer Steuern in der Fassung vom 4. Juni 2008) (the “Treaty”), who is fully eligible for benefits under the Treaty.
A holder will be a U.S. treaty beneficiary entitled to full Treaty benefits in respect of the ADSs if it is, inter alia:

the beneficial owner of the ADSs (and the dividends paid with respect thereto);

a U.S. holder;

not also a resident of Germany for German tax purposes; and

not subject to the limitation on benefits (i.e., anti-treaty shopping) article of the Treaty that applies in limited circumstances.
Special rules apply to pension funds and certain other tax-exempt investors.
This discussion does not address the treatment of ADSs that are (i) held in connection with a permanent establishment or fixed base through which a U.S. treaty beneficiary carries on business or performs personal services in Germany or (ii) part of business assets for which a permanent representative in Germany has been appointed.
General Rules for the Taxation of Holders Not Tax Resident in Germany
The full amount of a dividend distributed by MYT Netherlands to a non-German resident holder which does not maintain a permanent establishment or other taxable presence in Germany is subject to (final) German withholding tax at an aggregate rate of 26.375% if and to the extent such dividend is not sourced out of a tax recognized contribution account (steuerliches Einlagekonto). German withholding tax is withheld and remitted to the German tax authorities by the disbursing agent (i.e., the German credit institution, financial services institution, securities trading enterprise or securities trading bank (each as defined in the German Banking Act and in each case including a German branch of a foreign enterprise, but excluding a foreign branch of a German enterprise)) that holds or administers the underlying shares in custody and disburses or credits the dividend income from the underlying shares or disburses or credits the dividend income from the underlying shares on delivery of the dividend coupons or disburses such dividend income to a foreign agent or the central securities depository (Wertpapiersammelbank) in terms of the German Depositary Act (Depotgesetz) holding the underlying shares in a collective deposit, if such central securities depository disburses the dividend income from the underlying shares to a foreign agent, regardless of whether a holder must report the dividend for tax purposes and regardless of whether or not a holder is a resident of Germany.
Pursuant to the Treaty, the German withholding tax may not exceed 15% of the gross amount of the dividends received by U.S. treaty beneficiaries. The excess of the total withholding tax, including the solidarity surcharge (Solidaritätszuschlag), over the maximum rate of withholding tax permitted by the Treaty is refunded to U.S. treaty beneficiaries upon application. For example, for a declared dividend of 100, a U.S. treaty beneficiary initially receives 73.625 (100 minus the 26.375% withholding tax including solidarity surcharge). The U.S. treaty beneficiary is entitled to a partial refund from the German tax authorities in the amount of 11.375% of the gross dividend (of 100). As a result, the U.S. treaty beneficiary ultimately receives a total of 85 (85% of the declared dividend) following the refund of the excess withholding. Further, such refund is subject to the
 
169

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
German anti-avoidance treaty shopping rule (as described below in section “—Withholding Tax Refund for U.S. Treaty Beneficiaries”).
German Taxation of Capital Gains of the U.S. Treaty Beneficiaries of the ADSs
The capital gains from the disposition of the ADSs realized by a non-German resident holder which does not maintain a permanent establishment or other taxable presence in Germany would be treated as German source income and be subject to German tax if such holder at any time during the five years preceding the disposition, directly or indirectly, owned 1% or more of MYT Netherlands’ share capital irrespective of whether through the ADSs or shares of MYT Netherlands. If such holder had acquired the ADSs without consideration, the previous owner’s holding period and quota would be taken into account.
Pursuant to the Treaty, U.S. treaty beneficiaries are not subject to German tax even under the circumstances described in the preceding paragraph and therefore should not be taxed on capital gains from the disposition of the ADSs.
German statutory law requires the disbursing agent to levy withholding tax on capital gains from the sale of ADSs or other securities held in a custodial account in Germany. With regard to the German taxation of capital gains, disbursing agent means a German credit institution, a financial services institution, a securities trading enterprise or a securities trading bank (each as defined in the German Banking Act (Kreditwesengesetz) and, in each case including a German branch of a foreign enterprise, but excluding a foreign branch of a German enterprise) that holds the ADSs in custody or administers the ADSs for the investor or conducts sales or other dispositions and disburses or credits the income from the ADSs to the holder of the ADSs. The German statutory law does not explicitly condition the obligation to withhold taxes on capital gains being subject to taxation in Germany under German statutory law or on an applicable income tax treaty permitting Germany to tax such capital gains.
However, a circular issued by the German Federal Ministry of Finance, dated January 18, 2016 (as amended), reference number IV C 1-S2252/08/10004 :017, provides that taxes need not be withheld when the holder of the custody account is not a resident of Germany for tax purposes and the income is not subject to German taxation. The circular further states that there is no obligation to withhold such tax even if the non-resident holder owns 1% or more of the share capital of a German company. While circulars issued by the German Federal Ministry of Finance are only binding on the German tax authorities but not on the German courts, in practice, the disbursing agents nevertheless typically rely on guidance contained in such circulars. Therefore, a disbursing agent would only withhold tax at 26.375% on capital gains derived by a U.S. treaty beneficiary from the sale of ADSs held in a custodial account in Germany in the event that the disbursing agent did not follow the abovementioned guidance. In this case, the U.S. treaty beneficiary may be entitled to claim a refund of the withholding tax from the German tax authorities under the Treaty, as described below in the section “—Withholding Tax Refund for U.S. Treaty Beneficiaries.”
Withholding Tax Refund for U.S. Treaty Beneficiaries
U.S. treaty beneficiaries are generally eligible for treaty benefits under the Treaty, as described above in Section “—Taxation of Holders Not Tax Resident in Germany.” Accordingly, U.S. treaty beneficiaries are in general entitled to claim a refund of the portion of the otherwise applicable 26.375% German withholding tax (including solidarity surcharge) on dividends that exceeds the applicable Treaty rate. However, such refund is only possible, provided that pursuant to special rules on the restriction of withholding tax credit, the following three cumulative requirements are met: (i) the shareholder must qualify as beneficial owner of the ADSs for an uninterrupted minimum holding period of 45 days within a period starting 45 days prior to and ending 45 days after the due date of the dividends, (ii) the shareholder has to bear at least 70% of the change in value risk related to the ADSs during the minimum holding period as described under (i) of this paragraph and has not entered into (acting by itself or through a related party) hedging transactions which lower the change in value risk by more than 30%, and (iii) the shareholder must not be obliged to fully or largely compensate directly or indirectly the dividends to third parties. If these requirements are not met, then for a shareholder not being tax-resident in Germany who applied for a full or partial refund of the withholding tax pursuant to a double taxation treaty, no refund is available. This restriction generally does only apply, if (i) the tax underlying the refund application is below a tax rate of 15% based on the gross amount of the dividends or capital gains and (ii) the shareholder does not directly own 10% or more in the shares of MYT Netherlands and is subject to
 
170

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
income taxes in its state of residence, without being tax-exempt. In addition to the aforementioned restrictions, in particular, pursuant to a decree published by the German Federal Ministry of Finance dated July 17, 2017 (BMF, Schreiben vom 17.7.2017—IV C 1-S 2252/15/10030:05, DOK 2017/0614356), as amended, the withholding tax credit may also be denied as an anti-abuse measure.
Further, such refund is subject to the German anti-avoidance treaty shopping rule. Generally, this rule requires that the U.S. treaty beneficiary (in case it is a non-German resident company) maintains its own administrative substance and conducts its own business activities. In particular, a foreign company has no right to a full or partial refund to the extent persons holding ownership interests in MYT Netherlands would not be entitled to the refund if they derived the income directly and the gross income realized by the foreign company is not caused by the business activities of the foreign company, and there are either no economic or other considerable reasons for the interposition of the foreign company, or the foreign company does not participate in general commerce by means of a business organization with resources appropriate to its business purpose. However, this shall not apply if the foreign company’s principal class of stock is regularly traded in substantial volume on a recognized stock exchange, or if the foreign company is subject to the provisions of the German Investment Tax Act (Investmentsteuergesetz). Whether or not and to which extent the anti-avoidance treaty shopping rule applies, has to be analyzed on a case by case basis taking into account all relevant tests. In addition, the interpretation of these tests is disputed and to date no published decisions of the German Federal Finance Court exist in this regard.
The aforementioned refund or reduction of German withholding tax under the Treaty requires the investor to make tax filings with the competent German tax office using a withholding tax certificate issued under German law by the agent, who has withheld and remitted the withholding tax (the Paying Agent). If the depositary operates an interface with DTC, it should have under regular circumstances sufficient information about the identity of the ADS holder so that a tax reclaim process can be filed with the competent German tax office and a withholding tax certificate can be issued to the ADS holder. In the absence of such withholding tax certificate, an ADS holder will not be entitled to receive a tax refund from the German tax authorities and may not credit the German withholding tax against its tax liability.
Claims for refunds may be made on a separate form, which must be filed with the German Federal Central Tax Office (Bundeszentralamt für Steuern, An der Küppe 1, 53225 Bonn, Germany). The form is available at the same address, on the German Federal Central Tax Office’s website (www.bzst.de). The refund claim becomes time-barred after four years following the calendar year in which the dividend is received unless the commencement starts later, the period is interrupted or suspended. As described above, an investor must submit to the German tax authorities the original withholding tax certificate (or a certified copy thereof) issued by the Paying Agent and documenting the tax withheld. Furthermore, an official certification of tax residency must be submitted.
Under a simplified refund procedure based on electronic data exchange (Datenträgerverfahren), a paying or disbursing agent that is registered as a participant in the electronic data exchange procedure with the German Federal Central Tax Office (Bundeszentralamt für Steuern) may file an electronic collective refund claim on behalf of all of the ADS holders for whom it holds the company’s ADSs in custody. However, the simplified refund procedure only allows for a refund up to the regular tax rate provided in the Treaty. It is not possible to use the simplified refund procedure to claim a further refund, for example based on special privileges under a Treaty.
Taxation of Holders Tax Resident in Germany
This subsection provides an overview of dividend taxation with regard to the general principles applicable to MYT Netherlands’ holders that are tax resident in Germany. A holder is a German tax resident if, in case of an individual, he or she maintains a domicile (Wohnsitz) or a usual residence (gewöhnlicher Aufenthalt) in Germany or if, in case of a corporation, it has its place of management (Geschäftsleitung) or registered office (Sitz) in Germany.
The German dividend and capital gains taxation rules applicable to German tax residents require a distinction between ADSs held as private assets (Privatvermögen) and ADSs held as business assets (Betriebsvermögen).
 
171

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ADSs as Private Assets (Privatvermögen)
If the ADSs are held as private assets by a German tax resident, dividends (to the extent such dividends are not sourced out of a tax recognized contribution account) and capital gains are taxed as investment income and are principally subject to 25% German flat income tax on capital income (Abgeltungsteuer) (plus a 5.5% solidarity surcharge thereon, resulting in an aggregate rate of 26.375%), which is levied in the form of withholding tax (Kapitalertragsteuer). In other words, once deducted, the shareholder’s income tax liability on the dividends will be settled (mit abgeltender Wirkung).
Shareholders may apply to have their capital investment income assessed in accordance with the general rules and with an individual’s personal income tax rate if this would result in a lower tax burden in which case actually incurred expenses are not deductible. The holder would be taxed on gross personal investment income (including dividends or gains with respect to ADSs), less the saver’s allowance of €801 for an individual or €1,602 for a married couple and a registered civil union (eingetragene Lebenspartnerschaft) filing taxes jointly. The deduction of expenses related to the investment income (including dividends or gains with respect to ADSs) is generally not possible for private investors.
Losses resulting from the disposal of ADSs can only be offset by capital gains from the sale of any ADSs and other shares. Furthermore, in case of a derecognition or transfer of worthless ADSs (or other capital assets), the utilization of such loss is further restricted and can only be offset up to the amount of €20,000 per calendar year. If, however, a holder directly or indirectly held at least 1% of the share capital of MYT Netherlands at any time during the five years preceding the sale, 60% of any capital gains resulting from the sale are taxable at the holder’s personal income tax rate (plus 5.5% solidarity surcharge thereon). Conversely, 60% of any capital losses are recognized for tax purposes.
Church tax generally has to be withheld, if applicable, based on an automatic data access procedure, unless the shareholder has filed a blocking notice (Sperrvermerk) with the Federal Central Tax Office. Where church tax is not levied by way of withholding, it is determined by means of income tax assessment.
ADSs as Business Assets (Betriebsvermögen)
In case the ADSs are held as business assets, the taxation depends on the legal form of the holder (i.e., whether the holder is a corporation or an individual). Irrespective of the legal form of the holder, dividends (to the extent such dividends are not sourced out of a tax recognized contribution account) are subject to the aggregate withholding tax rate of 26.375%. The withholding tax is credited against the respective holder’s income tax liability, provided that pursuant to special rules on the restriction of withholding tax credit, the following three cumulative requirements are met: (i) the shareholder must qualify as beneficial owner of the ADSs for an uninterrupted minimum holding period of 45 days occurring within a period starting 45 days prior to and ending 45 days after the due date of the dividends, (ii) the shareholder has to bear at least 70% of the change in value risk related to the ADSs during the minimum holding period as described under (i) of this paragraph and has not entered into (acting by itself or through a related party) hedging transactions which lower the change in value risk for more than 30%, and (iii) the shareholder must not be obliged to fully or largely compensate directly or indirectly the dividends to third parties. If these requirements are not met, three-fifths of the withholding tax imposed on the dividends must not be credited against the shareholder’s (corporate) income tax liability, but may, upon application, be deducted from the shareholder’s tax base for the relevant tax assessment period. Such requirements also apply to ADSs, which lead to domestic income in Germany and which are held by a non-German depositary bank. A shareholder that is generally subject to German income tax or corporate income tax and that has received gross dividends without any deduction of withholding tax due to a tax exemption without qualifying for a full tax credit under the aforementioned requirements has to notify the competent local tax office accordingly and has to make a payment in the amount of the omitted withholding tax deduction. The special rules on the restriction of withholding tax credit do not apply to a shareholder whose overall dividend earnings within an assessment period do not exceed €20,000 or that has been the beneficial owner of the ADSs in MYT Netherlands for at least one uninterrupted year upon receipt of the dividends. In addition to the aforementioned restrictions, in particular, pursuant to a decree published by the German Federal Ministry of Finance dated July 17, 2017 (BMF, Schreiben vom 17.7.2017—IV C 1-S 2252/15/10030:05, DOK 2017/0614356), as amended, the withholding tax credit may also be denied as an anti-abuse measure.
 
172

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
To the extent the amount withheld exceeds the income tax liability, the withholding tax will be refunded, provided that certain requirements are met (including the aforementioned requirements).
Special rules apply to credit institutions (Kreditinstitute), financial services institutions (Finanzdienstleistungsinstitute), financial enterprises (Finanzunternehmen), life insurance and health insurance companies, and pension funds.
With regard to holders in the legal form of a corporation, dividends and capital gains are in general 95% tax exempt from corporate income tax (including solidarity surcharge), inter alia, if the shareholder held at least 10% of the registered share capital of MYT Netherlands at the beginning of the calendar year. The remaining 5% is treated as non-deductible business expense and, as such, is subject to corporate income tax (including solidarity surcharge). The acquisition of a participation of at least 10% in the course of a calendar year is deemed to have occurred at the beginning of such calendar year for the purpose of this rule. Participations in the share capital of MYT Netherlands held through a partnership, including co-entrepreneurships, are attributable to the respective shareholders only on a pro rata basis at the ratio of their entitlement to the profits of the relevant partnership. Moreover, actual business expenses incurred to generate the dividends may be deducted.
However, the amount of any dividends after deducting business expenses related to the dividends is subject to the trade tax, unless the corporation held at least 15% of MYT Netherlands’ registered share capital at the beginning of the relevant tax assessment period. In the latter case, the aforementioned exemption of 95% of the dividend income also applies for trade tax purposes. Losses from the sale of ADSs are generally not tax deductible for corporate income tax and trade tax purposes.
With regard to individuals holding ADSs as business assets, 60% of dividends and capital gains are taxed at the individual’s personal income tax rate (plus 5.5% solidarity surcharge thereon). Correspondingly, only 60% of business expenses related to the dividends and capital gains as well as losses from the sale of ADSs are principally deductible for income tax purposes.
If a shareholder is a partnership, the personal income tax or corporate income tax, as the case may be, and the solidarity surcharge are levied at the level of each partner rather than at the level of the partnership. The taxation of each partner depends upon whether the partner is a corporation or an individual.
In addition, if the shares are held as business assets of a domestic permanent establishment of an actual or presumed commercial partnership, the full amount of dividend income is generally also subject to trade tax at the level of the partnership. In the case of partners who are individuals, the trade tax that the partnership pays on the relevant partner’s portion of the partnership’s income is generally credited as a lump sum—fully or in part against the individual’s personal income tax liability, depending on the tax rate imposed by the local municipality and certain individual tax-relevant circumstances of such shareholder. If the partnership held at least 15% of the Company’s registered share capital at the beginning of the relevant tax assessment period, the dividends (after deduction of business expenses economically related thereto) should generally not be subject to trade tax. In this case, trade tax should, however, be levied on 5% of the dividends to the extent they are attributable to the profit share of such corporate partners to whom at least 10% of the shares in the Company are attributable on a look-through basis, since this portion of the dividends should be deemed to be non-deductible business expenses. The remaining portion of the dividend income attributable to partners other than such specific corporate partners (which includes individual partners and should, according to a literal reading of the law, also include corporate partners to whom, on a look-through basis, only portfolio participations are attributable) should not be subject to trade tax.
Abolishment of Solidarity Surcharge
According to a new bill of the German legislator, the solidarity surcharge will be partially abolished as of the assessment period 2021 for certain taxpayers. It is, however, currently not envisaged to abolish the solidarity surcharge with respect to withholding taxes on dividends or interest.
German Inheritance and Gift Tax (Erbschaft- und Schenkungsteuer)
The transfer of ADSs to another person by inheritance or gift should be generally subject to German inheritance and gift tax only if:
(1)
the decedent or donor or heir, beneficiary or other transferee maintained his or her domicile or a
 
173

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
usual residence in Germany or had its place of management or registered office in Germany at the time of the transfer, or is a German citizen who has spent no more than five consecutive years outside of Germany without maintaining a domicile in Germany or is a German citizen who serves for a German entity established under public law and is remunerated for his or her service from German public funds (including family members who form part of such person’s household, if they are German citizens) and is only subject to estate or inheritance tax in his or her country of domicile or usual residence with respect to assets located in such country (special rules apply to certain former German citizens who neither maintain a domicile nor have their usual residence in Germany);
(2)
at the time of the transfer, the ADSs are held by the decedent or donor as business assets forming part of a permanent establishment in Germany or for which a permanent representative in Germany has been appointed; or
(3)
the ADSs subject to such transfer form part of a portfolio that represents at the time of the transfer 10% or more of the registered share capital of MYT Netherlands and that has been held directly or indirectly by the decedent or donor, either alone or together with related persons.
The Agreement between the Federal Republic of Germany and the United States of America for the avoidance of double taxation with respect to taxes on inheritances and gifts as of December 21, 2000 (Abkommen zwischen der Bundesrepublik Deutschland und den Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika zur Vermeidung der Doppelbesteuerung auf dem Gebiet der Nachlass-, Erbschaft- und Schenkungssteuern in der Fassung vom 21. Dezember 2000) (the “United States-Germany Inheritance and Gifts Tax Treaty”), provides that the German inheritance tax or gift tax can, with certain restrictions, only be levied in the cases of (1) and (2) above. Special provisions apply to certain German citizens living outside of Germany and former German citizens.
Other Taxes
No German transfer tax, value-added tax, stamp duty or similar taxes are assessed on the purchase, sale or other transfer of ADSs. Provided that certain requirements are met, an entrepreneur may, however, opt for the payment of value-added tax on transactions that are otherwise tax-exempt. Net wealth tax (Vermögensteuer) is currently not imposed in Germany. Certain member states of the European Union (including Germany) are considering introducing a financial transaction tax (Finanztransaktionssteuer) which, if and when introduced, may also be applicable on sales and/or transfer of ADSs.
Material Netherlands Tax Considerations
General
The following is a summary of material Netherlands tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of our ADSs. This summary does not purport to describe all possible tax considerations or consequences that may be relevant to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special treatment under applicable law (such as trusts or other similar arrangements), and in view of its general nature, it should be treated with corresponding caution.
Holders should consult with their tax advisors with regard to the tax consequences of investing in the ADSs in their particular circumstances. The discussion below is included for general information purposes only. In general, for Dutch tax purposes, beneficial owners of ADSs should be treated as the beneficial owners of the capital of MYT Netherlands represented by such ADSs.
Please note that this summary does not describe the tax considerations for:
(1)
holders of ADSs, if such holders, and in the case of individuals, his/her partner or certain of their relatives by blood or marriage in the direct line (including foster children), have a substantial interest or deemed substantial interest in us under the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 (Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001). A holder of securities in a company is considered to hold a substantial interest in such company if such holder alone or, in the case of individuals, together with his/her partner (statutorily defined term), directly or indirectly holds (i) an interest of 5% or more of the total issued and outstanding capital of that company or of 5% or more of the issued and outstanding capital of a certain class of shares of that company; (ii) rights to acquire, directly or indirectly, such
 
174

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
interest; or (iii) certain profit sharing rights in that company that relate to 5% or more of the company’s annual profits and/or to 5% or more of the company’s liquidation proceeds. A deemed substantial interest may arise if a substantial interest (or part thereof) in a company has been disposed of, or is deemed to have been disposed of, on a non-recognition basis;
(2)
a holder of an ADS that is not an individual for which its shareholdings qualify or qualified as a participation for purposes of the Netherlands Corporate Income Tax Act 1969 (Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969). A taxpayer’s shareholding of 5% or more in a company’s nominal paid-up share capital generally qualifies as a participation. A holder may also have a participation if such holder does not have a 5% shareholding but a related entity (statutorily defined term) has a participation or if the company in which the shares are held is a related entity (statutorily defined term);
(3)
holders of ADSs who are individuals for whom the ADSs or any benefit derived from the ADSs are a remuneration or deemed to be a remuneration for (employment) activities performed by such holders or certain individuals related to such holders (as defined in the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001); and
(4)
pension funds, investment institutions (fiscale beleggingsinstellingen), exempt investment institutions (vrijgestelde beleggingsinstellingen) and other entities that are, in whole or in part, not subject to or exempt from corporate income tax in the Netherlands.
Except as otherwise indicated, this summary only addresses Netherlands national tax legislation and published regulations, whereby the Netherlands and Netherlands law means the part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands located in Europe and its law respectively, as in effect on the date hereof and as interpreted in published case law until this date as available in printed form, without prejudice to any amendment introduced (or to become effective) at a later date and/or implemented with or without retroactive effect. The applicable tax laws or interpretations thereof may change, or the relevant facts and circumstances may change, and such changes may affect the contents of this section, which will not be updated to reflect any such changes.
Dividend withholding tax
MYT Netherlands is generally required to withhold Dutch dividend withholding tax at a rate of 15% from dividends distributed by it (which withholding tax will not be borne by MYT Netherlands, but will be withheld by MYT Netherlands from the gross dividends paid). However, as long as it continues to have its place of effective management in Germany, and not in the Netherlands, under the Convention between the Federal Republic of Germany and the Netherlands for the avoidance of double taxation with respect to taxes on income of 2012, MYT Netherlands should be considered to be exclusively tax resident in Germany and should not be required to withhold Dutch dividend withholding tax. The exemption from withholding under the Convention does not apply to dividends distributed to a holder who is resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands for Dutch income tax purposes or Dutch corporation tax purposes or to holders of ADSs that are neither resident nor deemed to be resident of the Netherlands if the ADSs are attributable to a Dutch permanent establishment of such non-resident holder, in which events the following applies. See “Risk factors—If MYT Netherlands pays dividends, it may need to withhold tax on such dividends payable to holders of its ADSs in both Germany and the Netherlands.
Dividends distributed by MYT Netherlands to individuals and corporate legal entities who are resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands for Netherlands tax purposes (“Netherlands Resident Individuals” and “Netherlands Resident Entities” as the case may be) or to holders of ADSs that are neither resident nor deemed to be resident of the Netherlands if the ADSs are attributable to a Netherlands permanent establishment of such non-resident holder are subject to Netherlands dividend withholding tax at a rate of 15%. The expression “dividends distributed” includes, among other things:

distributions in cash or in kind, deemed and constructive distributions and repayments of paid-in capital not recognized for Netherlands dividend withholding tax purposes;

liquidation proceeds, proceeds of redemption of ordinary shares, or proceeds of the repurchase of ordinary shares by MYT Netherlands or one of its subsidiaries or other affiliated entities to the extent
 
175

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
such proceeds exceed the average paid-in capital of those ordinary shares as recognized for purposes of Netherlands dividend withholding tax, unless, in case of a repurchase, a particular statutory exemption applies;

an amount equal to the nominal value of ordinary shares issued or an increase of the nominal value of ordinary shares, to the extent that it does not appear that a contribution, recognized for purposes of Netherlands dividend withholding tax, has been made or will be made; and

partial repayment of the paid-in capital, recognized for purposes of Netherlands dividend withholding tax, if and to the extent that MYT Netherlands has net profits (zuivere winst), unless the holders of ordinary shares have resolved in advance at a general meeting to make such repayment and the nominal value of the ordinary shares concerned has been reduced by an equal amount by way of an amendment of our articles of association.
Netherlands Resident Individuals and Netherlands Resident Entities can generally credit the Netherlands dividend withholding tax against their income tax or corporate income tax liability. The same applies to holders of ADSs that are neither resident nor deemed to be resident of the Netherlands if the ADSs are attributable to a Netherlands permanent establishment of such non-resident holder.
Pursuant to legislation to counteract “dividend stripping,” a reduction, exemption, credit or refund of Netherlands dividend withholding tax is denied if the recipient of the dividend is not the beneficial owner as described in the Netherlands Dividend Withholding Tax Act 1965. This legislation targets situations in which a shareholder retains its economic interest in shares but reduces the withholding tax costs on dividends by a transaction with another party. It is not required for these rules to apply that the recipient of the dividends is aware that a dividend stripping transaction took place.
Taxes on income and capital gains
Netherlands Resident Individuals
If a holder of ADSs is a Netherlands Resident Individual, any benefit derived or deemed to be derived from the ADSs is taxable at the progressive income tax rates (with a maximum of 49.5%, rate for 2021), if:
(a)
the ADSs are attributable to an enterprise from which the Netherlands Resident Individual derives a share of the profit, whether as an entrepreneur or as a person who has a co-entitlement to the net worth (medegerechtigd tot het vermogen) of such enterprise, without being an entrepreneur or a shareholder in such enterprise, as defined in the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001; or
(b)
the holder of the ADSs is considered to perform activities with respect to the ADSs shares that go beyond ordinary asset management (normaal, actief vermogensbeheer) or derives benefits from the ADSs that are taxable as benefits from other activities (resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden).
If the above-mentioned conditions (a) and (b) do not apply to the individual holder of ADSs, the ADSs are recognized as investment assets and included as such in such holder’s net investment asset base (rendementsgrondslag). Such holder will be taxed annually on a deemed income that is calculated based on a variable return between 1.898% and 5.69% (depending upon the amount of such holder’s net investment assets for the year) of his or her net investment assets for the year at an income tax rate of 31% for 2021. The net investment assets for the year are the fair market value of the investment assets less the allowable liabilities on January 1 of the relevant calendar year. A tax free allowance may be available. Actual benefits derived from the ADSs are as such not subject to Netherlands income tax.
Netherlands Resident Entities
Any benefit derived or deemed to be derived from the ADSs held by Netherlands Resident Entities, including any capital gains realized on the disposal thereof, will be subject to Netherlands corporate income tax at a rate of 25% (a corporate income tax rate of 15% applies with respect to taxable profits up to €245,000, rates for 2021).
 
176

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Non-residents of the Netherlands
Holders of ADSs other than Netherlands Resident Individuals or Netherlands Resident Entities will not be subject to Netherlands taxes on any benefits derived or deemed to be derived from ADSs shares, provided that:
(i)
such holder does not have an interest in an enterprise or a deemed enterprise (statutorily defined term) which, in whole or in part, is either effectively managed in the Netherlands or is carried out through a permanent establishment, a deemed permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands and to which enterprise or part of an enterprise the ADSs are attributable; and
(ii)
in the event such holder is an individual, such holder does not carry out any activities in the Netherlands with respect to the ADSs shares that go beyond ordinary asset management and does not derive benefits from the ADSs that are taxable as benefits from other activities in the Netherlands.
Gift and inheritance taxes
Residents of the Netherlands
Gift and inheritance taxes will arise in the Netherlands with respect to a transfer of the ADSs by way of a gift by, or on the death of, a holder of ADSs who is resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands at the time of the gift or his/her death.
Non-residents of the Netherlands
No Netherlands gift or inheritance taxes will arise on the transfer of the ADSs by way of gift by, or on the death of, a holder of ADSs who is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands, unless:
(i)
in the case of a gift of ADSs by an individual who at the date of the gift was neither resident nor deemed to be resident in the Netherlands, such individual dies within 180 days after the date of the gift, while being resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands; or
(ii)
the transfer is otherwise construed as a gift or inheritance made by, or on behalf of, a person who, at the time of the gift or death, is or is deemed to be resident in the Netherlands.
For purposes of Netherlands gift and inheritance taxes, amongst others, a person that holds the Netherlands nationality will be deemed to be resident in the Netherlands if such person has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the ten years preceding the date of the gift or his/her death. Additionally, for purposes of Netherlands gift tax, amongst others, a person not holding the Netherlands nationality will be deemed to be resident in the Netherlands if such person has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the twelve months preceding the date of the gift. Applicable tax treaties may override deemed residency.
Other taxes and duties
No Netherlands value added tax (omzetbelasting) and no Netherlands registration tax, stamp duty or any other similar documentary tax or duty will be payable by a holder of ADSs on any payment in consideration for the acquisition, ownership or disposal of the ADSs.
U.S. Taxation
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consideration for U.S. Holders
Subject to the limitations and qualifications stated herein, this section describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of ADSs. This summary is not a comprehensive description of all U.S. tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire ADSs. This summary applies only to U.S. holders that acquire ADSs for cash in this offering and hold the ADSs as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This
 
177

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
discussion addresses only U.S. federal income taxation and does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your individual circumstances, including non-U.S., state or local tax consequences, estate and gift tax consequences, and tax consequences arising under the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, the alternative minimum tax, or the base erosion and anti-abuse tax under Section 59A of the Code. This summary does not describe all the tax consequences that may be relevant to any particular investor or to any special class of holder, including:

a broker or dealer in securities,

a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings,

a tax-exempt organization or governmental organization,

a tax-qualified retirement plan or other tax-deferred account,

a bank, insurance company or other financial institution,

a real estate investment trust or regulated investment company,

a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of the combined voting power of our voting stock or of the total value of our stock,

a person that holds ADSs as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion, or other “integrated” transaction,

a person that purchases or sells ADSs as part of a wash sale for tax purposes,

a U.S. holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar,

a U.S. expatriate or former citizen or long-term resident of the United States,

persons that are resident or ordinarily resident in or have a permanent establishment in a jurisdiction outside the United States,

a person who acquired ADSs pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation,

a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax,

an S corporation, partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership or other “pass-through” entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein),

a person deemed to sell ADSs under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, and

a person subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to the ADSs being taken into account in an applicable financial statement.
This discussion is based on the tax laws of the United States as in effect on the date of this prospectus, including the Code, and U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this offering, the Treaty, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, and any such change could apply retroactively and could affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below. The statements in this summary are not binding on the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or any court, and thus we can provide no assurance that the U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed below will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS. In addition, this discussion is based in part upon the representations of the depositary in the deposit agreement and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms, as described in “Description of American Depositary Shares,” above.
If an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. Partnerships holding the ADSs and partners in such a partnership should consult their tax advisors with regard to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment in the ADSs.
As used herein, the term “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of ADSs that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as:
 
178

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

a citizen or resident of the United States,

a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia,

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or

a trust that (1) is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
In general, and taking into account the foregoing assumptions, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of shares for ADSs, and ADSs for shares, generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.
The United States Treasury has expressed concerns that intermediaries in the chain or ownership between the holder of an ADS and the issuer of the underlying ordinary shares may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the beneficial ownership of the underlying ordinary shares. Accordingly, the creditability of foreign tax credits by U.S. Holders of ADSs or the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders could be affected by actions taken by intermediaries in the chain or ownership between the holder of an ADS and the Company.
You should consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences of owning and disposing of shares and ADSs in your particular circumstances.
Tax Status of MYT Netherlands for U.S. Federal Tax Purposes
For U.S. federal tax purposes, a corporation is generally considered to be a foreign corporation if it is organized or incorporated outside of the United States. Because MYT Netherlands is incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, it would be classified as a foreign corporation under these rules. Section 7874 of the Code provides an exception to this general rule under which a foreign incorporated entity may, in certain circumstances, be classified as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes.
Under Section 7874, a corporation created or organized outside the U.S. (i.e., a foreign corporation) will nevertheless be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes if (i) the foreign corporation directly or indirectly acquires substantially all of the properties held directly or indirectly by a U.S. corporation (the “Substantially All Test”), (ii) the former shareholders of the U.S. corporation from which the assets are acquired hold at least 80% (by either vote or value) of the shares of the foreign acquiring corporation after the acquisition by reason of holding shares in the U.S. corporation from which the assets are acquired (the “Ownership Test”), and (iii) the foreign corporation’s “expanded affiliated group” does not have substantial business activities in the foreign corporation’s country of organization or incorporation relative to such expanded affiliated group’s worldwide activities. If all of the aforementioned requirements are not satisfied, but would be satisfied if 80% was substituted for 60% in the Ownership Test, the foreign corporation is respected as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes but limitations under Section 7874 can apply (the “Additional Limitations”).
In July 2019, MYT Netherlands was a party to an internal “foreign-to-foreign” Section 368(a)(1)(F) reorganization (the “F Reorganization”), and notwithstanding the fact that its operating assets were both non-U.S. and already owned through a foreign corporation prior to the F Reorganization, the IRS could assert that the Substantially All Test was satisfied. Even if such an assertion were to be successful, however, we do not believe that such F Reorganization caused MYT Netherlands (or any of its affiliates) to be treated as a U.S. corporation for U.S. tax purposes under Section 7874 (or that the Additional Limitations thereunder are applicable) because, among other things, the Ownership Test should not be satisfied. However, the law and Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 7874 are complex and unclear in many regards, and there is limited guidance regarding the application of Section 7874. Moreover, the IRS could assert that subsequent transactions that resulted in ownership changes should be considered part of the F Reorganization and that Section 7874 applies to the combined transactions. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge its status as a foreign corporation or that such challenge would not be sustained by a court. If the IRS were to successfully challenge such status under Section 7874, MYT Netherlands and its affiliates
 
179

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
could be subject to substantial additional U.S. federal income tax liability, and the U.S. federal tax consequences to the holders of the ADSs would be materially different than set forth herein. The remainder of this discussion assumes that MYT Netherlands will be respected as a foreign corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes under Section 7874.
Dividends and Other Distributions on ADSs
Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” under the U.S. federal income tax laws, if you are a U.S. holder, the gross amount of any distribution we pay out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), other than certain pro-rata distributions of ADSs, will be treated as a dividend that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. holders’ basis in the ADSs and any additional amounts thereafter will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of the ADSs (see “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of ADSs” below). MYT Netherlands may not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles and, in such case, a U.S. Holder should expect that any distribution will generally be reported as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. The depositary will be in constructive receipt of the dividend when the dividend is made unqualifiedly subject to the demand of the depositary. Dividends generally will not be eligible for the “dividends received deduction” allowed to U.S. corporations with respect to dividends received from other U.S. corporations.
Dividends received by noncorporate U.S. holders (including individuals) generally will be “qualified dividend income,” which is taxed at the lower rates applicable to long term capital gains, provided that (1) (i) ADSs are readily tradeable on an established securities market in the United States, or (ii) MYT Netherlands is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty, (2) MYT Netherlands is not a PFIC (as discussed below) for either the taxable year in which the dividend was paid or the preceding taxable year, (3) the U.S. holder satisfies certain holding period requirements, and (4) the U.S. holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. MYT Netherlands has applied to have ADSs listed on the NYSE and expect that such ADSs will be readily tradeable on such an established securities market. MYT Netherlands also anticipates that it will be eligible for the benefits of the Treaty. Accordingly, subject to the PFIC discussion below, MYT Netherlands generally expects that dividends it would pay will constitute qualified dividend income, provided that the U.S. holder satisfies the other requirements for such treatment set forth above. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the preferential rate for qualified dividend income on dividends paid with respect to the ADSs.
The amount of any distribution paid in Euros (or other foreign currency) will be equal to the U.S. Dollar value of the Euros (or other foreign currency) received, translated at the spot rate of exchange on the date such distribution is includible in the U.S. holder’s income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. Dollars at that time. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the U.S. Dollar fair market value of such property on the date of distribution.
Certain distributions on the ADSs may be subject to German and/or Dutch withholding tax, as discussed in “—German Taxation,” above and the risk factor “If MYT Netherlands pays dividends, it may need to withhold tax on such dividends payable to holders of its ADSs in both Germany and the Netherlands.” above. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. holders will be treated as having received the amount of any German or Dutch taxes withheld with respect to any such distribution and, as a result, the amount of dividend income a U.S. holder is required to include in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to a payment of dividends may be greater than the amount of cash actually received (or receivable) by such U.S. holder with respect to the payment. Subject to certain limitations (some of which vary depending upon the U.S. holder’s circumstances), any such German tax withheld and paid over to Germany will generally be creditable or deductible against your U.S. federal income tax liability. Special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the preferential tax rates. To the extent a reduction or refund of the tax withheld is available to you under German and/or Dutch law or under the Treaty, the amount of tax withheld that could have been reduced or that is refundable will not be eligible for credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. See “—German Taxation—German Taxation of Holders of ADSs—Withholding Tax Refund for U.S. Treaty Beneficiaries,” above, for the procedures for obtaining a tax
 
180

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
refund in Germany. The rules governing the treatment of foreign taxes and foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes are complex, and U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors about the impact of these rules in their particular situations.
Dividends will generally be income from sources outside the United States and will generally be “passive” income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you. However, if MYT Netherlands is 50% or more owned, by vote or value, by United States persons, then solely for foreign tax credit purposes, a portion of its dividends allocable to its United States source earnings and profits may be treated as derived from sources within the United States. This rule does not apply to United States-owned foreign corporations with less than 10% of earnings and profits attributable to sources within the United States. MYT Netherlands expects to be 50% or more owned, by vote or value, by United States persons for the current taxable year, and therefore a portion of any dividends MYT Netherlands pays may be treated as derived from sources within the United States for purposes of these rules subject to the exception. A U.S. holder may not be able to offset any foreign tax withheld as a credit against U.S. federal income tax imposed on that portion of any dividend that is from sources within the United States, unless the U.S. holder has income from sources outside the United States in the same foreign tax credit category from other sources. MYT Netherlands does not intend to provide to any U.S. holders any information that may be necessary to determine the portion of the dividends (if any) that would be treated as from sources within the United States for any particular year for purposes of these rules. The rules governing the treatment of foreign taxes and foreign tax credits for U.S. federal income tax purposes are complex, and U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors about the impact of these rules in their particular situations.
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of ADSs
Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” if you are a U.S. holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your ADSs, you will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. Dollar amount that you realize and your tax basis in your ADSs. A U.S. holder’s tax basis in the ADSs generally will equal the U.S. Dollar cost of such ADSs. Any such gain or loss generally will be treated as long term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period in the ADSs exceeds one year. Generally, for U.S. holders who are individuals (as well as certain trusts and estates), long-term capital gains are subject to U.S. federal income tax at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations. Any such gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
MYT Netherlands will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income” for purposes of the PFIC rules or (2) at least 50% of the value of its assets (generally determined on the basis of a quarterly average) is attributable to assets that produce “passive income” or are held for the production of passive income. Subject to various exceptions, passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions and from the sale or exchange of property that gives rise to passive income. In determining whether MYT Netherlands is a PFIC, it will be treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets, and earning its proportionate share of the income, of any other corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, 25 percent or more (by value) of the stock.
Under the PFIC rules, if MYT Netherlands were considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. holder holds ADSs, MYT Netherlands would continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. holder holds ADSs unless (1) MYT Netherlands ceases to be a PFIC and (2) the U.S. holder has made a mark-to-market election under the PFIC rules, the U.S. holder has made a QEF Election (as discussed below) for the first taxable year of the U.S. holder’s holding period during which MYT Netherlands is a PFIC, or the U.S. holder has made a QEF Election for a later taxable year and has also made a “purging” election to recognize gain (which will be taxed under the rules applicable to “excess distributions” described below) as if the ADSs were sold for their fair market value on the day the QEF Election is effective.
Based on the anticipated market price of MYT Netherlands’ ADSs in this offering, the expected market price of MYT Netherlands’ ADSs following this offering and the composition of MYT Netherlands’ income, assets
 
181

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(and such assets’ adjusted bases) and operations, MYT Netherlands does not expect to be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. However, the determination of PFIC status is based on an annual determination that cannot be made until the close of a taxable year, involves extensive factual investigation, including ascertaining the applicable value of all of MYT Netherlands’ assets on a quarterly basis and the character of each item of income that it earns, and is subject to uncertainty in several respects. Therefore, there can be no assurance that MYT Netherlands will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or for any future taxable year or that the IRS will not take a contrary position. Accordingly, our legal counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status for the current taxable year, and also expresses no opinion with regard to expectations regarding our PFIC status in the future.
If MYT Netherlands were considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. holder holds ADSs (assuming such U.S. holder has not made a timely mark-to-market election, as described below), any gain recognized by the U.S. holder on a sale or other disposition (including certain pledges) of the ADSs, as well as the amount of any “excess distribution” (defined below) received by the U.S. holder, would be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for the ADSs. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition (or the taxable year of receipt, in the case of an excess distribution) and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to that taxable year. For purposes of these rules, “excess distributions” for a taxable year are the amount by which any distributions received by a U.S. holder on ADSs in that taxable year exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the ADSs received during the preceding three-years or the U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter.
A U.S. holder can avoid certain of the adverse rules described above by making a mark-to-market election with respect to its ADSs, provided that the ADSs are “marketable.” The ADSs will be marketable if they are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” or other market within the meaning of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. MYT Netherlands anticipates that the ADSs will be generally “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange” for this purpose and therefore, in any year in which the ADSs are regularly traded, the mark-to-market election may be available to a holder of ADSs if MYT Netherlands becomes a PFIC. If a U.S. holder makes the mark-to-market election, it generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ADSs at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. holder makes the election, the holder’s tax basis in the ADSs will be adjusted to reflect the income or loss amounts recognized. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs in a year when MYT Netherlands is a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election).
In addition, a U.S. holder that owns stock in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes will not be subject to the foregoing rules if the U.S. holder makes a “qualified electing fund” election (a “QEF Election”) for the first taxable year of the U.S. holder’s holding period during which we are a PFIC. If a U.S. holder makes such a QEF Election with respect to a PFIC, the U.S. holder will be currently taxable on its pro rata share of the PFIC’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain (at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively) for each taxable year that the entity is classified as a PFIC (regardless of whether such amounts are distributed to the U.S. holder), and will not be required to include such amounts in income when actually distributed by the PFIC. If MYT Netherlands determines that it is a PFIC for any taxable year, it may not provide U.S. holders with the information necessary to make and maintain a valid QEF Election. Prospective U.S. holders should assume that a QEF Election will not be available.
In addition, if MYT Netherlands were a PFIC or, with respect to a particular U.S. holder, were treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in which we paid a dividend or for the prior taxable year, the preferential dividend rates discussed above in “—Dividends and Other Distributions on ADSs” with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. holders would not apply.
If MYT Netherlands is considered a PFIC, a U.S. holder will also be subject to annual information reporting requirements. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors about the potential application of the PFIC rules to an investment in ADSs.
 
182

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors with respect to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our ADSs and the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC.
U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Dividend payments with respect to ADSs and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of ADSs may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. holders who are required to establish their exempt status may be required to provide such certification on IRS Form W-9. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and such U.S. holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.
Information With Respect to Foreign Financial Assets
Certain U.S. holders treated as individuals may be required to report information relating to an interest in ADSs, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for ADSs held in accounts maintained by certain U.S. financial institutions). Penalties can apply if U.S. holders fail to satisfy such reporting requirements. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the applicability of these requirements to their acquisition and ownership of ADSs.
THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE IMPORTANT TO YOU. EACH PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN ADSs UNDER THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.
 
183

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
UNDERWRITERS
Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of ADSs indicated below:
Underwriters
Number of ADSs
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
UBS Securities LLC
Jefferies LLC
Cowen and Company, LLC
Total
15,647,059
The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the ADSs subject to their acceptance of the ADSs from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ADSs offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the ADSs offered by this prospectus if any such ADSs are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the ADSs covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.
The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ADSs directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $      per ADS under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the ADSs, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.
We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 2,347,058 additional ADSs at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the ADSs offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional ADSs as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of ADSs listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.
The following table shows the per ADS and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 2,347,058 ADSs.
Total
Per Share
No Exercise
Full Exercise
Public offering price
$       $        $       
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us
$ $ $
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$ $ $
The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $11.5 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $30,000.
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of ADSs offered by them.
 
184

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We have applied to list the ADSs on the NYSE under the trading symbol “MYTE.”
We, our executive officers, all members of our Management Board and Supervisory Board and the holders of all of our outstanding ADSs, ordinary shares and securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for ADSs or ordinary shares have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”) take any of the following actions regardless of whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of ADSs, ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise:

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ADSs, ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ADSs or ordinary shares;

file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any ADSs, ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ADSs or ordinary shares; or

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of ADSs or ordinary shares.
In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any ADSs, ordinary shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ADSs or ordinary shares.
The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

the sale of ADSs to the underwriters;

the issuance by the Company of ADSs or ordinary shares upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

transactions by any person other than us relating to ADSs, ordinary shares or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the ADSs; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of the ADSs, ordinary shares or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares may be made under such plan during the restricted period; or

ADSs purchased pursuant to the directed share program. See “—Directed Share Program.”
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the ADSs and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.
In order to facilitate the offering of the ADSs, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ADSs. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more ADSs than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of ADSs available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of ADSs compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell ADSs in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be
 
185

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, ADSs in the open market to stabilize the price of the ADSs. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the ADSs above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the ADSs. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.
We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of ADSs to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Pricing of the Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for ADSs. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 782,353 ADSs, or 5.0% of the ADSs offered by this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain individuals identified by our members of our Supervisory and Management Boards.
The number of ADSs available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved ADSs. Any reserved ADSs not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to ADSs sold pursuant to the directed share program. We will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the shares reserved for the directed share program. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will administer our directed share program.
Selling Restrictions
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required.
 
186

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published, in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of the ADSs may only be made to persons, or to the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the ADSs without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The ADSs applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of twelve months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate for their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Canada
The ADSs may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the ADSs must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
China
This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of ADSs, whether by sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). The ADSs are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.
 
187

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the ADSs offered by this prospectus or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRC’s governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this document are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.
European Economic Area and the United Kingdom
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom which has implemented the Prospectus Regulation (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of any ADSs may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any ADSs may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
(a)
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;
(b)
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
(c)
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of ADSs shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any of ADSs in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any of ADSs to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any of ADSs, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The ADSs to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the ADSs offered should conduct their own due diligence on the ADSs. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Hong Kong
The ADSs may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong); (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder; or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the ADSs may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Japan
No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the “FIEL”) has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the ADSs.
 
188

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Accordingly, the ADSs have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan.
For Qualified Institutional Investors (“QII”)
Please note that the solicitation for newly issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the ADSs constitutes either a “QII only private placement” or a “QII only secondary distribution” (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the ADSs. The ADSs may only be transferred to QIIs.
For Non-QII Investors
Please note that the solicitation for newly issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the ADSs constitutes either a “small number private placement” or a “small number private secondary distribution” (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the ADSs. The ADSs may only be transferred en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.
Korea
The ADSs offered by this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FSCMA”), and the ADSs have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the ADSs may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”). Furthermore, the purchaser of the ADSs will comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the ADSs. By the purchase of the ADSs, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the ADSs pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of Non-CIS Securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Non-CIS Securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the Non-CIS Securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
(a)
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
(b)
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,
 
189

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Non-CIS Securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
(a)
to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
(b)
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(c)
where the transfer is by operation of law;
(d)
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
(e)
as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.
Singapore Securities and Futures Act Product Classification: Solely for the purposes of our obligations pursuant to sections 309B(1)(a) and 309B(1)(c) of the SFA, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A of the SFA), that the ADSs are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
Switzerland
This document is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the ADSs described herein. The ADSs may not be publicly offered, sold or advertised, directly or indirectly, in, into or from Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange or on any other exchange or regulated trading venue in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to article 652a or article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or a listing prospectus within the meaning of the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated trading venue in Switzerland, and neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
United Kingdom
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
(a)
it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of ADSs in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
(b)
it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to ADSs in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
 
190

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING
We estimate that our expenses in connection with this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as follows:
Expenses
  Amount
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
$ 35,337
FINRA filing fee
49,084
NYSE listing fee
100,000
Printing and engraving expenses
475,000
Legal fees and expenses
3,725,000
Accounting fees and expenses
5,650,000
Miscellaneous costs
1,465,579
Total
$ 11,500,000
All amounts in the table are estimates except the SEC registration fee, NYSE listing fee and FINRA filing fee. We will pay all of the expenses of this offering.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the ordinary shares and ADSs with respect to Dutch and U.S. federal law and certain other matters of Dutch and U.S. federal law will be passed upon for us by Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V. and Baker & McKenzie LLP, our Dutch and U.S. counsel. Certain legal matters with respect to Dutch and U.S. federal law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by De Brauw Blackstone Westbroek N.V. and Latham & Watkins LLP, the underwriters’ Dutch and U.S. counsel, respectively.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. as of June 30, 2020, 2019, 2018 and July 1, 2017 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2020, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (“KPMG”), an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
We are incorporated and currently existing under European laws and the laws of the Netherlands. In addition, the majority of the members of our Management and Supervisory Board and senior management reside outside of the United States and a majority of our assets and those of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States on us or those persons or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability or other provisions of the U.S. securities laws or other laws against us or such persons.
As a general rule under Dutch law, in the case of a Dutch private company with limited liability with a two-tier board structure, a shareholder has no direct recourse against the members of the management board and the supervisory board, in the event that it is alleged that they failed to fulfil their obligations (proper management of the company) towards the company. Apart from insolvency or other special circumstances, only the company itself has the right to claim damages from members of the management and supervisory boards. It is customary for the company to waive such claims against the members of the management and supervisory boards in the course of the adoption of the annual accounts. Such waiver only covers events that are reflected in the annual accounts.
Awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may not be enforceable in the Netherlands. In addition, actions brought in a Dutch court against MYT Netherlands or the members of our Supervisory Board and Management Board, our senior management and the experts named herein to enforce liabilities based on U.S. federal securities laws may be subject to certain restrictions; in particular,
 
191

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Dutch courts may not award punitive damages. An award for monetary damages under the U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is intended to punish the defendant. The enforceability of any judgment in the Netherlands will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time.
Litigation in the Netherlands is also subject to rules of procedure that differ from the U.S. rules, including with respect to the taking and admissibility of evidence, the conduct of the proceedings and the allocation of costs. Proceedings in the Netherlands are typically conducted in the Dutch language, and all documents submitted to the court would, in principle, have to be translated into Dutch. Evidentiary documents may be submitted in English, French or German, although the courts may request translations. Accordingly, it may be difficult for a U.S. investor to bring an original action in a Dutch court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us, certain members of our Management and Supervisory Boards and senior management and the experts named in this prospectus. The United States and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than the multi-party treaty with respect to arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. However, if a person has obtained a final judgment without appeal in such a matter rendered by a court in the United States that is enforceable in the United States and files his claim with the competent Dutch court, the Dutch court will recognize and give effect to such foreign judgment insofar as it finds that (i) the jurisdiction of the U.S. court has been based on grounds which are internationally acceptable, (ii) proper legal procedures have been observed, (iii) the judgment does not contravene Dutch public policy and (iv) the judgment is not irreconcilable with a judgment of a Dutch court or an earlier judgment of a foreign court that is capable of being recognized in the Netherlands. Based on the foregoing, even if a judgment against our company, the members of our Management Board, Supervisory Board, senior management or the experts named in this prospectus based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws is obtained, a U.S. investor may not be able to enforce it in U.S. or Dutch courts.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act, including amendments and relevant exhibits and schedules, covering the underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs to be sold in this offering. The ADS depositary has also filed with the SEC a related registration statement on Form F-6 to register the ADSs. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration Statement on Form F-1, summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents included in the Registration Statement. Since this prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the Registration Statement on Form F-1, you should read the Registration Statement on Form F-1 and its exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and ADSs. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.
Immediately upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement on Form F-1, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. Our filings with the SEC are available to the public through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. We are not required to disclose certain other information that is required from U.S. domestic issuers. Also, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing of proxy statements to shareholders and members of our Management and Supervisory boards and our principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.
Our SEC filings, including the Registration Statement on Form F-1, are also available to you on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
As a foreign private issuer, we are also exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. We are, however, still subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations required of us as a foreign private issuer are different than those required by other U.S. domestic reporting companies, our
 
192

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
shareholders, potential shareholders and the investing public in general should not expect to receive information about us in the same amount and at the same time as information is received from, or provided by, other U.S. domestic reporting companies. We are liable for violations of the rules and regulations of the SEC which do apply to us as a foreign private issuer.
We intend to furnish the depositary with a copy of all notices of general meetings of shareholders and other reports, communications, and information that are made generally available to our shareholders. The depositary will make such notices, reports and communications available to holders of ADSs and will mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in any notice of a general meeting received by the depositary from us.
We maintain a corporate website at www.mytheresa.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus and our website address is included in this prospectus as an inactive textual reference only.
 
193

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MYT NETHERLANDS PARENT B.V.—CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
Consolidated Financial Statements
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
F-44
F-45
F-46
F-47
F-48
 
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the management board
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. and subsidiaries (the Company)as of June 30, 2020, 2019, 2018 and July 1, 2017, the related consolidated statements of profit and comprehensive income, changes in equity, cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2020, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2020, 2019, 2018 and July 1, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019
Munich, Germany
November 23, 2020
 
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Consolidated Statements of Profit and Comprehensive Income
(Amounts in € thousands, except share and per share data)
Year ended June 30,
(in thousands)
Note
2018
2019
2020
Net sales
7,8
303,520 379,086 449,487
Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
16
(160,469) (201,410) (239,546)
Gross profit 143,051 177,676 209,941
Shipping and payment cost
(36,163) (44,104) (52,857)
Marketing expenses
(47,671) (55,767) (62,507)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
9
(40,114) (52,038) (66,427)
Depreciation and amortization
13,14,15
(6,796) (7,686) (7,885)
Other income, net
10
1,499 995 645
Operating income
13,806 19,076 20,910
Finance expenses, net
11
(4,835) (13,986) (11,119)
Income before income taxes
8,971 5,090 9,791
Income tax expense
12
(3,468) (3,439) (3,441)
Net income
5,503 1,651 6,350
Other comprehensive income
(1,244) 1,406 4,730
Comprehensive income
4,259 3,057 11,080
Basic and diluted earnings per share
5.2
5,503 1,651 6,350
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding (basic and diluted)
1,000 1,000 1,000
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Amounts in € thousands)
(in thousands)
Note
July 1, 2017
June 30, 2018
June 30, 2019
June 30, 2020
Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets and goodwill
13
154,968 155,066 155,208 154,966
Property and equipment, net
14
6,973 10,654 9,804 9,570
Right-of-use assets
15
24,831 22,740 17,711 19,001
Prepayment option
26
13 65 184
Total non-current assets
186,785 188,525 182,907 183,537
Current assets
Inventories
16
71,870 106,715 136,034 169,131
Trade and other receivables
17
3,686 5,560 5,648 4,815
Other assets
18
5,518 9,064 8,440 18,950
Cash and cash equivalents
18,393 3,690 2,120 9,367
Total current assets
99,467 125,029 152,242 202,263
Total assets
286,252 313,554 335,149 385,800
Shareholders’ equity and liabilities
Subscribed capital
19
72 72 72 1
Capital reserve
19
148,488 148,808 148,960 91,008
Accumulated Deficit
(41,738) (36,235) (34,584) (28,234)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
(3,290) (4,534) (3,128) 1,602
Total shareholders’ equity
103,532 108,111 111,320 64,377
Non-current liabilities
Shareholder Loans
20
108,722 114,208 126,079 191,194
Other liabilities
23
1,121 3,515 5,905
Tax liabilities
21
3,216 4,666 975 3,853
Provisions
22
778 781 782 582
Lease liabilities
15
20,297 18,344 13,675 13,928
Deferred income tax liabilities, net
12,24
5,454 5,315 5,192 1,130
Total non-current liabilities
138,467 144,435 150,218 216,592
Current liabilities
Liabilities to banks
20
3,649 10,000
Lease liabilities
15
3,803 4,986 4,689 5,787
Contract liabilities
8
2,042 3,858 4,548 6,758
Trade and other payables
22,442 31,280 29,413 36,158
Other liabilities
23
15,966 20,884 31,312 46,128
Total current liabilities
44,253 61,008 73,611 104,831
Total liabilities
182,720 205,443 223,829 321,423
Total shareholders’ equity and liabilities
286,252 313,554 335,149 385,800
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
(Amounts in € thousands)
(in thousands)
Subscribed
capital
Capital
reserve
Accumulated
deficit
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
Total
shareholders’
equity
Balance as of July 1, 2017
72 148,488 (41,738) (3,290) 103,532
Net income
5,503 5,503
Other comprehensive income
(1,244) (1,244)
Comprehensive income
5,503 (1,244) 4,259
Share-based compensation
320
320
Balance as of June 30, 2018
72 148,808 (36,235) (4,534) 108,111
Balance as of July 1, 2018
72 148,808 (36,235) (4,534) 108,111
Net income
1,651 1,651
Other comprehensive income
1,406 1,406
Comprehensive income
1,651 1,406 3,057
Share-based compensation
152
152
Balance as of June 30, 2019
72 148,960 (34,584) (3,128) 111,320
Balance as of July 1, 2019
72 148,960 (34,584) (3,128) 111,320
Net income
6,350 6,350
Other comprehensive income
4,730 4,730
Comprehensive income
6,350 4,730 11,080
Legal Reorganization
(71) 36,252 36,181
Distribution (191,207) (191,207)
Contribution 96,938 96,938
Share-based compensation
65 65
Balance as of June 30, 2020
1 91,008 (28,234) 1,602 64,377
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in € thousands)
Year ended June 30,
(in thousands)
Note
2018
2019
2020
Net income
5,503 1,651 6,350
Non-Cash items
Depreciation and amortization
13,14,15
6,796 7,686 7,885
Finance expenses, net
11
4,835 13,986 11,119
Share-based compensation
25
320 152 65
Income tax expense
12
3,468 3,439 3,441
Change in operating assets and liabilities
Increase (decrease) in provisions
22
3 1 (200)
Increase in inventories
16
(34,845) (29,319) (33,097)
(Increase) decrease in trade and other receivables
(1,874) (88) 833
(Increase) decrease in other assets
18
(3,546) 624 (10,510)
Increase in other liabilities
23
5,988 12,642 17,894
Increase in contract liabilities
1,816 690 2,210
Increase (decrease) in trade and other payables
8,838 (1,867) 6,745
Income taxes paid
(2,164) (7,230) (2,176)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(4,862) 2,367 10,559
Expenditure for property and equipment and intangible assets
(5,495) (1,845) (2,420)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
64
Net cash (used in) investing activities
(5,431) (1,845) (2,420)
Proceeds from bank liabilities
20
4,500 25,649 90,750
Repayment of liabilities from banks
20
(4,500) (22,000) (84,399)
Lease payments
(3,822) (5,070) (4,256)
Interest paid
11
(588) (671) (2,973)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(4,410) (2,092) (878)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(14,703) (1,570) 7,261
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
18,393 3,690 2,120
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(14)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
3,690 2,120 9,367
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended 30 June 2020
(Amounts in € thousands, except share and per share data)
1. Corporate information
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. (the “Company”, together with its subsidiaries, “Mytheresa Group”) is a private company with limited liability, incorporated by MYT Intermediate Holding Co. under the laws of the Netherlands on May 31, 2019. The statutory seat of the Company is in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. The registered office address of the Company is at Einsteinring 9, 85609 Aschheim, Germany. The Company is registered at the trade register of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 74988441.
Through its subsidiary Mytheresa Group GmbH (“MGG”), Mytheresa Group operates a digital platform for the global luxury fashion consumer, in addition to its flagship retail store and men’s location in Munich. Mytheresa Group started as one of the first multi-brand luxury boutiques in Germany and launched its online business in 2006. Mytheresa Group provides customers with a highly curated selection of products, access to exclusive capsule collections, in-house produced content, and a personalized, memorable shopping experience.
Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, references to the MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. or the Company includes the predecessor Mariposa I. S.àr.l. (“Mariposa I”).
The consolidated financial statements of Mytheresa Group were authorized for issue by the Management Board on November 23, 2020.
2. Related Party Financing and Prior Restructuring Transactions
2.1.
Related Party Financing Arrangements
Following the acquisition by Neiman Marcus in 2014, Mytheresa Group had a series of related party financing arrangements with its shareholders (collectively, the “Shareholder Loans”). These financing arrangements consisted of the following:

Convertible Preferred Equity Certificate—MYT Intermediate Holding Co., the direct parent of Mytheresa Group, held two Convertible Preferred Equity Certificates (“CPEC”) due from Mariposa I. The CPEC, which had a combined carrying amount of €36,095 thousand on June 30, 2019 and was classified within Shareholder Loans, are no longer outstanding following the Prior Restructuring Transactions (defined below) in July 2019.

Variable Interest Shareholder Loans—Through its former subsidiary Mariposa Luxembourg II S.a.r.l. (“Mariposa II”), Mytheresa Group was party to two related party U.S. Dollar denominated loans (“Variable Interest Shareholder Loans”) payable to MYT Intermediate Holding Co. These loans, which had a combined carrying amount of €89,984 thousand on June 30, 2019 and were classified within Shareholder Loans, were cancelled in February 2020 and are no longer outstanding following the Prior Restructuring Transactions.

Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans—Prior to February 28, 2020, MGG, an indirect subsidiary of Mariposa I, was party to two intercompany shareholder loans (“Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans”) payable to MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. (and formerly to other companies in the Mytheresa Group). As part of the Prior Restructuring Transactions, these previously intercompany loans were re-assigned to MYT Intermediate Holding Co, the direct shareholder of Mytheresa Group. As of June 30, 2020, the Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans had an outstanding balance of €191,194 thousand classified within Shareholder Loans as of June 30, 2020.
Mytheresa Group did not receive any cash proceeds under these financing arrangements. Refer to Note 20 for further details regarding the Shareholder Loans.
 
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
2.2.
Prior Restructuring Transactions
Prior to fiscal 2020, Mytheresa Group was a consolidated group of legal entities with Mariposa I as its parent. Mytheresa Group underwent a series of transactions (collectively the “Prior Restructuring Transactions”), which resulted in MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. becoming the parent of Mytheresa Group.

On May 31, 2019, MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. was formed by MYT Intermediate Holding Co. as a holding company with 1,000 ordinary shares and initial share capital of USD 1,000. Following its formation, MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. became a direct subsidiary of MYT Intermediate Holding Co. On July 24, 2019, MYT Intermediate Holding Co. contributed its shares held in Mariposa I and the CPEC receivable from Mariposa I to MYT Netherlands Parent B.V., whereby MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. became the direct parent of Mariposa I (the “Legal Reorganization”). This transaction was treated as a legal reorganization, which resulted in a decrease to share capital, with an offsetting increase to capital reserve. At this time, the CPEC receivable and payable became intercompany balances eliminated in consolidation. The Legal Reorganization, including the CPEC reassignment, resulted in a net increase of shareholders’ equity of €36,181 thousand.
On August 28, 2019, Mariposa II then merged into Mariposa I. Following the merger, the net assets of Mariposa II, including the Variable Interest Shareholder Loans, were reassigned to Mariposa I and Mariposa II ceased to exist. The merger had no impact on the consolidated financial results of Mytheresa Group.
Effective August 28, 2019, Mariposa I, entered into a cross-border merger with the MYT Netherlands B.V. Following the merger, the net assets of Mariposa I, including the Variable Interest Shareholder Loans, were reassigned to MYT Netherlands B.V. and Mariposa I ceased to exist. The cross-border merger had no impact on the consolidated financial results of Mytheresa Group.

In February 2020, the Variable Interest Shareholder Loans were forgiven by MYT Intermediate Holding Co. The loan forgiveness was treated as a capital contribution and resulted in a €96,938 thousand increase to capital reserve with an offsetting decrease to Shareholder Loans.

In February 2020, the Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans payable by MGG, which were previously payable to MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. and eliminated in consolidation, were reassigned to MYT Intermediate Holding Co. Following the reassignment, the Fixed Interest Shareholder loans are no longer eliminated in consolidation. The loan re-assignment to MYT Intermediate Holding Co. was treated as a capital distribution by the Company. The loan reassignments collectively resulted in a net decrease to shareholders’ equity of €191,207 thousand, net of taxes of €2,318 thousand.

On December 5, 2019, MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. acquired all issued and outstanding shares of Mytheresa SE, a shell company founded on January 17, 2019, with cash and cash equivalents and shareholders’ equity of €120 thousand each, for total consideration of €136 thousand.
3. Basis of presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), taking into account the recommendations of the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”).
The accounting principles set out below, unless stated otherwise, have been applied consistently for all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.
Mytheresa Group’s fiscal year ends June 30. All intercompany transactions are eliminated during the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.
The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar (“USD”). The presentation currency of Mytheresa Group is Euro. Currency translation differences are recorded within the foreign currency translation reserve.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, unless otherwise stated. All amounts presented are rounded to the nearest thousand except when otherwise indicated. Due to rounding, differences may arise when individual amounts or percentages are added together.
 
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The consolidated financial statements are prepared under the assumption that the business will continue as a going concern. Management believes that Mytheresa Group has adequate resources to continue operations for the foreseeable future.
IFRS 1 (“First Time Adoption of IFRS”)
As neither Mariposa I S.àr.l., nor MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. have prepared consolidated financial statements in the past, these consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance with IFRS 1 (“First Time Adoption of IFRS”).
The Company’s subsidiary, MGG, previously prepared consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS. The consolidated financial statements prepared by MGG did not include financial information for Mariposa I S.àr.l. and MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
IFRS 1 provides an exemption when a parent entity becomes a first-time adopter later than its subsidiary included in its consolidated financial statements. In these circumstances, the parent entity shall measure its assets and liabilities of the subsidiary on the date of transition at the same carrying amounts as in the IFRS financial statements of the subsidiary, after adjusting for consolidation and equity accounting adjustments and for the effects of the business combination in which the entity acquired the subsidiary.
Based on this exemption, Mytheresa Group elected to measure the assets and liabilities of MGG and its subsidiaries at the same carrying amounts used in its previously prepared IFRS consolidated financial statements.
Accordingly, the Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans between Mariposa I and MGG as of July 1, 2017 were eliminated, and the CPECs and the Variable Interest Loans were included in the consolidated statement of financial position for the first time at their respective fair values, including the separation of an embedded derivative.
4. Impacts to the consolidated financial statements due to Covid-19 pandemic
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was first identified, and in March 2020, the World Health Organization categorized COVID-19 as a pandemic. Public health efforts to mitigate the impact of the pandemic include government actions such as travel restrictions, limitations on public gatherings, shelter in place orders and mandatory closures. Although the pandemic has had a substantial impact on the global economy, Mytheresa Group has not yet experienced material declines in revenue, deterioration in net assets, or other adverse effects from the pandemic. While the flagship retail store and men’s location in Munich were closed during much of March and April 2020, Mytheresa Group continued to offer customers an uninterrupted boutique luxury shopping experience from its online business, which constitutes 97% of net sales.
To date, Mytheresa Group incurred no significant supply chain or logistics disruptions with its brand partners, shipping providers, or its in-house operations. In response to the pandemic and in coordination with local government requirements, Mytheresa Group temporarily closed certain corporate and administrative offices, including its corporate headquarters in Munich, with affected employees working remotely. These closures were limited to administrative offices and retail stores, with warehouse and logistics functions remaining in operation throughout the pandemic. Mytheresa Group also implemented safe work and social distancing measures for all employees, including personnel in the central warehouse facility in Heimstetten, Germany.
The COVID-19 pandemic remains an evolving situation. Uncertainties in the global economy may adversely impact the Mytheresa Group’s brand partners, customers, and other business partners, which may interrupt Mytheresa Group’s supply chain, impact future sales, and require other changes to operations. These uncertainties may also lead to increased asset recovery and valuation risks, such as potential impairment of the Mytheresa Group’s goodwill and intangible assets and inventories. However, management does not currently anticipate any long-term adverse effects from the pandemic. Management will continue to closely monitor the effects of the pandemic, including its impact on inventories and other significant estimates.
 
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
5. Scope of Consolidation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
5.1.
Scope of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and results of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries.
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. The Company controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has the right to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.
Besides MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. and Mariposa I S.à.r.l. the following subsidiaries are included in the scope of consolidation:
Subsidiary
Location
Percentage of
ownership
Mariposa II S.à.r.l.(1)
Luxembourg, Luxembourg
100%
Mytheresa Group GmbH
Munich, Germany 100%
Mytheresa SE(2)
Munich, Germany 100%
Theresa Warenvertrieb GmbH
Munich, Germany 100%
mytheresa.com GmbH
Munich, Germany 100%
mytheresa.com Service GmbH
Munich, Germany 100%
mytheresa Business Information Consulting Co Ltd.(3)
Shanghai, China 100%
(1)
Mariposa II S.à.r.l was merged into Mariposa I S.à.r.l, which subsequently was merged into MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. in August 2019 (Refer to Note 2.2).
(2)
Mytheresa SE was acquired by the Company on December 5, 2019.
(3)
mytheresa Business Information Consulting Co Ltd. was founded on August 2, 2017
5.2
Summary of significant accounting policies
a)
Current versus non-current classification
Mytheresa Group classifies assets and liabilities by maturity. They are regarded as current if they mature within one year or within the normal operating business cycle of Mytheresa Group. The normal operating business cycle, which is less than one year, begins with the procurement of inventory and ends with the receipt of cash or cash equivalents as consideration for the sale of inventory. Inventories, trade and other receivables, and trade and other payables are always presented as current items.
b)
Foreign currency translation
Mytheresa Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in Euro, which is the functional and presentation currency of the principal operating subsidiaries of Mytheresa Group. For each entity, the Group determines the functional currency and items included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency. Functional currency is defined as the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates.
The assets and liabilities of entities with a functional currency other than the Euro, are translated into Euro at the exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of such companies are translated into Euro at the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign currency translation differences are recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign currency translation reserve.
For entities with Euro as their functional currency, transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rates prevailing on the date of transaction. Balance sheet items denominated in currencies other than Euro, including the U.S. Dollar denominated Shareholder Loans, are translated at the closing rate for each reporting period, with resulting translation differences recognized within finance expenses, net.
 
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Company historically had intercompany Shareholder Loans payable by MGG denominated in USD. The foreign currency gains and losses incurred by MGG associated with these intercompany loans were classified within finance expenses, net and are not eliminated in consolidation.
c)
Revenue recognition
All revenue generated by Mytheresa Group is included within net sales on the consolidated statement of profit and comprehensive income.
Under IFRS 15, Mytheresa Group recognizes revenue when it transfers control of merchandise to a customer, which occurs upon delivery. Management applies the following five step model when determining the timing and amount of revenue recognition:
1.
Identifying the contracts with customers;
2.
Identifying the separate performance obligations;
3.
Determining the transaction price;
4.
Allocating the transaction price to separate performance obligations; and
5.
Recognizing revenue when each performance obligation is satisfied.
All revenues of Mytheresa Group qualify as contracts with customers and fall in the scope of IFRS 15.
Mytheresa Group generates revenue from the sale of merchandise shipped to customer.
Mytheresa Group recognizes revenues to reflect the transfer of goods or services to customers at an amount that represents the consideration the entity expects to receive including fixed amounts, variable amounts or both, such as returns, rebates and discounts. Revenue is recognized when the customer obtains control over the good upon delivery.
Delivery occurs when the products have been shipped to the specific location, the risks of loss have been transferred to the customer, and either the customer has accepted the products in accordance with the sales contract, the acceptance provisions have lapsed or Mytheresa Group has objective evidence that all criteria for acceptance have been satisfied. A contract liability is recognized for products for which control has not been transferred to the customer. The related revenue is recognized when the customer obtains control of the product. A contract liability is also recognized from the sale of gift cards. As the entity expects to be entitled to a breakage amount, it recognizes the expected breakage amount as revenue in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer. The expected breakage is based on historical data adjusted for current expectations.
Mytheresa Group assesses all promised goods and services and identified performance obligations at contract inception. Contracts with customers include a single performance obligation, for example, the sale of a distinct bundle of sale of goods and related activities to provide these goods and services (packaging, shipping, credit card processing, settlement of duties and other transaction processing activities). As these related activities are not distinct performance obligations, revenue for these services is recognized at the time the performance obligation to facilitate the transaction between the seller and end consumer is satisfied.
No element of financing is deemed present as the sales are made with an immediate sales capture, which is consistent with market practice.
Goods sold to the customers can be returned or exchanged within 30 days of receipt of the goods. For expected returns, Mytheresa Group recognizes a refund liability as reduction of revenue and a right of return asset as reduction of cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation and amortization (“cost of sales”) based on historical data and expected future return rates.
Variable consideration might occur in form of promotional discounts. Mytheresa Group includes variable consideration estimated in accordance with IFRS 15.53 in the transaction price only to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when
 
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. As the contracts include only a single performance obligation, the transaction price is allocated to that performance obligation.
d)
Intangible assets and goodwill
Mytheresa Group’s intangible assets and goodwill primarily resulted from the acquisition of the Mytheresa operations by MGG in 2014. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any. The useful life of intangible assets is assessed as either finite or indefinite.
Intangible assets with a finite useful life
Intangible assets with a finite useful life consist of licenses and software. Intangible assets with a finite life are amortized over their estimated useful economic life on a straight-line basis and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortization period and the amortization method of intangible assets with a finite useful life are reviewed at least annually, with any changes treated as changes in accounting estimates. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of the assets’ future economic benefits are considered when assessing the amortization method and useful life of the asset.
Amortization expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognized in the consolidated statement of profit and comprehensive income within depreciation and amortization.
The estimated useful life of licenses and software is three years.
Intangible asset with indefinite life
Mytheresa Group recognizes trademarks intangible assets for Mytheresa brand names. As the trademark is core to the business and as there is no foreseeable limit to the future cash flows generated by the intangible asset, trademarks are assessed as indefinitely lived. Mytheresa Group assesses trademarks for impairment and potential changes in useful life annually in the fourth quarter, or when an event becomes known that may trigger impairment.
Goodwill
Mytheresa Group’s goodwill originated from the Neiman Marcus acquisition in 2014 and represents the difference between the purchase price and the net identifiable assets acquired.
Goodwill is not amortized but reviewed for impairment at least annually. Mytheresa Group consists of two cash generating units (“CGU”), which represent the lowest level in which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Any potential impairment of goodwill is identified by comparing the recoverable amount of a CGU to its carrying value. Goodwill is reduced by the amount of impairment, if any. If the impairment exceeds the carrying amount of goodwill, the carrying values of the remaining assets in the CGU are reduced by the excess on a pro-rata basis. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of the year, or when an event becomes known that may trigger impairment.
e)
Property and equipment, net
Property and equipment, net is stated at historical cost, net of accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Historical cost includes any expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset, including costs incurred to prepare the asset for its intended use.
Property and equipment, net is depreciated on a straight-line basis over each asset’s expected useful life. When significant parts of a fixed asset have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate components and depreciated separately. Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at least annually and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.
Mytheresa Group applies the following useful lives when estimating depreciation of property and equipment, net:
 
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Asset type
Estimated useful life
Leasehold improvements
over the period of the lease
Other fixed assets and office equipment
3 – 15 years
If a leasehold improvement is expected to be in use after the expected expiration date of its associated lease, then it is depreciated over its estimated useful life.
All repair and maintenance costs are expensed when incurred.
Mytheresa Group assesses property and equipment, net for impairment whenever there is an indication of potential impairment.
f)
Leases
The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement at inception. The arrangement is, or contains, a lease if fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset or assets, even if that right is not explicitly specified in an arrangement. Mytheresa Group assesses at the inception of the contract whether the contract is or contains a lease.
Mytheresa Group adopted IFRS 16 effective July 1, 2017, using the modified retrospective method. On July 1, 2017 Mytheresa Group recognized right-of-use assets in the amount of the lease liabilities in accordance with IFRS 16. D9B b) ii).
Mytheresa Group’s leases consist of real estate and company cars. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and may contain a range of different terms and conditions. Lease contracts may be negotiated for fixed period or include extension options.
To determine the lease terms, all facts and circumstances which offer economic incentives to exercise extension options are included. If it is reasonably certain that a lease term will be extended, the related extension option is included. The lease terms include fixed payments as well as variable payments that depend on an index.
Extension options are included in the determination of the lease liability to the extent that it is reasonably certain that those options will be exercised by Mytheresa Group. Management of Mytheresa Group reviews forecasts, planned growth and facility capacity when determining whether an extension option is reasonably certain to be exercised.
The lease liability is subsequently measured as the present value of the expected lease payments. To determine the present value, Mytheresa Group discounts the remaining lease payments with the incremental borrowing rate of the lessee. The incremental borrowing rate is the interest rate that Mytheresa Group would be required to pay to borrow over a similar term, and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset as the underlying lease agreement in a similar economic environment. Mytheresa Group applied incremental borrowing rates between 0.96% and 6.21% for the periods presented.
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost at the date of commencement. The cost is comprised of the initial lease liability measurement and any lease payments made before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received and estimated cost of dismantling and removing the underlying asset incurred by the lessee.
After the commencement date, Mytheresa Group measures right-of-use assets at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses.
For subsequent measurement, the carrying amount of the lease liability is increased to reflect the interest on the lease liability and reduced to reflect the lease payments made. The finance expenses associated with the lease term are recognized in the consolidated statement of profit and comprehensive income over the lease term.
To date, no impairment losses have been identified on Mytheresa Group’s right-of-use assets.
Mytheresa Group elected to apply an exemption for low value leases in accordance with IFRS 16. Low value leases are leases with contract amounts below $5 thousand. Lease payments associated with low value leases
 
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
are expensed on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Accordingly, no right-of-use assets or lease liabilities are recognized for low value leases.
g)
Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Costs are assigned to individual items using the weighted average cost method. Costs of purchased inventory are determined after deducting rebates and discounts.
Inventory is written down when its net realizable value is below its carrying amount. Mytheresa Group estimates net realizable value as the amount at which inventories are expected to be sold, taking into consideration fluctuations in selling prices due to seasonality, less estimated costs necessary to complete the sale. When circumstances that previously caused inventories to be written down below cost no longer exist or when there is clear evidence of an increase in selling prices, the amount of the write-down previously recorded is reversed.
The carrying amount of inventories is expensed as inventories are sold and recognized in cost of goods sold. Write-downs to net realizable value and losses are expensed in the period they occur. Any reversal of write-downs is recognized in the period the reversal occurs.
h)
Financial instruments—Initial recognition and subsequent measurement
A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one party and a financial liability or equity instrument of another party. These include both non-derivative financial instruments, such as trade and other receivables and payables, and derivative financial instruments, such as foreign exchange contracts.
Financial instruments are recognized when Mytheresa Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the financial instrument. Generally, purchases and sales of financial assets are initially recognized at the settlement date.
Upon initial recognition, all financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value plus or minus any directly attributable transaction costs, unless a financial instrument is classified at fair value through profit or loss.
Mytheresa Group categorizes all financial assets and financial liabilities at initial recognition.
Measurement categories
Financial assets and financial liabilities are grouped into the following categories according to IFRS 9:

measured at amortized cost (“AC”), which includes Mytheresa Group’s cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables and other assets, as well as trade and other payable, liabilities to banks and Shareholder Loans, and

measured at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”), which includes Mytheresa Group’s free-standing derivatives (foreign exchange options) with a positive fair value.
Classification of financial assets depends on the business model used for managing financial assets and on the characteristics of the contractual cash flows involved. Financial assets are classified within AC category only when they are held exclusively to collect the contractual cash flows and when their contractual terms comprise cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. With the exception of derivatives, all financial assets are classified at AC.
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash held at banks and cash on hand. Trade and other receivables are generally accounted for at AC less any impairment using the general impairment model. Deposits granted for rent which are not related to credit lines are recorded under other assets as restricted cash since they are not available for use in the operating business of Mytheresa Group. Other assets are recognized at nominal value.
Financial liabilities are generally classified at amortized cost. There are some exceptions, for example financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss including derivatives not designated as hedging instruments. Financial liabilities need to be analyzed to determine whether they contain any embedded derivative. If the
 
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
embedded derivative is not closely related to the host contract, such derivatives must be separated and be accounted for separately at FVTPL.
Subsequent measurement
Financial assets and financial liabilities in the AC category are subsequently measured using the effective interest method. Using the effective interest method, all directly attributable fees, consideration paid or received, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts included in the calculation of the effective interest rate are amortized over the expected term of the financial instrument. Interest income and expenses from the application of the effective interest method are presented as finance income, net in the consolidated statement of profit and comprehensive income.
Financial assets and financial liabilities in the FVTPL category are subsequently measured at fair value, with changes in value recognized in the consolidated statement of profit and comprehensive income.
Impairment
Under IFRS 9, Mytheresa Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses (“ECL”) associated with its debt instruments measured at amortized cost.
The general impairment methodology follows a three-stage approach based on the change in credit quality of financial assets since initial recognition (general approach). At initial recognition, debt instruments are assumed to have a low credit risk, for which a loss allowance for 12-months ECL is recognized (Stage 1). When there has been a significant increase in credit risk, the loss allowance is measured using lifetime ECL (Stage 2). A significant increase in credit risk is presumed if a debtor is more than 30 days past due in making a contractual payment. If there is objective evidence of impairment (Stage 3), Mytheresa Group also accounts for lifetime ECL and recognizes an impairment. Mytheresa Group considers that there is objective evidence of impairment if any of the following indicators are present: significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganization or default or delinquency in payments.
Mytheresa Group applies this general approach for cash and cash equivalents as well as other assets. These assets are considered to have a low credit risk when the issuer has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term. Cash and cash equivalents are only placed at banks with credit ratings of investment grade or higher. Rental deposits are trust assets that, in case of a default of the counterparty, are separated from insolvency estate and are paid back primarily. Considering that, the impairment for these assets is not material.
For trade and other receivables, Mytheresa Group applies the simplified approach under which lifetime ECL is recognized without monitoring the change in customers’ credit risk.
Impairment losses, including reversals of impairment losses or impairment gains, are presented as other income, net in the consolidated statement of profit and comprehensive income.
Hedge Accounting
Mytheresa Group is exposed to currency risks as a result of participating in business activities outside the Euro zone. Mytheresa Group uses foreign currency derivatives to hedge and thus limit currency risks from sales in foreign currencies. The sales are hedged each fiscal year so that no derivatives are still in place at the balance sheet date. Mytheresa Group applied hedge accounting in accordance with IFRS 9 initially in fiscal year 2020. Currency risks are managed centrally within Mytheresa Group. Regular reports on the Group-wide development of risks and open positions with currency risk are made.
Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged. Mytheresa Group only enters into foreign exchange derivatives (“foreign exchange forwards”) that are all designated as hedges of the foreign currency risk associated with the cash flows of highly probable forecast sales denominated in foreign currency. There is an economic relationship
 
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
between the foreign currency sales and the foreign currency derivatives, the derivatives coincide in time with the underlying transactions, and the amounts are generally offset and the hedging relationship is therefore effective. Sources of ineffectiveness are the forward exchange transactions concluded in their entirety with identical hedging rates in the fiscal year; these were immaterial overall.
At the inception of a hedge relationship, Mytheresa Group documents the economic relationship between the hedging instruments and hedged items, including whether changes in the fair value of the hedged items are offset by changes in the fair value of the hedging instruments. Mytheresa Group documents its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking its hedging transactions. Detailed information on risk management and risks arising from Mytheresa Group’s financial instruments can be found in Note 26.
A hedging relationship qualifies for hedge accounting only if all of the following requirements for hedge effectiveness are met: there is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument, the effect of the credit risk does not dominate the changes in value that result from this economic relationship, the hedging relationship is the same as that which results from the amount of the hedged item that the Company actually hedges and the amount of the hedging instrument that the Company actually uses to hedge that amount of the hedged item. Hedging instruments are expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in cash flows. Hedging instruments are reviewed on an ongoing basis to determine that they have actually been highly effective throughout the financial year for which they are designated.
Mytheresa Group applies cash flow hedge accounting, whereby the spot component of the forward exchange contracts is designated as the hedging instrument. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of the designated cash component is recognized in the hedge reserve in other comprehensive income (“OCI I”, “cash flow hedge reserve”) within equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in profit or loss. In addition, Mytheresa Group recognizes changes in fair value related to the forward element in other comprehensive income (“OCI II”, “Cost of Hedging Reserve”) within equity. Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified in the periods in which the hedging instrument affects profit or loss.
Application of hedge accounting in fiscal 2020 resulted in a €1,509 thousand reduction to net sales. If hedge accounting had not been applied, the amounts would have been recognized immediately within in finance expense, net as free-standing derivatives.
Derecognition
A financial asset is derecognized when the contractual rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and Mytheresa Group substantially transferred all rewards and risks associated with the ownership. In the case of sales of trade receivables, essentially all rewards and risks are transferred to the buyer of the receivables.
Financial liabilities are derecognized when the obligation under the liability is settled, cancelled or expired.
Offsetting
Financial assets and financial liabilities are only offset and presented net in the statement of financial position when Mytheresa Group has a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. Mytheresa Group might also enter into arrangements that do not meet the criteria for offsetting but still allow for the related amounts to be set off in certain circumstances, such as bankruptcy or the termination of a contract.
Netting agreements on derivative contracts or other assets and liabilities are not in place as of the balance sheet date.
Fair value measurement
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date in the principal or, in its absence, the most advantageous market to which Mytheresa Group has access at that date. The fair value of a liability reflects its non-performance risk.
 
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
A number of Mytheresa Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of fair value for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Mytheresa Group measures the fair value of an instrument using the quoted price in an active market for that instrument, if such price is available. A market is regarded as “active” if transactions for the asset or liability take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
If there is no quoted price in an active market, then Mytheresa Group uses valuation techniques that maximize the use of relevant observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The chosen valuation technique incorporates all factors that market participants would take into account in pricing a transaction.
Based on the input parameters used for valuation the fair values have to be assigned to one of the following levels of the fair value hierarchy:

Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities,

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices), and

Level 3: Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).
i)
Provisions
Mytheresa Group recognizes provisions when it has a present obligation, legal or constructive, as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The increase in provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance expenses.
j)
Income taxes
Current income taxes
Current income tax is the expected tax payable or receivable based on the taxable income or loss for the period and the tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted as of the reporting date. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. In case of uncertainties related to income taxes, they are accounted for in accordance with IFRIC 23 and IAS 12 based on the best estimate of those uncertainties.
Deferred taxes
Deferred taxes are recognized on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable income and are accounted for using the balance sheet-liability method.
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable income will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilized.
However, deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from goodwill. Furthermore, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither taxable income, nor the accounting profit.
Current and deferred tax is charged or credited in the consolidated statement of profit and comprehensive income, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the current or deferred tax is also recognized directly in equity.
 
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated using tax rates expected to be in place in the period of realization of the associated asset or liability, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period in the respective jurisdiction.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable income will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.
Mytheresa Group establishes tax liabilities on the basis of expected tax payments. Liabilities for trade taxes, corporate taxes and similar taxes on income are determined based on the taxable income of the consolidated entities less any prepayments made. Calculation of tax liabilities is based on the recent tax rates applicable in the tax jurisdiction of Mytheresa Group.
k)
Impairment of non-financial assets
Mytheresa Group assesses whether an asset may be impaired at each reporting date. If any indication of impairment exists, or when annual impairment testing for such an asset is required, Mytheresa Group estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or CGU’s fair value less costs of disposal or its value in use. The recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and written down to its recoverable amount.
In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.
Mytheresa Group bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecasted cash flows, which generally cover a period of five years. Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated statement of profit and comprehensive income in expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.
For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indication that previously recognized impairment losses no longer exist or has decreased. If such indication exists, Mytheresa Group estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount.
Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.
l)
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share are calculated in accordance with IAS 33 (“Earnings per Share”) based on earnings attributable to the Company’s shareholders and the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. The 1,000 outstanding shares as of June 30, 2020 represent the shares issued and outstanding by MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. The common shares outstanding used for computation of earnings per share reflect the Legal Reorganization as if it occurred on January 1, 2017, the earliest date presented. This presentation is consistent with the principles in IAS 33.64, which requires calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for all periods presented to be adjusted retrospectively if changes occur to the capital structure after the reporting period but before the financial statements are authorized for issue.
m)
Segment reporting
An operating segment is a component of Mytheresa Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses and for which discrete financial information is available and used by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) to make decisions around resource allocation and review operating results of Mytheresa Group. Mytheresa Group identified its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as the CODM, collectively. Mytheresa Group does not separately present net sales by product category, because such information is not maintained on a basis consistent with IFRS and the preparation of such information would be unduly costly.
 
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
n)
Management equity incentive plan
Share-based compensation transactions within the scope of IFRS 2 are either recognized as cash-settled share-based compensation transactions or equity-settled share-based compensation transactions. The expenses are recognized within the personnel-related expenses and are measured at fair value by using an appropriate option pricing model in accordance with IFRS 2.
o)
Deferred offering costs
Mytheresa Group capitalizes certain legal, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as other assets until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded in shareholders’ equity as a reduction to capital reserve. Should the equity financing no longer be considered probable of being consummated, the deferred offering costs would be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the statement of profit and comprehensive income. As of June 30, 2020, Mytheresa Group has deferred offering costs of €2,311 thousand classified within other assets.
5.3.
Changes in accounting policies and disclosures
a) New and revised standards and interpretations applied for the first time in the financial year
In fiscal 2020, Mytheresa Group applied “Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards” issued by the IASB, which did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
Mytheresa Group has adopted COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions — Amendment to IFRS 16 Leases for the first time in fiscal 2020. The amendment permits lessees, as a practical expedient, not to assess whether particular rent concessions occurring as a direct consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic are lease modifications and instead to account for those rent concessions as if they are not lease modifications. Mytheresa Group applied this practical expedient in fiscal 2020 on deferred rental for all contracts where such deferrals have been agreed.
b) New and revised standards issued, but not yet effective
At the date of authorization of these financial statements, Mytheresa Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRS standards that have been issued, but are not yet effective:
New or revised standard
Effective date
IFRS 4(A) Insurance Contracts – deferral of IFRS 9
January 1, 2021
IFRS 17(A) Insurance Contracts
January 1, 2023
IAS 1(A) Presentation of Financial Statements: Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current
January 1, 2023
IAS 1(A) and IAS 8(A) Definition of Material
January 1, 2020
IFRS 3(A) Business Combinations
January 1, 2022
IFRS 9(A), IAS 39(A) and IFRS 7(A) Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
January 1, 2020
IAS 16(A) Property, Plant and Equipment
January 1, 2022
IAS 37(A) Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets
January 1, 2022
Annual Improvements 2018-2020
January 1, 2022
(A)
Amendment
The Company is currently evaluating the effects of the new or revised accounting standards listed above but does not expect any material effects. Mytheresa Group does not expect the adoption of IFRS 3 (A), IFRS 4 (A) and IFRS 17 (A) to have any impact on the reported assets and liabilities or the consolidated net income. The effects on the consolidated financial statements resulting from the amendments to IAS 1 (A), IAS 8 (A), IAS 16 (A), IFRS 9 (A), IAS 39 (A), IFRS 7 (A), and IAS 37 (A) are not expected to be material as of the balance sheet date, although Mytheresa Group is currently evaluating the effects.
 
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
6. Critical accounting judgments and key estimates and assumptions
The preparation of Mytheresa Group’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of net sales, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the accompanying note disclosures and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets or liabilities in future periods. The estimates and underlying assumptions are subject to continuous review.
Below is a summary of the critical measurement processes and the key assumptions used by management in applying accounting policies with regard to the future, and which could have significant effects on carrying amounts stated in the consolidated financial statements, or for which there is a risk that significant adjustments may be made to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in subsequent years.
a) Critical accounting judgements
Inventory write-downs
Inventory is carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value, which requires an estimation of the products future net selling prices. When assessing the net realizable value of the inventory Mytheresa Group considers the quantity and aging of inventory on hand, anticipated sales volume, expected selling prices, and selling cost, taking into account long term averages.
Impairment of goodwill and trademark
At least annually, or when circumstances indicate a potential impairment event may have occurred, Mytheresa Group assesses whether its goodwill or indefinite-lived trademark is impaired. Key assumptions used in Mytheresa Group’s impairment assessments of these assets include forecasted cash flows of the business, estimated discount rate, royalty rates and future growth rates. Management uses internal and external data to forecast these key assumptions.
b) Key estimates and assumptions
Impairment of non-financial assets
Impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The fair value less costs of disposal calculation is based on available data from binding sales transactions, conducted at arm’s length, for similar assets or observable market prices less incremental costs for disposing of the asset. The value in use calculation is based on a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model. The cash flows are derived from the budget for the next five years. The recoverable amount is sensitive to the discount rate used for the DCF model as well as the expected future cash inflows and outflows and the growth rate used for extrapolation purposes. These estimates are most relevant to goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite useful life recognized by Mytheresa Group.
7. Segment and geographic information
In line with the management approach, the operating segments were identified on the basis of Mytheresa Group’s internal reporting and how the CODM assesses the performance of the business. On this basis, Mytheresa Group identifies its online operations and retail store as separate operating segments.
During the first quarter of fiscal 2021, the Mytheresa Group implemented changes to its internal management reporting. Following the changes, the internal management reporting information used to monitor performance of the Company is presented in accordance with IFRS. The Company retrospectively restated its segment results for all periods presented on a basis consistent with the revised internal management reporting.
Previously, internal management reporting differed from figures reported under IFRS, due primarily to the timing of revenue recognition, which was based on shipment date for management reporting purposes, as well as the usage of a fixed foreign currency exchange rate for each fiscal year.
 
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Assets are not allocated to the different business segments for internal reporting purposes.
The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s segment EBITDA to consolidated net income, which is prepared under the new reporting structure adopted in the first quarter of fiscal 2021.
EBITDA on segment level is defined as operating income excluding depreciation and amortization.
June 30, 2018
(in € thousands)
Online
Retail Store
Segments total
Reconciliation(1)
IFRS consolidated
Net Sales
292,030 11,490 303,520 303,520
EBITDA 20,105 772 20,877 (275) 20,602
Depreciation and amortization
(6,796)
Finance expenses, net
(4,835)
Income tax expense
(3,468)
Net income
5,503
June 30, 2019
(in € thousands)
Online
Retail Store
Segments total
Reconciliation(1)
IFRS consolidated
Net Sales
365,558 13,528 379,086 379,086
EBITDA 26,455 2,634 29,089 (2,327) 26,762
Depreciation and amortization
(7,686)
Finance expenses, net
(13,986)
Income tax expense
(3,439)
Net income
1,651
June 30, 2020
(in € thousands)
Online
Retail Store
Segments total
Reconciliation(1)
IFRS consolidated
Net Sales
437,448 12,039 449,487 449,487
EBITDA 32,361 1,947 34,308 (5,513) 28,795
Depreciation and amortization
(7,885)
Finance expenses, net
(11,119)
Income tax expense
(3,441)
Net income
6,350
(1)
Reconciliation relates to corporate administrative expenses, which have not been allocated to the online operations or the retail store, including strategic investor sale preparation costs of €2,059 thousand in fiscal 2019 and IPO preparation and transaction costs of €5,206 thousand in fiscal 2020.
Mytheresa Group earns revenues worldwide through its online operations, while all revenue associated with the two retail stores is earned in Germany. Geographic location of online revenue is determined based on the location of delivery. The following table provides Mytheresa Group’s net sales by geographic location:
Year ended June 30,
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
Germany
69,714 84,534 88,866
United States
31,910 38,559 46,328
Europe (excluding Germany)(1)
108,383 141,951 178,747
Rest of the world(1)
93,513 114,042 135,546
303,520 379,086 449,487
(1)
No individual country other than Germany and the United States accounted for more than 10% of net sales.
 
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Substantially all amounts classified within net sales are derived from the sale of luxury goods. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of Mytheresa Group’s net sales in any of the periods presented. Substantially, all long-lived assets are located in Germany.
8. Net sales
On July 1, 2017, Mytheresa Group adopted IFRS 15 using the modified retrospective transition method. The standard establishes principles for reporting information to users of financial statements about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue arising from an entity’s contracts with customers.
Net sales recognized from contract liabilities were €3,141 thousand in fiscal 2020 (2019: €1,627 thousand, 2018: €599 thousand).
9. Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses include all personnel costs for Mytheresa Group, IT expenses, costs associated with the distribution center, and other overhead costs.
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of the following:
Year ended June 30,
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
Personnel-related expenses
(33,590) (41,601) (50,910)
Rental and other facility-related expenses
(1,728) (1,786) (932)
IT expenses
(1,782) (2,733) (4,567)
Other
(3,014) (5,918) (10,018)
(40,114) (52,038) (66,427)
Mytheresa Group includes expenses related to share-based compensation for certain managing directors of the Company within personnel-related expenses (Refer to Note 25). Personnel-related expenses included expenses for long term transaction bonus plans in the amount of €2,456 thousand in fiscal 2020 (2019: €2,432 thousand, 2018: €2,085 thousand). Furthermore, the increase in personnel costs is mainly due to the early establishment new team members for the men’s luxury fashion segment in various departments. Mytheresa Group recognizes expenses of €5,206 thousand in connection with the preparation of strategic options in other costs.
10. Other income, net
Other income, net consists of the following:
Year ended June 30,
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
Other income
Other income
1,735 2,021 2,062
Foreign exchange gains, net
542 65
Subleasing income
478
2,277 2,499 2,127
Other expenses
Foreign exchange losses, net
(308) (704)
Other operational expenses
(470) (800) (1,482)
(778) (1,504) (1,482)
1,499 995 645
 
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
11. Finance expenses, net
Finance expenses, net consists of the following:
Year ended June 30,
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
Finance expenses
Interest expenses from Shareholder Loans
(8,069) (8,634) (7,492)
Foreign exchange losses from Shareholder Loans, net
(4,682) (2,209)
Interest expenses on revolving credit facility
(53) (185) (951)
Interest expenses on leases
(535) (486) (523)
(8,657) (13,987) (11,175)
Finance income
Interest income from Shareholder Loans
1 56
Foreign exchange gains from Shareholder Loans, net
3,822
3,822 1 56
Finance expenses, net
(4,835) (13,986) (11,119)
12. Income tax expense
Income tax expense consists of the following:
Year ended June 30,
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
Current tax
(3,607) (3,562) (5,185)
Deferred tax
139 123 1,744
Income tax expense
(3,468) (3,439) (3,441)
During fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020, Mytheresa Group’s primary statutory tax rate was 27.8%, consisting of the German corporate tax rate of 15%, a 5.5% solidarity surcharge on the corporate tax rate, and a trade tax rate of 12%.
Mytheresa Group’s Chinese subsidiary, mytheresa Business Information Consulting Co. Ltd., is subject to corporate income taxes in China, which had a statutory rate of 5% in fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020.
During fiscal 2018 and 2019, Mariposa I`s S.à r.l.´s tax rate was 26.01% and 24.94%. During fiscal 2020, MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.’s tax rate was 19% for the first €200 thousand of taxable income and 25% for the any amounts exceeding €200 thousand.
The table below reconciles the expected income tax expense amount, based on Mytheresa Group’s expected tax rate of 27.8%, to the actual income tax expense amounts for fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020.
 
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Year ended June 30,
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
Income before tax
8,971 5,090 9,791
Tax at the expected group tax rate (27.8%)
(2,494) (1,415) (2,722)
Tax effects of:
Non-deductible interest expenses from interest cap
(867) (1,103) (1,042)
Recognition of deferred tax assets on prior period interest carry-forward
1,400
Trade tax add-backs and deductions
(269) (331) (233)
Other non-deductible expenses
(625) (778) (874)
Tax free income
1,438 1,297 108
Tax rate difference between group and local tax rates
54 32 57
Prior year adjustments
(85)
Non-recognition on deferred tax assets on loss carryforwards
(583) (1,062) (18)
Others
(122) (79) (32)
Income tax expense
(3,468) (3,439) (3,441)
Effective total income tax rate (%)
38.7% 67.6% 35.1%
13. Intangible assets and goodwill
Mytheresa Group’s intangible assets and goodwill consist of the following:
As of June 30,
(in € thousands)
July 1, 2017
2018
2019
2020
Intangible assets with finite life
Software and license
491 589 731 489
Intangible assets with indefinite life
Trademark
15,585 15,585 15,585 15,585
Goodwill
138,892 138,892 138,892 138,892
154,968 155,066 155,208 154,966
Intangible assets with a finite useful life
Mytheresa Group has intangible assets with a finite useful life, consisting of licenses and software. Amortization expense of the intangible assets is entirely classified within depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of profit and comprehensive income.
The following table presents the changes in Mytheresa Group’s finite-lived intangible assets during fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020:
 
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Year ended June 30,
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
Cost
Beginning of fiscal year
1,996 2,571 3,146
Additions
575 575 220
End of fiscal year
2,571 3,146 3,366
Accumulated amortization
Beginning of fiscal year
1,504 1,982 2,415
Amortization charge of the year
478 433 462
End of fiscal year
1,982 2,415 2,877
Carrying amount at end of year
589 731 489
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
Mytheresa Group’s MYTHERESA and mytheresa.com trademarks represent an indefinite-lived intangible asset. Mytheresa Group assessed the trademark for potential impairment as of July 1, 2017 and during the fourth quarters of fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020, determining that no impairments had occurred.
When assessing the trademarks for potential impairment, the fair value of the trademarks was determined using the relief from royalty income approach. Under this approach, management estimated future cash flows based on projected revenue growth, an assumed royalty rate and discount rate. Revenue growth is estimated based on internal projections considering Mytheresa Group’s past performance and forecasted growth. The discount rate and royalty rate are based on market participant assumptions.
Fiscal Year
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
Discount rate
8.2% 7.7% 7.1%
Royalty rate
2.0% 2.0% 2.0%
Terminal revenue growth rate
2.0% 2.0% 2.0%
Goodwill
MGG acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of mytheresa.com GmbH on October 9, 2014 and Theresa Warenvertrieb GmbH on October 31, 2014. The goodwill resulting from this acquisition is attributable to Mytheresa Group’s online operations and retail store and is not deductible for tax purposes. There were no acquisitions in the periods presented.
Goodwill has been allocated to Mytheresa Group’s two identified CGUs, the online operations and the retail store. Mytheresa Group allocates €137,933 thousand and €959 thousand of goodwill to online operations and the retail store, respectively, which remained unchanged for all periods presented.
The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined based on each respective CGU’s value in use. The key assumptions for determining the value in use are those regarding the discount rates, growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and direct costs during the period. Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGU’s and the group of units. The growth rates are based on industry growth forecasts.
Mytheresa Group prepares cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial budgets approved by management for the next five years. The assumed terminal growth rates and discount rates applied in Mytheresa Group’s goodwill impairment assessments were as follows:
 
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Fiscal Year
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
Online
Terminal growth rate
2.0% 2.0% 2.0%
Discount rate
10.8% 10.0% 9.2%
Retail store
Terminal growth rate
2.0% 2.0% 2.0%
Discount rate
10.7% 9.7% 8.7%
This terminal growth rates applied in the impairment assessments do not exceed the average long-term growth rate for either the online operations or retail store CGUs. The discount rate applied is derived from Mytheresa Group’s weighted average cost of capital, which is benchmarked to externally available data.
Mytheresa Group has not incurred any impairment losses related to goodwill or its intangible assets .
14. Property and equipment, net
Changes in Property and equipment, net during the years presented were as follows:
(in € thousands)
Leasehold
improvements
Other fixed assets and
office equipment
Total property and
equipment
Cost
As of July 1, 2017
6,592 5,790 12,382
Additions
2,717 2,203 4,920
Disposals
(183) (183)
As of June 30, 2018
9,126 7,993 17,119
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
As of July 1, 2017
1,852 3,557 5,409
Depreciation charge of the year
339 836 1,175
Disposals
(119) (119)
As of June 30, 2018
2,072 4,393 6,465
Carrying amount
As of July 1, 2017
4,740 2,233 6,973
As of June 30, 2018
7,054 3,600 10,654
Cost
As of July 1, 2018
9,126 7,993 17,119
Additions
373 897 1,270
As of June 30, 2019
9,499 8,890 18,389
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
As of July 1, 2018
2,072 4,393 6,465
Depreciation charge of the year
1,054 1,066 2,120
As of June 30, 2019
3,126 5,459 8,585
Carrying amount
As of July 1, 2018
7,054 3,600 10,654
As of June 30, 2019
6,373 3,431 9,804
Cost
As of July 1, 2019
9,499 8,890 18,389
Additions
214 1,859 2,073
As of June 30, 2020
9,713 10,749 20,462
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
 
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(in € thousands)
Leasehold
improvements
Other fixed assets and
office equipment
Total property and
equipment
As of July 1, 2019
3,126 5,459 8,585
Depreciation charge of the year
954 1,353 2,307
As of June 30, 2020
4,080 6,812 10,892
Carrying amount
As of July 1, 2019
6,373 3,431 9,804
As of June 30, 2020
5,633 3,937 9,570
15. Leases
Expenses on leases accounted for under the low value exemption amounted to €159 thousand in fiscal 2020 (2019: €160 thousand, 2018: €117 thousand). Expenses relating to variable lease payments not included in the measurement of lease liabilities amounted to €102 thousand in fiscal 2020 (2019: €148 thousand, 2018: €130 thousand). Mytheresa Group incurred depreciation and interest expenses in an amount of €5,639 thousand in fiscal 2020. Rent concessions in an amount of €761 thousand had an impact on the incurred expenses in fiscal 2020.
Income from subleasing right-of-use assets related to a warehouse, classified as operating lease, amounted to €0 in fiscal 2020 (2019: €478 thousand, 2018: €542). The underlying lease arrangement terminated in fiscal year 2019. Mytheresa Group classifies subleasing income within other income, net on the consolidated statement of profit and comprehensive income.
The total cash outflow for leases amounted €4,767 thousand in fiscal 2020 (2019: €5,556 thousand, 2018: €4,357 thousand). Interest expenses from lease liabilities amounted to €511 thousand in fiscal 2020 (2019: €486 thousand, 2018: €535 thousand).
Right-of-use asset activity during the reporting periods presented is comprised of the following:
(in € thousands)
Land and
buildings
Company
Cars
Total right-of-
use assets
Cost
As of July 1, 2017
24,801 30 24,831
Additions
3,052 3,052
As of June 30, 2018
27,853 30 27,883
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
As of July 1, 2017
Depreciation Charge of the year
5,130 13 5,143
As of June 30, 2018
5,130 13 5,143
Carrying Amount
As of July 1, 2017
24,801 30 24,831
As of June 30, 2018
22,723 17 22,740
Cost
As of July 1, 2018
27,853 30 27,883
Additions
100 4 104
As of June 30, 2019
27,953 34 27,987
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
As of July 1, 2018
5,130 13 5,143
Depreciation Charge of the year
5,120 13 5,133
As of June 30, 2019
10,250 26 10,276
Carrying Amount
 
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(in € thousands)
Land and
buildings
Company
Cars
Total right-of-
use assets
As of July 1, 2018
22,723 17 22,740
As of June 30, 2019
17,703 8 17,711
Cost
As of July 1, 2019
27,953 34 27,987
Additions
6,364 42 6,406
As of June 30, 2020
34,317 76 34,393
Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment
As of July 1, 2019
10,250 26 10,276
Depreciation Charge of the year
5,104 12 5,116
As of June 30, 2020
15,354 38 15,392
Carrying Amount
As of July 1, 2019
17,703 8 17,711
As of June 30, 2020
18,963 38 19,001
16. Inventories
Mytheresa Group’s inventories consist entirely of finished goods merchandise acquired from fashion designers. Mytheresa Group records inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Inventory expenses amounted to €239,210 thousand in fiscal 2020 (2019: €201,204 thousand, 2018: €160,136 thousand). Inventory write-downs classified as cost of sales during fiscal 2020 were €335 thousand (2019: €305 thousand, 2018: €333 thousand).
The main portion of the inventory is pledged under Mytheresa Group’s revolving credit facilities.
17. Trade and other receivables
The carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value due to their short-term nature. The trade and other receivables are non-interest bearing. The maximum credit risk at the balance sheet date, which corresponds to the carrying amount of trade and other receivables, was taken into account in accordance with IFRS 9 when measuring the allowance for expected credit losses. Information about the impairment of trade and other receivables and Mytheresa Group’s exposure to credit risk, currency risk and interest rate risk can be found in Note 26.
Trade accounts receivables are partially pledged under Mytheresa Group’s revolving credit facilities.
18. Other assets
Other assets consist of the following:
As of June 30,
(in € thousands)
July 1, 2017
2018
2019
2020
Right of return asset
2,591 3,261 4,784 5,075
IPO preparation costs
2,312
Other assets
1,265 3,585 1,172 7,746
Prepaid expenses
1,651 2,205 2,394 2,012
Deposits
11 13 90 1,805
5,518 9,064 8,440 18,950
The increase in other assets in fiscal 2020 mainly results from claims against payment service providers in the amount of €4,784 thousand and advance payments made in the amount €1,168 thousand.
 
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
19. Shareholder’s equity
As of July 1, 2017, June 30, 2018 and 2019, Subscribed capital is €72 thousand, representing 8,000 shares outstanding with a nominal value per share of USD 1 issued by Mariposa I S.à r.l.
Following the Prior Restructuring Transactions (Refer to Note 2.2) and the Legal Reorganization in August 2019, subscribed capital reduced to €1 thousand, representing 1,000 shares outstanding with a nominal value per share of €1.00 issued by MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. The subscribed capital is fully paid, and repayment of subscribed capital is restricted.
Capital reserve reflects the additional paid in capital, including amounts relates to the Prior Restructuring Transaction, from Mytheresa Group’s shareholder and share-based compensation expense. Refer to Note 2.2 for the effect of the Prior Restructuring Transactions on shareholders’ equity.
Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income pertain solely to foreign currency translation adjustments.
20. Shareholder Loans and liabilities to banks
Mytheresa Group is party to two revolving credit facilities, in addition to multiple shareholder loans (collectively, the “Shareholder Loans”).
Revolving Credit Facilities
Mytheresa Group is party to a revolving credit facility with Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, of which €35,000 thousand matures on December 31, 2023 and €10,000 thousand matures on March 31, 2021. The maximum borrowing capacity of the revolving credit facility is €45,000 thousand. As of June 30, 2020, Mytheresa Group had total borrowings on this Facility of €5,000 thousand, in addition to rental and tax guarantees of €1,303 thousand related to the corporate headquarters facility in Aschheim, Germany. Total availability on this Facility was €38,697 thousand as of June 30, 2020.
Mytheresa Group is party to a revolving credit facility with UniCredit Bank AG, of which €35,000 thousand matures on December 31, 2023 and €10,000 thousand matures on March 31, 2021. The maximum borrowing capacity of the revolving credit facility is €45,000 thousand. As of June 30, 2020, Mytheresa Group had total borrowings on this Facility of €5,000 thousand. Total availability on this Facility was €40,000 thousand of June 30, 2020.
As of June 30, 2020, Mytheresa Group met all financial and non-financial covenants under its revolving credit facilities.
Shareholder Loans
Variable Interest Shareholder Loans
Mytheresa Group, through its former subsidiary Mariposa II, was party to two variable interest related party U.S. Dollar denominated loans (“Variable Interest Shareholder Loans”) payable to its shareholder, MYT Intermediate Holding Co. These loans originated on December 18, 2014 and January 15, 2015, respectively, and had original principal balances of USD 105 million and USD 1.7 million, respectively. Both Variable Interest Shareholder Loans had variable interest rates set at the federal funds rate. Interest on both loans compounded semi-annually each July and January, with interest capitalized into the principal. The Variable Interest Shareholder Loans were originally scheduled to mature on December 18, 2020.
Mytheresa Group recognized the Variable Interest Shareholder Loans at their fair value. Subsequently, Mytheresa Group measured the Variable Interest Shareholder Loans at amortized cost.
During fiscal 2020, Mytheresa Group incurred interest expense of €3,943 thousand (2018: €5,415 thousand; 2019: €5,099 thousand) on the Variable Interest Shareholder Loans.
Effective August 28, 2019, the payment obligations for the Variable Interest Shareholder Loans were reassigned to MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. as part of the Prior Restructuring Transactions. On February 28, 2020, the Variable Interest Shareholder Loans were forgiven by MYT Intermediate Holding Co.
 
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Convertible Preferred Equity Certificate
Mariposa I previously issued two US Dollar denominated CPECs. The CPECs were originally payable to MYT Intermediate Holding Co. and subsequently reassigned to MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. as part of the Prior Restructuring Transactions. Following the reassignment to MYT Netherlands Parent B.V., the CPECs were eliminated in consolidation when MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. became the direct parent of Mariposa I (Refer to Note 2.2).
Both CPECs allowed for interest capitalization into the principal and had the following terms:
Instrument
Origination Date
Original Principal
Fixed Interest Rate
Maturity Date
CPEC I
December 18, 2014
USD 45.0 million
5.825%
December 18, 2044
CPEC II
December 19, 2014
USD 39.5 million
5.825%
December 19, 2043
Mytheresa Group recognized the CPEC loan obligations at fair value. Subsequently, Mytheresa Group measured the CPEC loan obligations at amortized cost.
The CPECs each contained conversion features, allowing the certificate holder to convert the CPECs into a fixed amount of shares of Mariposa I. The fixed amount of shares was equal to the outstanding CPEC balance divided by the nominal share price of Mariposa I. The conversion features were scheduled to become exercisable in December 2035. Mytheresa Group did not assign any value to the conversion features, because they were legally attached to the outstanding shares of Mariposa I, which had only one shareholder until its dissolution on August 28, 2019.
CPEC I and CPEC II each contained two prepayment rights. Under the first prepayment right, Mytheresa Group had the right to prepay the loan (in part or in full) beginning December 2035. The first prepayment right was subordinate to the certificate holders’ conversion rights. The second prepayment right allowed for prepayment of up to 99% of the principal amount with prior approval by the board of managers. The Company recognized the prepayment rights as an asset at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in profit and loss. As of June 30, 2019, the fair value recognized for the prepayment rights was €185 thousand (July 1, 2017: €13 thousand; June 30, 2018: €65 thousand). The prepayment rights were derecognized on August 28, 2019 as part of the Prior Restructuring Transactions.
Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans
Prior to February 28, 2020, MGG, a subsidiary of MYT Netherland Parent B.V. was party to two intercompany shareholder loans (“Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans”) payable to MYT Netherlands Parent B.V or other companies within Mytheresa Group. The Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans originated on October 9, 2014 as part of the Neiman Marcus acquisition in 2014 with both loans having substantially the same terms and conditions. Both loans had original maturity dates of October 9, 2020, which were changed to October 9, 2025 on December 13, 2019. The two loans had original principal balances of $105 million and $45 million, respectively, with fixed interest rates of 6.00% per annum. Interest on both loans compounds semi-annually each July and January, with both loans allowing for interest capitalization into the principal.
These loans were reassigned (the “Reassignment”) to MYT Intermediate Holding Co. on February 28, 2020, with the related party liability remaining with MGG. The Reassignment was recorded at the fair value of the Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans, using an interest rate of 5.25%, calculated based on cash flows discounted by using market interest rates and credit risk derived from a peer group. Following the Reassignment, the Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans were no longer treated as intercompany loans. The Reassignment was treated as a capital distribution, see Note 2.2.
Subsequent to the Reassignment on February 28, 2020, Mytheresa Group incurred €3,367 thousand in interest expense related to the Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans during fiscal 2020.
Mytheresa Group is not required to make any accrued interest and outstanding principal payments on the Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans until their respective maturity dates in 2025. Under the agreement terms for both Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans, Mytheresa Group may prepay any outstanding principal or accrued interest amounts (in part or in full) at any time without penalty.
 
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans do not contain any financial covenants. As of June 30, 2020, Mytheresa Group was in compliance with all non-financial covenants under the Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans. The carrying amounts of the Shareholder Loans were as follows:
July 1,
As of June 30,
(in € thousands)
2017
2018
2019
2020
Shareholder Loans
Variable Interest Shareholder Loan(1)
77,639 80,807 88,425
Variable Interest Shareholder Loan(1)
1,268 1,322 1,559
CPEC I(2)
15,697 16,875 19,057
CPEC II(2)
14,118 15,204 17,038
Fixed Interest Shareholder Loan(3)
57,380
Fixed Interest Shareholder Loan(3)
133,814
(1)
The Variable Interest Shareholder Loans were forgiven on February 28, 2020 and are no longer outstanding as of June 30, 2020.
(2)
CPEC I and CPEC II were effectively eliminated on July 24, 2019 and are eliminated within the consolidated results of Mytheresa Group as of June 30, 2020.
(3)
Prior to the Reassignment in fiscal 2020, the Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans were treated as intercompany, with the related liability balances eliminated in consolidation.
21. Tax liabilities
Tax liabilities result from current income taxes. Mytheresa Group recognizes liabilities for potential tax risks on the basis of the best estimate of the liability.
Changes in Mytheresa Group’s tax liabilities were as follows:
2018
2019
2020
(in € thousands)
Beginning of fiscal year
3,216 4,666 975
Additions
2,378 683 3,673
Releases
Utilizations
(928) (4,374) (795)
End of fiscal year
4,666 975 3,853
22. Provisions
Provisions consist of obligations resulting in an expected outflow of economic benefits and were non-current for each of the periods presented. Provisions consist of the following as of June 30, 2018, 2019 and 2020:
Dismantling
Other
Total
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
2018
2019
2020
2018
2019
2020
Beginning of fiscal year
731 721 737 47 60 45 778 781 782
Additions
15 16 34 25 43 40 16 77
Releases
(2) (277) (6) (2) (6) (277)
Utilizations
(23) (12) (9) (35) (9)
End of fiscal year
721 737 494 60 45 88 781 782 582
Mytheresa Group leases its Corporate headquarters and central warehouse facility in Germany. Mytheresa Group recognizes a provision for expected dismantling costs to be incurred at the end of the respective lease terms for these two facilities based on external data sources and internal experience from past dismantling activities. A further dismantling provision was incurred in 2020 related to the new retail store.
 
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
23. Other liabilities
Other current liabilities consist of the following:
As of June 30,
(in € thousands)
July 1, 2017
2018
2019
2020
Personnel-related liabilities
2,240 1,940 1,584 1,758
Customer returns
4,011 5,534 8,012 8,607
Accrued expenses
3,599 5,297 14,455 24,989
Other accrued expenses
261 156 222 78
Liabilities from sales tax
3,407 2,746 4,906 4,143
Other liabilities
2,448 5,211 2,133 6,553
15,966 20,884 31,312 46,128
Other non-current liabilities consist of long-term employee incentive compensation agreements with managing directors of the Company and other senior management personnel pursuant to which a cash bonus will be paid upon achievement of specific revenue goals in the future.
24. Deferred income tax liabilities, net
The change in deferred income tax liabilities, net was recognized entirely as income tax expense during fiscal 2018, 2019 and fiscal 2020.
Year ended June 30,
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
Deferred tax liabilities, net
Beginning of fiscal year
(5,454) (5,315) (5,192)
Recognized through equity(1)
2,318
Recognized through profit or loss
139 123 1,744
End of fiscal year
(5,315) (5,192) (1,130)
(1)
Pertains to the contribution of the Variable Shareholder Loans. Refer to Note 2.2.
Mytheresa Group’s deferred tax balance for each of the years presented consist of the following as of June 30:
2018
2019
2020
Deferred tax
Deferred tax
Deferred tax
(in € thousands)
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
Intangible assets and goodwill
455 (4,333) 415 (4,333) 375 (4,333)
Property and equipment
167
Inventory
1,988 (1,872) 2,353 (2,538) (1,722)
Receivables
(155) (164) (175)
Right-of-Use asset, contract asset and other
assets
(7,228) (6,253) (7,335)
Lease liabilities, contract liabilities and other
liabilities
7,545 (2,032) 7,306 (2,103) 10,531 (2,209)
Shareholder Loans
2,200
Provisions
200
(50)
206 (81) 136
Interest carry forward
1,400
Total Gross
10,355 (15,670) 10,280 (15,472) 14,643 (15,773)
Thereof non-current
6,234 (10,706) 5,399 (9,337) 8,797 9,626
Netting
(10,355) 10,355 (10,280) 10,280 (14,643) 14,643
Total net
(5,315) (5,192) (1,130)
 
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
No deferred tax asset has been recognized in relation to unused interest carryforwards in the amount of €17,704 thousand in fiscal 2020 (2019: €19,375 thousand, 2018: €15,406 thousand).
Additionally, no deferred tax asset has been recognized for unused tax loss carryforwards of €7,425 thousand and €9,564 thousand in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, respectively (2020: €0). Following the Prior Restructuring Transactions, Mytheresa Group no longer has unused tax loss carryforwards.
25. Related party transactions
As of June 30, 2020, Mytheresa Group was a wholly owned subsidiary of MYT Intermediate Holding Co., USA. The ultimate parent of Mytheresa Group is MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA) as of June 30, 2020.
a)
Related Parties transactions
As of June 30, 2020, Mytheresa Group was party to two Shareholder Loans with MYT Intermediate Holding Co., USA. Refer to Note 20 for further details regarding the Shareholder Loans.
As of June 30, 2020, Mytheresa Group had a receivable against Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA in an amount of €233 thousand and against Neiman Marcus Group Ltd. LLC, USA in an amount of €111 thousand. Further, Mytheresa Group had liabilities to Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA in an amount of €838 thousand and liabilities to Neiman Marcus Ltd. LLC, USA in an amount of €186 thousand (June 30, 2019: € 670 thousand; June 30, 2018: € 324 thousand, July 1, 2017: € 210 thousand). As there is a surplus of liabilities, no impairment losses were recognized on the respective receivables. These balances resulted from various intercompany charges.
b)
Key Management Personnel Compensation
Related persons as defined by IAS 24 are persons who, by virtue of their positions, are responsible for the operations of Mytheresa Group. The managing directors of the Company and MGG constitute related persons for Mytheresa Group, as the managing directors of MGG have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling Mytheresa Group´s operating activities.
Transaction Bonus Plan
During fiscal 2019, Mytheresa Group entered into the Transaction Bonus Plan (“TBP”) with managing directors of the Company, in addition to other members of management. The TBP is also open for service providers but during the reporting periods presented no service providers were party to the TBP. In the event of a sale of the majority of Mytheresa Group’s outstanding shares or assets, participants in the TBP may become eligible to receive a bonus payment. The total bonus payment amount is contingent on the potential sale proceeds. Upon leaving Mytheresa Group prior to a company sale, participants forfeit all participation rights under the TBP. Mytheresa Group accounts for the TBP as a cash-settled plan, in accordance with IFRS 2. As a sale of the Group was not probable as of June 30, 2020, no provisions or expenses were recognized. Under the terms of the plan, an initial public offering (“IPO”) does not constitute a sale.
Share-based Compensation
Certain managing directors of the Company participate in a share-based compensation plan sponsored by Mytheresa Group’s ultimate parent, MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA). These individuals received both stock options and restricted stock awards in MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA).
Stock Options—The outstanding stock options issued to certain managing directors of the Company, which were issued in 2014 and 2015, consist of time-vested awards and performance-based awards. Each option entitles the award holder to receive shares of MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA) for a specified exercise price, if the requisite vesting conditions are satisfied. Time vested options require the award holder to remain employed with the Company through a specified date (with limited exceptions). Performance-based stock options include non-market performance vesting conditions and are generally subject to continued service with the Company (with limited exceptions). If a managing director is
 
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
terminated, MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA) has the right to repurchase any unexercised portion of any options held by such managing director or any shares acquired by such managing director pursuant to the exercise of any options, provided that such right shall cease upon an IPO or other registration of Neiman Marcus’ shares.
For the time-vested stock options, Mytheresa Group only recognized expenses for employees expected to remain with the Company through retirement or registration of MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA) shares. No expense was recorded for outstanding performance-based awards during fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 or fiscal 2020, because neither an IPO of MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA), nor the performance vesting conditions were probable.
The exercise prices for outstanding time-vested stock options as of June 30, 2018 were between $500 and $1,074. The exercise prices for outstanding performance-based stock options as of June 30, 2018 were between $1,000 and $1,074. The exercise prices of the outstanding time-vested stock options and performance-based stock options at June 30, 2020 equal the weighted average exercise price.
In 2016, the exercise price of the Stock Options was decreased to $1,000 and in 2018 to $500 for some managers. The incremental fair value is recognized from the modification date until the end of the vesting period. The incremental fair value was measured by using the Black-Scholes option formula. The incremental fair value of the modification in 2018 was $33 per Stock Option.
Beneficiaries forfeit unvested awards in the event they leave the Company voluntarily.
Restricted Stock—Outstanding restricted stock awards held by certain managing directors of the Company were granted by MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA) in October 2016. The awards vest in equal tranches annually over three years. Each vested restricted stock unit represents one share of MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA), which the award holder receives on the vesting date. Beneficiaries have the right to sell vested restricted stock units to MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA) at fair market value during specified time windows. Beneficiaries leaving the Company voluntarily forfeit the right to sell their vested restricted stock units, in addition to forfeiting all unvested awards. In the event of termination, MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA) has the right to purchase all vested restricted stock units held by the award holder, provided that such right shall cease upon an IPO or other registration of MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA) shares. The purchase price is dependent on the reason of the termination.
Expense for restricted stock awards is recognized over the three-year vesting period based on the grant date fair value.
As Mytheresa Group has no obligation to settle the awards issued by MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA), it accounts for the stock option and restricted stock awards as equity-settled plans. Amounts recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards are as follows:
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
Classified within capital reserve (beginning of year)
517 837 989
Expense related to:
Stock options
17 25 28
Restricted stock
303 127 37
Classified within capital reserve (end of year)
837 989 1,054
Stock based compensation grant activity consisted of the following during fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020:
 
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Time-vested Options
Performance-based Options
Options
Wtd. Average
Exercise Price
(USD)
Options
Wtd. Average
Exercise Price
(USD)
Restricted Stock
July 1, 2017
2,902 1,116 2,493 1,000 1,627
Options forfeited
(697) 1,000 (673) 1,000 (260)
Options exercised
n.a. n.a. (289)
June 30, 2018
2,205 500 1,820 1,000 1,078
Options forfeited
(200) 500 (200) 1,000 (65)
Options exercised
n.a. n.a. (621)
June 30, 2019
2,005 500 1,620 1,000 392
Options forfeited
n.a. n.a.
Options exercised
n.a. n.a. (392)
June 30, 2020
2,005
500
1,620
1,000
Outside of the managing directors of the Company, selected other managers received time-vested stock options. In contrast to the time-vested stock options for key management, the stock options will only vest if the managers stay with Mytheresa Group through a specified date (subject to certain exceptions). If a selected manager is terminated, MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA) has the right to repurchase any unexercised portion of any options held by such manager or any shares acquired by such manager pursuant to the exercise of any options, provided that such right shall cease upon an IPO or other registration of MYT Ultimate Parent LLC, USA (formerly Neiman Marcus Group, Inc., USA) shares. No expense was recorded for these stock-options in fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 or fiscal 2020.
During fiscal 2020 the Company compensation of managing directors of the Company was €1,623 thousand (2019: €1,111 thousand, 2018: €1,795 thousand) for short term employee benefits and €65 thousand (2019: €152 thousand, 2018: €347 thousand) for share-based compensation. In addition, for certain members of management of Mytheresa Group a long-term incentive program was created under which a cash bonus will be paid upon achievement of specific revenue goals during the next years. In accordance with IAS 19, a liability is recorded in the consolidated financial statements for the expected payment under this plan. Expenses for this liability related to managing directors amounted to €1,340 thousand for fiscal 2020 (2019: €1,076 thousand, 2018: €615 thousand).
26. Financial instruments and financial risk management
The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, including their levels in the fair value hierarchy. The table excludes fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value if the carrying amount reasonably approximates fair value.
Financial instruments are as follows:
 
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
July 1, 2017
(in € thousands)
Carrying
amount
No category
in accordance
with IFRS 9
Category in
accordance
with IFRS 9
Fair
value
Fair value
hierarchy
level
Financial assets
Non-current financial assets
Other assets
13
FVTPL
13 Level 2
Current financial assets
Trade and other receivables
3,686
Amortized cost
Cash and cash equivalents
18,393
Amortized cost
Other assets
5,518 2,097
thereof deposits
36
Amortized cost
thereof other financial assets
3,385
Amortized cost
Financial liabilities
Non-current financial liabilities
Shareholder Loans
108,722
Amortized cost
113,511 Level 2
Lease liabilities
20,297 20,297
N/A
Other liabilities
Amortized cost
Current financial liabilities
Lease liabilities
3,803 3,803
N/A
Trade and other payables
22,442
Amortized cost
Other liabilities
15,966 9,507
thereof other financial liabilities
6,459
Amortized cost
 
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Year ended June 30, 2018
(in € thousands)
Carrying
amount
No category
in accordance
with IFRS 9
Category in
accordance
with IFRS 9
Fair
value
Fair value
hierarchy
level
Financial assets
Non-current financial assets
Other assets
65
FVTPL
65
Level 2
Current financial assets
Trade and other receivables
5,560
Amortized cost
Cash and cash equivalents
3,690
Amortized cost
Other assets
9,064 5,643
thereof deposits
36
Amortized cost
thereof other financial assets
3,385
Amortized cost
Financial liabilities
Non-current financial liabilities
Shareholder Loans
114,208
Amortized cost
116,811
Level 2
Lease liabilities
18,344 18,344
N/A
Other liabilities
1,121
Amortized cost
Current financial liabilities
Lease liabilities
4,986 4,986
N/A
Trade and other payables
31,280
Amortized cost
Other liabilities
20,884 10,139
thereof other financial liabilities
10,745
Amortized cost
 
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Year ended June 30, 2019
(in € thousands)
Carrying
amount
No category
in accordance
with IFRS 9
Category
in accordance
with IFRS 9
Fair
value
Fair value
hierarchy
level
Financial assets
Non-current financial assets
Other assets
184
FVTPL
184
Level 2
Current financial assets
Trade and other receivables
5,648
thereof trade receivables
5,617
Amortized cost
thereof other receivables
31
Amortized cost
Cash and cash equivalents
2,120
Amortized cost
Other assets
8,440 7,232
thereof deposits
90
Amortized cost
thereof other financial assets
1,118
Amortized cost
Financial liabilities
Non-current financial liabilities
Shareholder Loans
126,079
Amortized cost
131,168
Level 2
Lease liabilities
13,675 13,675
N/A
Other liabilities
3,515
Amortized cost
Current financial liabilities
Liabilities to banks
3,649
Amortized cost
Lease liabilities
4,689 4,689
N/A
Trade and other payables
29,413
Amortized cost
Other liabilities
31,312 21,167
thereof other financial liabilities
10,145
Amortized cost
 
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Financial instruments as of June 30, 2020 is as follows:
Year ended June 30, 2020
(in € thousands)
Carrying
amount
No category
in accordance
with IFRS 9
Category in
accordance
with IFRS 9
Fair
value
Fair value
hierarchy
level
Financial assets
Current financial assets
Trade and other receivables
4,815
Amortized cost
Cash and cash equivalents
9,367
Amortized cost
Other assets
18,950 8,886
thereof deposits
1,805
Amortized cost
thereof other financial assets
8,259
Amortized cost
Financial liabilities
Non-current financial liabilities
Shareholder Loans
191,194
Amortized cost
192,338
Level 2
Lease liabilities
13,928 13,928
N/A
Other liabilities
5,905
Amortized cost
Current financial liabilities
Liabilities to banks
10,000
Amortized cost
Lease liabilities
5,787 5,787
N/A
Trade and other payables
36,158
Amortized cost
Other liabilities
46,128 30,968
thereof other financial liabilities
15,160
Amortized cost
The carrying amounts of each of the measurement categories listed above and defined by IFRS 9 as of July 1, 2017, June 30, 2018, June 30, 2019 and as of June 30, 2020 are as follows:
Year ended June 30,
July 1, 2017
2018
2019
2020
(in € thousands)
Carrying
amount
Carrying
amount
Carrying
amount
Carrying
amount
Financial assets measured at Amortized cost (AC)
25,500 12,671 8,976 24,246
Financial assets measured at Fair Value through Profit or
Loss
13 65 184
Financial liabilities measured at Amortized cost (AC)
137,021 152,580 175,304 245,545
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss contain the bifurcated prepayment options from CPEC I and CPEC II convertible notes. The fair value of both instruments was calculated based on common option pricing formulas using market interest rates, volatilities on those rates and credit risk derived from a peer group. The valuation assumes thereby the advantageous of a cancellation of the loans and a refinancing with then applicable terms and conditions at each future date, for which the prepayment option can be exercised. As the fair value calculation is mainly based on observable data, it constitutes a level 2 fair value.
The fair value of Mytheresa Group’s non-current interest-bearing shareholder loans were calculated based on cash flows discounted by using market interest rates and credit risk derived from a peer group. As the fair value calculation is mainly based on observable market data, it constitutes a level 2 fair value.
Due to their nature, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, and trade and other payables approximate their fair value.
There were no transfers between the different levels of the fair value hierarchy during fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020. Mytheresa Group’s policy is to recognize transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as of the end of the reporting period.
 
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
As Mytheresa Group does not meet the criteria for offsetting, no financial instruments are netted.
Foreign exchange derivatives held only during the year were designated as hedging instruments, the effective fair value changes of which were recognized in separate retained earnings in equity. The development of the corresponding reserves is shown in the following table:
(in € thousands)
July 1, 2019
Additions
Reclassification
June 30, 2020
OCI 1
(1,863)
1,863
OCI 2
(597)
597
Net gains or losses
The table below shows the net gains and losses of financial instruments per measurement categories defined by IFRS 9:
Year ended June 30,
(in € thousands)
2018
2019
2020
Financial assets measured at Amortized cost (AC)
17
Financial liabilities measured at Amortized cost (AC)
(4,290) (13,439) (12,988)
Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
84 32 2
Net gains and losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost mainly include changes in the loss allowance on trade receivables, currency translation differences and income from payments received on trade receivables, which were already written off. Net gains and losses on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost include gains and losses from interest expenses. Net gains and losses on financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss represent changes in fair value measurement.
Interest income and expenses
Interest expense is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of liabilities measured at amortized cost (See Note 11).
Financial risk management
Mytheresa Group’s management has the overall responsibility to establish and oversee Mytheresa Group’s financial risk management. Mytheresa Group’s financial risk management policies are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by Mytheresa Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and Mytheresa Group’s activities. Mytheresa Group, through its training and management standards and procedures, aims to maintain a disciplined and constructive control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.
Mytheresa Group has exposure to the following risks arising from financial instruments:
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates or interest rates will affect Mytheresa Group’s income or the value of its financial instruments. Mytheresa Group manages its market risk on a centralized basis with the objectives of managing and controlling market risk exposures within acceptable parameters.
Currency risk
Currency risks exist in particular where trade receivables, trade payables, cash and cash equivalents and planned transactions are not or will not be denominated in Euro. Mytheresa Group generates net sales in several different currencies, mostly denominated in either Euro or U.S. Dollars. Furthermore, the two
 
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Shareholder Loans are denominated in U.S. Dollars (Refer to Note 20). As a result, fluctuations in the exchange rates between Euro and U.S. Dollar may result in significant foreign exchange gains or losses.
Mytheresa Group economically hedges its net foreign currency exposure (excluding the Shareholder Loans), by entering into foreign exchange hedging transactions with a maximum duration of one year. Mytheresa Group initially applied hedge accounting to these transactions during fiscal 2020. As of July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2018, 2019, and 2020, Mytheresa Group has no derivatives outstanding.
The following tables show the impact to profit or loss if the foreign currencies (excluding Shareholder Loans) would increase or decrease against the Euro (foreign exchange sensitivity), based on the exposures in each currency as of the reporting date.
Year ended June 30,
2018
2019
2020
in € thousands
€ appreciation
+10%
€ depreciation
-10%
€ appreciation
+10%
€ depreciation
-10%
€ appreciation
+10%
€ depreciation
-10%
€ Sensitivity
15,874 (19,401) 14,565 (17,801) 16,678 (20,414)
Interest rate risk
Exposure to interest rate risk normally arises from variable interest-bearing financial instruments and the fair value measurement. A large portion of Mytheresa Group’s financing activities, in particular fixed rate Shareholder Loans and CPECs, are subject to fixed interest rates creating no cash flow risk on interest rate movements. Historically Mytheresa Group was exposed to movements in interest rates, as they had variable shareholder loans outstanding that were subject to movements in USD federal funds rates. These Variable Interest Shareholder Loans are no longer outstanding as of June 30, 2020. Financial assets are only affected in case of the bifurcated prepayment options of CPECs measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Although interest rate fluctuations would only affect Mytheresa Group’s profit or loss in case of floating rate liabilities and financial assets at FVTPL, the fair value of the group’s fixed interest rate financial instruments may also be affected. Mytheresa Group does not believe such effects pose significant risks as such instruments are not accounted for at fair value.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that Mytheresa Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or other financial assets. Mytheresa Group monitors the level of expected cash inflows on trade and other receivables together with expected cash outflows on trade and other payables to ensure that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or creating other risks. Cash inflow from trade receivables are received usually within one week. Mid-to long-term payment terms with suppliers compensate for risks arising from financing of inventories. Mytheresa Group’s primary liquidity risk pertains to the Shareholder Loans, which are due in October 2025. Historically, Mytheresa Group had several other shareholder loans outstanding with were cancelled and no longer outstanding as a result of the Prior Restructuring Transactions.
In December 2019, the maturity date on the Shareholder Loans was extended to October 2025. Mytheresa Group also has two revolving credit facilities in place to balance monthly cash flow volatility. The following table details undiscounted contractually agreed future cash outflows from financial liabilities.
 
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Maturity analysis of financial liabilities as of June 30, 2018:
Year ended June 30, 2018
in € thousands
<1 year
1 - 5 years
> 5 years
Total
Carrying
amount
Shareholder Loans
96,160 383,470 479,630 114,208
Trade and other payables
31,280 31,280 31,280
Other liabilities
20,884 1,121 22,005 22,005
Lease liabilities
5,711 17,662 2,184 25,557 23,330
Total 57,875 114,943 385,654 558,472 190,823
Maturity analysis of financial liabilities as of June 30, 2019:
Year ended June 30, 2019
in € thousands
<1 year
1 - 5 years
> 5 years
Total
Carrying
amount
Shareholder Loans
98,722 393,686 492,408 126,079
Trade and other payables
29,413 29,413 29,413
Other liabilities
31,312 3,515 34,827 34,827
Liabilities to banks
3,649 3,649 3,649
Lease liabilities
5,534 14,348 974 20,856 18,364
Total 69,908 116,585 394,660 581,153 212,332
Maturity analysis of financial liabilities as of June 30, 2020:
Year ended June 30, 2020
in € thousands
<1 year
1 - 5 years
> 5 years
Total
Carrying
amount
Shareholder Loans
252,045 252,045 191,194
Trade and other payables
36,158 36,158 36,158
Other liabilities
46,128 5,905 52,033 52,033
Liabilities to banks
10,000 10,000 10,000
Lease liabilities
6,517 14,866 21,383 19,715
Total 98,803 20,771 252,045 371,619 309,100
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to Mytheresa Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. Credit risk includes both the immediate default risk and the danger of a decline in the customer’s creditworthiness.
Mytheresa Group’s exposure to credit risk is limited, as the goods are not delivered until payment has been confirmed by the customer. Trade receivables are only generated via online and in-store sales, where customers pay the invoice amount by credit card or comparable payment medium. Due to these advanced payments, Mytheresa Group does not face significant credit risk related to its customers. Mytheresa Group also has no significant credit risk towards credit card companies, which only act as intermediaries for customer payment transactions. However, credit risk might occur in case of credit card fraud. Mytheresa Group has a team within its finance function, which is in charge of detecting early stage credit card fraud. Credit card fraud is considered objective evidence of impairment for which Mytheresa Group recognizes lifetime ECL.
Mytheresa Group is exposed to credit risk on cash and cash equivalents, which it monitors centrally. Mytheresa Group maintains its cash deposits at financial institutions with top credit ratings. The creditworthiness of these financial institutions is constantly monitored. Mytheresa Group considers that its cash and cash
 
F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
equivalents have low credit risk based on the external credit ratings of these financial institutions. As the loss allowance is immaterial, it was not recognized.
The following table provides the gross carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents by ratings as of June 30, 2018, 2019 and 2020:
Year ended June 30,
in € thousands
2018
2019
2020
Rating Class 1
591 1,057 8,416
Rating Class 2
2,792 934 880
Rating Class 3
307 129 71
The movement in the loss allowance for expected credit losses in respect to trade and other receivables during fiscal 2018, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020 was as follows:
Year ended June 30,
in € thousands
2018
2019
2020
Beginning of fiscal year
29 46 46
Increase/decrease loss allowance during the period
17
Write-offs
End of fiscal year
46 46 46
Default risks from other financial instruments are immaterial. Therefore, no loss allowance was recognized for other financial instruments.
Capital risk management
Mytheresa Group’s objective when managing capital is to safeguard Mytheresa Group’s ability to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. Mytheresa Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.
 
F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Profit and Comprehensive Income
(Amounts in € thousands, except share and per share data)
Three months ended
September 30,
(in thousands)
Note
2019
2020
Net sales
6 99,112 126,359
Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
7 (52,766) (67,678)
Gross profit
46,346 58,681
Shipping and payment cost
(13,141) (14,833)
Marketing expenses
(15,816) (17,441)
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(13,955) (15,556)
Depreciation and amortization
(1,877) (2,021)
Other expense, net
(40) (621)
Operating income
1,517 8,209
Finance (expense) income, net
(9,373) 5,182
(Loss) income before income taxes
(7,856) 13,391
Income tax benefit (expense)
3,545 (3,762)
Net (loss) income
(4,311) 9,629
Cash Flow Hedge
(1,282) 871
Income Taxes related to Cash Flow Hedge
356 (242)
Other comprehensive (loss) income
(926) 629
Comprehensive (loss) income
(5,237) 10,258
Basic and diluted earnings per share
(4,311) 9,629
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding (basic and diluted)
1,000 1,000
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.
F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
(Amounts in € thousands)
(in thousands)
Note
June 30,
2020
September 30,
2020
Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets and goodwill
154,966 154,959
Property and equipment, net
9,570 9,772
Right-of-use assets
19,001 17,693
Total non-current assets
183,537 182,424
Current assets
Inventories
169,131 202,459
Trade and other receivables
4,815 5,785
Other assets
18,950 16,970
Cash and cash equivalents
9,367 5,900
Total current assets
202,263 231,114
Total assets
385,800 413,538
Shareholders’ equity and liabilities
Subscribed capital
1 1
Capital reserve
8
91,008 91,015
Accumulated Deficit
(28,234) (18,605)
Other comprehensive income
9
1,602 2,231
Total shareholders’ equity
64,377 74,642
Non-current liabilities
Shareholder Loans
8,9
191,194 185,376
Other liabilities
5,905 6,651
Tax liabilities
3,853 4,567
Provisions
582 711
Lease liabilities
13,928 12,602
Deferred tax liabilities, net
1,130 4,421
Total non-current liabilities
216,592 214,328
Current liabilities
Liabilities to banks
8
10,000 42,810
Lease liabilities
5,787 5,514
Contract liabilities
6,758 7,358
Trade and other payables
36,158 21,254
Other liabilities
46,128 47,632
Total current liabilities
104,831 124,568
Total liabilities
321,423 338,896
Total shareholders’ equity and liabilities
385,800 413,538
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
(Amounts in € thousands)
(in thousands)
Subscribed
capital
Capital
reserve
Accumulated
deficit
Hedging
reserve
Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
Total
shareholders’
equity
Balance as of July 1, 2019
72 148,960 (34,584) (3,128) 111,320
Net loss
(4,311) (4,311)
Other comprehensive loss
(926) 3,716 2,790
Comprehensive loss
(4,311) (926) 3,716 (1,521)
Legal Reorganization
(71) 36,252 36,181
Share-based compensation
29 29
Balance as of September 30, 2019
1 185,241 (38,895) (926) 588 146,009
Balance as of July 1, 2020
1 91,008 (28,234) 1,602 64,377
Net income
9,629 9,629
Other comprehensive income
629 629
Comprehensive income
9,629 629 10,258
Share-based compensation
7
7
Balance as of September 30, 2020
1 91,015 (18,605) 629 1,602 74,642
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in € thousands)
Three months ended
September 30,
(in thousands)
Note
2019
2020
Net (loss) income
(4,311) 9,629
Non-Cash items
Depreciation and amortization
1,877 2,021
Finance expense (income), net
9,373 (5,182)
Share-based compensation
29 7
Income tax (income) expense
(3,545) 3,762
Change in operating assets and liabilities
Increase in provisions
4 129
Increase in inventories
(16,939) (33,328)
Decrease (increase) in trade and other receivables
3,662 (970)
Decrease in other assets
3,261 1,980
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
(4,473) 2,879
Increase in contract liabilities
1,020 600
Decrease in trade and other payables
(11,293) (14,905)
Income taxes paid
(661)
Net cash (outflow) from operating activities
(21,996) (33,378)
Expenditure for property and equipment and intangible assets
(619) (904)
Net cash (outflow) from investing activities
(619) (904)
Interest paid
(589) (547)
Proceeds from bank liabilities
29,000 37,810
Repayment of liabilities from banks
(2,057) (5,000)
Lease payments
(1,227) (1,429)
Net cash inflow from financing activities
25,127 30,834
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
2,512 (3,448)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
2,120 9,367
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
(19)
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period
4,632 5,900
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Amounts in € thousands, except share and per share data)
1.
Corporate information
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. (the “Company”; together with its subsidiaries, the “Mytheresa Group”) is a private company with limited liability, incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands on May 31, 2019. The statutory seat of the Company is in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. The registered office address of the Company is at Einsteinring 9, 85609 Aschheim, Germany. The Company is registered at the trade register of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 74988441.
Through its subsidiary Mytheresa Group GmbH (“MGG”), Mytheresa Group operates an e-commerce platform for the global luxury fashion consumer, in addition to its flagship retail store and men’s location in Munich. Mytheresa Group started as one of the first multi-brand luxury boutiques in Germany and launched its online business in 2006. Mytheresa Group provides customers with a highly curated selection of products, access to exclusive capsule collections, in-house produced content, and a personalized, memorable shopping experience.
Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, references to the MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. or the Company includes the predecessor Mariposa I. S.à r.l. (“Mariposa I”).
The interim consolidated financial statements of Mytheresa Group were authorized for issue by the Management Board on November 23, 2020.
2.
Basis of preparation
These interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 were prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2020, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the IASB, taking into account the recommendations of the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”).
Mytheresa Group’s fiscal year ends June 30. All intercompany transactions are eliminated during the preparation of the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
The interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, unless otherwise stated. The interim condensed consolidated financial statements are presented in Euro (“€”), which is Mytheresa Group’s functional currency. All amounts are rounded to the nearest thousands, except when otherwise indicated. Due to rounding, differences may arise when individual amounts or percentages are added together.
The interim condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared under the assumption that the business will continue as a going concern. Management believes that Mytheresa Group has adequate resources to continue operations for the foreseeable future.
Fluctuations in the results of operations for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 may be related to seasonality in Mytheresa Group’s business, such as shifts in overall sale seasons. Seasonality in Mytheresa Group’s business thus does not follow that of traditional retailers, such as typical concentration of net sales in the holiday quarter since the business is worldwide.
3.
Impacts to the consolidated financial statements due to Covid-19 pandemic
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was first identified, and in March 2020, the World Health Organization categorized COVID-19 as a pandemic. Public health efforts to mitigate the impact of the pandemic include government actions such as travel restrictions, limitations on public gatherings, shelter in place orders and mandatory closures. Although the pandemic has had a substantial impact on the global
 
F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Amounts in € thousands, except share and per share data)
economy, Mytheresa Group has not yet experienced material declines in revenue, deterioration in net assets, or other adverse effects from the pandemic.
To date, Mytheresa Group has incurred no significant supply chain or logistics disruptions with its brand partners, shipping providers, or its in-house operations. In response to the pandemic and in coordination with local government requirements, Mytheresa Group temporarily closed certain corporate and administrative offices, including its corporate headquarters in Munich, with affected employees working remotely. These closures were limited to administrative offices and retail stores, with its warehouse and logistics functions remaining in operation throughout the pandemic. Mytheresa Group also implemented safe work and social distancing measures for all employees, including personnel in its central warehouse facility in Heimstetten, Germany.
The COVID-19 pandemic remains an evolving situation. Uncertainties in the global economy may adversely impact the Mytheresa Group’s brand partners, customers, and other business partners, which may interrupt its supply chain, impact future sales, and require other changes to our operations. These uncertainties may also lead to increased asset recovery and valuation risks, such as potential impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and inventories. However, management does not currently anticipate any long-term adverse effects from the pandemic. Management will continue to closely monitor the effects of the pandemic, including its impact on inventories and other significant estimates.
4.
Significant accounting policies
The accounting policies applied by Mytheresa Group in these interim condensed consolidated financial statements are the same as those applied by Mytheresa Group in its consolidated financial statements for the fiscal 2020, except for:
Income taxes
In accordance with IAS 34 (Interim Financial Reporting) income tax expense for the condensed consolidated interim financial statements is calculated on the basis of the average annual tax rate that is expected for the entire fiscal year. The effective tax rate is 45.11% for the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 28.1% for the three months ended September 30, 2020.
The main reason for the reduction of the average annual tax rate is a higher forecasted tax EBITDA for 2021, which is the basis for allowable interest expenses in a fiscal year. As a result, the interest expense of the current fiscal year is expected to be fully tax deductible. In addition, a part of the interest carryforward is also expected to be to be utilized in 2021.
5.
Critical accounting judgments and key estimates and assumptions
The preparation of Mytheresa Group’s interim condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of net sales, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the accompanying note disclosures. Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets or liabilities affected in future periods. The estimates and underlying assumptions are subject to continuous review.
In preparing the interim condensed consolidated financial statements, the significant judgments made by management in applying Mytheresa Group’s accounting policies and the key sources of estimation uncertainty were the same as those that applied to the consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2020.
6.
Segment and geographic information
In line with the management approach, the operating segments were identified on the basis of Mytheresa Group’s internal reporting and how the CODM assesses the performance of the business. On this basis, Mytheresa Group identifies its online operations and retail store as separate operating segments.
 
F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Amounts in € thousands, except share and per share data)
During the first quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company implemented changes to its internal management reporting. Following the changes, the internal management reporting information used to monitor performance of the Company is presented in accordance with IFRS. In accordance with IFRS 8, the Company has restated its segment results for the three months ended September 2019 on a basis consistent with the revised internal management reporting.
Previously, internal management reporting differed from figures reported under IFRS, due primarily to the timing of revenue recognition, which was based on shipment date for management reporting purposes, as well as the usage of a fixed foreign currency exchange rate for each fiscal year.
Assets are not allocated to the different business segments for internal reporting purposes.
The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s segment EBITDA to consolidated net income.
EBITDA on segment level is defined as operating income excluding depreciation and amortization.
September 30, 2019
(in € thousands)
Online
Retail Store
Segments total
Reconciliation(1)
IFRS
consolidated
Net Sales
95,386 3,726 99,112 99,112
EBITDA
      2,872
698
3,570
(176)
3,394
Depreciation and amortization
(1,877)
Finance expenses, net
(9,373)
Income tax benefit
3,545
Net income
(4,311)
September 30, 2020
(in € thousands)
Online
Retail Store
Segments total
Reconciliation(1)
IFRS
consolidated
Net Sales
123,288 3,071 126,359 126,359
EBITDA 9,828 667 10,495 (265) 10,230
Depreciation and amortization
(2,021)
Finance expenses, net
5,182
Income tax expense
(3,762)
Net income
9,629
(1)
Reconciliation relates to corporate administrative expenses, which have not been allocated to the online operations or the retail store, including €201 thousand related to IPO preparation and transaction costs during the three months ended September 30, 2020.
 
F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Amounts in € thousands, except share and per share data)
Mytheresa Group earns revenues worldwide through its online operations, while all revenue associated with the retail stores is earned in Germany. Geographic location of online revenue is determined based on the location of delivery. The following table provides Mytheresa Group’s net sales by geographic location:
For the three months ended
September 30,
(in € thousands)
2019
2020
Germany
21,161 26,172
United States
10,766 15,254
Europe (excluding Germany)
30,833 42,537
Rest of the world
36,352 42,396
99,112 126,359
(1)
No individual country other than Germany and the United States accounted for more than 10% of net sales.
No single customer accounted for more than 10% of Mytheresa Group’s net sales in any of the periods presented. Substantially, all long-lived assets are located in Germany.
7.
Cost of Sales, exclusive of depreciation and amortization (“cost of sales”)
During the three months ended September 30, 2019, inventory write-downs classified as cost of sales in the amount of €286 thousand were reversed, while inventory write-downs for the three months ended September 30, 2020 were incurred in the amount of €518 thousand.
8.
Related Party Transactions
a)
Related Parties Transactions
Shareholder Loans
During the three months ended September 30, 2019, Mytheresa Group was party to convertible preferred equity certificates, which eliminated in consolidation when MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. became the direct parent of Mariposa I S.à r.l. on July 24, 2019, as well as variable interest shareholder loans (collectively, the “Retired Shareholder Loans”), which were cancelled in February 2020 and are no longer outstanding. Mytheresa Group incurred interest expenses related to the Retired Shareholder Loans of €1,652 thousand during the three months ended September 30, 2019.
As of June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020, Mytheresa Group’s long-term borrowings related to two US Dollar denominated loans from MYT Intermediate Holding Co. (the “Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans”). Prior to February 28, 2020, theses Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans were payable to MYT Netherlands Parent B.V or other companies within Mytheresa Group.
On February 28, 2020, these Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans were reassigned to MYT Intermediate Holding Co. with the related party liability remaining with MGG.
 
F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Amounts in € thousands, except share and per share data)
During the three months ended September 30, 2020, Mytheresa Group incurred €2,673 thousand in interest expense. During the three months ended September 30, 2020 payments toward the Shareholder Loans in the amount of €744 thousand have been made. The shareholder loans are subordinated.
As at June 30, 2020 and September 2020, the loans had the following carrying amounts:
Carrying amount as of,
(in € thousands)
Interest
rate
Origination Date
Maturity
June 30,
2020
September 30,
2020
Shareholder Loans
Facility 1
6%
Oct. 9, 2014
Oct. 9, 2025
57,380 55,543
Facility 2
6%
Oct. 9, 2014
Oct. 9, 2025
133,814 129,833
As of September 30, 2020, the Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans mature on October 9, 2025, when Mytheresa Group will be required to pay all outstanding principal and accrued interest amounts. Under the terms of the Fixed Interest Shareholder Loan agreements, Mytheresa Group may prepay any outstanding principal or accrued interest amounts, in whole or in part, at any time without penalty. The Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans do not contain any financial covenants. As of September 30, 2020, MGG was in compliance with all non-financial covenants under the Fixed Interest Shareholder Loans.
b)
Key Management Personnel Compensation
Related persons as defined by IAS 24 are persons who, by virtue of their positions, are responsible for the operations of Mytheresa Group. The managing directors of the Company and MGG constitute related persons for Mytheresa Group, as the managing directors of MGG have the authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling Mytheresa Group´s operating activities.These individuals received compensation as follows:
For the three months ended
September 30,
(in € thousands)
2019
2020
Shared-based compensation
29 7
Other long-term employee benefits
561 745
Total 590 752
Share-based Compensation
Certain members of the Group’s Management Board participate in a share-based compensation plan sponsored by Mytheresa Group’s ultimate parent. These individuals received both stock options and restricted stock awards.
Amounts recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards are as follows:
For the three months ended
September 30,
(in € thousands)
2019
2020
Classified within capital reserve (beginning of year)
989 1,055
Expense related to:
Stock options
7 7
Restricted stock
22
Classified within capital reserve (end of year)
1,018 1,062
 
F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Amounts in € thousands, except share and per share data)
Stock-based compensation grant activity consisted of the following during the three months ended September 30, 2019 and 2020:
Time-vested
Options
Wtd. Average
Exercise Price
(USD)
Performance-based
Options
Wtd. Average
Exercise Price
(USD)
Restricted
Stock
(in € thousands)
Options
Options
June 30, 2019
2,005 500 1,620 1,000 392
Options forfeited
Options exercised
N/A N/A
September 30, 2019
2,005 500 1,620 1,000 392
June 30, 2020
2,005 500 1,620 1,000
Options forfeited
Options exercised
N/A N/A
September 30, 2020
2,005
500
1,620
1,000
As Mytheresa Group has no obligation to settle the awards issued by the ultimate parent, it accounts for the stock option and restricted stock awards as equity-settled plans.
Outside of the Management Board, no other employees of Mytheresa Group received share-based compensation awards.
 
F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Amounts in € thousands, except share and per share data)
9.
Financial instruments and financial risk management
Additional disclosures on financial instruments
The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, including their levels in the fair value hierarchy. The table excludes fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value if the carrying amount reasonably approximates fair value.
Financial instruments as of June 30, 2020 were as follows:
Year ended June 30, 2020
(in € thousands)
Carrying
amount
No category
in accordance
with IFRS 9
Category in
accordance
with IFRS 9
Fair
value
Fair value
hierarchy
level
Financial assets
Current financial assets
Trade and other receivables
4,815
Amortized cost
Cash and cash equivalents
9,367
Amortized cost
Other assets
18,950 8,886
thereof deposits
1,805
Amortized cost
thereof other financial
assets
8,259
Amortized cost
Financial liabilities
Non-current financial liabilities
Shareholder Loans
191,194
Amortized cost
192,338 Level 2
Lease liabilities
13,928 13,928
N/A
Other liabilities
5,905
Amortized cost
Current financial liabilities
Liabilities to banks
10,000
Amortized cost
Lease liabilities
5,787 5,787
N/A
Trade and other payables
36,158
Amortized cost
Other liabilities
46,128 30,968
thereof other financial
liabilities
15,160
Amortized cost
 
F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Amounts in € thousands, except share and per share data)
Financial instruments as of September 30, 2020 were as follows:
For the three months ended September 30, 2020
(in € thousands)
Carrying
amount
No category in
accordance
with IFRS 9
Category in
accordance
with IFRS 9
Fair
value
Fair value
hierarchy
level
Financial assets
Current financial assets
Derivatives (Hedge Accounting)
871
N/A
Level 2
Financial liabilities
Non-current financial liabilities
Shareholder Loans
185,376
Amortized cost
194,792 Level 2
Current financial liabilities
Derivatives (Hedge Accounting)
N/A
Level 2
Due to their nature the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, trade and other payables approximate their fair value.
The fair value of Mytheresa Group’s non-current interest-bearing shareholder loans were calculated based on cash flows discounted by using market interest rates and credit risk derived from a peer group. As the fair value calculation is mainly based on observable market data, it constitutes a level 2 fair value.
Foreign exchange forwards are valued according to their present value of future cash flows based on forward exchange rates at the balance sheet date. The fair values of these instruments are also considered as level 2 fair values.
There were no transfers between the different levels of the fair value hierarchy as of June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020. Mytheresa Group’s policy is to recognize transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting period.
As Mytheresa Group does not meet the criteria for offsetting, no financial instruments are netted.
As of September 30, 2020, Mytheresa Group has recorded €871 thousand in cash flow hedge reserve. Would hedge accounting not have been applied, the amount would have been recorded in profit or loss immediately. The remaining portion of Other comprehensive income is related to translation differences of balance sheet items denominated in foreign currencies in prior periods. For more details please refer to Mytheresa Group’s annual consolidated financial statements for the fiscal 2020.
Financial risk management
Mytheresa Group’s management has the overall responsibility to establish and oversee Mytheresa Group’s financial risk management. Mytheresa Group’s financial risk management policies are established to identify and analyze the risks faced by Mytheresa Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and Mytheresa Group’s activities. Mytheresa Group, through its training and management standards and procedures, aims to maintain a disciplined and constructive control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.
Mytheresa Group has exposure to market risk, credit risk, and liquidity risk. The interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all financial risk information and disclosures required in the annual financial statements and should be read in conjunction with Mytheresa Group’s annual financial statements for the fiscal 2020.
 
F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements
(Amounts in € thousands, except share and per share data)
There have been no changes in Mytheresa Group’s risk management policies and practices since the previous fiscal year-end.
Mytheresa Group draws on its revolving credit facilities to finance inventory purchases as a result of seasonal volatility in its business. Liabilities to banks increased by €32,810 thousand to €42,810 thousand as of September 30, 2020.
Capital risk management
Mytheresa Group’s objective when managing capital is to safeguard Mytheresa Group’s ability to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. Mytheresa Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.
 
F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2035491D2-COVER_IBC4CLR.JPG]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
15,647,059 ADSs
[MISSING IMAGE: LG_MYTHERESA-WHIT.GIF]
Morgan Stanley
J.P. Morgan
Credit Suisse
UBS Investment Bank
Jefferies
Cowen
Through and including                 , 2021 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Part II
Information not Required in the Prospectus
Item 6.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers
We provide directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the members of our Management and Supervisory Boards against civil liabilities, which they may incur in connection with their activities on behalf of our company. We intend to expand our insurance coverage against such liabilities, including by providing for coverage against liabilities under the Securities Act.
In the underwriting agreement, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, the members of our Supervisory Board, the members of our Management Board and persons who control our company within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities, but only to the extent that such liabilities are caused by information relating to the underwriters furnished to us in writing expressly for use in this registration statement and certain other disclosure documents.
Insofar as indemnification of liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to members of our Management Board, members of our Supervisory Board, executive officers, or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Item 7.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Item 8.   Exhibits
(a)
The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:
1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1 Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant.
3.2 Rules of Procedure of the Supervisory Board of the Registrant.
3.3 Rules of Procedure of the Management Board of the Registrant.
4.1 Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, the depositary and holders and beneficial owners of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder.
4.2 Form of American Depositary Receipt evidencing American Depositary Shares (included in Exhibit 4.1).
5.1* Opinion of Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V., Dutch corporate counsel of the Registrant, as to the validity of the ordinary shares.
8.1 Opinion of Baker & McKenzie LLP, U.S. tax counsel of the Registrant, as to U.S. tax matters.
8.2 Opinion of Baker & McKenzie Partnerschaft von Rechtsanwälten und Steuerberatern mbB, German tax counsel to the Registration, as to German tax matters.
8.3 Opinion of Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V., Dutch tax counsel of the Registrant, as to Dutch tax matters.
10.1 MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan.
21.1 List of Subsidiaries.
23.1 Consent of KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2 Consent of Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.3 Consent of Baker & McKenzie LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1).
23.4 Consent of Baker & McKenzie Partnerschaft von Rechtsanwälten und Steuerberatern mbB (included in Exhibit 8.2).
23.5 Consent of Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V. (included in Exhibit 8.3).
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
24.1* Powers of attorney of Michael Kliger, Martin Beer, Dennis Gies, Marjorie Lao, Cesare Ruggiero, Susan Gail Saideman and Sascha Zahnd.
24.2 Powers of attorney ofDavid B. Kaplan and Michaela Tod.
99.1* Consent of Sebastian Dietzmann to be listed as a management board appointee.
99.2* Consent of Gareth Locke to be listed as a management board appointee.
99.3* Consent of Isabel May to be listed as a management board appointee.
*
Previously filed.
(b)
Financial Statement Schedules
None.
Item 9.   Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 6 of this registration statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Munich, Germany on January 12, 2021.
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
By: /s/ Michael Kliger
Name: Michael Kliger
Title: Chief Executive Officer
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Michael Kliger and Dr. Martin Beer and each of them, individually, as his or her true and lawful attorneys in fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead in any and all capacities, in connection with this registration statement, including to sign in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, this registration statement and any and all amendments thereto, including post effective amendments and registrations filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys in fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys in fact and agents, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on January 12, 2021 in the capacities indicated:
Signature
Title
/s/ David B. Kaplan
David B. Kaplan
Chairman of the Supervisory Board
/s/ Michaela Tod
Michaela Tod
Member of the Supervisory Board
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on January 12, 2021 in the capacities indicated:
Signature
Title
/s/ Michael Kliger
Michael Kliger
Chief Executive Officer and Management Board Member (principal executive officer)
*
Dr. Martin Beer
Chief Financial Officer and Management Board Member (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)
*
Dennis Gies
Member of the Supervisory Board
*
Marjorie Lao
Member of the Supervisory Board
*
Cesare Ruggiero
Member of the Supervisory Board
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Signature
Title
*
Susan Gail Saideman
Member of the Supervisory Board
*
Sascha Zahnd
Member of the Supervisory Board
*By:   
/s/ Michael Kliger
Michael Kliger
Attorney-in--Fact
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED U.S. REPRESENTATIVE OF REGISTRANT
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. has signed this registration statement on January 12, 2021.
By:
/s/ Colleen A. De Vries
Name: Colleen A. De Vries
Title: Sr. Vice President on behalf of Cogency Global, Inc.
 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

_______________ American Depositary Shares

 

Representing an Aggregate of ___________ Ordinary Shares

MYT NETHERLANDS PARENT B.V.

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES, EACH REPRESENTING

 

        ORDINARY SHARE[S], NOMINAL VALUE €1.00 PER SHARE1

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

_____________, 2021

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

As Representatives of the several Underwriters listed on Schedule I hereto

 

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036

 

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

MYT Netherlands Parent B.V., a private company with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) and registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce in the Netherlands under number 74988441 (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of               ordinary shares, nominal value 1.00 per share, of the Company (the “Firm Shares”), in the form of                American Depositary Shares (the “Firm ADSs”).

 

The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional               ordinary shares, nominal value 1.00 per share (the “Additional Shares”), in the form of                  American Depositary Shares (the “Additional ADSs”), if and to the extent that you, as Representatives of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares granted to the Underwriters in Section 3 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Shares,” and the Firm ADSs and the Additional ADSs, if any, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ADSs.” The ordinary shares, nominal value 1.00 per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “Stock.”

 

 

1 NTD: To be updated if nominal value changes with the stock split.

 

 

 

 

The ADSs are to be issued pursuant to a deposit agreement (the “Deposit Agreement”), dated            , 2021, among the Company, The Bank of New York Mellon, as the depositary (the “Depositary”) and owners and beneficial owners, from time to time, of the ADSs. Each ADS will initially represent                ordinary shares deposited with the Depositary pursuant to the Deposit Agreement.

 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-            ), including a preliminary prospectus, relating to the ADSs. The registration statement as amended at the time it became effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of ADSs (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “Prospectus.” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. A registration statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-            ) relating to the ADSs has been filed with the Commission (such registration statement on Form F-6, including all exhibits thereto, as amended through the time such registration statement became effective, being hereinafter referred to as the “ADS Registration Statement”). The Company has also filed, in accordance with Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), a registration statement (the “Exchange Act Registration Statement”) on Form 8-A (File No. 001-           ) under the Exchange Act to register, under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, the ADSs.

 

For purposes of this Underwriting Agreement (this “Agreement”), “free writing prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “preliminary prospectus” shall mean each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted information pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, “Time of Sale Prospectus” means the preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness together with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule II hereto, and “broadly available road show” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.

 

2

 

 

[Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“Morgan Stanley”) has agreed to reserve a portion of the ADSs to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and business associates and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “Participants”), as set forth in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriters” (the “Directed Share Program”). The ADSs to be sold by Morgan Stanley and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program, at the direction of the Company, are referred to hereinafter as the “Directed Shares.” Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

1.             Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

 

(a)                        Each of the Registration Statement, the ADS Registration Statement and the Exchange Act Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the ADS Registration Statement or the Exchange Act Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act are pending before or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission. The ADSs have been duly registered under the Securities Act pursuant to the Registration Statement and the ADS Registration Statement.

 

(b)                        (i) The Registration Statement and the ADS Registration Statement, when each became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the ADS Registration Statement comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply, when filed, in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the ADSs in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus, as of its date, and as of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.

 

3

 

 

(c)                        The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to the Representatives before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without the Representatives’ prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

 

(d)                        The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a private company with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation (where such concept exists), has the corporate power and authority to own or lease its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(e)                        Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated, organized or formed, is validly existing as a corporation or other business entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation (to the extent the concept of good standing is applicable in such jurisdiction), has the corporate or other business entity power and authority to own or lease its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction (to the extent the concept of good standing is applicable in such jurisdiction) in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all of the issued shares of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and, following the Closing Date, will be owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.

 

4

 

 

(f)                        This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(g)                        The authorized share capital of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any share capital of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options.

 

(h)                        The shares of Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(i)                        The Shares may be freely deposited with the Depositary against issuance by the Depositary of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) evidencing ADSs. The ADSs, when issued and delivered against payment thereof, will be freely transferable to or for the account of the several Underwriters, and there are no restrictions on subsequent transfers of such ADSs under the laws of the Netherlands or the United States.

 

(j)                        The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement and the Deposit Agreement will not (i) result in any violation of the provisions of the articles of association of the Company, or (ii) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (iii) result in any violation of any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), for any breach or violation that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body, agency or court is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals and authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the ADSs.

 

(k)                        There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

5

 

 

(l)                        (i) Other than as set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject that, singly or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or (ii) there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.

 

(m)                        Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

(n)                        The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the ADSs and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(o)                        The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the protection of the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or the failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(p)                        There are no costs or liabilities associated with applicable Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance, in each case associated with applicable Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval issued thereunder, any related constraints on operating activities resulting from applicable Environmental Laws and any potential liabilities to third parties arising under applicable Environmental Laws) which would, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

6

 

 

(q)                        The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with applicable laws relating to media law, copyright law, data protection law, advertising law, consumer protection law, labor law and criminal law or online payment service regulations of the jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries are engaged in their business, except where such noncompliance would not have or be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(r)                        Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (i) the information technology systems, equipment and software used by the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective businesses, including those used to process online order and payment services, (the “IT Assets”) are adequate for, and operate and perform as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company and each of its subsidiaries as currently conducted, (ii) have not malfunctioned or failed at any time during the period covered by the financial statements included in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and (iii) to the Company’s knowledge, the IT Assets are free and clear of all bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants. To the Company’s best knowledge, there has been no security breach, attack or other compromise as a result of which any person has gained unauthorized access to any IT Asset in a manner that would have or be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(s)                        The Company and its subsidiaries have taken precautions that they reasonably believe to be appropriate, including contingency plans, back-up facilities and disaster recovery technology processes consistent with industry standard practices, and necessary to protect the computer systems (hardware and software) and information technologies and related systems (such as networks) implemented or used by the Company and its subsidiaries against (i) overload, failure, limitation of system capacities, manual misuses and other interruptions of regular business operations, (ii) fire, explosion, flood, any calamity or other interruptions of regular business operations and (iii) unauthorized access or manipulation by third parties, in order to ensure that the events under (i) through (iii) above would not have or be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(t)                        All IT Assets used or required for use by the Company and its subsidiaries are either owned by, or properly licensed or leased to, the Company or its subsidiaries; the Company and its Subsidiaries are not in default under any such licenses or leases, and there are no grounds on which they might be terminated; and the IT Assets have (and each part of them has) sufficient capacity and performance to meet the processing and other business requirements of the Company and its subsidiaries and the anticipated requirements for at least the next twelve months; except, in each case of the above, as non-compliance with this representation would not have or be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

7

 

 

(u)                        There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to submit or file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the ADSs registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

(v)                        (i) None of the Company or its subsidiaries nor any of their respective directors, officers, affiliates, or to the Company’s knowledge, any employees or agents or other persons associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment, giving or receipt of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any government official (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) (“Government Official”) or used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity in order to influence official action, or to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws; (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; (iii) neither the Company nor its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws; (iv) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director, officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee or agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; (v) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director, officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee or agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit; and (vi) the Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

 

8

 

 

(w)                        The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(x)                          (i) None of the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any director, officer or employee thereof, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons that are:

 

(A)              the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person,” the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), or

 

(B)              located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).

 

(ii)            The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

 

(A)              to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

 

(B)              in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

(iii)            The Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not knowingly engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

 

9

 

 

(y)                        Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding share capital, nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its share capital other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the share capital, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

 

(z)                        The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property that it owns, if any, and good and marketable title to all personal property (other than intellectual property, which is addressed exclusively in Section 1(aa)) owned by them, except such as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; all such real property and personal property is free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects, except such as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

(aa)                        Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, (i) all patents, patent rights, technology, inventions, copyrights, know how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names that it holds, if any (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) currently employed by them in connection with their businesses as now operated, or as proposed in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus to be operated, by them; (ii) the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company and its subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Intellectual Property Rights licensed to the Company and its subsidiaries, are valid, subsisting and enforceable, and there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity, scope or enforceability of any such Intellectual Property Rights; (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice alleging any infringement, misappropriation or other violation of Intellectual Property Rights which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (iv) to the Company’s knowledge, no third party is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating, or has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, any Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company; (v) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates, or has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, any Intellectual Property Rights; (vi) all employees or contractors engaged in the development of Intellectual Property Rights on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company have executed an invention assignment agreement whereby such employees or contractors presently assign all of their right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property Rights to the Company or the applicable subsidiary, and to the Company’s knowledge no such agreement has been breached or violated; and (vii) the Company and its subsidiaries use, and have used, commercially reasonable efforts to appropriately maintain all information intended to be maintained as a trade secret.

 

10

 

 

 

(bb)                      (i) The Company and its subsidiaries use and have used any and all software and other materials distributed under a “free,” “open source,” or similar licensing model (including but not limited to the MIT License, Apache License, GNU General Public License, GNU Lesser General Public License and GNU Affero General Public License) (“Open Source Software”) in compliance with all license terms applicable to such Open Source Software; and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries uses or distributes or has used or distributed any Open Source Software in any manner that requires or has required (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries to permit reverse engineering of any software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (B) any software code or other technology owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to be (1) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (2) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works or (3) redistributed at no charge.

 

(cc)                       Except as would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, (i) the Company and each of its subsidiaries have complied and are presently in compliance with all contractual obligations, industry standards, applicable laws, statutes, judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or other governmental or regulatory authority and any other legal obligations, in each case, relating to the collection, use, transfer, import, export, storage, protection, disposal and disclosure by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (“Data Security Obligations,” and such data, “Data”), (ii) the Company has not received any notification of or complaint regarding and is unaware of any other facts that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably indicate non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation; and (iii) there is no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened alleging non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation.

 

(dd)                      Except as would not reasonably be expected to have material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, the Company and its subsidiaries have used commercially reasonable efforts to protect the information technology systems and Data used in connection with the operation of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ businesses, including to establish and maintain, and comply with, reasonable information technology, information security, cyber security and data protection controls, policies and procedures, including oversight, access controls, encryption, technological and physical safeguards and business continuity/disaster recovery and security plans that are designed to protect against and prevent breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to any information technology system or Data used in connection with the operation of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ businesses (“Breach”). Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, there has been no such Breach, and the Company and its subsidiaries have not been notified of and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in, any such Breach.

 

11 

 

 

(ee)                       No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(ff)                        Each benefit and compensation plan, agreement, policy and arrangement that is maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective controlled affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) for current or former employees or directors of, or independent contractors with respect to, the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective affiliates, or with respect to which any of such entities could reasonably be expected to have any current, future or contingent liability or responsibility, has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations and the Company and each of its subsidiaries and each of their respective affiliates have complied with all applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations in regard to such plans, agreements, policies and arrangements, except in each case for any failure to comply with the respective terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations as would not have or be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; the fair market value of the assets of each such plan, agreement, policy and arrangement which is required or intended to be funded (excluding for these purposes accrued but unpaid contributions) exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued or earned or payments due under such plan, agreement, policy or arrangement determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions, except where any failure to exceed such present value would not have or be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and the liabilities reflected in the relevant entity’s financial statements with respect to each such plan, agreement, policy and arrangement that is not required or intended to be funded accurately reflect the present value of all benefits earned or accrued or payments due under such plan, agreement, policy or arrangement determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions, except where any failure to reflect such present value would not have or be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(gg)                     The Company and each of its subsidiaries is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a reasonable cost, except in each case as would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

12 

 

 

(hh)                      The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except to the extent that the failure to possess such certificates, authorizations and permits would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(ii)                        The financial statements included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes thereto, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the dates shown and its results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby except for any normal year-end adjustments in the Company’s quarterly financial statements. The other financial information included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby.

 

(jj)                         KPMG, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and delivered its report with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements and schedules filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement and included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

 

(kk)                      The Company is in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that are applicable to them as of the date of this Agreement. The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (x) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (y) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

13 

 

 

(ll)                        The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information required to be disclosed by the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

 

(mm)                     Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

 

(nn)                      The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus comply, and any amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

(oo)                      No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency, other than those obtained, is required in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares in any jurisdiction where the Directed Shares are being offered.

 

(pp)                      The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley or any Morgan Stanley Entity as defined in Section 11 to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

 

14 

 

 

(qq)                      The Company and each of its subsidiaries has filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by IFRS have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which, singly or in the aggregate, has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(rr)                        It is not necessary that this Agreement, the Deposit Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus or any other document be filed or recorded with any court or other authority in the Netherlands.

 

(ss)                       From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

 

(tt)                        The Company (i) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communication with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than Morgan Stanley and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”) to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that Morgan Stanley and J.P. Morgan have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

(uu)                      As of the time of each sale of the ADSs in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, none of (A) the Time of Sale Prospectus, (B) any free writing prospectus, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

15 

 

 

(vv)                      Except as described in the Registration Statement, Time of Sale Prospectus or Prospectus, no subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

 

(ww)                     Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the ADSs.

 

(xx)                       Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken, directly or indirectly, without giving effect to activities of the Underwriters, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

 

(yy)                      Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the ADSs nor the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

 

(zz)                       The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate and such data is consistent with the sources from which they are derived, in each case in all material respects.

 

(aaa)                     Under the current laws and regulations of the Netherlands, all dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the Shares in cash may be freely remitted out of the Netherlands and may be paid in, or freely converted into, United States dollars, in each case without there being required any consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any court or governmental agency or body in the Netherlands; and all such dividends and other distributions paid by the Company will not be subject to withholding under the laws and regulations of the Netherlands, except to the extent such dividends and other distributions are paid to the beneficial owners of such dividends and other distributions (i) that are tax resident in the Netherlands, (ii) that are attributable to a permanent establishment in the Netherlands or (iii) of whom the company is unable to assess that the tax residence is outside the Netherlands.

 

16 

 

 

(bbb)                    No stamp, documentary, issuance, registration, transfer, withholding, capital gains, income or other taxes or duties are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters, the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the Netherlands or to any taxing authority thereof or therein in connection with (i) the execution, delivery or consummation of this Agreement, (ii) the creation, allotment and issuance of the Shares, (iii) the sale and delivery of the ADSs to the Underwriters or purchasers procured by the Underwriters, or (iv) the resale and delivery of the ADSs by the Underwriters in the manner contemplated herein.

 

(ccc)                    The Company believes that it was not a “passive foreign investment company” (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for its most recent taxable year, and it does not expect to be a PFIC for its current taxable year or in the foreseeable future.

 

(ddd)                    It is not necessary under the laws of the Netherlands to enable the Underwriters to enforce their rights under this Agreement, provided that they are not otherwise engaged in business in the Netherlands.

 

(eee)                    The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

 

(fff)                      Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor any of its or their properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of (i) any jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or assets, (ii) the United States or the State of New York or (iii) the Netherlands or any political subdivision thereof.

 

(ggg)                   The choice of law of the State of New York as the governing law of this Agreement will be recognized in the Netherlands.

 

(hhh)                   The indemnification and contribution provisions set forth in Section 10 hereof do not contravene Dutch law or public policy.

 

(iii)                       The Deposit Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Depositary, constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability. Upon (i) issuance by the Depositary of the ADSs against the deposit of Shares in respect thereof and/or (ii) due execution and delivery by the Depositary of ADRs evidencing ADSs against the deposit of Shares in respect thereof, in accordance with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement, such ADSs and/or ADRs will be duly and validly issued and the persons in whose names the ADSs and/or the ADRs are registered will be entitled to the rights specified therein and in the Deposit Agreement; and the ADRs will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

17 

 

 

2.                    [Reserved.]

 

3.                    Agreements to Sell and Purchase. The Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company at $           per ADS (the “Purchase Price”) the number of Firm ADSs (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm ADSs to be sold by the Company as the number of Firm ADSs set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm ADSs.

 

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares in the form of Additional ADSs, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to               Additional ADSs at the Purchase Price, provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional ADSs shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm ADSs but not payable on such Additional ADSs. The Representatives may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional ADSs to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm ADSs nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional ADSs may be purchased as provided in Section 5 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm ADSs. On each day, if any, that Additional ADSs are to be purchased (an “Option Closing Date”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional ADSs (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional ADSs to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm ADSs set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm ADSs.

 

4.                    Terms of Public Offering. The Company is advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the ADSs as soon after the Registration Statement and has become effective as in the Representatives’ judgment is advisable. The Company is further advised by the Representative that the ADSs are to be offered to the public initially at $           per ADS (the “Public Offering Price”) and to certain dealers selected by the Representatives at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $          per ADS under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $          per ADS, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

 

18 

 

 

5.                    Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Firm ADSs to be sold by the Company shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm ADSs for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at          a.m., New York City time, on             , 2021, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than             , 2021, as shall be designated in writing by the Representatives. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Date.”

 

Payment for any Additional ADSs shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional ADSs for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at             a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 3 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than             , 2021, as shall be designated in writing by the Representatives.

 

The Firm ADSs and Additional ADSs shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm ADSs and Additional ADSs shall be delivered to the Representatives on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters.

 

6.                    Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the Company to sell the ADSs to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the ADSs on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement, the ADS Registration Statement and the Exchange Act Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than             , 2021 (New York City time) on the date hereof.

 

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

 

(a)                        Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

 

(i)            no order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission;

 

(ii)           there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Company, its parent or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act; and

 

19 

 

 

(iii)            there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in the Representatives’ judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in the Representatives’ judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

 

(b)                        The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Sections 6(a)(i) and 6(a)(ii) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date, except for any representations and warranties that expressly speak as of a specific date, which representations and warranties are true and correct as of such date; and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date. The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

 

(c)                        The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Baker & McKenzie LLP, U.S. counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(d)                        The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V., Dutch counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(e)                        The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion and negative assurance letter of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

(f)                         The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Emmet, Marvin & Martin, LLP, counsel for the Depositary, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(g)                        The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, from KPMG, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof.

 

20 

 

 

 

 

(h)                        The Company and the Depositary shall have executed and delivered the Deposit Agreement, and the Deposit Agreement shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date and shall not be terminated, rescinded or revoked. The Company and the Depositary shall have taken all actions necessary to permit the deposit of the Shares and the issuance of the ADS representing such Shares in accordance with the Deposit Agreement.

 

(i)                        The Depositary shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Representatives at such Closing Date, confirmation satisfactory to the Representatives evidencing the deposit with it of the Shares being so deposited against issuance of the ADSs to be delivered by the Company at such Closing Date, and the execution, countersignature (if applicable), issuance and delivery of the corresponding ADRs pursuant to the Deposit Agreement and such other matters related thereto as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

(j)                        The letters, each substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Lock-up Agreements”), between the Representatives and certain shareholders, officers and members of the management board and the supervisory board of the Company shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

 

(k)                        The Representatives shall have received on the date hereof a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

(l)                         The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional ADSs hereunder are subject to the delivery to the Representatives on the applicable Option Closing Date of the following:

 

(i)            a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, confirming that the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date;

 

(ii)            an opinion and negative assurance letter of Baker & McKenzie LLP, U.S. counsel for the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional ADSs to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(c) hereof;

 

(iii)           an opinion of Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V., Dutch counsel for the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional ADSs to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(d) hereof;

 

21

 

 

(iv)            an opinion and negative assurance letter of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional ADSs to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(e) hereof;

 

(v)            an opinion of Emmet, Marvin & Martin, LLP, counsel for the Depositary, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional ADSs to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(f) hereof;

 

(vi)            a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from KPMG, independent public accountants, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 6(g) hereof; provided that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than two business days prior to such Option Closing Date;

 

(vii)            a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated the Option Closing Date to the same effect as the certificate required by Section 6(k) hereof; and

 

(viii)           such other documents as the Representatives may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional ADSs to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional ADSs.

 

7.                    Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a)                        To furnish to the Representatives, without charge, two conformed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to the Representatives in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7(e) or 7(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as the Representatives may reasonably request.

 

(b)                        Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to the Representatives a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

 

22

 

 

(c)                        To furnish to the Representatives a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which the Representatives reasonably object.

 

(d)                        Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

 

(e)                        If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

 

(f)                        If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the ADSs as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses the Representatives will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

 

23

 

 

(g)                        To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall require the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction, to execute or file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or to subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise subject.

 

(h)                        To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to the Representatives as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

(i)                        To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

 

(j)                        The Company will promptly notify Morgan Stanley and J.P. Morgan if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the Restricted Period referred to in Section 8.

 

(k)                        The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to list the ADSs on the NYSE.

 

(l)                         If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify Morgan Stanley and J.P. Morgan and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

(m)                        The Company agrees to apply the net proceeds from the sale of the ADSs in substantially the manner set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

(n)                        The Company shall pay, and shall indemnify and hold the Underwriters harmless against, any stamp, issue, registration, documentary, sales, transfer income, capital gains or other similar taxes or duties imposed under the laws of the Netherlands or the United States or any political sub-division or taxing authority thereof or therein that is payable in connection with (i) the execution, delivery, consummation or enforcement of this Agreement, (ii) the creation, allotment and issuance of the Shares, (iii) the sale and delivery of the ADSs to the Underwriters or purchasers procured by the Underwriters, or (iv) the resale and delivery of the ADSs by the Underwriters in the manner contemplated herein.

 

24

 

 

(o)                        All sums payable by the Company under this Agreement shall be paid free and clear of and without deductions or withholdings of any present or future taxes or duties, unless the deduction or withholding is required by law, in which case the Company shall pay such additional amount as will result in the receipt by each Underwriter of the full amount that would have been received had no deduction or withholding been made.

 

(p)                        All sums payable to an Underwriter shall be considered exclusive of any value added or similar taxes. Where the Company is obliged to pay value added or similar tax on any amount payable hereunder to an Underwriter, the Company shall in addition to the sum payable hereunder pay an amount equal to any applicable value added or similar tax.

 

The Company also covenants with each Underwriter that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Restricted Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) submit or file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock.

 

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (A) the ADSs to be sold hereunder, (B) the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof as described in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and Prospectus, or (C) facilitating the establishment of a trading plan on behalf of a shareholder, officer or member of the management or supervisory board of the Company pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period.

 

If Morgan Stanley and J.P. Morgan, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions on the transfer of Shares set forth in a Lock-up Agreement for an officer or member of the management or supervisory board of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

25

 

 

8.                    Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the ADSs under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the ADSs to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the reasonable cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the ADSs under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 7(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the ADSs by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (provided that the amount payable by the Company pursuant to subsections (iii) and (iv) shall not exceed $30,000 in the aggregate), (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the NYSE, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any road show undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the ADSs (except as set forth in (B) below), including, without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, (x) all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 10 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution”, Section 11 entitled “Directed Share Program Indemnification” and the last paragraph of Section 13 below, the Underwriters will pay (A) all costs and expenses related to their participation in investor presentation on any road show undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the ADSs and 50% of the cost of aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (with the Company paying the remaining 50% of the cost of such aircraft) and all travel and other expenses of the Underwriters or any of their employees incurred by them in connection with participation in investor presentations on any road show undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the ADSs and (B) all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, share transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

 

26

 

 

9.                    Covenants of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

 

10.                    Indemnity and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any reasonably incurred legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or that arise out of, or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Underwriters through the Representatives consists of the information described as such in paragraph (c) below.

 

(b)                        [Reserved.]

 

(c)                        Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the members of the supervisory board of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any reasonably incurred legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of, or are based upon, any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

27

 

 

(d)                        In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 10(a) or 10(c), such person (the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying party”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed in writing to the retention of such counsel, (ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, (iii) the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party or (iv) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, the members of its supervisory board, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley and J.P. Morgan. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

28

 

 

(e)                        To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 10(a) or 10(c) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the ADSs or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 11(e)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 11(e)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the ADSs shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the ADSs (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the ADSs. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 10 are several in proportion to the respective number of ADSs they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

 

29

 

 

(f)                        The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 10(e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 10(e) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the ADSs underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 10 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

(g)                        The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 10 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter, by or on behalf of the Company, its officers, the members of its supervisory board or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares or ADSs.

 

11.                    [Directed Share Program Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley, each person, if any, who controls Morgan Stanley within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of Morgan Stanley within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act (“Morgan Stanley Entities”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any reasonably incurred legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or arise out of, or are based upon, any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) that arise out of, or are based upon, the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of Morgan Stanley Entities.

 

30

 

 

 

 

(b)                                 In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Morgan Stanley Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 11(a), the Morgan Stanley Entity seeking indemnity, shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company, upon request of the Morgan Stanley Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Morgan Stanley Entity to represent the Morgan Stanley Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Morgan Stanley Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Morgan Stanley Entity unless (i) the Company shall have agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Morgan Stanley Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Morgan Stanley Entities. Any such separate firm for the Morgan Stanley Entities shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify the Morgan Stanley Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time a Morgan Stanley Entity shall have requested the Company to reimburse it for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Company of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed the Morgan Stanley Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Morgan Stanley Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Morgan Stanley Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Morgan Stanley Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

(c)                        To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 11(a) is unavailable to a Morgan Stanley Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the Morgan Stanley Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 11(c)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 11(c)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Morgan Stanley Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Morgan Stanley Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

31

 

 

(d)                        The Company and the Morgan Stanley Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 11 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Morgan Stanley Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 11(c). The amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11, no Morgan Stanley Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Morgan Stanley Entity has otherwise been required to pay. The remedies provided for in this Section 11 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

(e)                        The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 11 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Morgan Stanley Entity or the Company, its officers, the members of its supervisory board or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

 

12.                    Termination. The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by the Representatives to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on or prior to the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, as the case may be, (a) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market, (b) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (c) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States, the Netherlands or the Federal Republic of Germany shall have occurred, (d) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State, Dutch or German authorities or (e) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets, currency exchange rates or controls or any calamity or crisis that, in the Representatives’ judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (e), makes it, in the Representatives’ judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the ADSs on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

 

32

 

 

13.                    Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

 

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase ADSs that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of ADSs which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the ADSs to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm ADSs set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm ADSs set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as the Representatives may specify, to purchase the ADSs which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of ADSs that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 13 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of ADSs without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm ADSs and the aggregate number of Firm ADSs with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm ADSs to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Firm ADSs are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional ADSs and the aggregate number of Additional ADSs with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional ADSs to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional ADSs to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional ADSs that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

 

33

 

 

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

 

14.                    Entire Agreement. (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the ADSs, represents the entire agreement between the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the ADSs.

 

(b)                        The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the ADSs: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arm’s length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company and (iv) none of the activities of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated herein constitutes a recommendation, investment advice, or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Representatives nor the other Underwriters shall have any responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto. Any review by the Representatives and the other Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the ADSs.

 

15.                    Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

34

 

 

16.                    Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

17.                    Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

 

18.                    Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to the Representatives at (i) care of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department and (ii) care of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk; if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to Einsteinring 9, 85609 Aschheim/Munich, Germany, Attention: Chief Financial Officer.

 

19.                    Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agents for Service. (a) The Company irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York (the “Specified Courts”) over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the offering of the ADSs (each, a “Related Proceeding”). The Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any Related Proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such Related Proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. To the extent that the Company has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise) from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, the Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, such immunity in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding.

 

(b)               The Company hereby irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, with offices at 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005 as its agent for service of process in any Related Proceeding and agrees that service of process in any such Related Proceeding may be made upon it at the office of such agent. The Company waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. The Company represents and warrants that such agent has agreed to act as the Company’s agent for service of process, and the Company agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect.

 

20.                    Judgment Currency. If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than United States dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Underwriters could purchase United States dollars with such other currency in The City of New York on the business day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Company with respect to any sum due from it to any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than United States dollars, not be discharged until the first business day following receipt by such Underwriter or controlling person of any sum in such other currency, and only to the extent that such Underwriter or controlling person may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase United States dollars with such other currency. If the United States dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to such Underwriter or controlling person hereunder, the Company agrees as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Underwriter or controlling person against such loss. If the United States dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to such Underwriter or controlling person hereunder, such Underwriter or controlling person agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the excess of the dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to such Underwriter or controlling person hereunder.

 

35

 

 

21.                    Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes. (a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

(b)                        In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

(c)                        For purposes of this Section a “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k). “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b). “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable. “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

36

 

 

22.                    Contractual Recognition of Bail-in.

 

(a)                        Notwithstanding and to the exclusion of any other term of this Agreement or any other agreements, arrangements, or understanding among the Underwriters, the Underwriters acknowledge and accept that a BRRD Liability arising under this Agreement may be subject to the exercise of Bail-in Powers by the Relevant Resolution Authority, and acknowledge, accept, and agree to be bound by:

 

(i)            the effect of the exercise of Bail-in Powers by the Relevant Resolution Authority in relation to any BRRD Liability of any Underwriters to any other Underwriter under this Agreement, that (without limitation) may include and result in any of the following, or some combination thereof:

 

(A)                        the reduction of all, or a portion, of the BRRD Liability or outstanding amounts due thereon;

 

(B)                        the conversion of all, or a portion, of the BRRD Liability into shares, other securities or other obligations of the relevant Underwriters or another person, and the issue to or conferral of such shares, securities or obligations on the creditor or counterparty of such Underwriter;

 

(C)                        the cancellation of the BRRD Liability;

 

(D)                        the amendment or alteration of any interest, if applicable, thereon, the maturity or the dates on which any payments are due, including by suspending payment for a temporary period;

 

(ii)            the variation of the terms of this Agreement, as deemed necessary by the Relevant Resolution Authority, to give effect to the exercise of Bail-in Powers by the Relevant Resolution Authority.

 

(b)                        Bail in Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 22:

 

(i)  Bail-in Legislation” means in relation to a member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented, or which at any time implements, the BRRD, the relevant implementing law, regulation, rule or requirement as described in the EU Bail-in Legislation Schedule from time to time

 

37

 

 

(ii)  Bail-in Powers” means any Write-down and Conversion Powers as defined in the EU Bail-in Legislation Schedule, in relation to the relevant Bail-in Legislation.

 

(iii)  BRRD” means Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

 

(iv)  EU Bail-in Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such, then in effect, and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

 

(v)  BRRD Liability” means a liability in respect of which the relevant Write Down and Conversion Powers in the applicable Bail-in Legislation may be exercised.

 

(vi)  Relevant Resolution Authority” means the resolution authority with the ability to exercise any Bail-in Powers in relation to the Underwriters.

 

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

38

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  MYT NETHERLANDS PARENT B.V.
     
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

[Signature page to Underwriting Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Accepted as of the date hereof

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the
several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

 

By: Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC  
     
     
By:      
  Name:    
  Title:    
       
By: J.P. Morgan Securities LLC  
     
     
By:      
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

[Signature page to Underwriting Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule I

 

Underwriter   Number of Firm Shares
To Be Purchased
     
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC    
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC    
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC    
UBS Securities LLC    
Cowen and Company, LLC    
Jefferies LLC    
     
     
Total:    

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE II

 

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1. Preliminary Prospectus issued [date]

 

2. [identify all free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act]

 

3. [free writing prospectus containing a description of terms that does not reflect final terms, if the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include a final term sheet]

 

4. [orally communicated pricing information such as price per share and size of offering if a Rule 134 pricing term sheet is used at the time of sale instead of a pricing term sheet filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) as a free writing prospectus]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

[To come]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP

 

[To come]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

 

[To come]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V
 
Attorneys at law, Tax advisors

and Civil-law notaries

 
P.O. Box 2720

1000 CS Amsterdam

The Netherlands
 
Tel: +31 20 551 7555

www.bakermckenzie.nl

 

AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

MYT NETHERLANDS PARENT B.V.

 

On this day, [___], appeared before me, Kim Francis Tan, civil-law notary in Amsterdam, the Netherlands (the “notary”):

 

Willem Jan Treuren, born in Gouda, the Netherlands, on the third day of April nineteen hundred ninety-three, for the purpose hereof electing as his domicile the office of the notary (Claude Debussylaan 54, 1082 MD Amsterdam).

 

The appearing person declared as follows:

 

The articles of association of MYT Netherlands Parent B.V., a private company with limited liability organized and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, having its corporate seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, with its office address at Einsteinring 9, 85609 Aschheim, Federal Republic of Germany and registered with the Trade Register held by the Chamber of Commerce in the Netherlands under number 74988441 (the “company”), were most recently amended and readopted by notarial deed executed on the seventeenth day of September two thousand twenty before Kim Francis Tan, aforementioned. The company’s articles of association now read as set forth in the aforementioned deed.

 

On the eighth day of January two thousand twenty-one, the board of managing directors of the company resolved to propose to the sole shareholder of the company to amend the articles of association of the company, which proposal was approved by the supervisory board of the company, by its resolution dated the eighth day of January two thousand twenty-one. Following such proposal, the sole shareholder of the company resolved on the eighth day of January two thousand twenty-one outside a meeting to amend the company’s articles of association. Copies of the aforementioned resolutions are attached to this deed.

 

In the aforementioned resolution of the sole shareholder of the company, the appearing person was given authority, among other things, to execute and sign the deed of amendment to the articles of association.

 

The company’s issued capital amounts to one thousand euro (EUR 1,000.00), consisting of one thousand (1,000) shares, numbered 1 up to and including 1,000, with a nominal value of one euro (EUR 1.00) each.

 

In order to execute the aforementioned resolutions, the appearing person subsequently declared to hereby amend the company’s articles of association in such a manner that the company shall be henceforth governed by the following:

 

1

 

 

 

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

Definition of terms

 

Article 1

 

In these articles of association, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

a. general meeting: the corporate body of the company formed by the shareholders and other holders of a meeting right or, as the case may be, the meeting of the shareholders and other holders of a meeting right;

 

b. subsidiary: a legal entity or company as referred to in article 2:24a Dutch Civil Code;

 

c. annual accounts: the company’s annual accounts as referred to in article 2:361 Dutch Civil Code;

 

d. written/in writing: in writing or in a reproducible manner by electronic means of communication, unless impermissible under applicable laws;

 

e. holder of a meeting right: party who, pursuant to the law or these articles of association, holds a meeting right;

 

f. meeting right: the right to attend and address the general meeting, either in person or by written proxy;

 

g. proceeding: any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative; and

 

h. MYT Holding LLC: MYT Holding LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of Delaware, United States of America, having its registered office at 200 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 210, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, United States of America and registered with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under entity number 7375244 or any of its legal successors.

 

Name and corporate seat

 

Article 2

 

2.1 The company’s name is MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.

 

2.2 The company has its corporate seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

 

2.3 The company has its head office in the district of Munich, Federal Republic of Germany.

 

2

 

 

 

Objects

 

Article 3

 

The objects of the company are:

 

a. to incorporate, conduct the management of, participate in and take any other financial interest in other companies and/or enterprises, in particular companies and/or enterprises which are active in the area of the sale and marketing of products of any kind, in particular textiles, clothing, leather goods, cosmetics and accessories;

 

b. to render administrative, technical, financial, economic or managerial services to other companies, persons and/or enterprises;

 

c. to acquire, dispose of, manage and operate real property, personal property and other goods, including patents, trademark rights, licences, permits and other industrial property rights; and

 

d. to borrow and/or lend monies, provide security or guarantee or otherwise warrant performance jointly and severally on behalf of others,the foregoing whether or not in collaboration with third parties and inclusive of the performance and promotion of all activities which directly and indirectly relate to those objects, all this in the broadest sense of the words

 

Shares

 

Article 4

 

4.1 The company has an issued share capital divided into one (1) or more shares.

 

4.2 At least one (1) share must be held by a party other than the company or any of its subsidiaries and for a purpose other than for the benefit of the company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

4.3 The shares have a nominal value of fifteen thousandth eurocent (EUR 0.000015) each.

 

4.4 All shares are registered and are numbered consecutively from 1 onwards. Each share conveys a voting right, a meeting right and a right to share in the company’s profits and reserves, in accordance with the provisions of these articles of association.

 

4.5 Any right of a shareholder to receive share certificates in relation to its shares is excluded to the extent permitted by law and to the extent that the issuance of a share certificate is not required under the rules of any stock exchange on which the shares are admitted to trading. The company is entitled to issue share certificates representing individual shares (single certificate) or several shares (global certificate).

 

3

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ register

 

Article 5

 

A shareholders’ register will be kept in accordance with applicable laws. The shareholders’ register may be kept in several copies and in several places. Part of the shareholders’ register may be kept outside the Netherlands to comply with applicable local law or pursuant to stock exchange rules.

 

Issue of shares

 

Article 6

 

6.1 The company may only issue shares pursuant to a resolution of the general meeting. The general meeting may delegate its powers in this respect to the board of managing directors for a period not exceeding five years and may revoke such delegation. The delegation may be extended from time to time for a period not exceeding five years. If the general meeting has delegated its authority to issue shares to the board of managing directors, any resolution of the board of managing directors to issue shares shall be subject to prior approval of the supervisory board.

 

6.2 Paragraph 1 of this article shall apply mutatis mutandis to the granting of rights to subscribe for shares but will not apply to the issuing of shares to persons exercising a previously obtained right to subscribe for shares.

 

Conditions for issuing of shares. Pre-emptive rights

 

Article 7

 

7.1 Any resolution to issue shares shall also specify the issue price and any further conditions in connection with the issue. The issuing of shares shall require a notarial deed to be executed for that purpose before a civil-law notary practicing in the Netherlands, to which those involved are party.

 

7.2 No shareholder has any pre-emptive right on any share issue or any grant rights to subscribe for shares.

 

Payment on shares

 

Article 8

 

8.1 On subscription for a share, payment must be made of its nominal value. The company may require that the nominal value or a part thereof only need to be paid after a certain period of time or after the company has requested such payment.

 

8.2 Payment on a share must be made in cash unless another form of contribution has been agreed. The company’s permission is required to pay on shares in a currency other than that in which the nominal value of the shares is denominated.

 

4

 

 

 

8.3 The board of managing directors is authorized to perform legal acts relating to non-cash contributions on shares and other legal acts as mentioned in article 2:204 Dutch Civil Code without prior approval of the general meeting.

 

8.4 Payment on shares may be made by debiting the company’s reserves, if resolved upon by the corporate body of the company authorized to resolve to issue shares.

 

Acquisition of shares by the company in its own capital

 

Article 9

 

The company may, with due observance of the relevant statutory provisions and subject to a resolution of the board of managing directors, acquire shares in its own capital on the terms and conditions set forth in such resolution.

 

Capital reduction

 

Article 10

 

With due observance of article 4 paragraph 2 of these articles of association and the provisions of law, the general meeting may resolve to reduce the issued capital of the company, either by a cancellation of shares or by a reduction of the nominal value of the shares by means of an amendment of the articles of association. The provisions of article 2:216 paragraphs 2 up to and including 4 Dutch Civil Code shall apply accordingly to the resolution referred to in the previous sentence.

 

Transfer of shares. Restricted rights

 

Article 11

 

11.1 The transfer of shares and the transfer – including the creation and disposal – of any restricted rights attached to shares shall require a notarial deed to be executed for that purpose before a civil-law notary practicing in the Netherlands, to which those involved are party.

 

11.2 The transfer in accordance with paragraph 1 of this article will also be valid vis-à-vis the company by operation of law. Unless the company is a party to the legal act, the rights attached to shares cannot be exercised until the company either acknowledges the legal act or the notarial deed has been served upon the company in accordance with the relevant statutory provisions.

 

11.3 A shareholder may create a usufruct or right of pledge on one or more of his or her shares.

 

5

 

 

 

11.4 The voting rights attached to the shares encumbered with a usufruct or right of pledge shall be vested in the shareholder. The voting right may be vested in the usufructuary or pledgee if this is stipulated on the establishment of the usufruct or right of pledge or if this is agreed afterwards in writing between the shareholder and the usufructuary or pledgee.

 

11.5 The provisions of paragraph 2 of this article shall apply mutatis mutandis to a written agreement as referred to in paragraph 4 of this article.

 

Transferability of shares

 

Article 12

 

Shares can be transferred freely and without any restrictions as referred to in article 2:195 Dutch Civil Code.

 

Board of managing directors

 

Article 13

 

13.1 The board of managing directors consists of one (1) or more managing directors, with the actual number being determined by the supervisory board. Each managing director of the company has the title of director (directeur). In addition, the supervisory board may grant to one managing director the title of CEO and to one managing director the title of CFO. Only German residents may be appointed as managing directors.

 

13.2 The managing directors are appointed by the general meeting, on the basis of a binding nomination by the supervisory board.

 

13.3 The general meeting has the right to overrule the binding nature of such nomination of the supervisory board by a resolution, adopted with a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, representing more than half of the issued and outstanding share capital of the company. If the binding nomination is overruled, the supervisory board shall draw up a new binding nomination to be voted upon in the next general meeting.

 

13.4 The general meeting shall have the right to appoint a managing director if no binding nomination has been made by the supervisory board within a reasonable period of a vacancy occurring.

 

13.5 Managing directors shall be appointed for a period of four years, provided that, unless a managing director retires sooner or upon his or her appointment a term shorter than four years has been determined, his or her term shall expire as of the closing of the annual general meeting held in the fourth calendar year following the year of his or her appointment. A managing director may be re-appointed, with due observance of the preceding sentence.

 

6

 

 

 

13.6

For the purposes of article 32 paragraph 4 of these articles of association, a person who has determined or co-determined the company’s policies as if he or she were a managing director shall be considered equivalent to a managing director, including the same responsibilities and liabilities.

 

Suspension and dismissal

 

Article 14

 

14.1 The general meeting and the supervisory board each are authorized to dismiss a managing director from office at any time.

 

14.2 The general meeting and the supervisory board each are authorized to suspend a managing director from office at any time. Either the supervisory board or the general meeting may lift such suspension at any time and such suspension will automatically lapse if either the general meeting or the supervisory board does not resolve to dismiss such managing director within three months of such suspension.

 

Remuneration

 

Article 15

 

15.1 The company shall have a policy regarding the remuneration of managing directors. This policy shall be determined by the general meeting, pursuant to and in accordance with a proposal thereto by the supervisory board.

 

15.2 The general meeting is authorized to amend the remuneration policy as referred to in paragraph 1 of this article, based on a proposal by the supervisory board.

 

15.3 The remuneration of individual managing directors shall be determined by the supervisory board, with due observance of such remuneration policy. With respect to share and share option schemes, the supervisory board will submit a proposal for approval to the general meeting. This proposal must at least state the number of shares or options that can be awarded to managing directors as well as the criteria that apply to any grant or modification.

 

7

 

 

 

Managerial duties

 

Article 16

 

16.1 Subject to the restrictions set forth in these articles of association and with due observance of the law, the board of managing directors is charged with the management of the company.

 

16.2 The supervisory board shall draw up rules of procedure containing further regulations on the procedure for holding meetings and decision-making by the board of managing directors, and its operating procedures.

 

16.3 The board of managing directors may make a division of duties in writing, specifying the individual duties of each managing director.

 

Meetings of the board of managing directors

 

Article 17

 

17.1 The board of managing directors shall meet as often as a managing director requests a meeting.

 

17.2 Meetings of the board of managing directors shall be generally held at the head office of the company, but may take place elsewhere, as decided by the CEO. In addition, meetings may be conducted by telephone or via videoconferencing facilities, provided that each managing director taking part in such meeting is able to hear the deliberations and can be heard by the other managing directors and no managing director objects thereto.

 

17.3 Each managing director is authorized to convene a meeting of the board of managing directors in writing, specifying the topics to be discussed.

 

17.4 A managing director may be represented at the meeting by a fellow managing director authorized by written power of attorney.

 

17.5 No legally valid resolutions may be passed with regard to items that are not included in the agenda, the written convening notice or which have not been announced as prescribed or within the prescribed convocation term, unless the managing directors entitled to vote unanimously agree that resolutions on these items shall be passed.

 

Resolutions of the board of managing directors. Conflict of interest

 

Article 18

 

18.1 The board of managing directors adopts resolutions by a simple majority of the votes cast. Each managing director has a right to cast one (1) vote. In the event of a tie vote, the proposal is rejected.

 

8

 

 

 

18.2 A managing director with a direct or indirect personal interest that conflicts with the company’s interest may not take part in the deliberations or decision-making. If no resolution can be adopted by the board of managing directors as result thereof, such resolution may only be adopted by the supervisory board in accordance with article 28 of these articles of association.

 

18.3 The board of managing directors may adopt resolutions outside meetings provided that all its members entitled to vote have agreed with this method of decision-making and have expressed themselves regarding the proposal concerned in writing.

 

Representative authority

 

Article 19

 

19.1 The board of managing directors represents the company. The authority to represent the company is also vested in two (2) managing directors acting jointly in the case that the board of managing directors consists of more than one (1) managing director.

 

19.2 The board of managing directors may appoint officers with a limited or unlimited power of attorney. Each officer will represent the company within the scope of his or her authority. The officers’ titles are determined by the board of managing directors.

 

Approval of board of managing directors resolutions

 

Article 20

 

20.1 The supervisory board is authorized to make subject to its prior written approval resolutions by the board of managing directors. Any such resolution must be clearly described and reported to the board of managing directors in writing.

 

20.2 The absence of approval as defined in this article will not impair the representative authority of the board of managing directors or of the managing directors.

 

Absence. Inability to act

 

Article 21

 

If one (1) or more managing director(s) is/are absent or unable to perform his/her/their duties, the remaining managing director or managing directors shall be temporarily charged with the management of the company. In the event of the absence or inability to act of all the managing directors or the sole managing director, a person appointed for that purpose by the supervisory board shall be temporarily charged with the management of the company.

 

9

 

 

 

Supervisory board

 

Article 22

 

The company shall have a supervisory board, consisting of at least three (3) natural persons. With due observance of the previous sentence, the number of supervisory directors shall be determined by the supervisory board. In the event of a vacancy, the supervisory board continues to be validly constituted by the remaining supervisory directors.

 

Appointment

 

Article 23

 

23.1 Supervisory directors shall be appointed by the general meeting.

 

23.2 Subject to the applicability of paragraph 4 of this article, supervisory directors shall be appointed for a maximum period of four years, provided that, unless a supervisory director has resigned or is removed at an earlier date, his or her term shall expire as of the closing of the annual general meeting held in the last calendar year of his or her term of appointment. A supervisory director may be re-appointed, with due observance of the preceding sentence.

 

23.3 If MYT Holding LLC holds directly or indirectly less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate issued and outstanding nominal share capital of the company, the company will file a declaration confirming such event with the trade register of the Dutch chamber of commerce and the company will publish a public announcement confirming such filing.

 

23.4 Effective as of the moment of filing of the declaration as referred to in paragraph 3 of this article, the terms of the supervisory directors at that time in office will expire as of the closing of the next annual general meeting. Going forward, the term of appointment of all supervisory directors shall expire each year at the closing of the annual general meeting.

 

23.5 A supervisory director may be re-appointed, with due observance of this article.

 

Rotation schedule

 

Article 24

 

Until the company files the declaration referred to in paragraph 3 of article 23, the supervisory board shall establish a rotation schedule for the term of appointment for each supervisory director.

 

10

 

 

 

Dismissal, suspension and retirement

 

Article 25

 

The general meeting may at any time suspend or dismiss any supervisory director. The general meeting may lift such suspension at any time and such suspension will automatically lapse if the general meeting does not resolve to dismiss such supervisory director within three months of such suspension.

 

Remuneration

 

Article 26

 

The general meeting shall determine the remuneration of supervisory directors. Supervisory directors shall be reimbursed for their expenses.

 

Duty and powers

 

Article 27

 

27.1 The duty of the supervisory board shall be the supervision of the policy of the board of managing directors and the general course of affairs in the company and the enterprise connected therewith. It shall assist the board of managing directors with advice. In the performance of their duty, the supervisory directors shall be guided by the interests of the company and the enterprise connected therewith.

 

27.2 The supervisory board shall have access to the company’s business premises and shall be authorized to inspect its books and records. The supervisory board may designate one (1) or more persons from its midst to exercise such powers. The supervisory board may also call on experts for assistance and determine the remuneration of such experts, which shall be paid by the company.

 

27.3 The supervisory board may form supervisory board committees from among its members and define their responsibilities and competences in its rules of procedure.

 

Meetings and decision-making of the supervisory board. Conflict of interest.

 

Article 28

 

28.1 The supervisory board appoints a chairperson and a vice chairperson from among its midst, who will replace the former on his or her absence. The supervisory board also appoints a secretary, whether or not from among its midst, and makes arrangements for the latter’s substitution.

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

28.2 Should both the chairperson and the vice chairperson be absent from a meeting, the said meeting itself designates a chairperson.

 

28.3 The supervisory board meets as often as its chairperson, or two (2) other supervisory directors, or the board of managing directors deem necessary.

 

28.4 The secretary shall take minutes of the business transacted during the meeting of the supervisory board. The minutes shall be approved by the chairperson of the supervisory board and signed by the secretary.

 

28.5 The supervisory board adopts resolutions by a simple majority of the votes cast. Each supervisory director has a right to cast one (1) vote. In the event of a tie vote, the proposal is rejected.

 

28.6 During any of its meetings, the supervisory board may pass valid resolutions only if at least half of its members then in office and entitled to vote are present or represented during such meeting.

 

28.7 The supervisory board may also adopt resolutions outside meetings provided that all its members entitled to vote have agreed with this method of decision-making and have expressed themselves regarding the proposal concerned in writing.

 

28.8 The supervisory board may hold joint meetings with the board of managing directors as often as the supervisory board or the board of managing directors deems necessary.

 

28.9 The supervisory board shall draw up rules of procedure containing further regulations on the procedure for holding meetings and decision-making by the supervisory board, and its operating procedures.

 

28.10 A supervisory director with a direct or indirect personal interest that conflicts with the company’s interest may not take part in the deliberations or decision-making If all supervisory directors have a conflict of interest as referred to above, such resolution may be adopted by the supervisory board, irrespective of the conflict of interest.

 

Absence or inability to act of supervisory directors

 

Article 29

 

If one (1) or more supervisory director(s) is/are absent or unable to perform his/their duties, the remaining supervisory director(s) shall be temporarily charged with the supervision of the policy of the board of managing directors and the general course of affairs in the company and the enterprise connected therewith. In the event of the absence or inability to act of all the supervisory directors, a person appointed for that purpose by the general meeting shall be temporarily charged with the aforementioned supervision of the company.

 

12

 

 

 

 

Indemnification

 

Article 30

 

30.1 The company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in a proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she (or an legal entity for whom he or she) is or was a managing director or a supervisory director, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person (including for an act or omission that occurred prior to the introduction of this article 30), except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person (i) shall have been adjudged to be liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to the company, unless and only to the extent that the court, or, in the case of arbitration, the arbitrator, having appropriate jurisdiction shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification against such expenses which the court, or, in the case of arbitration, the arbitrator, having appropriate jurisdiction shall deem proper or (ii) has been covered for the costs or financial loss by an insurance and the insurer has paid out, without reservation, the costs or financial loss.

 

30.2 The company shall be required to indemnify a current or former managing director or a current or former supervisory director in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the supervisory board.

 

30.3 The board of managing directors, subject to prior approval of the supervisory board, may resolve to indemnify any current or former officer or any proposed officer of the company or its subsidiaries out of the assets of the company against all costs, charges, losses and liabilities incurred by him or her in the proper execution of his or her duties or the proper exercise of his or her powers in any such capacities in the company or such subsidiary including, without limitation, a liability incurred in defending proceedings in which judgment is given in his or her favor or in which he or she is acquitted, or which are otherwise disposed of without a finding or admission of material breach of duty on his or her part.

 

13

 

 

 

 

30.4 Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a current or former supervisory director or current or former managing director in defending a proceeding referenced in paragraph 1 of this article shall, upon application of such supervisory director or managing director, be paid by the company in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding upon a resolution of the supervisory board with respect to the specific case; provided that the company shall have received an undertaking by or on behalf of such current or former supervisory director or current or former managing director to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified by the company in accordance with this article.

 

30.5 The company will purchase and maintain adequate insurance for the benefit of a person who is or formerly was a managing director, a supervisory director, an officer or a proposed managing director, supervisory director or officer of the company or any company which is or previously was a subsidiary or a company in which the company has or formerly had an interest (whether directly or indirect), indemnifying him or her against liability for negligence, default or breach of duty or other liability, other than acts or failures to act which were intentional (opzettelijk), intentionally reckless (bewust roekeloos) or seriously culpable (ernstig verwijtbaar), unless such insurance cannot be obtained at reasonable terms.

 

30.6 This article may be amended without the consent of the indemnified persons, but the indemnity granted in this article will remain in force for claims for the reimbursement of costs and other payments as referred to in this article that resulted from an act or omission by the indemnified person in the period when the indemnity was in effect.

 

Financial year. Annual accounts

 

Article 31

 

31.1 The financial year commences on the first day of July of any given year and ends on the thirtieth day of June of the subsequent year.

 

14

 

 

 

 

31.2 The board of managing directors is required to draw up the annual accounts within five (5) months of the end of the company’s financial year, unless this period has been extended by a maximum of five (5) months by the general meeting on account of special circumstances.

 

31.3 The annual accounts must be signed by the managing directors and the supervisory directors; if one (1) or more of their signatures is missing, this shall be stated giving the reason therefore.

 

31.4 The general meeting shall have the power to adopt the annual accounts.

 

31.5 A resolution to adopt the annual accounts shall not automatically discharge a managing director or a supervisory director. The general meeting may resolve to grant one or more managing directors and/or one or more supervisory directors full or partial discharge.

 

31.6 If all of the shareholders are also managing directors of the company, the signing of the annual accounts by all of the managing directors and all the supervisory directors shall not be considered an adoption as referred to in paragraph 4 of this article.

 

31.7 The company shall instruct a qualified auditor to examine its accounts and records. The general meeting is authorized to appoint the auditor. If the general meeting fails to appoint the auditor, the supervisory board is authorized to do so.

 

31.8 The statutory provisions apply to the directors’ report, the additional data to be added, the auditor’s report and the publication of the directors’ report.

 

Profits

 

Article 32

 

32.1 The company may make distributions to the extent that the company’s equity exceeds the reserves that the company must maintain pursuant to the law or these articles of association.

 

32.2 The board of managing directors may resolve to make distributions, provided that the approval of the supervisory board has been obtained.

 

32.3 Pursuant to and in accordance with a proposal thereto by the board of managing directors, which proposal has been approved by the supervisory board, the general meeting may also resolve to make distributions.

 

15

 

 

 

 

32.4 If, after making such a distribution, the company is unable to continue paying its due and payable debts, the managing directors shall, subject to the provisions of prevailing law, be jointly and severally liable to the company for the shortfall created by the distribution. A party receiving such distribution who knows or could reasonably be expected to foresee that the distribution would make the company unable to continue paying any of its due and payable debts shall be liable to the company for payment of the shortfall created by the distribution, with said liability not to exceed the amount of the distribution received by that party and with due observance of the provisions of prevailing law.

 

32.5 In calculating the profit distribution, the shares held by the company in its own capital will not be taken into account, unless those shares are encumbered with a right of usufruct or a right of pledge, if the pledgee is entitled to the distributions on such shares under the deed of pledge.

 

32.6 In calculating the amount to be distributed on each share, only the amount of the obligatory payments on the nominal amount of the shares will be taken into account.

 

32.7 A claim of a shareholder to receive a distribution expires after five (5) years after the distribution has become payable.

 

32.8 Any distribution by the company may be made in the form of cash, shares or in kind.

 

General meetings

 

Article 33

 

33.1 At least once during each financial year, a general meeting shall be held.

 

33.2 The agenda for such general meeting as mentioned in paragraph 1 of this article shall, include the following items:

 

  a. the directors’ report;

 

b. adoption of the annual accounts;

 

c. discharging the managing directors for the management they performed in the past financial year;

 

d. discharging the supervisory directors for the supervision of the management they performed in the past financial year;

 

e. allocation of profit or loss;

 

16

 

 

 

 

f. the filling of any vacancies;

 

g. appointment of a qualified auditor; and

 

h. other proposals by the board of managing directors, the supervisory board or shareholders and/or other holders of a meeting right, provided that these proposals have been raised and announced with due observance of the provisions of article 35 of these articles of association.

 

Other meetings

 

Article 34

 

34.1 Without prejudice to the provisions of article 33 paragraph 1 of these articles of association, other general meetings shall be held as often as the board of managing directors or the supervisory board considers necessary.

 

34.2 Subject to applicable law, one or more shareholders and/or other holders of a meeting right who, alone or together, represent at least one one-hundredth (1/100) of the issued capital may submit a written request to the board of managing directors or the supervisory board to convene a general meeting, provided that such request contains a detailed description of the items to be addressed at said meeting. The board of managing directors and the supervisory board will take the steps necessary to ensure that the general meeting is held within four (4) weeks of its receipt of such request, except in the event of a countervailing substantial company interest.

 

Convocation of meetings. Agenda

 

Article 35

 

35.1 General meetings are convened by the board of managing directors or the supervisory board, without prejudice to the provisions laid down in article 34 paragraph 2 of these articles of association, in accordance with the applicable provisions of these articles of association and applicable laws.

 

35.2 The convening notice shall specify the matters to be addressed at the general meeting.

 

35.3 Subject to applicable law, shareholders and/or other holders of a meeting right who jointly represent at least one one-hundredth (1/100) part of the issued capital shall be entitled to request the board of managing directors and the supervisory board to place one (1) or more matters on the agenda for the next general meeting.

 

17

 

 

 

 

34.4 Upon receipt of a request as referred to in paragraph 3 of this article, the board of managing directors and the supervisory board shall place such matter(s) on the agenda, except in the event of a countervailing substantial company interest.

 

34.5 If there are fewer than thirty (30) days between the request for matters to be placed on the agenda and the day of the next general meeting, the said matters shall be placed on the agenda for the general meeting thereafter, except in the event of a countervailing substantial company interest.

 

Venue for general meetings

 

Article 36

 

General meetings shall be held in the municipality in which the company has its head office or in the municipalities of Aachen, Augsburg, Berlin, Bielefield, Braunsweig, Bremen, Bochum, Bonn, Chemnitz, Cologne, Dortmund, Dresden, Duisburg, Düsseldorf, Essen, Frankfurt am Main, Gelsenkirchen, Hamburg, Hanover, Karlsruhe, Kiel, Leipzig, Mannheim, Mönchengladbach, Munich, Münster, Nuremberg, Stuttgart, Wiesbaden, Wuppertal, all in the Federal Republic of Germany.

 

Chair. Minutes.

 

Article 37

 

37.1 The chairperson of the supervisory board shall act as the chairperson of the general meeting. In the absence of the chairperson of the supervisory board, the vice-chairperson of the supervisory board shall act as the chairperson of the general meeting. In the absence of both, the supervisory directors present at the general meeting shall appoint the chairperson of the general meeting. In the absence of all supervisory directors, the general meeting shall appoint its own chairperson. The chairperson appoints a secretary and an inspector of elections. If no inspector of elections is appointed, the secretary shall act as inspector of elections.

 

37.2 The secretary shall take minutes of the proceedings at each general meeting. The said minutes shall be confirmed and signed in evidence thereof by the chairperson and the secretary. The inspector of elections shall tabulate all votes on the resolutions proposed at the general meeting and shall prepare a certificate of tabulation for approval and signature of the chairperson and the secretary.

 

37.3 The chairperson of the general meeting or the party who convened the meeting may resolve to have a notarial report made of the proceedings at the meeting.

 

18

 

 

 

 

37.4 The board of managing directors is required to keep records of the resolutions adopted by the general meeting and deposit them at the company’s office for inspection by the shareholders and other holders of a meeting right. Upon request, each shareholder and holder of a meeting right will be provided with a copy of or excerpt from the records at no more than cost.

 

37.5 If no managing directors are present at a general meeting, the chairperson of the meeting is responsible for ensuring that the board of managing directors is given a copy of the resolutions adopted as soon as possible after the meeting.

 

37.6 A written confirmation signed by the chairperson of the supervisory board or by the chairperson of the general meeting stating that the general meeting has adopted a resolution constitutes valid proof of that resolution towards third parties.

 

37.7 All issues relating to the proceedings at or concerning the meeting are decided by the chairperson of the general meeting.

 

Meeting right. Right to attend and vote

 

Article 38

 

38.1 A meeting right is allocated to shareholders and to usufructuaries and pledgees who hold voting rights. Each person with a meeting right has the right to attend, address and, if applicable, vote at general meetings, whether in person or represented by the holder of a written proxy. Usufructuaries and pledgees who do not hold voting rights shall not have a meeting right unless provisions to the contrary were agreed upon the creation or transfer of the usufruct or right of pledge.

 

38.2 Each holder of a meeting right or its representative who attends a meeting must sign the attendance list.

 

38.3 Each holder of a meeting right or its representative participating, where permitted in accordance with these articles of association, in the general meeting by way of electronic means of communication shall be identified by the chairperson of the general meeting in the manner as stated in the terms and conditions mentioned in paragraph 6 of this article. The name of the holder of a meeting right and the name of any representative participating in the general meeting by way of electronic means of communication shall be added to the attendance list.

 

38.4 The managing directors and the supervisory directors have, in that capacity, an advisory vote at general meetings.

 

19

 

 

 

 

38.5 Each of the general meeting, the supervisory board and the board of managing directors may resolve to allow persons, other than those referred to in this article, to attend general meetings.

 

38.6 The board of managing directors may determine that a holder of a meeting right or its representative may attend and address general meetings, and, insofar as possible, exercise its voting right by electronic means of communication. The board of managing directors sets the terms and conditions for electronic participation to the meeting as mentioned in the previous sentence and announces those in the convening notice. These conditions in any case encompass the method by which the holder of a meeting right or its representative can (i) be identified through the electronic means of communication, (ii) take direct cognizance of the proceedings at the meeting and (iii) insofar as possible, exercise its voting right.

 

Resolutions of the general meeting

 

Article 39

 

39.1 Resolutions are passed by a simple majority of the votes cast, unless the law or these articles of association require a greater majority.

 

39.2 Each share confers the right to cast one (1) vote. No votes may be cast during the general meeting for a share held by the company or any of its subsidiaries. Holders of a right of usufruct or a right of pledge on shares belonging to the company or any of its subsidiaries are not excluded from voting if the right of usufruct or the right of pledge was created before the share concerned belonged to the company or one of its subsidiaries. The company or a subsidiary may not cast a vote in respect of a share on which it holds a right of usufruct or a right of pledge.

 

39.3 In the event the of a tie vote, the proposal is rejected.

 

39.4 Blank votes, abstentions and invalid votes will be deemed not to have been cast.

 

39.5 The chairperson of the general meeting determines the method of voting.

 

39.6 The ruling by the chairperson of the general meeting on the outcome of a vote is decisive.

 

39.7 All disputes concerning voting for which neither the law nor the articles of association provide a solution are decided by the chairperson of the general meeting.

 

39.8 The conditions as referred to in article 38 paragraph 6 of these articles of association mention the manner in which a shareholder or its representative may participate in the voting by way of electronic means.

 

20

 

 

 

 

Amendment to the articles of association

 

Article 40

 

40.1 The general meeting is authorized to adopt a resolution to amend the articles of association. The general meeting can only resolve to amend the articles of association on proposal of the board of managing directors, which proposal has been approved by the supervisory board.

 

40.2 If a proposal to amend the articles of association is submitted to the general meeting, this must always be stated in the notice convening the general meeting and simultaneously a copy of the proposal containing the proposed amendment verbatim must be deposited at the company’s office for inspection by the shareholders and other holders of a meeting right until the end of the meeting.

 

Dissolution and liquidation

 

Article 41

 

41.1 The general meeting is authorized to adopt a resolution to dissolve the company upon the submission of such matter to the general meeting by the supervisory board. If a resolution is to be proposed to the general meeting for dissolving the company, such shall be stated in the convening notice.

 

41.2 In the event of the company being dissolved, the managing directors shall be the liquidators of the assets of the dissolved company, unless the general meeting appoints other persons to do so. The supervisory board shall be charged with the supervision of the liquidation.

 

41.3 The liquidators have the same powers, duties and liabilities as managing directors, insofar as such is compatible with their task as liquidator.

 

41.4 Any surplus assets remaining after the company’s debts have been settled shall be distributed to the shareholders in proportion to the aggregate nominal value of their individual shareholding.

 

41.5 After the company has ceased to exist, the company’s accounts, records and other data carriers must be kept for seven (7) years by the person designated for that purpose by the general meeting or, if no such designation is made, the person designated for that purpose by the liquidators.

 

21

 

 

 

 

Exclusive forum for claims and proceedings

 

Article 42

 

42.1 Unless, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the competent court in Amsterdam shall be the sole and exclusive forum for:

 

  a. any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary or other duty owed by any supervisory director, managing director, officer, employee, or agent of the company to the company or the company’s shareholders;

 

  b. any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Dutch Civil Code, the articles of association of the company or the rules of procedure of the supervisory board or the board of managing directors; or

 

  c. any action asserting a claim pertaining to the internal affairs of the company.

 

42.2 In each case of an action or proceeding that is subject to paragraph 1 of this article, if any such action or proceeding is filed in a court other than the competent court in Amsterdam (a “foreign action”) in the name of any shareholder, such shareholder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the competent court in Amsterdam in connection with any action or proceeding brought in such court to enforce the provisions of paragraph 1 of this article (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such shareholder in any such enforcement action by service upon such shareholder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such shareholder.

 

42.3 Unless, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the rules or regulations promulgated pursuant to such statutes.

 

42.4 Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any direct or indirect interest in shares of the company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this article.

 

22

 

 

 

 

FINAL PROVISIONS

 

Finally, the appearing person declared that:

 

1. pursuant to the resolutions as referred to in the header of this deed, it is envisaged that, after execution of this deed, the issued capital will consist of seventy million one hundred ninety thousand six hundred eighty-seven (70,190,687) shares, with a nominal value of fifteen thousandth eurocent (EUR 0.000015) each;

 

2. before the execution of this deed, the company’s issued capital amounted to one thousand euro (EUR 1,000.00), consisting of one thousand (1,000) shares, with a nominal value of one euro (EUR 1.00) each;

 

3. as a result of the execution of this deed, the shares in the company’s issued capital are converted into seventy million one hundred ninety thousand six hundred eighty-seven (70,190,687) shares, numbered 1 up to and including 70,190,687, as a result of which, if the company’s issued share capital were to remain one thousand euro (EUR 1,000.00), the nominal value per share would amount to zero point zero zero zero zero one four two four six nine zero four three euro (EUR 0.0000142469043);

 

4. pursuant to the resolutions referred to in the header of this deed and as a result of the execution of this deed, the nominal value of the shares is hereby increased to fifteen thousandth eurocent (EUR 0.000015), as a result of which the company’s aggregate issued capital amounts to one thousand fifty-two euro and eighty-six eurocent (EUR 1,052.86), consisting of seventy million one hundred ninety thousand six hundred eighty-seven (70,190,687) shares, numbered 1 up to and including 70,190,687, with a nominal value of fifteen thousandth eurocent (EUR 0.000015) each; and

 

5. the balance between one thousand euro (EUR 1,000.00) and one thousand fifty-two euro and eighty-six eurocent (EUR 1,052.86), being an amount of fifty-two euro and eighty-six eurocent (EUR 52.86), will be debited from the share premium reserve of the company.

 

The underlined headings in this deed have been included for ease of reference only.

 

The appearing person is known to me, notary,

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,

 

the original of this deed was drawn up and executed in Amsterdam, the Netherlands on the date in the first paragraph of this deed. The substance of this deed was stated and clarified to the appearing person. The appearing person declared to have taken note of the content of this deed in time before its execution, agreed to its content and did not require a full reading of this deed. Subsequently, after limited reading in accordance with the law, this deed was signed by the appearing person and me, notary.

 

23

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

Rules of procedure of the
Supervisory Board

 

of

 

Myt Netherlands parent b.v.

 

In accordance with article 28.9 of the articles of association (the "Articles of Association") of MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. (the "Company") and based on the resolution of the supervisory board of the Company (the "Supervisory Board") dated [___], 2020, the following rules of procedure ("Rules") for the Supervisory Board shall apply. These Rules are complementary to (i) the provisions regarding the Supervisory Board contained in applicable law and regulations, including, when applicable, the principles of good governance and best practice provisions as contained in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code and the NYSE listing standards, and (ii) the Articles of Associations.

 

§ 1
Members of the Supervisory Board
 

 

  1. The Supervisory Board shall be composed of at least three (3) supervisory directors.

 

  2. The Supervisory Board shall prepare a profile for its size and composition, taking into account the nature of the business, its activities, and the desired expertise, experience, diversity and independence of its supervisory directors. The Supervisory Board shall evaluate the profile annually and shall adjust the profile if necessary. The profile will be available at the offices of the Company and on the Company’s investor relations website (which may be a link from the Company’s main website).

 

  3. Each supervisory director shall have the required knowledge, abilities and relevant experience to fulfil his or her duties properly and shall be sufficiently independent.

 

  4. With respect to the independence requirements within the Supervisory Board, the Supervisory Board shall endeavour to ensure, within the limits of its powers, that it is at all times composed so that:

 

a) supervisory directors are able to act critically and independently of one another, the board of managing directors of the Company ("Management Board") and any particular interests involved. In order to safeguard this independence criteria, the Supervisory Board should be composed to the extent feasible such that:

 

i. any one of the criteria referred to in Section 1 (5) (a) - (e) inclusive are applicable to at most one supervisory director;

 

ii. supervisory directors who are affiliated with or representing any shareholder or group of affiliated shareholders who directly or indirectly hold more than ten percent of the shares in the Company will comprise less than 50% of the supervisory directors; and

 

iii. the total number of supervisory directors to whom the criteria referred to in Section 1 (5) are applicable shall account for less than half of the total number of supervisory directors;

 

5. A supervisory director is not independent if one of the following criteria of dependence applies to him. These criteria are that the supervisory director concerned, his or her spouse, registered partner or other life companion, foster child or relative by blood or marriage up to the second degree:

 

a) has been an employee or managing director of the Company or one of its subsidiaries in the five years prior to their appointment as supervisory director;

 

 

 

 

b) receives personal financial compensation from the Company, or, other than the compensation received for the work performed as a supervisory director and in so far as this is not keeping with the ordinary course of business;

 

c) has had an important business relationship with the Company or one of its subsidiaries in the year prior to the appointment;

 

d) is a member of the executive board of a company in which a managing director is a supervisory director; or
     
  e) has temporarily managed the Company during the previous twelve months due to vacant seats on the Management Board, or because managing directors were unable to perform their duties.

 

§ 2
Rights and Obligations of the Members of the Supervisory Board

 

1. The Supervisory Board shall supervise the policy of the Management Board and the general course of affairs of the Company and the business associated with it. It assists the Management Board with advice. The responsibility for the proper performance of the Management Board’s duties is vested collectively in the Supervisory Board
   
2. The Supervisory Board shall supervise the Management Board in the following respects, among others:

 

a) corporate strategy including long-term value creation;

 

b) the effectiveness of the internal risk management and control systems;

 

c) the preparation, review and audit of the Company’s annual and quarterly financial statements;

 

d) the remuneration structure for the Management Board and employees;

 

e) the Company’s shareholder relations; and
     
  f) compliance with laws and regulations.

 

3.     All supervisory directors shall have the same rights and duties under applicable law, the Articles of Association or these Rules. They are not bound by mandates or instructions.
   
4.     In the performance of their duties, supervisory directors shall be guided by the interests of the Company and the enterprise affiliated with it, taking into consideration the interests of the Company’s stakeholders. The Supervisory Board will be responsible for the quality of its own performance. No supervisory director may pursue personal interests in his or her decisions or personally engage in business opportunities intended for the Company.
   
5.     Together with the Management Board, the Supervisory Board shall ensure that there is a long-term succession planning.
   
6.     The Supervisory Board can, in addition to the corporate body formed by the shareholders of the Company and other persons with meeting rights ("General Meeting"), dismiss and suspend managing directors.
   
7.    The supervisory directors shall be bound to strict confidentiality with regard to confidential information of the Company, especially confidential reports and consultations, to which they gain access through their service on the Supervisory Board. This obligation continues to apply after they have left their office. All confidential documents must be returned to the chairperson of the Supervisory Board ("Chairperson") or, at the Chairperson's option, destroyed when a supervisory director's constituency with the Supervisory Board comes to an end.

 

2 

 

 

§ 3
Conflict of Interest

 

1. The supervisory directors shall avoid, as much as possible, all conflicts of interest between themselves and the Company.
   
2. The Supervisory Board is responsible for the decision-making on dealing with conflicts of interest regarding managing directors, supervisory directors and majority shareholders in relation to the Company. The Chairman shall, if possible in consultation with the other supervisory directors determine the course of action to be taken. The supervisory director or managing director concerned shall not take part in the assessment by the Supervisory Board whether a conflict of interest exists.
   
3. A supervisory director with a direct or indirect personal interest that conflicts with the Company’s interest may not take part in the deliberations or decision-making. If all supervisory directors have a conflict of interest as referred to above, such resolution may be adopted by the Supervisory Board, irrespective of the conflict of interest.
   
4. Each supervisory director shall inform the Chairperson of potential conflicts of interest, especially those, which may arise through a consultant or directorship function with clients, suppliers, lenders or other business associates. If necessary, the Chairperson of the Supervisory Board will arrange for the matter of potential conflicts of interest involving a supervisory director to be discussed and determined by the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee. The Chairperson shall inform the Supervisory Board of his or her own potential conflicts of interest, if any, and shall arrange for such matter of potential conflicts of interest to be discussed and determined by the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee.
   
5. The mere fact that a supervisory director is connected to a direct or indirect shareholder of the Company does in itself not constitute a conflict of interest.
   
6. Members of the Supervisory Board shall not:

 

a) compete with the Company;

 

b)  demand or accept substantial gifts from the Company for themselves or their spouse, registered partner or other life companion, foster child or relative by blood or marriage up to the second degree;

 

c) provide unjustified advantages to third parties at the Company’s expense; or  

 

d) take advantage of business opportunities to which the Company is entitled for themselves or for their spouse, registered partner or other life companion, foster child or relative by blood or marriage up to the second degree.

 

7. The following transactions require the approval of the Supervisory Board:

 

a) entering into a transaction between the Company and a legal entity in which a managing director or a supervisory director personally has a material financial interest; or

 

b) entering into a transaction between the Company and a legal entity which has a supervisory director who is related under family law to a managing director or supervisory director.

 

3 

 

 

8. All transactions in which there are conflicts of interest with supervisory directors shall be agreed on terms that are customary in the market. Decisions to enter into transactions in which there are conflicts of interest with supervisory directors that are of material significance to the Company and/or the relevant supervisory directors require the approval of a majority of the supervisory directors voting on such matter with the conflicted supervisory director or supervisory directors recusing himself, herself or themselves from any deliberations or decision-making on such matter.

 

§ 4
Chairperson and Vice-Chairperson of the Supervisory Board

 

1. The Supervisory Board shall appoint one of the supervisory directors as Chairperson and one of the supervisory directors as vice-chairperson ("Vice-Chairperson"). The Chairperson of the Supervisory Board should not be a former managing director.
   
2. The Chairperson is the primary point of contact for the other supervisory directors and for the Management Board. The Chairperson maintains the contacts with the Management Board and keeps the other supervisory directors informed regularly of such contacts.
   
3. The Vice-Chairperson replaces, and assumes the powers and duties of, the Chairperson in the latter's absence.

 

4. The Chairperson shall see to it that:

 

a) the supervisory directors follow their introduction and education or training program;

 

b) the supervisory directors receive in good time all information which is necessary for the proper performance of their duties;

 

c) there is sufficient time for consultation and decision-making by the Supervisory Board;

 

d) the committees of the Supervisory Board function properly;

 

e) the performance of the managing directors and supervisory directors is assessed at least once a year;

 

f) the Supervisory Board elects a Vice-Chairperson;

 

g) the Supervisory Board has proper contact with the Management Board and the General Meeting and, if applicable, any works council;

 

h) the Supervisory Board ensures that any (suspicion of) material misconduct and irregularities are reported to, and investigated by, the Supervisory Board without delay;

 

i) the General Meeting proceeds in an orderly and efficient manner;

 

j) effective communication with shareholders is assured; and

 

k) the Supervisory Board is involved closely, and at an early stage, in any merger or takeover processes.

 

4 

 

 

§ 5
Convening of Meetings

 

1. The Supervisory Board meets as often as deemed necessary for the proper functioning of the Supervisory Board, but at least two meetings in every half-calendar year.
   
2. Any two (2) supervisory directors or the Management Board, indicating the purpose and the reasons for such request, shall be entitled to ask the Chairperson to convene a meeting of the Supervisory Board without delay. Should this request be denied, the supervisory directors who requested the meeting or the Management Board may provide an agenda and convene the Supervisory Board itself.
   
3. The Chairperson, if unavailable, his or her Vice-Chairperson, shall convene the meetings of the Supervisory Board. Should both the Chairperson and Vice-Chairperson be absent from a meeting, the meeting itself shall designate a chairperson.
   
4. The Chairperson informs the Supervisory Board in particular of important events, which have been communicated to him or her by the chairperson of the Management Board and which are of fundamental importance for the assessment of the situation and development of the Company as well as for the management of the Company, and if necessary, convenes an extraordinary meeting of the Supervisory Board.
   
5. The meeting shall be convened with a notice period of 14 days stating the agenda. In urgent cases, the notice period can be shortened by the Chairperson in his or her discretion to as short as one (1) day. Working papers shall be sent to the supervisory directors together with the convocation notice of the meeting, but in any case with sufficient time prior to the meeting. The aforementioned notice period shall be calculated as of the date on which the meeting convocation is sent.
   
6. Proposals for resolutions by a supervisory director or the Management Board shall be put on the agenda, if received before the agenda is circulated.
   
7. The Management Board shall attend the meetings of the Supervisory Board, unless the Chairperson decides otherwise.
   
8. The Supervisory Board shall discuss at least once a year without the Management Board being present:

 

  a)           its own functioning and that of its supervisory directors, and the conclusions that must be drawn on the basis thereof;

b)           the desired profile, composition and competence of the Supervisory Board; 

c)           the functioning of the Management Board; and 

d)           the performance of the managing directors, and the conclusions that must be drawn on the basis thereof.

§ 6
Meetings and Resolutions

 

1.      The Chairperson leads the meetings of the Supervisory Board.  If the Chairperson is absent, the Vice-Chairperson will lead the meeting of the Supervisory Board.  If both the Chairperson and the Vice-Chairperson are absent from a meeting of the Supervisory Board, the supervisory directors present shall appoint a chairperson for such meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of the Supervisory Board shall determine the order in which items are dealt with as well as the type of voting.

 

5 

 

 

2. The meetings shall be conducted in the English language.
   
3. Supervisory Board meetings can be held at the offices of the Company, but may take place elsewhere, as decided by the Chairperson when convening the meeting. In addition, meetings may be conducted by telephone or via videoconferencing facilities provided that each supervisory director taking part in such meeting is able to hear the deliberations and can be heard by the other supervisory directors and no supervisory director objects thereto.
   
4. The Supervisory Board may also pass resolutions without holding a formal meeting, provided that all the supervisory directors entitled to vote have agreed with this method of decision-making and have expressed themselves regarding the proposal concerned in writing.
   
5. The Supervisory Board shall ensure to adopt its resolutions unanimously. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, matters of the Supervisory Board shall be resolved by simple majority of the votes cast, unless otherwise provided for by law or by the Articles of Association.
   
6. Each supervisory directors has the right to cast one vote. Blank votes, abstentions and invalid votes are not counted towards votes cast. In the event of a tie vote, the proposal is rejected.
   
7. A quorum of the Supervisory Board is present at least half of the supervisory directors entitled to vote are present or represented during such meeting. If the meeting has no quorum despite proper notice, a second meeting with the same agenda may be called. The quorum of such second meeting shall be that two supervisory directors entitled to vote can participate in the vote unless only one supervisory director entitled to vote is then in office, in which case the quorum shall be one supervisory director entitled to vote.
   
8. Items not included in the agenda may be debated, if the majority of the supervisory directors entitled to vote and present at the meeting chooses to do so. Resolutions on such items may only be adopted, if no supervisory director raises an objection in the meeting and all of the absent supervisory directors subsequently approve this procedure within a period to be determined by the Chairperson.
   
9. The Chairperson shall appoint a secretary of the meeting to take the meeting minutes and shall decide whether to call upon experts or other persons, who are able to provide information for dealing with certain items on the agenda.
   
10. Minutes, in the English language, shall be provided for each meeting of the Supervisory Board, which shall be signed by the secretary of the meeting and approved by the Chairperson. The minutes shall state the place and the day of the meeting, those present, the items on the agenda, the essential content of the discussions and any resolutions passed by the Supervisory Board. Any resolution adopted outside of meetings shall be recorded in writing and such resolutions shall be sent to all supervisory directors immediately.
   
11. The minutes shall be sent to all supervisory directors. They shall be deemed approved, if no supervisory director who took part in the resolution submits a written objection to the Chairperson within four weeks of the minutes being sent.

 

6 

 

 

§ 7

General Meeting

 

1.           The Management Board and the Supervisory Board shall participate in the general meeting, unless there are serious grounds preventing them from doing so.

 

2.           The Chairperson or in his or her absence the Vice-Chairperson shall act as the chairperson of the General Meeting. If both the Chairperson and the Vice-Chairperson are absent from a General Meeting, the supervisory directors present shall appoint a chairperson for such general meeting.

 

3.            The Management Board and the Supervisory Board are responsible for the corporate governance structure of the Company and for compliance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. Each significant change in the Company's corporate governance structure or compliance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code shall be addressed in a separate item on the agenda for consideration by the general meeting.

 

§ 8
Committees

 

1.            From among the supervisory directors, the Supervisory Board shall set up and appoint the following committees:

 

a)           a Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee; and

 

b)           an Audit Committee.

 

2.             The Supervisory Board may at its discretion have such other committees as it deems fit.
3.             These committees shall be appointed by the Supervisory Board from among the supervisory directors. The Supervisory Board remains collectively responsible for decisions prepared by committees from among the supervisory directors. The Supervisory Board may delegate powers to a committee. A committee may only exercise such powers as are explicitly delegated to it and may never exercise powers beyond those exercisable by the Supervisory Board as a whole. The Supervisory Board may, partial or in full, revoke any power delegated to a committee. 
4.             The Supervisory Board shall receive a report from each Committee of its deliberations and findings after each Committee meeting. In these reports each Committee must inform the Supervisory Board in a clear and timely way of the manner in which it has used delegated authority and of any major development in the area of its responsibilities. In the report of the Supervisory Board, an explanation will be provided on how the duties of the Committees were carried out in the financial year. In addition, the report of the Supervisory Board will stipulate the composition of the Committees, the number of Committee meetings, and the main items discussed at the meetings.
5.             If a committee as referred to in clause Section 8 paragraph 1 has not been instituted, the practices and principles for that committee as set out in Section 10 and Section 11 shall apply to the Supervisory Board
6.             The rules established for the Supervisory Board in the Articles of Association and these Rules apply accordingly to the internal organization of the committees, unless stipulated otherwise below.
§ 9
Committee Members
1.            The members of the committees are appointed for their entire tenure as supervisory directors.
2.            The Supervisory Board shall receive in a timely manner from each committee a report of its deliberations and findings.

 

7 

 

 

§ 10
Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee Charter
 
1. The Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee shall be composed of three supervisory directors. The chairperson of the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee shall be appointed by the Supervisory Board.
   
2. All committee members must have been determined by the Supervisory Board to be independent as defined and to the extent required in the applicable United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") rules and NYSE listing standards, as they may be amended from time to time (the "listing standards") and must otherwise meet the requirements for committee membership as determined by the listing standards.
   
3. The Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee shall have the following duties and responsibilities:

 

  a) making proposals for appointment and reappointment of suitable Management Board candidates and Supervisory Board candidates to be presented to the shareholders’ meeting;
     
  b) developing, recommending to the Supervisory Board and monitoring compliance with corporate governance policies;
     
  c) if delegated to it, overseeing the evaluation of the Supervisory Board and reporting on its performance and effectiveness;
     
  d) reviewing and evaluating the performance of the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee and its members;
     
  e) considering all aspects of compensation and employment terms for the Management Board, making recommendations to and preparing decisions of the Supervisory Board, discussing the terms of new service agreements for the managing directors and amendments to existing agreements, including compensation guidelines, incentive programs, strategy and framework;
     
  f) commissioning, when appropriate, an independent review of the compensation guidelines and the compensation packages paid to the managing directors to ensure that the guidelines reflect the best practices and that the packages remain competitive and in line with market practice;
     
  g) presenting an evaluation of the Management Board’s performance and making a recommendation to the Supervisory Board regarding the employment terms and compensation of the Management Board;
     
  h) assisting the Supervisory Board in the oversight of regulatory compliance with respect to compensation matters, including monitoring the system for compliance with the relevant provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code and the listing rules of any relevant securities exchange upon which the Company’s shares are listed concerning the disclosure of information about compensation for the Management Board and other senior executives;
     
  i) reviewing and recommending any severance or similar termination payments proposed to be made to any current or former managing directors; and

 

8 

 

 

j)        administering the Company's incentive compensation plans and equity compensation plans;

 

k)        making recommendations to the Supervisory Board with respect to the Company’s incentive compensation plans and equity based compensation plans and discussing and determining amendments to existing plans or the establishment of new management and employee compensation plans.

 

4.             The Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee shall meet at least two times a year. Meetings shall also be held whenever the chairperson or one of the other members of the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee considers this appropriate.

 

5. 

The chairperson of the Management Board and the secretary shall attend the meetings of the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee. 

 

6.           The Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee may ask the advice of internal and external experts on matters within the competence of the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee. The Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, select, retain, obtain the advice of and/or terminate a compensation consultant, search firm used to identify candidates for the Management Board or the Supervisory Board, independent legal counsel or other adviser.  The Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee shall be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any compensation consultant, search firm, independent legal counsel and other adviser retained by the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee. The Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee will also have sole authority to approve any engagement for additional services to the Company, including the purchase of any products from such consultant, firm or their affiliates. The Company must provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee, for payment of reasonable compensation to a compensation consultant, search firm, independent legal counsel or any other adviser retained by the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee.

7.           The Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee may select a compensation consultant, legal counsel (other than in-house legal counsel) or other adviser only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from the Management Board, including the following: (i) the provision of other services to the Company by the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser; (ii) the amount of fees received from the Company by the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser, as a percentage of the total revenue of the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser; (iii) the policies and procedures of the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser that are designed to prevent conflicts of interest; (iv) any business or personal relationship of the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser with a member of the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee; (v) any stock of the Company owned by the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser; and (vi) any business or personal relationship of the compensation consultant, legal counsel, other adviser or the person employing the adviser with an executive officer of the Company as well as any other factors required by applicable exchanges and/or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and corresponding rules that may be amended from time to time.

 

9 

 

 

§ 11
Audit Committee Charter
1. The Audit Committee shall be composed of three supervisory directors.
   
2. Each member of the Audit Committee must have been determined by the Supervisory Board to be independent, as defined and to the extent required in the applicable United States SEC rules and NYSE listing standards for purposes of audit committee membership and must otherwise meet the requirements for committee membership as determined by the listing standards.
   
3. Each Audit Committee member must be financially literate upon appointment to the Audit Committee, as determined by the Supervisory Board in accordance with the listing standards. At all times, there should be at least one Audit Committee member who, as determined by the Supervisory Board, is an audit committee financial expert as defined in the SEC rules.
   
4. The Audit Committee shall have the following duties and responsibilities:

 

a)        monitoring effectiveness of the Company's internal risk management and control systems;

 

b)        monitoring the accounting process, the effectiveness of the internal control system, the risk management system and the audit of the financial statements, in particular regarding the selection and independence of the auditor and the additional services to be provided by the auditor;

 

c)        the monitoring of the Management Board with regard to: (i) the application of information and communication technology by the Company, including risks relating to cyber security and data privacy; and (ii) the Company's tax policy;
d)        making recommendations and proposals to ensure the integrity and quality of the financial reporting process;
e)       exercising direct responsibility, to the extent consistent with Dutch law, for the appointment, compensation, retention, termination, evaluation and oversight of the work of the external auditor engaged by the Company for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work or performing other audit, review or attest services for the Company;
f)        resolving disagreements between the Management Board and the external auditor regarding financial reporting and the receipt of communications from the auditor as may be required under professional standards applicable to the external auditor;
g)       evaluating the qualification, independence and performance of the external auditor, including (i) receiving from the external auditor all written statements and other communications relating to their independence from the Company that may be required under the then applicable rules governing external auditor and (ii) actively discussing with the external auditor any disclosed relationships or services that may impact their objectivity and independence, and take any other appropriate action to oversee their independence;
h)        reviewing and discussing with the external auditor and the Management Board the annual audit plan, including critical accounting policies and practices to be used;

 

10 

 

 

i) timely requesting and receiving from the external auditor (before the filing of any audit report) the report or update required pursuant to applicable SEC rules concerning: (i) all critical accounting policies and practices to be used, (ii) all alternative treatments within generally accepted accounting principles for policies and practices relating to material items that have been discussed with the Management Board, including ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments and the treatment preferred by the external auditor and (iii) other material written communications between the external auditor and the Management Board, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences;
   
j) discussing with the external auditor any “critical audit matters” (CAMs) to be included in the external auditor’s report in accordance with the requirements of PCAOB AS 3101, The Auditor's Report on an Audit of Financial Statements When the Auditor Expresses an Unqualified Opinion;
   
k) pre-approving all audit, review, attest and permissible non-audit services (including any permissible internal control-related services) to be provided to the Company or its subsidiaries by the external auditor, in connection with which responsibility the Audit Committee may establish pre-approval policies and procedures in compliance with applicable SEC rules;
   
l)   reviewing and discussing, as appropriate, with the external auditor, management and the Management Board (i) the design and effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and (ii) any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in that internal control, any change that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect that internal control (including special steps adopted in light of such a deficiency or weakness), and any fraud (whether or not material) that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in that internal control, that have been reported to the Audit Committee;
   
m) preparing the review and discussion with the external auditor and the Management Board the results of the annual audit and the review of the quarterly unaudited financial statements;
   
n)  reviewing and discussing with the external auditor and the Management Board any quarterly or annual earnings announcements;
   
o) discussing with the external auditor the matters required to be discussed by PCAOB Auditing Standard No. 2410 and other related auditing standards, including without limitation information regarding the Company’s relationships with related parties, the Company’s significant unusual transactions and the Company’s financial relationships and transactions with its executive officers, if any;
   
p) discussing with the external auditor the matters required to be discussed by PCAOB Auditing Standard No. 1301;
   
q) reviewing and approving, as appropriate, any related party transactions and reviewing and monitoring, investigating and addressing potential conflict of interest or other ethical or compliance situations involving any managing directors or any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries on an ongoing basis for compliance with the Code of Conduct;
   
r)  establishing and maintaining procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters;

 

11 

 

 

s)       reviewing and approving, (i) on an annual basis, the Company’s decision to enter into swaps, including those that may not be subject to clearing and exchange trading and execution requirements in reliance on the “end-user exception” set forth in Sections 2(h)(1) and 2(h)(8) of the United States Commodity Exchange Act (the "End-user Exception"), and considering the risks and benefits of entering into swaps without clearing and exchange trading and execution in reliance on the End-user Exception and (ii) the Company’s policies governing the Company’s use of swaps and other derivative transactions subject to the End-user Exception;
   
t)    establishing and maintaining procedures for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the company of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;
   
u)  reviewing and taking appropriate action with respect to any reports to the Audit Committee from legal counsel for the Company concerning any material violation of securities law or breach of fiduciary duty or similar violation by the Company, its subsidiaries or any person acting on their behalf;
   
v)  reviewing and evaluating the performance of the Audit Committee and its members; and
   
w) preparing the Supervisory Board’s resolution on the consolidated and unconsolidated financial statements.

 

5. The Audit Committee shall undertake such additional duties as from time to time may be requested by the Supervisory Board or required by law or regulations.

 

6. The Audit Committee shall determine rules for auditor selection, independence and evaluation and recommend the external auditors to be proposed for shareholder approval in accordance with the Articles of Association.

 

7. The chairperson of the Audit Committee shall be elected by the Supervisory Board. The chairperson of the Audit Committee shall have special knowledge and experience in the application of accounting principles and internal control procedures and shall be familiar with an audit review and shall be independent. The chairperson of the Audit Committee shall not be the Chairperson of the Supervisory Board, chairperson of the Management Board or a former managing director. The members of the Audit Committee as a whole must be familiar with the sector in which the Company operates. At least one member of the Audit Committee must have competence in the preparation and auditing of the financial statements.

 

8. The Audit Committee shall meet as frequently as circumstances dictate but no less than four times annually and additionally whenever one or more members of the Audit Committee have requested a meeting. The Audit Committee must meet at least before the publication of the annual results. Meetings can be held in any way as the Audit Committee sees fit, including through video and telephone conferencing facilities.

 

9. The chairperson of the Audit Committee shall prepare and/or approve an agenda in advance of each meeting.

 

10. The Audit Committee shall maintain minutes or other records of meetings and activities of the Audit Committee. The minutes of the meetings of the Audit Committee will be shared with all supervisory directors.

 

11. The Audit Committee shall, through its chairperson (or a member designated by him or her), report its findings to each subsequent plenary Supervisory Board meeting.

 

12. The Audit Committee shall meet in a separate session with the external auditor at least annually outside the presence of the Management Board.

 

13. The chief financial officer and the external auditor shall attend Audit Committee meetings unless the Audit Committee determines otherwise. The Audit Committee decides whether and, if so, when the chief executive officer, should attend its meetings.

 

12 

 

 

14. As the Audit Committee deems necessary to carry out its duties, it is authorized to select, engage (including approval of the fees and terms of engagement), oversee, terminate and obtain advice and assistance from outside legal, accounting or other advisers or consultants. The Company will provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Audit Committee, for payment of:

 

a) compensation to the external auditor for their audit and audit-related, review and attest services;

 

b) compensation to any advisers engaged by the Audit Committee; and

 

15. ordinary administrative expenses of the Audit Committee that are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties.

 

§ 12
Remuneration

 

1. The remuneration of the supervisory directors is determined by the General Meeting upon the recommendation of the Supervisory Board.

 

2. The Supervisory Board shall submit a clear and understandable proposal for its own appropriate remuneration to the General Meeting. The remuneration of the Supervisory Board should not be dependent on the results of the Company other than in connection with any share awards granted to supervisory directors as part of their remuneration.

 

3. The Company shall not grant, maintain, arrange for or renew to supervisory directors any personal loans or guarantees.

 

§ 13

Status  

 

1.            In addition to the provisions of the applicable law and the Articles of Association, these Rules regulate the internal affairs of the Supervisory Board.

2.            In the event of a conflict between the provisions of these Rules and those of the Articles of Association, the latter shall prevail.

 

3.            These Supervisory Board Rules have been made by the Supervisory Board and can be amended at any time by the Supervisory Board.

4.            Where these Rules are inconsistent with Dutch law or the Articles of Association, Dutch law or, as the case may be, the Articles of Association shall prevail. Where these Rules are in accordance with the Articles of Association but are inconsistent with Dutch law, the latter shall prevail. If one or more provisions of these Rules are or become invalid, this shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions. The Board shall use its best efforts to replace the invalid provisions with provisions which are valid and the effect of which is, given the contents and purpose of these Rules, to the greatest extent possible, similar to that of the invalid provisions.

 

13 

 

 

Exhibit 3.3

 

Rules of procedure

 

FOR the Board OF MANAGING DIRECTORS of

 

MYT NETHERLANDS PARENT B.V.

 

In accordance with article 16.2 of the articles of association (the "Articles of Association") of MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. (the "Company") and based on the resolution of the supervisory board of the Company (the "Supervisory Board") dated [___], 2020, the following rules of procedure (the "Rules") for the board of managing directors of the Company (the "Management Board") shall apply. These Rules are complementary to (i) the provisions regarding the Management Board contained in applicable law and regulations, including, when applicable, the principles of good governance and best practice provisions as contained in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code and the NYSE listing standards and (ii) the Articles of Associations.
§ 1
General Provisions
1. The managing directors are collectively responsible for the continuity of the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (the "Mytheresa Group") and the business affiliated with it. The Management Board focuses on long-term value creation for the Company and the business affiliated with it, and takes the stakeholder interests that are relevant in this context into account. The Management Board adopts values for the Company and the business affiliated with it that contribute to a culture focused on long-term value creation, and is responsible for the incorporation and maintenance of these values within the Company. The Management Board in coordination with the Supervisory Board shall develop the Company’s strategic approach and shall regularly discuss the current state of the implementation thereof with the Supervisory Board.
   
2.     The Management Board shall cooperate with the other bodies of the Company for the Company’s best interest.
   
3.   The Management Board shall ensure that the Company complies with all provisions of applicable law, regulations and Mytheresa Group’s internal policies and shall endeavour to achieve respective compliance by the Mytheresa Group companies. The Management Board shall take care to introduce appropriate measures reflecting the Company’s risk situation (Compliance Management System) and disclose the main features of those measures. The Management Board shall ensure appropriate risk management and risk controlling in the Company.
   
4.     The Management Board is responsible for setting up and maintaining internal procedures to ensure that it and the Supervisory Board are kept abreast of all important financial information, in order to safeguard timely, complete and accurate external financial reporting. In connection with this, if applicable, the Management Board ensures that the financial information from subsidiaries of the Company, if any, is reported directly to it and that the integrity of the information is safeguarded.

 

5. When appointing the Company’s executives, the Management Board shall consider the principle of diversity, and shall in particular endeavour to achieve the appropriate consideration of women for such positions.

 

 

1 

 

 

§ 2
Managing Directors
1.   The Management Board shall be composed of one (1) or more managing directors. The number of managing directors shall be determined by the Supervisory Board. The managing directors are appointed by the corporate body of the Company formed by the shareholders and other holders of a meeting right, on the basis of a binding nomination by the Supervisory Board. Only German residents may be appointed as managing director.
2.    The managing directors shall bear joint responsibility for the Company’s management. They shall work together collegially and shall keep one another informed about all material business transactions and measures adopted in their respective areas of responsibility.
3.    Notwithstanding the joint responsibility of the managing directors for the management of the Company, each managing director shall be individually responsible for the areas allocated to him or to her in accordance with the Division of Duties (as defined below) or other resolutions of the Management Board.
§ 3
Business Responsibility
1.    Subject to the provisions in Section 5, the Management Board may determine to divide certain duties and responsibilities to specific managing directors in writing (the "Division of Duties").
2.    Any resolution on the introduction, any amendments or the revocation of the Division of Duties shall require the approval of all managing directors entitled to vote. If a unanimous decision of the Management Board cannot be obtained, the Supervisory Board may take such decision. The Supervisory Board shall be immediately informed about the introduction, amendment or revocation of a Division of Duties and shall be authorized to ratify or disapprove such introduction, amendment or revocation.
3.    Each managing director shall be obliged, in the event of a serious concern regarding a matter of another business area arises, to ensure that such matter is discussed by the Management Board at a meeting, unless such concerns can be resolved by discussion with the other managing directors or the CEO (as defined below).
4.    Each managing director shall, at any time, be entitled to demand information from the other managing directors on individual matters relating to the areas for which he or she bears no responsibility. The Management Board shall be regularly informed about developments in the individual business areas and departments as set out in the Division of Duties by the respective managing directors. Insofar as the measures and business activities from one area of responsibility also substantially affect the area of responsibility of another managing director, the managing directors in charge of these areas shall consult with each other in advance.

 

2 

 

 

5.    The Management Board develops a view on long-term value creation by the Company and the business affiliated with it and should develop a strategy which will take the following into account:

 

a)         the strategy’s implementation and feasibility;

 

b)         the business model applied by the Company and the market in which the Company and its affiliated enterprise operate;

 

c)         opportunities and risks for the Company;

 

d)         the Company’s operational and financial goals and their impact on its future position in relevant markets;

 

e)         the interests of the stakeholders; and

 

f)          any other aspects relevant to the Company and its affiliated enterprise, such as the environment, social and employee-related matters, the chain within which the enterprise operates, respect for human rights, and fighting corruption and bribery.

 

6.    The Management Board ensures that internal risk management and control systems are in place.
7.    The Management Board stimulates a culture of openness and accountability within the Management Board and between the Management Board and the Supervisory Board.
§ 4
Transactions Requiring a Resolution of the Management Board

 

1.     The Management Board shall decide on the following matters:

 

a)           the strategic approach of the Company, the intended business policy and other fundamental issues of the business planning;

 

b)          the budget plan for the following year, which is to be presented by the Management Board to the Supervisory Board by the end of the preceding financial year;

 

c)           the preparation of the Management Board’s reporting to inform the Supervisory Board and of the quarterly and semi-annual reports as required by applicable capital market laws;

 

d)          all measures and transactions, which also require the Supervisory Board’s approval;

 

e)           all measures relating to a business area that is of extraordinary importance to the direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company or involving an extraordinary economic risk;

 

f)           entering into new lines of business or discontinuing existing lines of business;

 

g)          investments with a total value exceeding an amount as determined by the Management Board;

 

h)          acquisitions or sales of interests or holdings;

 

i)            an initial public offering;

 

j)            transactions which are not included in the business plan of the company and which in the individual case exceed an amount as determined by the Management Board;

 

k)           conclusion of new contractual obligations with third parties, irrespective of whether these are included in the Company’s business plan;

 

 

3 

 

 

l)            the issuance of the compliance statement in the Company's annual report in accordance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code;

 

m)          the preparation of the consolidated and unconsolidated financial statements (including the management report) as well as comparable reports issued by the company voluntarily or based upon applicable capital market rules;

 

n)           convening a meeting of the shareholders and other holders of a meeting right and the Management Board’s proposals for resolutions to be dealt with and voted on therein; and

 

o)          matters for which any managing director has requested a resolution by the Board.

 

2.    The Management Board may decide that the matters referred to in this Section under g) and j) only require its approval if a certain monetary threshold involved exceeds a certain value that has been determined by the Management Board and reported to the Supervisory Board in writing. The Management Board may decide that authority to approve such matters below the applicable threshold may be delegated to an officer, manager or other employee.

 

§ 5
CEO and CFO
1.    The Supervisory Board may grant to one managing director the title of CEO (the "CEO") and to one managing director the title of CFO. In case a managing director has been granted the title of CEO, the following rules in this Section 5 shall apply.
2.    The CEO shall be the chairperson of the Management Board. He or she shall ensure the proper functioning of the Management Board. The CEO gives attention to the uniformity of the management within the Management Board. He or she is entitled, at any time, to demand information from the managing directors on individual matters relating to the areas for which they bear responsibility pursuant to the Division of Duties and may decide that he or she shall be informed in advance about certain transactions and certain types of transactions.
3.    The CEO shall lead and organize the collaboration of the Management Board with the Supervisory Board. He or she shall maintain regular contact with the Supervisory Board and shall be responsible for fulfilling the reporting duties vis-à-vis the Supervisory Board. He or she shall inform the chairperson of the Supervisory Board promptly about any acts, actions and measures requiring the prior written approval of the Supervisory Board. All managing directors shall support the CEO in fulfilling his or her duties.
4.    The CEO shall determine the rules under which the managing directors shall represent each other during any absence.
§ 6
Meetings and Resolutions of the Management Board

1.    The Management Board shall meet on a regular basis being at least once a month and also whenever one or more of its managing directors request a meeting. Each managing director is authorized to convene a meeting of the Management Board in writing, specifying the topics to be discussed. Such convocation shall take place no later than one (1) day prior to the day of the Management Board meeting.

 

 

4 

 

 

2.    Management Board meetings are generally held at the offices of the Company, but may take place elsewhere, as decided by the CEO. In addition, meetings may be conducted by telephone or via videoconferencing facilities provided that each managing director taking part in such meeting is able to hear the deliberations and can be heard by the other managing directors and no managing director objects thereto. In choosing the location of Management Board meetings and allowing participation through electronic means of communication, due observance shall be given to (i) the fact that the Company shall maintain its place of effective management within the meaning of Article 4 para. 3 of the Convention between the Federal Republic of Germany and the Kingdom of the Netherlands for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income as of 12 April 2012; and (ii) that it shall be a resident of the Federal Republic of Germany for German corporate income tax purposes.

 

3.    The CEO shall chair the meetings of the Management Board. He or she shall determine the sequence in which the items on the agenda shall be dealt with, as well as the rules and sequence of voting. With due observance of the convocation period as set out in Section 6 paragraph 1, each managing director shall have the right to request that any items he or she may propose be put on the agenda. Should the CEO be unable to attend, the longest-serving managing director present shall serve as his or her proxy in preparing, convening and chairing Management Board meetings.
4.    If the Management Board consists of only two managing directors, it only has a quorum if all of its managing directors entitled to vote participate in the vote. If the Management Board consists of more than two managing directors, the Management Board has a quorum, if all of its managing directors have received the invitation to the Management Board meeting and at least half of its managing directors entitled to vote participate in adopting resolutions by submitting their vote. Managing directors that are unable to attend the Management Board meeting, may participate in passing resolutions by submitting their vote to another managing director prior to or during the Management Board meeting by a written power of attorney, each time for a particular Management Board meeting (throughout these Rules written means in writing or in a reproducible manner by electronic means of communication, unless impermissible under applicable laws). Votes cast by telephone shall be confirmed in written form. Votes, which are submitted later, also count towards the participation in the vote of passing the resolutions. They are only admissible, if the chairperson of the meeting allows them and sets a deadline for their submission.
5.    The Management Board may adopt resolutions outside a formal meeting provided that this is done in writing, by telefax, or by electronic mail and provided that all managing directors entitled to vote have agreed with this method of decision-making and have expressed themselves regarding the proposal concerned in writing. The adoption of Management Board resolutions outside a meeting must be reported at the following meeting of the Management Board.
6.    The Management Board shall ensure that its resolutions are passed unanimously. Should unanimity not be achievable, a simple majority of the managing directors entitled to vote may adopt resolutions, unless otherwise prescribed by the Articles of Association or by law. Each managing director may cast one vote. Blank votes, invalid votes and abstentions will be deemed not to have been cast. In the event of a tie, the proposal is rejected.

 

5 

 

 

7.    The chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting to take minutes of the proceedings of such Management Board meeting. Minutes shall be kept of the Management Board meetings in the English language and signed by the secretary of the meeting and approved by the chairperson of the meeting. A copy of these minutes shall be sent immediately to all managing directors.
8.    The CEO may invite other persons to attend Management Board meetings in whole or in part.
9.    If there is insufficient consensus at the Management Board meeting about a certain item on the agenda, the chairperson of the meeting may postpone the consideration of the matter until a subsequent Management Board meeting.
§ 7
Transactions Requiring Approval of the Supervisory Board

1.    The following acts, actions and measures of the Company require the prior written approval of the Supervisory Board, unless approved in the business plan or annual budget of the Company for the relevant year or if it is part of the ordinary course of business of the Company:

 

a)           entering into new lines of business or discontinuing existing lines of business;

 

b)          all transactions between the Company and any natural or legal persons who directly or indirectly hold at least 10% of the shares or American Depositary Receipts in the Company that are of material significance to the Company and/or such persons;

 

c)           all transactions in which there are conflicts of interest with managing directors that are of material significance to the Company and/or the relevant managing directors;

 

d)          all transactions in which there are conflicts of interest with supervisory directors that are of material significance to the Company and/or the relevant supervisory directors;

 

e)           the purchase or sale of real estate;

 

f)           the offer and issuance of shares and other securities of the company, including without limitation the filing of any registration statement or prospectus for the offer and sale of shares and other securities of the company with any securities regulatory agency of any governmental authority and the limitation or suspension of pre-emptive rights on a share issue;

 

g)          the purchase, sale or incorporation of participations, permanent establishments or joint ventures;

 

h)          the incurrence or guarantee of any indebtedness;

 

i)           the hiring, dismissal or modification of an employment agreement of any executive employee;

 

j)           the approval of the budget of the company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, including the investment and personnel budget as well as the related financing plan;

 

k)          any related party transaction;

 

l)           acquiring shares in share capital of the company in return for valuable consideration;

 

m)         the commissioning of external management, corporate, strategy or other consultants;

 

6 

 

 

n)            the conclusion of, or amendment to, land lease or rental agreements in relation to real estate, buildings or similar objects;

 

o)           capital expenditures for fixed assets, unless the relevant measure is covered by another item of this paragraph;

 

p)           the conclusion or amendment of transactions between the company and any managing director, as well as persons or companies associated with a managing director;

 

q)           the conclusion, amendment or termination of agreements concerning financial derivative transactions; and

 

r)            the creation, amendment or termination of the Company's employee incentive compensation plans and equity based compensation plans.

 

2.    The Supervisory Board may decide that a resolution as referred to in paragraph 1 under a), e), h), i), m), n), o) of this Section only requires its approval if the monetary amount involved exceeds a certain value that has been determined by the Supervisory Board and reported to the Management Board in writing.

 

3.    The Supervisory Board is also authorized to make subject to its approval resolutions by the Management Board other than those set forth in paragraph 1 of this Section. Any such resolution must be clearly described and reported to the Management Board in writing.

 

4.    The absence of approval as defined in this Section will not impair the representative authority of the Management Board or of its managing directors.

 

§ 8
Information of the Supervisory Board
1.    The Management Board shall provide the necessary means for the Supervisory Board to obtain the information necessary for the proper performance of its duties from officers and external advisors of the Company.
2.    In relation to the provision of information and the exercise of duties and powers by the Supervisory Board and the supervisory directors and its committees, the Management Board and the managing directors shall act in accordance with the provisions applying to the Management Board and the managing directors under or pursuant to these Rules, the rules of procedure of the Supervisory Board, the charters of the committees of the Supervisory Board, the Articles of Association and applicable laws and regulations.
3.   Within the scope of its reporting, the Management Board regularly informs the Supervisory Board, especially in the Supervisory Board’s meetings, without delay and comprehensively, of, in particular, fundamental issues of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ and joint ventures’ business planning (in particular financial, investment and personnel planning) as well as the assets, liabilities, financial and profit situation, profitability and business development. In doing so, the Management Board shall address deviations from previously formulated plans and targets, indicating the reasons therefor. The reporting of the Management Board also has to contain information on the risk situation, risk management, risk controlling as well as on compliance.
4.    The Management Board shall timely provide the Supervisory Board with the information necessary for the performance of its duty and shall also provide the Supervisory Board with such information and reports as the Supervisory Board or the Chairperson of the Supervisory Board may request from time to time.

 

7 

 

 

§ 9
Conflicts of Interest
1.    The managing directors shall avoid, as much as possible, all conflicts of interest between themselves and the Company.
2.    A managing director may not participate in the deliberation and the decision-making process of the Management Board if it concerns a subject in which this managing director has a direct or indirect personal interest which conflicts with the interest of the Company and the enterprise affiliated with it. In such event, the other managing directors shall be authorised to adopt the resolution (without prejudice to any quorum and/or qualified majority requirements). If all managing directors have a conflict of interest as referred to above, the resolution shall be adopted by the Supervisory Board. A managing director shall notify the chairperson of the Supervisory Board and the other managing directors of any actual or potential conflict of interest as soon as possible.
3.    A managing director shall not be deemed to have a conflict of interest with the Company within in the meaning of the Dutch Civil Code by reason only of his or her affiliation with a direct or indirect shareholder of the Company.
4.    The managing directors require the approval of the Supervisory Board for accepting other positions or assignments, especially seats on supervisory, advisory and similar boards, as well as assuming an executive position in another company. This shall not apply to any further positions within Mytheresa Group and to positions, which are assumed upon the initiative of the Company in any of its subsidiaries.

5.    Managing directors shall not:

 

a)            compete with the Company;

 

b)           demand or accept substantial gifts from the Company for themselves or their spouse, registered partner or other life companion, foster child or relative by blood or marriage up to the second degree;

 

c)            provide unjustified advantages to third parties at the Company’s expense; or

 

d)           take advantage of business opportunities to which the Company is entitled for themselves or for their spouse, registered partner or other life companion, foster child or relative by blood or marriage up to the second degree.

 

6.     The following transactions require the approval of the Supervisory Board:

 

a)          entering into a transaction between the Company and a legal entity in which a managing director personally has a material financial interest; or

 

b)           entering into a transaction between the Company and a legal entity which has a managing director who is related under family law to a managing director or a supervisory director.

 

8 

 

 

7.    All transactions in which there are conflicts of interest with managing directors shall be agreed on terms that are customary in the market. Decisions to enter into transactions in which there are conflicts of interest with managing directors that are of material significance to the Company and/or the relevant managing directors require the approval of the Supervisory Board in accordance with Section 7 paragraph 1 (c).
§ 10
Status

1.    These Rules shall be effective as of the date of the Supervisory Board resolution by which these Rules have been implemented and shall remain in force until amended or terminated the Supervisory Board.

 

2.    Where these Rules are inconsistent with Dutch law or the Articles of Association, Dutch law or, as the case may be, the Articles of Association shall prevail. Where these Rules are in accordance with the Articles of Association but are inconsistent with Dutch law, the latter shall prevail. If one or more provisions of these Rules are or become invalid, this shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions. The Supervisory Board shall use its best efforts to replace the invalid provisions with provisions which are valid and the effect of which is, given the contents and purpose of these rules of procedure, to the greatest extent possible, similar to that of the invalid provisions.

 

9 

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

MYT NETHERLANDS PARENT B.V.

 

AND

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

 

As Depositary

 

AND

 

OWNERS AND HOLDERS OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

 

Deposit Agreement

 

__________, 2021

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1.   DEFINITIONS 1
SECTION 1.1.   American Depositary Shares 1
SECTION 1.2.   Commission 2
SECTION 1.3.   Company 2
SECTION 1.4.   Custodian 2
SECTION 1.5.   Deliver; Surrender 2
SECTION 1.6.   Deposit Agreement 3
SECTION 1.7.   Depositary; Depositary’s Office 3
SECTION 1.8.   Deposited Securities 3
SECTION 1.9.   Disseminate 3
SECTION 1.10. Dollars 3
SECTION 1.11. DTC 4
SECTION 1.12. Foreign Registrar 4
SECTION 1.13. Holder 4
SECTION 1.14. Owner 4
SECTION 1.15. Receipts 4
SECTION 1.16. Registrar 4
SECTION 1.17. Replacement 4
SECTION 1.18. Restricted Securities 5
SECTION 1.19. Securities Act of 1933 5
SECTION 1.20. Shares 5
SECTION 1.21. SWIFT 5
SECTION 1.22. Termination Option Event 5
   
ARTICLE 2.   FORM OF RECEIPTS, DEPOSIT OF SHARES, DELIVERY, TRANSFER AND SURRENDER OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES 6
SECTION 2.1.   Form of Receipts; Registration and Transferability of American Depositary Shares 6
SECTION 2.2.   Deposit of Shares 7
SECTION 2.3.   Delivery of American Depositary Shares 8
SECTION 2.4.   Registration of Transfer of American Depositary Shares; Combination and Split-up of Receipts; Interchange of Certificated and Uncertificated American Depositary Shares 8
SECTION 2.5.   Surrender of American Depositary Shares and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities 9
SECTION 2.6.   Limitations on Delivery, Registration of Transfer and Surrender of American Depositary Shares 10
SECTION 2.7.   Lost Receipts, etc. 11
SECTION 2.8.   Cancellation and Destruction of Surrendered Receipts 11
SECTION 2.9.   DTC Direct Registration System and Profile Modification System 12
   

-i-

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3.   CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF OWNERS AND HOLDERS OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

12
SECTION 3.1.   Filing Proofs, Certificates and Other Information 12
SECTION 3.2.   Liability of Owner for Taxes 13
SECTION 3.3.   Warranties on Deposit of Shares 13
SECTION 3.4.   Disclosure of Interests 13
   
ARTICLE 4.   THE DEPOSITED SECURITIES 14
SECTION 4.1.   Cash Distributions 14
SECTION 4.2.   Distributions Other Than Cash, Shares or Rights 15
SECTION 4.3.   Distributions in Shares 16
SECTION 4.4.   Rights 16
SECTION 4.5.   Conversion of Foreign Currency 18
SECTION 4.6.   Fixing of Record Date 19
SECTION 4.7.   Voting of Deposited Shares 20
SECTION 4.8.   Tender and Exchange Offers; Redemption, Replacement or Cancellation of Deposited Securities 20
SECTION 4.9.   Reports 22
SECTION 4.10. Lists of Owners 22
SECTION 4.11. Withholding 22
   
ARTICLE 5.   THE DEPOSITARY, THE CUSTODIANS AND THE COMPANY 23
SECTION 5.1.   Maintenance of Office and Register by the Depositary 23
SECTION 5.2.   Prevention or Delay of Performance by the Company or the Depositary 24
SECTION 5.3.   Obligations of the Depositary and the Company 24
SECTION 5.4.   Resignation and Removal of the Depositary 26
SECTION 5.5.   The Custodians 26
SECTION 5.6.   Notices and Reports 27
SECTION 5.7.   Distribution of Additional Shares, Rights, etc. 27
SECTION 5.8.   Indemnification 28
SECTION 5.9.   Charges of Depositary 28
SECTION 5.10. Retention of Depositary Documents 29
SECTION 5.11. Exclusivity 29
SECTION 5.12. Information for Regulatory Compliance 30

 

-ii-

 

 

ARTICLE 6.   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 30
SECTION 6.1.   Amendment 30
SECTION 6.2.   Termination 30
   
ARTICLE 7.   MISCELLANEOUS 31
SECTION 7.1.   Counterparts; Signatures; Delivery 31
SECTION 7.2.   No Third Party Beneficiaries 32
SECTION 7.3.   Severability 32
SECTION 7.4.   Owners and Holders as Parties; Binding Effect 32
SECTION 7.5.   Notices 32
SECTION 7.6.   Appointment of Agent for Service of Process; Submission to Jurisdiction; Jury Trial Waiver; Exclusive Forum for U.S. Securities Law Claims 33
SECTION 7.7.   Waiver of Immunities 34
SECTION 7.8.   Governing Law 35

 

-iii-

 

 

DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

DEPOSIT AGREEMENT dated as of __________, 2021 among MYT NETHERLANDS PARENT B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennotschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (herein called the Company), THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York banking corporation (herein called the Depositary), and all Owners and Holders (each as hereinafter defined) from time to time of American Depositary Shares issued hereunder.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide, as set forth in this Deposit Agreement, for the deposit of Shares (as hereinafter defined) of the Company from time to time with the Depositary or with the Custodian (as hereinafter defined) under this Deposit Agreement, for the creation of American Depositary Shares representing the Shares so deposited and for the execution and delivery of American Depositary Receipts evidencing the American Depositary Shares; and

 

WHEREAS, the American Depositary Receipts are to be substantially in the form of Exhibit A annexed to this Deposit Agreement, with appropriate insertions, modifications and omissions, as set forth in this Deposit Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.     DEFINITIONS

 

The following definitions shall for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated, apply to the respective terms used in this Deposit Agreement:

 

SECTION 1.1.            American Depositary Shares.

 

The term “American Depositary Shares” shall mean the securities created under this Deposit Agreement representing rights with respect to the Deposited Securities. American Depositary Shares may be certificated securities evidenced by Receipts or uncertificated securities. The form of Receipt annexed as Exhibit A to this Deposit Agreement shall be the prospectus required under the Securities Act of 1933 for sales of both certificated and uncertificated American Depositary Shares. Except for those provisions of this Deposit Agreement that refer specifically to Receipts, all the provisions of this Deposit Agreement shall apply to both certificated and uncertificated American Depositary Shares.

 

Each American Depositary Share shall represent the number of Shares specified in Exhibit A to this Deposit Agreement, except that, if there is a distribution upon Deposited Securities covered by Section 4.3, a change in Deposited Securities covered by Section 4.8 with respect to which additional American Depositary Shares are not delivered or a sale of Deposited Securities under Section 3.2 or 4.8, each American Depositary Share shall thereafter represent the amount of Shares or other Deposited Securities that are then on deposit per American Depositary Share after giving effect to that distribution, change or sale.

 

-1-

 

 

SECTION 1.2.            Commission.

 

The term “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States or any successor governmental agency in the United States.

 

SECTION 1.3.            Company.

 

The term “Company” shall mean MYT Netherlands Parent B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennotschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, and its successors.

 

SECTION 1.4.            Custodian.

 

The term “Custodian” shall mean ING Bank N.V., as custodian for the Depositary in the Netherlands for the purposes of this Deposit Agreement, and any other firm or corporation the Depositary appoints under Section 5.5 as a substitute or additional custodian under this Deposit Agreement, and shall also mean all of them collectively.

 

SECTION 1.5.            Deliver; Surrender.

 

(a)       The term “deliver”, or its noun form, when used with respect to Shares or other Deposited Securities, shall mean (i) book-entry transfer of those Shares or other Deposited Securities to an account maintained by an institution authorized under applicable law to effect transfers of such securities designated by the person entitled to that delivery or (ii) physical transfer of certificates evidencing those Shares or other Deposited Securities registered in the name of, or duly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer to, the person entitled to that delivery.

 

(b)       The term “deliver”, or its noun form, when used with respect to American Depositary Shares, shall mean (i) registration of those American Depositary Shares in the name of DTC or its nominee and book-entry transfer of those American Depositary Shares to an account at DTC designated by the person entitled to that delivery, (ii) registration of those American Depositary Shares not evidenced by a Receipt on the books of the Depositary in the name requested by the person entitled to that delivery and mailing to that person of a statement confirming that registration or (iii) if requested by the person entitled to that delivery, execution and delivery at the Depositary’s Office to the person entitled to that delivery of one or more Receipts evidencing those American Depositary Shares registered in the name requested by that person.

 

-2-

 

 

(c)       The term “surrender”, when used with respect to American Depositary Shares, shall mean (i) one or more book-entry transfers of American Depositary Shares to the DTC account of the Depositary, (ii) delivery to the Depositary at its Office of an instruction to surrender American Depositary Shares not evidenced by a Receipt or (iii) surrender to the Depositary at its Office of one or more Receipts evidencing American Depositary Shares.

 

SECTION 1.6.            Deposit Agreement.

 

The term “Deposit Agreement” shall mean this Deposit Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement.

 

SECTION 1.7.            Depositary; Depositary’s Office.

 

The term “Depositary” shall mean The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, and any successor as depositary under this Deposit Agreement. The term “Office”, when used with respect to the Depositary, shall mean the office at which its depositary receipts business is administered, which, at the date of this Deposit Agreement, is located at 240 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10286.

 

SECTION 1.8.            Deposited Securities.

 

The term “Deposited Securities” as of any time shall mean Shares at such time deposited or deemed to be deposited under this Deposit Agreement, including without limitation, Shares that have not been successfully delivered upon surrender of American Depositary Shares, and any and all other securities, property and cash received by the Depositary or the Custodian in respect of Deposited Securities and at that time held under this Deposit Agreement.

 

SECTION 1.9.            Disseminate.

 

The term “Disseminate,” when referring to a notice or other information to be sent by the Depositary to Owners, shall mean (i) sending that information to Owners in paper form by mail or another means or (ii) with the consent of Owners, another procedure that has the effect of making the information available to Owners, which may include (A) sending the information by electronic mail or electronic messaging or (B) sending in paper form or by electronic mail or messaging a statement that the information is available and may be accessed by the Owner on an Internet website and that it will be sent in paper form upon request by the Owner, when that information is so available and is sent in paper form as promptly as practicable upon request.

 

SECTION 1.10.          Dollars.

 

The term “Dollars” shall mean United States dollars.

 

-3-

 

 

SECTION 1.11.          DTC.

 

The term “DTC” shall mean The Depository Trust Company or its successor.

 

SECTION 1.12.          Foreign Registrar.

 

The term “Foreign Registrar” shall mean the entity that carries out the duties of registrar for the Shares and any other agent of the Company for the transfer and registration of Shares, including, without limitation, any securities depository for the Shares.

 

SECTION 1.13.          Holder.

 

The term “Holder” shall mean any person holding a Receipt or a security entitlement or other interest in American Depositary Shares, whether for its own account or for the account of another person, but that is not the Owner of that Receipt or those American Depositary Shares.

 

SECTION 1.14.          Owner.

 

The term “Owner” shall mean the person in whose name American Depositary Shares are registered on the books of the Depositary maintained for that purpose.

 

SECTION 1.15.          Receipts.

 

The term “Receipts” shall mean the American Depositary Receipts issued under this Deposit Agreement evidencing certificated American Depositary Shares, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement.

 

SECTION 1.16.          Registrar.

 

The term “Registrar” shall mean any corporation or other entity that is appointed by the Depositary to register American Depositary Shares and transfers of American Depositary Shares as provided in this Deposit Agreement.

 

SECTION 1.17.          Replacement.

 

The term “Replacement” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 4.8.

 

-4-

 

 

SECTION 1.18.          Restricted Securities.

 

The term “Restricted Securities” shall mean Shares that (i) are “restricted securities,” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, except for Shares that could be resold in reliance on Rule 144 without any conditions, (ii) are beneficially owned by an officer, director (or person performing similar functions) or other affiliate of the Company, (iii) otherwise would require registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the public offer and sale thereof in the United States or (iv) are subject to other restrictions on sale or deposit under the laws of the Netherlands, a shareholder agreement or the articles of association or similar document of the Company.

 

SECTION 1.19.          Securities Act of 1933.

 

The term “Securities Act of 1933” shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as from time to time amended.

 

SECTION 1.20.          Shares.

 

The term “Shares” shall mean ordinary shares of the Company that are validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable and that were not issued in violation of any pre-emptive or similar rights of the holders of outstanding securities of the Company; provided, however, that, if there shall occur any change in nominal or par value, a split-up or consolidation or any other reclassification or, upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.8, an exchange or conversion in respect of the Shares of the Company, the term “Shares” shall thereafter also mean the successor securities resulting from such change in nominal value, split-up or consolidation or such other reclassification or such exchange or conversion.

 

SECTION 1.21.          SWIFT.

 

The term “SWIFT” shall mean the financial messaging network operated by the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication, or its successor.

 

SECTION 1.22.          Termination Option Event.

 

The term “Termination Option Event” shall mean any of the following events or conditions:

 

(i)        the Company institutes proceedings to be adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent, consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable law in respect of bankruptcy or insolvency, consents to the filing of any petition of that kind or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian or sequestrator (or other similar official) of it or any substantial part of its property or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if information becomes publicly available indicating that unsecured claims against the Company are not expected to be paid;

 

-5-

 

 

(ii)       the Shares are delisted, or the Company announces its intention to delist the Shares, from a stock exchange outside the United States, and the Company has not applied to list the Shares on any other stock exchange outside the United States;

 

(iii)      the American Depositary Shares are delisted from a stock exchange in the United States on which the American Depositary Shares were listed and, 30 days after that delisting, the American Depositary Shares have not been listed on another stock exchange in the United States, nor is there a symbol available for over-the-counter trading of the American Depositary Shares in the United States;

 

(iv)      the Depositary has received notice of facts that indicate, or otherwise has reason to believe, that the American Depositary Shares have become, or with the passage of time will become, ineligible for registration on Form F-6 under the Securities Act of 1933; or

 

(v)       an event or condition that is defined as a Termination Option Event in Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.8.

 

ARTICLE 2.     FORM OF RECEIPTS, DEPOSIT OF SHARES, DELIVERY, TRANSFER AND SURRENDER OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

 

SECTION 2.1.            Form of Receipts; Registration and Transferability of American Depositary Shares.

 

Definitive Receipts shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A to this Deposit Agreement, with appropriate insertions, modifications and omissions, as permitted under this Deposit Agreement. No Receipt shall be entitled to any benefits under this Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless that Receipt has been (i) executed by the Depositary by the manual signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary or (ii) executed by the facsimile signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary and countersigned by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary or the Registrar or a co-registrar. The Depositary shall maintain books on which (x) each Receipt so executed and delivered as provided in this Deposit Agreement and each transfer of that Receipt and (y) all American Depositary Shares delivered as provided in this Deposit Agreement and all registrations of transfer of American Depositary Shares, shall be registered. A Receipt bearing the facsimile signature of a person that was at any time a proper officer of the Depositary shall, subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, bind the Depositary, even if that person was not a proper officer of the Depositary on the date of issuance of that Receipt.

 

The Receipts and statements confirming registration of American Depositary Shares may have incorporated in or attached to them such legends or recitals or modifications not inconsistent with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement as may be required by the Depositary or required to comply with any applicable law or regulations thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange upon which American Depositary Shares may be listed or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Receipts and American Depositary Shares are subject by reason of the date of issuance of the underlying Deposited Securities or otherwise.

 

-6-

 

 

American Depositary Shares evidenced by a Receipt, when the Receipt is properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, shall be transferable as certificated registered securities under the laws of the State of New York. American Depositary Shares not evidenced by Receipts shall be transferable as uncertificated registered securities under the laws of the State of New York. The Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the Owner of American Depositary Shares as the absolute owner thereof for the purpose of determining the person entitled to distribution of dividends or other distributions or to any notice provided for in this Deposit Agreement and for all other purposes, and neither the Depositary nor the Company shall have any obligation or be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to any Holder of American Depositary Shares (but only to the Owner of those American Depositary Shares).

 

SECTION 2.2.            Deposit of Shares.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, Shares or evidence of rights to receive Shares may be deposited under this Deposit Agreement by delivery thereof to any Custodian, accompanied by any appropriate instruments or instructions for transfer, or endorsement, in form satisfactory to the Custodian.

 

As conditions of accepting Shares for deposit, the Depositary may require (i) any certification required by the Depositary or the Custodian in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement, (ii) a written order directing the Depositary to deliver to, or upon the written order of, the person or persons stated in that order American Depositary Shares representing those deposited Shares, (iii) evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that those Shares have been re-registered in the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar in the name of the Depositary, a Custodian or a nominee of the Depositary or a Custodian, (iv) evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that any necessary approval for the transfer or deposit has been granted by any governmental body in each applicable jurisdiction and (v) an agreement or assignment, or other instrument satisfactory to the Depositary, that provides for the prompt transfer to the Custodian of any dividend, or right to subscribe for additional Shares or to receive other property, that any person in whose name those Shares are or have been recorded may thereafter receive upon or in respect of those Shares, or, in lieu thereof, such agreement of indemnity or other agreement as shall be satisfactory to the Depositary.

 

-7-

 

 

At the request and risk and expense of a person proposing to deposit Shares, and for the account of that person, the Depositary may receive certificates for Shares to be deposited, together with the other instruments specified in this Section, for the purpose of forwarding those Share certificates to the Custodian for deposit under this Deposit Agreement.

 

The Depositary shall instruct each Custodian that, upon each delivery to a Custodian of a certificate or certificates for Shares to be deposited under this Deposit Agreement, together with the other documents specified in this Section, that Custodian shall, as soon as transfer and recordation can be accomplished, present that certificate or those certificates to the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, for transfer and recordation of the Shares being deposited in the name of the Depositary or its nominee or that Custodian or its nominee.

 

Deposited Securities shall be held by the Depositary or by a Custodian for the account and to the order of the Depositary or at such other place or places as the Depositary shall determine.

 

SECTION 2.3.            Delivery of American Depositary Shares.

 

The Depositary shall instruct each Custodian that, upon receipt by that Custodian of any deposit pursuant to Section 2.2, together with the other documents or evidence required under that Section, that Custodian shall notify the Depositary of that deposit and the person or persons to whom or upon whose written order American Depositary Shares are deliverable in respect thereof. Upon receiving a notice of a deposit from a Custodian, or upon the receipt of Shares or evidence of the right to receive Shares by the Depositary, the Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall deliver, to or upon the order of the person or persons entitled thereto, the number of American Depositary Shares issuable in respect of that deposit, but only upon payment to the Depositary of the fees and expenses of the Depositary for the delivery of those American Depositary Shares as provided in Section 5.9, and of all taxes and governmental charges and fees payable in connection with that deposit and the transfer of the deposited Shares. However, the Depositary shall deliver only whole numbers of American Depositary Shares.

 

SECTION 2.4.            Registration of Transfer of American Depositary Shares; Combination and Split-up of Receipts; Interchange of Certificated and Uncertificated American Depositary Shares.

 

The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall register a transfer of American Depositary Shares on its transfer books upon (i) in the case of certificated American Depositary Shares, surrender of the Receipt evidencing those American Depositary Shares, by the Owner or by a duly authorized attorney, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer or (ii) in the case of uncertificated American Depositary Shares, receipt from the Owner of a proper instruction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, instructions through DRS and Profile as provided in Section 2.9), and, in either case, duly stamped as may be required by the laws of the State of New York and of the United States of America. Upon registration of a transfer, the Depositary shall deliver the transferred American Depositary Shares to or upon the order of the person entitled thereto.

 

-8-

 

 

The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, shall upon surrender of a Receipt or Receipts for the purpose of effecting a split-up or combination of such Receipt or Receipts, execute and deliver a new Receipt or Receipts for any authorized number of American Depositary Shares requested, evidencing the same aggregate number of American Depositary Shares as the Receipt or Receipts surrendered.

 

The Depositary, upon surrender of certificated American Depositary Shares for the purpose of exchanging for uncertificated American Depositary Shares, shall cancel the Receipt evidencing those certificated American Depositary Shares and send the Owner a statement confirming that the Owner is the owner of the same number of uncertificated American Depositary Shares. The Depositary, upon receipt of a proper instruction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, instructions through DRS and Profile as provided in Section 2.9) from the Owner of uncertificated American Depositary Shares for the purpose of exchanging for certificated American Depositary Shares, shall cancel those uncertificated American Depositary Shares and register and deliver to the Owner a Receipt evidencing the same number of certificated American Depositary Shares.

 

The Depositary may appoint one or more co-transfer agents for the purpose of effecting registration of transfers of American Depositary Shares and combinations and split-ups of Receipts at designated transfer offices on behalf of the Depositary. In carrying out its functions, a co-transfer agent may require evidence of authority and compliance with applicable laws and other requirements by Owners or persons entitled to American Depositary Shares and will be entitled to protection and indemnity to the same extent as the Depositary.

 

SECTION 2.5.            Surrender of American Depositary Shares and Withdrawal of Deposited Securities.

 

Upon surrender of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of the Deposited Securities represented thereby and payment of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares as provided in Section 5.9 and payment of all taxes and governmental charges payable in connection with that surrender and withdrawal of the Deposited Securities, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, the Owner of those American Depositary Shares shall be entitled to delivery (to the extent delivery can then be lawfully and practicably made), to or as instructed by that Owner, of the amount of Deposited Securities at the time represented by those American Depositary Shares, but not any money or other property as to which a record date for distribution to Owners has passed (since money or other property of that kind will be delivered or paid on the scheduled payment date to the Owner as of that record date), and except that the Depositary shall not be required to accept surrender of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal to the extent it would require delivery of a fraction of a Deposited Security. That delivery shall be made, as provided in this Section, without unreasonable delay.

 

-9-

 

 

As a condition of accepting a surrender of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of Deposited Securities, the Depositary may require (i) that each surrendered Receipt be properly endorsed in blank or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer in blank and (ii) that the surrendering Owner execute and deliver to the Depositary a written order directing the Depositary to cause the Deposited Securities being withdrawn to be delivered to or upon the written order of a person or persons designated in that order.

 

Thereupon, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to deliver, subject to Sections 2.6, 3.1 and 3.2, the other terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and local market rules and practices, to the surrendering Owner or to or upon the written order of the person or persons designated in the order delivered to the Depositary as above provided, the amount of Deposited Securities represented by the surrendered American Depositary Shares, and the Depositary may charge the surrendering Owner a fee and its expenses for giving that direction by cable (including SWIFT) or facsimile transmission.

 

If Deposited Securities are delivered physically upon surrender of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal, that delivery will be made at the Custodian’s office, except that, at the request, risk and expense of an Owner surrendering American Depositary Shares for withdrawal of Deposited Securities, and for the account of that Owner, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to forward any cash or other property comprising, and forward a certificate or certificates, if applicable, and other proper documents of title, if any, for, the Deposited Securities represented by the surrendered American Depositary Shares to the Depositary for delivery at the Depositary’s Office or to another address specified in the order received from the surrendering Owner.

 

SECTION 2.6.            Limitations on Delivery, Registration of Transfer and Surrender of American Depositary Shares.

 

As a condition precedent to the delivery, registration of transfer or surrender of any American Depositary Shares or split-up or combination of any Receipt or withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, the Depositary, Custodian or Registrar may require payment from the depositor of Shares or the presenter of the Receipt or instruction for registration of transfer or surrender of American Depositary Shares not evidenced by a Receipt of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax or charge and fee with respect to Shares being deposited or withdrawn) and payment of any applicable fees as provided in this Deposit Agreement, may require the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature and may also require compliance with any regulations the Depositary may establish consistent with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.6.

 

-10-

 

 

The Depositary may refuse to accept deposits of Shares for delivery of American Depositary Shares or to register transfers of American Depositary Shares in particular instances, or may suspend deposits of Shares or registration of transfer generally, whenever it or the Company considers it necessary or advisable to do so. The Depositary may refuse surrenders of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of Deposited Securities in particular instances, or may suspend surrenders for the purpose of withdrawal generally, but, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Deposit Agreement, only for (i) temporary delays caused by closing of the Depositary’s register or the register of holders of Shares maintained by the Company or the Foreign Registrar, or the deposit of Shares, in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting or the payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges, (iii) compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the American Depositary Shares or to the withdrawal of the Deposited Securities or (iv) any other reason that, at the time, is permitted under paragraph I(A)(1) of the General Instructions to Form F-6 under the Securities Act of 1993 or any successor to that provision.

 

The Depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under this Deposit Agreement any Shares that, at the time of deposit, are Restricted Securities.

 

SECTION 2.7.            Lost Receipts, etc.

 

If a Receipt is mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen, the Depositary shall deliver to the Owner the American Depositary Shares evidenced by that Receipt in uncertificated form or, if requested by the Owner, execute and deliver a new Receipt of like tenor in exchange and substitution for such mutilated Receipt, upon surrender and cancellation of that mutilated Receipt, or in lieu of and in substitution for that destroyed, lost or stolen Receipt. However, before the Depositary will deliver American Depositary Shares in uncertificated form or execute and deliver a new Receipt, in substitution for a destroyed, lost or stolen Receipt, the Owner must (a) file with the Depositary (i) a request for that replacement before the Depositary has notice that the Receipt has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser and (ii) a sufficient indemnity bond and (b) satisfy any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Depositary.

 

SECTION 2.8.            Cancellation and Destruction of Surrendered Receipts.

 

The Depositary shall cancel all Receipts surrendered to it and is authorized to destroy Receipts so cancelled.

 

-11-

 

 

SECTION 2.9.            DTC Direct Registration System and Profile Modification System.

 

(a)       Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.4, the parties acknowledge that DTC’s Direct Registration System (“DRS”) and Profile Modification System (“Profile”) apply to the American Depositary Shares upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC that facilitates interchange between registered holding of uncertificated securities and holding of security entitlements in those securities through DTC and a DTC participant. Profile is a required feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of an Owner of American Depositary Shares, to direct the Depositary to register a transfer of those American Depositary Shares to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those American Depositary Shares to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the Depositary of prior authorization from the Owner to register that transfer.

 

(b)       In connection with DRS/Profile, the parties acknowledge that the Depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an Owner in requesting a registration of transfer and delivery as described in paragraph (a) above has the actual authority to act on behalf of that Owner (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Sections 5.3 and 5.8 apply to the matters arising from the use of the DRS/Profile. The parties agree that the Depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the Depositary through the DRS/Profile system and otherwise in accordance with this Deposit Agreement shall not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the Depositary.

 

ARTICLE 3.     CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS OF OWNERS AND HOLDERS OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

 

SECTION 3.1.            Filing Proofs, Certificates and Other Information.

 

Any person presenting Shares for deposit or any Owner or Holder may be required from time to time to file with the Depositary or the Custodian such proof of citizenship or residence, exchange control approval, or such information relating to the registration on the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, to execute such certificates and to make such representations and warranties, as the Depositary may deem necessary or proper. The Depositary may withhold the delivery or registration of transfer of American Depositary Shares, the distribution of any dividend or other distribution or of the proceeds thereof or the delivery of any Deposited Securities until that proof or other information is filed or those certificates are executed or those representations and warranties are made.

 

-12-

 

 

SECTION 3.2.            Liability of Owner for Taxes.

 

If any tax or other governmental charge shall become payable by the Custodian or the Depositary with respect to or in connection with any American Depositary Shares or any Deposited Securities represented by any American Depositary Shares or in connection with a transaction to which Section 4.8 applies, that tax or other governmental charge shall be payable by the Owner of those American Depositary Shares to the Depositary. The Depositary may refuse to register any transfer of those American Depositary Shares or any withdrawal of Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares until that payment is made, and may withhold any dividends or other distributions or the proceeds thereof, or may sell for the account of the Owner any part or all of the Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares and apply those dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds of any sale of that kind in payment of that tax or other governmental charge but, even after a sale of that kind, the Owner of those American Depositary Shares shall remain liable for any deficiency. The Depositary shall distribute any net proceeds of a sale made under this Section that are not used to pay taxes or governmental charges to the Owners entitled to them in accordance with Section 4.1. If the number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share decreases as a result of a sale of Deposited Securities under this Section, the Depositary may call for surrender of the American Depositary Shares to be exchanged on a mandatory basis for a lesser number of American Depositary Shares and may sell American Depositary Shares to the extent necessary to avoid distributing fractions of American Depositary Shares in that exchange and distribute the net proceeds of that sale to the Owners entitled to them.

 

SECTION 3.3.            Warranties on Deposit of Shares.

 

Every person depositing Shares under this Deposit Agreement shall be deemed thereby to represent and warrant that those Shares and each certificate therefor, if applicable, are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of the holders of outstanding securities of the Company and that the person making that deposit is duly authorized so to do. Every depositing person shall also be deemed to represent that the Shares, at the time of deposit, are not Restricted Securities. All representations and warranties deemed made under this Section shall survive the deposit of Shares and delivery of American Depositary Shares.

 

SECTION 3.4.            Disclosure of Interests.

 

When required in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations or the articles of association or similar document of the Company, the Company may from time to time request each Owner and Holder to provide to the Depositary information relating to: (a) the capacity in which it holds American Depositary Shares, (b) the identity of any Holders or other persons or entities then or previously interested in those American Depositary Shares and the nature of those interests and (c) any other matter where disclosure of such matter is required for that compliance.   Each Owner and Holder agrees to provide all information known to it in response to a request made pursuant to this Section.  Each Holder consents to the disclosure by the Depositary and the Owner or any other Holder through which it holds American Depositary Shares, directly or indirectly, of all information responsive to a request made pursuant to this Section relating to that Holder that is known to that Owner or other Holder.  The Depositary agrees to use reasonable efforts to comply with written instructions requesting that the Depositary forward any request authorized under this Section to the Owners and to forward to the Company any responses it receives in response to that request. The Depositary may charge the Company a fee and its expenses for complying with requests under this Section 3.4.

 

-13-

 

 

ARTICLE 4.                  THE DEPOSITED SECURITIES

 

SECTION 4.1.            Cash Distributions.

 

Whenever the Depositary receives any cash dividend or other cash distribution on Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall, subject to the provisions of Section 4.5, convert that dividend or other distribution into Dollars and distribute the amount thus received (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9) to the Owners entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing those Deposited Securities held by them respectively; provided, however, that if the Custodian or the Depositary shall be required to withhold and does withhold from that cash dividend or other cash distribution an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges, the amount distributed to the Owners of the American Depositary Shares representing those Deposited Securities shall be reduced accordingly. However, the Depositary will not pay any Owner a fraction of one cent, but will round each Owner’s entitlement to the nearest whole cent.

 

The Company or its agent will remit to the appropriate governmental agency in each applicable jurisdiction all amounts withheld and owing to such agency.

 

If a cash distribution would represent a return of all or substantially all the value of the Deposited Securities underlying American Depositary Shares, the Depositary may:

 

(i) require payment of or deduct the fee for surrender of American Depositary Shares (whether or not it is also requiring surrender of American Depositary Shares) as a condition of making that cash distribution; or

 

(ii) sell all Deposited Securities other than the subject cash distribution and add any net cash proceeds of that sale to the cash distribution, call for surrender of all those American Depositary Shares and require that surrender as a condition of making that cash distribution.

 

If the Depositary acts under this paragraph, that action shall also be a Termination Option Event.

 

-14-

 

 

SECTION 4.2.            Distributions Other Than Cash, Shares or Rights.

 

Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.11 and 5.9, whenever the Depositary receives any distribution other than a distribution described in Section 4.1, 4.3 or 4.4 on Deposited Securities (but not in exchange for or in conversion or in lieu of Deposited Securities), the Depositary shall cause the securities or property received by it to be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto, after deduction or upon payment of any fees and expenses of the Depositary and any taxes or other governmental charges, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing such Deposited Securities held by them respectively, in any manner that the Depositary deems equitable and practicable for accomplishing that distribution (which may be a distribution of depositary shares representing the securities received); provided, however, that if in the opinion of the Depositary such distribution cannot be made proportionately among the Owners entitled thereto, or if for any other reason (including, but not limited to, any requirement that the Company or the Depositary withhold an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges or that securities received must be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in order to be distributed to Owners or Holders) the Depositary deems such distribution not to be lawful and feasible, the Depositary may adopt such other method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including, but not limited to, the public or private sale of the securities or property thus received, or any part thereof, and distribution of the net proceeds of any such sale (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9) to the Owners entitled thereto, all in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.1. The Depositary may withhold any distribution of securities under this Section 4.2 if it has not received satisfactory assurances from the Company that the distribution does not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933. The Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, an amount of securities or other property it would otherwise distribute under this Section 4.2 that is sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in respect of that distribution.

 

If a distribution to be made under this Section 4.2 would represent a return of all or substantially all the value of the Deposited Securities underlying American Depositary Shares, the Depositary may:

 

(i) require payment of or deduct the fee for surrender of American Depositary Shares (whether or not it is also requiring surrender of American Depositary Shares) as a condition of making that distribution; or

 

(ii) sell all Deposited Securities other than the subject distribution and add any net cash proceeds of that sale to the distribution, call for surrender of all those American Depositary Shares and require that surrender as a condition of making that distribution.

 

If the Depositary acts under this paragraph, that action shall also be a Termination Option Event.

 

-15-

 

 

SECTION 4.3.            Distributions in Shares.

 

Whenever the Depositary receives any distribution on Deposited Securities consisting of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Shares, the Depositary may deliver to the Owners entitled thereto, in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares representing those Deposited Securities held by them respectively, an aggregate number of American Depositary Shares representing the amount of Shares received as that dividend or free distribution, subject to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement with respect to the deposit of Shares and issuance of American Depositary Shares, including withholding of any tax or governmental charge as provided in Section 4.11 and payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9 (and the Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, an amount of the Shares received (or American Depositary Shares representing those Shares) sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in respect of that distribution). In lieu of delivering fractional American Depositary Shares, the Depositary may sell the amount of Shares represented by the aggregate of those fractions (or American Depositary Shares representing those Shares) and distribute the net proceeds, all in the manner and subject to the conditions described in Section 4.1. If and to the extent that additional American Depositary Shares are not delivered and Shares or American Depositary Shares are not sold, each American Depositary Share shall thenceforth also represent the additional Shares distributed on the Deposited Securities represented thereby.

 

If the Company declares a distribution in which holders of Deposited Securities have a right to elect whether to receive cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of those things, or a right to elect to have a distribution sold on their behalf, the Depositary may, after consultation with the Company, make that right of election available for exercise by Owners in any manner the Depositary considers to be lawful and practical. As a condition of making a distribution election right available to Owners, the Depositary may require satisfactory assurances from the Company that doing so does not require registration of any securities under the Securities Act of 1933 that has not been effected.

 

SECTION 4.4.            Rights.

 

(a)       If rights are granted to the Depositary in respect of deposited Shares to purchase additional Shares or other securities, the Company and the Depositary shall endeavor to consult as to the actions, if any, the Depositary should take in connection with that grant of rights. The Depositary may, to the extent deemed by it to be lawful and practical (i) if requested in writing by the Company, grant to all or certain Owners rights to instruct the Depositary to purchase the securities to which the rights relate and deliver those securities or American Depositary Shares representing those securities to Owners, (ii) if requested in writing by the Company, deliver the rights to or to the order of certain Owners, or (iii) sell the rights to the extent practicable and distribute the net proceeds of that sale to Owners entitled to those proceeds. To the extent rights are not exercised, delivered or disposed of under (i), (ii) or (iii) above, the Depositary shall permit the rights to lapse unexercised.

 

-16-

 

 

(b)       If the Depositary will act under (a)(i) above, the Company and the Depositary will enter into a separate agreement setting forth the conditions and procedures applicable to the particular offering. Upon instruction from an applicable Owner in the form the Depositary specified and upon payment by that Owner to the Depositary of an amount equal to the purchase price of the securities to be received upon the exercise of the rights, the Depositary shall, on behalf of that Owner, exercise the rights and purchase the securities. The purchased securities shall be delivered to, or as instructed by, the Depositary. The Depositary shall (i) deposit the purchased Shares under this Deposit Agreement and deliver American Depositary Shares representing those Shares to that Owner or (ii) deliver or cause the purchased Shares or other securities to be delivered to or to the order of that Owner. The Depositary will not act under (a)(i) above unless the offer and sale of the securities to which the rights relate are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Depositary has received an opinion of United States counsel that is satisfactory to it to the effect that those securities may be sold and delivered to the applicable Owners without registration under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(c)       If the Depositary will act under (a)(ii) above, the Company and the Depositary will enter into a separate agreement setting forth the conditions and procedures applicable to the particular offering. Upon (i) the request of an applicable Owner to deliver the rights allocable to the American Depositary Shares of that Owner to an account specified by that Owner to which the rights can be delivered and (ii) receipt of such documents as the Company and the Depositary agreed to require to comply with applicable law, the Depositary will deliver those rights as requested by that Owner.

 

(d)       If the Depositary will act under (a)(iii) above, the Depositary will use reasonable efforts to sell the rights in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by the applicable Owners and pay the net proceeds to the Owners otherwise entitled to the rights that were sold, upon an averaged or other practical basis without regard to any distinctions among such Owners because of exchange restrictions or the date of delivery of any American Depositary Shares or otherwise.

 

(e)       Payment or deduction of the fees of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9 and payment or deduction of the expenses of the Depositary and any applicable taxes or other governmental charges shall be conditions of any delivery of securities or payment of cash proceeds under this Section 4.4.

 

(f)       The Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to determine that it may be lawful or feasible to make rights available to or exercise rights on behalf of Owners in general or any Owner in particular, or to sell rights.

 

-17-

 

 

SECTION 4.5.            Conversion of Foreign Currency.

 

Whenever the Depositary or the Custodian receives foreign currency, by way of dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds from the sale of securities, property or rights, and if at the time of the receipt thereof the foreign currency so received can in the judgment of the Depositary be converted on a reasonable basis into Dollars and the resulting Dollars transferred to the United States, the Depositary or one of its agents or affiliates or the Custodian shall convert or cause to be converted by sale or in any other manner that it may determine that foreign currency into Dollars, and those Dollars shall be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto.  A cash distribution may be made upon an averaged or other practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among Owners based on exchange restrictions, the date of delivery of any American Depositary Shares or otherwise and shall be net of any expenses of conversion into Dollars incurred by the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9.

 

If a conversion of foreign currency or the repatriation or distribution of Dollars can be effected only with the approval or license of any government or agency thereof, the Depositary may, but will not be required to, file an application for that approval or license.

 

If the Depositary determines that in its judgment any foreign currency received by the Depositary or the Custodian is not convertible on a reasonable basis into Dollars transferable to the United States, or if any approval or license of any government or agency thereof that is required for such conversion is not filed or sought by the Depositary or is not obtained within a reasonable period as determined by the Depositary, the Depositary may distribute the foreign currency received by the Depositary to, or in its discretion may hold such foreign currency uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the respective accounts of, the Owners entitled to receive the same.

 

If any conversion of foreign currency, in whole or in part, cannot be effected for distribution to some of the Owners entitled thereto, the Depositary may in its discretion make that conversion and distribution in Dollars to the extent practicable and permissible to the Owners entitled thereto and may distribute the balance of the foreign currency received by the Depositary to, or hold that balance uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the account of, the Owners entitled thereto.

 

The Depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates, or the Custodian or the Company may convert currency and pay Dollars to the Depositary. Where the Depositary converts currency itself or through any of its affiliates, the Depositary acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account.  The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under this Deposit Agreement and the rate that the Depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account.  The Depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained by it or its affiliate in any currency conversion under this Deposit Agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to Owners, subject to the Depositary’s obligations under Section 5.3.  The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions made by the Depositary is available upon request. Where the Custodian converts currency, the Custodian has no obligation to obtain the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or to ensure that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to Owners, and the Depositary makes no representation that the rate is the most favorable rate and will not be liable for any direct or indirect losses associated with the rate.  In certain instances, the Depositary may receive dividends or other distributions from the Company in Dollars that represent the proceeds of a conversion of foreign currency or translation from foreign currency at a rate that was obtained or determined by or on behalf of the Company and, in such cases, the Depositary will not engage in, or be responsible for, any foreign currency transactions and neither it nor the Company makes any representation that the rate obtained or determined by the Company is the most favorable rate and neither it nor the Company will be liable for any direct or indirect losses associated with the rate.

 

-18-

 

 

SECTION 4.6.            Fixing of Record Date.

 

Whenever a cash dividend, cash distribution or any other distribution is made on Deposited Securities or rights to purchase Shares or other securities are issued with respect to Deposited Securities (which rights will be delivered to or exercised or sold on behalf of Owners in accordance with Section 4.4) or the Depositary receives notice that a distribution or issuance of that kind will be made, or whenever the Depositary receives notice that a meeting of holders of Shares will be held in respect of which the Company has requested the Depositary to send a notice under Section 4.7, or whenever the Depositary will assess a fee or charge against the Owners, or whenever the Depositary causes a change in the number of Shares that are represented by each American Depositary Share, or whenever the Depositary otherwise finds it necessary or convenient, the Depositary shall fix a record date, which shall be the same as, or as near as practicable to, any corresponding record date set by the Company with respect to Shares, (a) for the determination of the Owners (i) who shall be entitled to receive the benefit of that dividend or other distribution or those rights, (ii) who shall be entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at that meeting, (iii) who shall be responsible for that fee or charge or (iv) for any other purpose for which the record date was set, or (b) on or after which each American Depositary Share will represent the changed number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.5 and to the other terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement, the Owners on a record date fixed by the Depositary shall be entitled to receive the amount distributable by the Depositary with respect to that dividend or other distribution or those rights or the net proceeds of sale thereof in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively, to give voting instructions or to act in respect of the other matter for which that record date was fixed, or be responsible for that fee or charge, as the case may be.

 

-19-

 

 

SECTION 4.7.            Voting of Deposited Shares.

 

(a)       Upon receipt of notice of any meeting of holders of Shares at which holders of Shares will be entitled to vote, if requested in writing by the Company, the Depositary shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, Disseminate to the Owners a notice, the form of which shall be in the sole discretion of the Depositary, that shall contain (i) the information contained in the notice of meeting received by the Depositary, (ii) a statement that the Owners as of the close of business on a specified record date will be entitled, subject to any applicable provision of Dutch law and of the articles of association or similar documents of the Company, to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights pertaining to the amount of Shares represented by their respective American Depositary Shares, (iii) a statement as to the manner in which those instructions may be given and (iv) the last date on which the Depositary will accept instructions (the “Instruction Cutoff Date”).

 

(b)       Upon the written request of an Owner of American Depositary Shares, as of the date of the request or, if a record date was specified by the Depositary, as of that record date, received on or before any Instruction Cutoff Date established by the Depositary, the Depositary may, and if the Depositary sent a notice under the preceding paragraph shall, endeavor, in so far as practicable, to vote or cause to be voted the amount of deposited Shares represented by those American Depositary Shares in accordance with the instructions set forth in that request. The Depositary shall not vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote that attaches to the deposited Shares other than in accordance with instructions given by Owners and received by the Depositary.

 

(c)       There can be no assurance that Owners generally or any Owner in particular will receive the notice described in paragraph (a) above in time to enable Owners to give instructions to the Depositary prior to the Instruction Cutoff Date.

 

(d)       In order to give Owners a reasonable opportunity to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Shares, if the Company will request the Depositary to Disseminate a notice under paragraph (a) above, the Company shall give the Depositary notice of the meeting, details concerning the matters to be voted upon and copies of materials to be made available to holders of Shares in connection with the meeting not less than 45 days prior to the meeting date.

 

SECTION 4.8.            Tender and Exchange Offers; Redemption, Replacement or Cancellation of Deposited Securities.

 

(a)       The Depositary shall not tender any Deposited Securities in response to any voluntary cash tender offer, exchange offer or similar offer made to holders of Deposited Securities (a “Voluntary Offer”), except when instructed in writing to do so by an Owner surrendering American Depositary Shares and subject to any conditions or procedures the Depositary may require.

 

-20-

 

 

(b)       If the Depositary receives a written notice that Deposited Securities have been redeemed for cash or otherwise purchased for cash in a transaction that is mandatory and binding on the Depositary as a holder of those Deposited Securities (a “Redemption”), the Depositary, at the expense of the Company, shall (i) if required, surrender Deposited Securities that have been redeemed to the issuer of those securities or its agent on the redemption date, (ii) Disseminate a notice to Owners (A) notifying them of that Redemption, (B) calling for surrender of a corresponding number of American Depositary Shares and (C) notifying them that the called American Depositary Shares have been converted into a right only to receive the money received by the Depositary upon that Redemption and those net proceeds shall be the Deposited Securities to which Owners of those converted American Depositary Shares shall be entitled upon surrenders of those American Depositary Shares in accordance with Section 2.5 or 6.2 and (iii) distribute the money received upon that Redemption to the Owners entitled to it upon surrender by them of called American Depositary Shares in accordance with Section 2.5 (and, for the avoidance of doubt, Owners shall not be entitled to receive that money under Section 4.1). If the Redemption affects less than all the Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall call for surrender a corresponding portion of the outstanding American Depositary Shares and only those American Depositary Shares will automatically be converted into a right to receive the net proceeds of the Redemption. The Depositary shall allocate the American Depositary Shares converted under the preceding sentence among the Owners pro-rata to their respective holdings of American Depositary Shares immediately prior to the Redemption, except that the allocations may be adjusted so that no fraction of a converted American Depositary Share is allocated to any Owner. A Redemption of all or substantially all of the Deposited Securities shall be a Termination Option Event.

 

(c)       If the Depositary is notified of or there occurs any change in nominal value or any subdivision, combination or any other reclassification of the Deposited Securities or any recapitalization, reorganization, sale of assets substantially as an entirety, merger or consolidation affecting the issuer of the Deposited Securities or to which it is a party that is mandatory and binding on the Depositary as a holder of Deposited Securities and, as a result, securities or other property have been or will be delivered in exchange, conversion, replacement or in lieu of, Deposited Securities (a “Replacement”), the Depositary shall, if required, surrender the old Deposited Securities affected by that Replacement of Shares and hold, as new Deposited Securities under this Deposit Agreement, the new securities or other property delivered to it in that Replacement. However, the Depositary may elect to sell those new Deposited Securities if in the opinion of the Depositary it is not lawful or not practical for it to hold those new Deposited Securities under this Deposit Agreement because those new Deposited Securities may not be distributed to Owners without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or for any other reason, at public or private sale, at such places and on such terms as it deems proper and proceed as if those new Deposited Securities had been Redeemed under paragraph (b) above. A Replacement shall be a Termination Option Event.

 

-21-

 

 

(d)       In the case of a Replacement where the new Deposited Securities will continue to be held under this Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may call for the surrender of outstanding Receipts to be exchanged for new Receipts specifically describing the new Deposited Securities and the number of those new Deposited Securities represented by each American Depositary Share. If the number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share decreases as a result of a Replacement, the Depositary may call for surrender of the American Depositary Shares to be exchanged on a mandatory basis for a lesser number of American Depositary Shares and may sell American Depositary Shares to the extent necessary to avoid distributing fractions of American Depositary Shares in that exchange and distribute the net proceeds of that sale to the Owners entitled to them.

 

(e)       If there are no Deposited Securities with respect to American Depositary Shares, including if the Deposited Securities are cancelled, or the Deposited Securities with respect to American Depositary Shares have become apparently worthless, the Depositary may call for surrender of those American Depositary Shares or may cancel those American Depositary Shares, upon notice to Owners, and that condition shall be a Termination Option Event.

 

SECTION 4.9.            Reports.

 

The Depositary shall make available for inspection by Owners at its Office any reports and communications, including any proxy solicitation material, received from the Company which are both (a) received by the Depositary as the holder of the Deposited Securities and (b) made generally available to the holders of those Deposited Securities by the Company. The Company shall furnish reports and communications, including any proxy soliciting material to which this Section applies, to the Depositary in English, to the extent those materials are required to be translated into English pursuant to any regulations of the Commission.

 

SECTION 4.10.          Lists of Owners.

 

Upon written request by the Company, the Depositary shall, at the expense of the Company, furnish to it a list, as of a recent date, of the names, addresses and American Depositary Share holdings of all Owners.

 

SECTION 4.11.          Withholding.

 

If the Depositary determines that any distribution received or to be made by the Depositary (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) is subject to any tax or other governmental charge that the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, all or a portion of the distributed property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in the amounts and manner the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay those taxes or charges, and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of that sale, after deduction of those taxes or charges, to the Owners entitled thereto in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively.

 

-22-

 

 

Services for Owners and Holders that may permit them to obtain reduced rates of tax withholding at source or reclaim excess tax withheld, and the fees and costs associated with using services of that kind, are not provided under, and are outside the scope of, this Deposit Agreement.

 

Each Owner and Holder agrees to indemnify the Company, the Depositary, the Custodian and their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates for, and hold each of them harmless against, any claim by any governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax, penalties or interest arising out of any refund of taxes, reduced withholding at source or other tax benefit received by it.

 

ARTICLE 5.                  THE DEPOSITARY, THE CUSTODIANS AND THE COMPANY

 

SECTION 5.1.            Maintenance of Office and Register by the Depositary.

 

Until termination of this Deposit Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Depositary shall maintain facilities for the delivery, registration of transfers and surrender of American Depositary Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement.

 

The Depositary shall keep a register of all Owners and all outstanding American Depositary Shares, which shall be open for inspection by the Owners at the Depositary’s Office during regular business hours, but only for the purpose of communicating with Owners regarding the business of the Company or a matter related to this Deposit Agreement or the American Depositary Shares.

 

The Depositary may close the register for delivery, registration of transfer or surrender for the purpose of withdrawal from time to time as provided in Section 2.6.

 

If any American Depositary Shares are listed on one or more stock exchanges, the Depositary shall act as Registrar or appoint a Registrar or one or more co-registrars for registration of those American Depositary Shares in accordance with any requirements of that exchange or those exchanges.

 

-23-

 

 

SECTION 5.2.            Prevention or Delay of Performance by the Company or the Depositary.

 

Neither the Depositary nor the Company nor any of their respective directors, employees, agents or affiliates shall incur any liability to any Owner or Holder:

 

(i) if by reason of (A) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or other act of the government of the United States, any State of the United States or any other state or jurisdiction, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or stock exchange; (B) (in the case of the Depositary only) any provision, present or future, of the articles of association or similar document of the Company, or any provision of any securities issued or distributed by the Company, or any offering or distribution thereof; or (C) any event or circumstance, whether natural or caused by a person or persons, that is beyond the ability of the Depositary or the Company, as the case may be, to prevent or counteract by reasonable care or effort (including, but not limited to, earthquakes, floods, severe storms, fires, explosions, war, terrorism, civil unrest, labor disputes, criminal acts or outbreaks of infectious disease; interruptions or malfunctions of utility services, Internet or other communications lines or systems; unauthorized access to or attacks on computer systems or websites; or other failures or malfunctions of computer hardware or software or other systems or equipment), the Depositary or the Company is, directly or indirectly, prevented from, forbidden to or delayed in, or could be subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of doing or performing and therefore does not do or perform, any act or thing that, by the terms of this Deposit Agreement or the Deposited Securities, it is provided shall be done or performed;

 

(ii) for any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in this Deposit Agreement (including any determination by the Depositary to take, or not take, any action that this Deposit Agreement provides the Depositary may take);

 

(iii) for the inability of any Owner or Holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit that is made available to holders of Deposited Securities but is not, under the terms of this Deposit Agreement, made available to Owners or Holders; or

 

(iv) for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of this Deposit Agreement.

 

Where, by the terms of a distribution to which Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 applies, or an offering to which Section 4.4 applies, or for any other reason, that distribution or offering may not be made available to Owners, and the Depositary may not dispose of that distribution or offering on behalf of Owners and make the net proceeds available to Owners, then the Depositary shall not make that distribution or offering available to Owners, and shall allow any rights, if applicable, to lapse.

 

SECTION 5.3.            Obligations of the Depositary and the Company.

 

The Company assumes no obligation nor shall it be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to any Owner or Holder, except that the Company agrees to perform its obligations specifically set forth in this Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith.

 

-24-

 

 

The Depositary assumes no obligation nor shall it be subject to any liability under this Deposit Agreement to any Owner or Holder (including, without limitation, liability with respect to the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities), except that the Depositary agrees to perform its obligations specifically set forth in this Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith, and the Depositary shall not be a fiduciary or have any fiduciary duty to Owners or Holders.

 

Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or in respect of the American Depositary Shares on behalf of any Owner or Holder or any other person.

 

Each of the Depositary and the Company may rely, and shall be protected in relying upon, any written notice, request, direction or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be liable for any action or non-action by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Owner or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information.

 

The Depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the Depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the Depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises the Depositary performed its obligations without negligence or bad faith while it acted as Depositary.

 

The Depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system in connection with or arising out of book-entry settlement of American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or otherwise.

 

In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities, or for the manner in which any such vote is cast or the effect of any such vote.

 

The Depositary shall have no duty to make any determination or provide any information as to the tax status of the Company or any liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by Owners or Holders as a result of owning or holding American Depositary Shares. The Depositary shall not be liable for the inability or failure of an Owner or Holder to obtain the benefit of a foreign tax credit, reduced rate of withholding or refund of amounts withheld in respect of tax or any other tax benefit.

 

No disclaimer of liability under the United States federal securities laws is intended by any provision of this Deposit Agreement.

 

-25-

 

 

SECTION 5.4.            Resignation and Removal of the Depositary.

 

The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary hereunder by written notice of its election so to do delivered to the Company, to become effective upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of that appointment as provided in this Section. The effect of resignation if a successor depositary is not appointed is provided for in Section 6.2.

 

The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by 120 days’ prior written notice of that removal, to become effective upon the later of (i) the 120th day after delivery of the notice to the Depositary and (ii) the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of its appointment as provided in this Section.

 

If the Depositary resigns or is removed, the Company shall use its best efforts to appoint a successor depositary, which shall be a bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. Every successor depositary shall execute and deliver to the Company an instrument in writing accepting its appointment under this Deposit Agreement. If the Depositary receives notice from the Company that a successor depositary has been appointed following its resignation or removal, the Depositary, upon payment of all sums due it from the Company, shall deliver to its successor a register listing all the Owners and their respective holdings of outstanding American Depositary Shares and shall deliver the Deposited Securities to or to the order of its successor. When the Depositary has taken the actions specified in the preceding sentence (i) the successor shall become the Depositary and shall have all the rights and shall assume all the duties of the Depositary under this Deposit Agreement and (ii) the predecessor depositary shall cease to be the Depositary and shall be discharged and released from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement, except for its duties under Section 5.8 with respect to the time before that discharge. A successor Depositary shall notify the Owners of its appointment as soon as practical after assuming the duties of Depositary.

 

Any corporation or other entity into or with which the Depositary may be merged or consolidated shall be the successor of the Depositary without the execution or filing of any document or any further act.

 

SECTION 5.5.            The Custodians.

 

The Custodian shall be subject at all times and in all respects to the directions of the Depositary and shall be responsible solely to it. The Depositary in its discretion may at any time appoint a substitute or additional custodian or custodians, each of which shall thereafter be one of the Custodians under this Deposit Agreement. If the Depositary receives notice that a Custodian is resigning and, upon the effectiveness of that resignation there would be no Custodian acting under this Deposit Agreement, the Depositary shall, as promptly as practicable after receiving that notice, appoint a substitute custodian or custodians, each of which shall thereafter be a Custodian under this Deposit Agreement. The Depositary shall require any Custodian that resigns or is removed to deliver all Deposited Securities held by it to another Custodian.

 

-26-

 

 

SECTION 5.6.            Notices and Reports.

 

If the Company takes or decides to take any corporate action of a kind that is addressed in Sections 4.1 to 4.4, or 4.6 to 4.8, or that effects or will effect a change of the name or legal structure of the Company, or that effects or will effect a change to the Shares, the Company shall notify the Depositary and the Custodian of that action or decision as soon as it is lawful and practical to give that notice.  The notice shall be in English and shall include all details that the Company is required to include in any notice to any governmental or regulatory authority or securities exchange or is required to make available generally to holders of Shares by publication or otherwise.

 

The Company will arrange for the translation into English, if not already in English, to the extent required pursuant to any regulations of the Commission, and the prompt transmittal by the Company to the Depositary and the Custodian of all notices and any other reports and communications which are made generally available by the Company to holders of its Shares. If requested in writing by the Company, the Depositary will Disseminate, at the Company’s expense, those notices, reports and communications to all Owners or otherwise make them available to Owners in a manner that the Company specifies as substantially equivalent to the manner in which those communications are made available to holders of Shares and compliant with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the American Depositary Shares are listed. The Company will timely provide the Depositary with the quantity of such notices, reports, and communications, as requested by the Depositary from time to time, in order for the Depositary to effect that Dissemination.

 

The Company represents, continuously, that the statements in Article 11 of the form of Receipt appearing as Exhibit A to this Deposit Agreement or, if applicable, most recently filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act with respect to the Company’s obligation to file periodic reports under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or its qualification for exemption from registration under that Act pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under that Act, as the case may be, are true and correct. The Company agrees to promptly notify the Depositary upon becoming aware of any change in the truth of any of those statements or if there is any change in the Company’s status regarding those reporting obligations or that qualification.

 

SECTION 5.7.            Distribution of Additional Shares, Rights, etc.

 

If the Company or any affiliate of the Company determines to make any issuance or distribution of (1) additional Shares, (2) rights to subscribe for Shares, (3) securities convertible into Shares, or (4) rights to subscribe for such securities (each a “Distribution”), the Company shall notify the Depositary in writing in English as promptly as practicable and in any event before the Distribution starts and, if requested in writing by the Depositary, the Company shall promptly furnish to the Depositary either (i) evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that the Distribution is registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or (ii) a written opinion from U.S. counsel for the Company that is reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary, stating that the Distribution does not require, or, if made in the United States, would not require, registration under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

The Company agrees with the Depositary that neither the Company nor any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company will at any time deposit any Shares that, at the time of deposit, are Restricted Securities.

 

-27

 

 

SECTION 5.8.            Indemnification.

 

The Company agrees to indemnify the Depositary, its directors, employees, agents and affiliates and each Custodian against, and hold each of them harmless from, any liability or expense (including, but not limited to any fees and expenses incurred in seeking, enforcing or collecting such indemnity and the fees and expenses of counsel) that may arise out of or in connection with (a) any registration with the Commission of American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or the offer or sale thereof or (b) acts performed or omitted, pursuant to the provisions of or in connection with this Deposit Agreement and the American Depositary Shares, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, (i) by either the Depositary or a Custodian or their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates, except for any liability or expense arising out of the negligence or bad faith of either of them, or (ii) by the Company or any of its directors, employees, agents and affiliates.

 

The Depositary agrees to indemnify the Company, its directors, employees, agents and affiliates and hold them harmless from any liability or expense that may arise out of acts performed or omitted by the Depositary or any Custodian or their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates due to their negligence or bad faith.

 

SECTION 5.9.            Charges of Depositary.

 

The following charges shall be incurred by any party depositing or withdrawing Shares or by any party surrendering American Depositary Shares or to whom American Depositary Shares are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company or an exchange of stock regarding the American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or a delivery of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 4.3), or by Owners, as applicable: (1) taxes and other governmental charges, (2) such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of transfers of Shares generally on the Share register of the Company or Foreign Registrar and applicable to transfers of Shares to or from the name of the Depositary or its nominee or the Custodian or its nominee on the making of deposits or withdrawals hereunder, (3) such cable (including SWIFT) and facsimile transmission fees and expenses as are expressly provided in this Deposit Agreement, (4) such expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency pursuant to Section 4.5, (5) a fee of $5.00 or less per 100 American Depositary Shares (or portion thereof) for the delivery of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 2.3, 4.3 or 4.4 and the surrender of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 2.5 or 6.2, (6) a fee of $.05 or less per American Depositary Share (or portion thereof) for any cash distribution made pursuant to this Deposit Agreement, including, but not limited to Sections 4.1 through 4.4 and Section 4.8, (7) a fee for the distribution of securities pursuant to Section 4.2 or of rights pursuant to Section 4.4 (where the Depositary will not exercise or sell those rights on behalf of Owners), such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of American Depositary Shares referred to above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities under this Deposit Agreement (for purposes of this item 7 treating all such securities as if they were Shares) but which securities are instead distributed by the Depositary to Owners, (8) in addition to any fee charged under item 6 above, a fee of $.05 or less per American Depositary Share (or portion thereof) per annum for depositary services, which will be payable as provided in item 9 below, and (9) any other charges payable by the Depositary or the Custodian, any of the Depositary's or Custodian’s agents or the agents of the Depositary's or Custodian’s agents, in connection with the servicing of Shares or other Deposited Securities (which charges shall be assessed against Owners as of the date or dates set by the Depositary in accordance with Section 4.6 and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing those Owners for those charges or by deducting those charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions).

 

-28

 

 

The Depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable, or by selling a portion of any securities to be distributed, to Owners that are obligated to pay those fees.

 

In performing its duties under this Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the Depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

 

The Depositary may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in American Depositary Shares.

 

SECTION 5.10.          Retention of Depositary Documents.

 

The Depositary is authorized to destroy those documents, records, bills and other data compiled during the term of this Deposit Agreement at the times permitted by the laws or regulations governing the Depositary.

 

SECTION 5.11.          Exclusivity.

 

Without prejudice to the Company’s rights under Section 5.4, the Company agrees not to appoint any other depositary for issuance of depositary shares, depositary receipts or any similar securities or instruments so long as The Bank of New York Mellon is acting as Depositary under this Deposit Agreement.

 

-29

 

 

SECTION 5.12.          Information for Regulatory Compliance.

 

Each of the Company and the Depositary shall provide to the other, as promptly as practicable, information from its records or otherwise available to it that is reasonably requested by the other to permit the other to comply with applicable law or requirements of governmental or regulatory authorities.

 

ARTICLE 6.                  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

SECTION 6.1.            Amendment.

 

The form of the Receipts and any provisions of this Deposit Agreement may at any time and from time to time be amended by agreement between the Company and the Depositary without the consent of Owners or Holders in any respect that they may deem necessary or desirable. Any amendment that would impose or increase any fees or charges (other than taxes and other governmental charges, registration fees, cable (including SWIFT) or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or that would otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of Owners, shall, however, not become effective as to outstanding American Depositary Shares until the expiration of 30 days after notice of that amendment has been Disseminated to the Owners of outstanding American Depositary Shares. Every Owner and Holder, at the time any amendment so becomes effective, shall be deemed, by continuing to hold American Depositary Shares or any interest therein, to consent and agree to that amendment and to be bound by this Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. Upon the effectiveness of an amendment to the form of Receipt, including a change in the number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share, the Depositary may call for surrender of Receipts to be replaced with new Receipts in the amended form or call for surrender of American Depositary Shares to effect that change of ratio. In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the Owner to surrender American Depositary Shares and receive delivery of the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

 

SECTION 6.2.            Termination.

 

(a)           The Company may initiate termination of this Deposit Agreement by notice to the Depositary. The Depositary may initiate termination of this Deposit Agreement if (i) at any time 60 days shall have expired after the Depositary delivered to the Company a written resignation notice and a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment as provided in Section 5.4 or (ii) a Termination Option Event has occurred or will occur. If termination of this Deposit Agreement is initiated, the Depositary shall Disseminate a notice of termination to the Owners of all American Depositary Shares then outstanding setting a date for termination (the “Termination Date”), which shall be at least 90 days after the date of that notice, and this Deposit Agreement shall terminate on that Termination Date.

 

-30

 

 

(b)          After the Termination Date, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement except for its obligations to the Depositary under Sections 5.8 and 5.9.

 

(c)          At any time after the Termination Date, the Depositary may sell the Deposited Securities then held under this Deposit Agreement and may thereafter hold uninvested the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any other cash then held by it hereunder, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the Owners of American Depositary Shares that remain outstanding, and those Owners will be general creditors of the Depositary with respect to those net proceeds and that other cash. After making that sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations under this Deposit Agreement, except (i) to account for the net proceeds and other cash (after deducting, in each case, the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares, any expenses for the account of the Owner of such American Depositary Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and any applicable taxes or governmental charges) and (ii) for its obligations under Section 5.8 and (iii) to act as provided in paragraph (d) below.

 

(d)          After the Termination Date, the Depositary shall continue to receive dividends and other distributions pertaining to Deposited Securities (that have not been sold), may sell rights and other property as provided in this Deposit Agreement and shall deliver Deposited Securities (or sale proceeds) upon surrender of American Depositary Shares (after payment or upon deduction, in each case, of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares, any expenses for the account of the Owner of those American Depositary Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and any applicable taxes or governmental charges). After the Termination Date, the Depositary shall not accept deposits of Shares or deliver American Depositary Shares. After the Termination Date, (i) the Depositary may refuse to accept surrenders of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of Deposited Securities (that have not been sold) or reverse previously accepted surrenders of that kind that have not settled if in its judgment the requested withdrawal would interfere with its efforts to sell the Deposited Securities, (ii) the Depositary will not be required to deliver cash proceeds of the sale of Deposited Securities until all Deposited Securities have been sold and (iii) the Depositary may discontinue the registration of transfers of American Depositary Shares and suspend the distribution of dividends and other distributions on Deposited Securities to the Owners and need not give any further notices or perform any further acts under this Deposit Agreement except as provided in this Section.

 

ARTICLE 7.                  MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 7.1.            Counterparts; Signatures; Delivery.

 

This Deposit Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of those counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. Copies of this Deposit Agreement shall be filed with the Depositary and the Custodians and shall be open to inspection by any Owner or Holder during regular business hours.

 

-31

 

 

The exchange of copies of this Deposit Agreement and manually-signed signature pages by facsimile, or email attaching a pdf or similar bit-mapped image, shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Deposit Agreement as to the parties to it; copies and signature pages so exchanged may be used in lieu of the original Deposit Agreement and signature pages for all purposes and shall have the same validity, legal effect and admissibility in evidence as an original manual signature; the parties to this Deposit Agreement hereby agree not to argue to the contrary.

 

SECTION 7.2.            No Third Party Beneficiaries.

 

This Deposit Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the Company, the Depositary, the Owners and the Holders and their respective successors and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim whatsoever to any other person.

 

SECTION 7.3.            Severability.

 

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Deposit Agreement or in a Receipt should be or become invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained in this Deposit Agreement or that Receipt shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby.

 

SECTION 7.4.            Owners and Holders as Parties; Binding Effect.

 

The Owners and Holders from time to time shall be parties to this Deposit Agreement and shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and of the Receipts by acceptance of American Depositary Shares or any interest therein.

 

SECTION 7.5.            Notices.

 

Any and all notices to be given to the Company shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or sent by domestic first class or international air mail or air courier or sent by facsimile transmission or email attaching a pdf or similar bit-mapped image of a signed writing, addressed to MYT Netherlands Parent B.V., Einsteinring 9, 85609 Aschheim/Munich, Germany, or any other place to which the Company may have transferred its principal office with notice to the Depositary.

 

Any and all notices to be given to the Depositary shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if in English and personally delivered or sent by first class domestic or international air mail or air courier or sent by facsimile transmission or email attaching a pdf or similar bit-mapped image of a signed writing, addressed to The Bank of New York Mellon, 240 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Depositary Receipt Administration, or any other place to which the Depositary may have transferred its Office with notice to the Company.

 

-32

 

 

Delivery of a notice to the Company or Depositary by mail or air courier shall be deemed effected when deposited, postage prepaid, in a post-office letter box or received by an air courier service. Delivery of a notice to the Company or Depositary sent by facsimile transmission or email shall be deemed effected when the recipient acknowledges receipt of that notice.

 

A notice to be given to an Owner shall be deemed to have been duly given when Disseminated to that Owner. Dissemination in paper form will be effective when personally delivered or sent by first class domestic or international air mail or air courier, addressed to that Owner at the address of that Owner as it appears on the transfer books for American Depositary Shares of the Depositary, or, if that Owner has filed with the Depositary a written request that notices intended for that Owner be mailed to some other address, at the address designated in that request. Dissemination in electronic form will be effective when sent in the manner consented to by the Owner to the electronic address most recently provided by the Owner for that purpose.

 

SECTION 7.6.           Appointment of Agent for Service of Process; Submission to Jurisdiction; Jury Trial Waiver; Exclusive Forum for U.S. Securities Law Claims.

 

(a)                 The Company hereby (i) designates and appoints the person named in Exhibit A to this Deposit Agreement as the Company's authorized agent in the United States upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Shares or Deposited Securities, the American Depositary Shares, the Receipts or this Deposit Agreement (a “Proceeding”), (ii) consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any state court of the State of New York or any United States District Court in which any Proceeding may be instituted and (iii) agrees that service of process upon said authorized agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any Proceeding. The Company agrees to deliver to the Depositary, upon the execution and delivery of this Deposit Agreement, a written acceptance by the agent named in Exhibit A to this Deposit Agreement of its appointment as process agent. The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue that designation and appointment in full force and effect, or to appoint and maintain the appointment of another process agent located in the United States as required above, and to deliver to the Depositary a written acceptance by that agent of that appointment, for so long as any American Depositary Shares or Receipts remain outstanding or this Deposit Agreement remains in force. In the event the Company fails to maintain the designation and appointment of a process agent in the United States in full force and effect, the Company hereby waives personal service of process upon it and consents that a service of process in connection with a Proceeding may be made by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to the Company at its address last specified for notices under this Deposit Agreement, and service so made shall be deemed completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so mailed.

 

-33

 

 

EACH PARTY TO THIS DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, FOR AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, EACH OWNER AND HOLDER) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE COMPANY AND/OR THE DEPOSITARY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE SHARES OR OTHER DEPOSITED SECURITIES, THE AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES OR THE RECEIPTS, THIS DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE BREACH HEREOF OR THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY QUESTION REGARDING EXISTENCE, VALIDITY OR TERMINATION (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

 

Each Owner and Holder hereby agrees that it will not commence any Proceeding asserting a claim under the Securities Act of 1933 or the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the rules or regulations promulgated under those statutes except in a United States District Court unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum. Any person or entity who becomes an Owner or Holder shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 7.6.

 

SECTION 7.7.            Waiver of Immunities.

 

To the extent that the Company or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to it, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any respect thereof, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of execution or judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with the Shares or Deposited Securities, the American Depositary Shares, the Receipts or this Deposit Agreement, the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to plead or claim, any immunity of that kind and consents to relief and enforcement as provided above.

 

-34

 

 

SECTION 7.8.            Governing Law.

 

This Deposit Agreement and the Receipts shall be interpreted in accordance with and all rights hereunder and thereunder and provisions hereof and thereof shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

-35

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MYT NETHERLANDS PARENT B.V. and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON have duly executed this Deposit Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above and all Owners and Holders shall become parties hereto upon acceptance by them of American Depositary Shares or any interest therein.

 

  MYT NETHERLANDS PARENT B.V.
   
  By:    
    Name:
    Title:
   
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
  as Depositary
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

-36

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

(Each American Depositary Share represents

one deposited Share)

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPT

FOR ORDINARY SHARES OF

MYT NETHERLANDS PARENT B.V.

(INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE NETHERLANDS)

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary (hereinafter called the “Depositary”), hereby certifies that_________________________________________, or registered assigns IS THE OWNER OF _____________________________

 

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

 

representing deposited ordinary shares (herein called “Shares”) of MYT Netherlands Parent B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (herein called the “Company”). At the date hereof, each American Depositary Share represents one Share deposited or subject to deposit under the Deposit Agreement (as such term is hereinafter defined) with a custodian for the Depositary (herein called the “Custodian”) that, as of the date of the Deposit Agreement, was ING Bank N.V. located in the Netherlands. The Depositary's Office and its principal executive office are located at 240 Greenwich Street, New York, N.Y. 10286.

 

THE DEPOSITARY'S OFFICE ADDRESS IS

240 GREENWICH STREET, NEW YORK, N.Y. 10286

 

A-1

 

 

1. THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT.

 

This American Depositary Receipt is one of an issue (herein called “Receipts”), all issued and to be issued upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Deposit Agreement dated as of __________, 2021 (herein called the “Deposit Agreement”) among the Company, the Depositary, and all Owners and Holders from time to time of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder, each of whom by accepting American Depositary Shares agrees to become a party thereto and become bound by all the terms and conditions thereof. The Deposit Agreement sets forth the rights of Owners and Holders and the rights and duties of the Depositary in respect of the Shares deposited thereunder and any and all other securities, property and cash from time to time received in respect of those Shares and held thereunder (those Shares, securities, property, and cash are herein called “Deposited Securities”). Copies of the Deposit Agreement are on file at the Depositary's Office in New York City and at the office of the Custodian.

 

The statements made on the face and reverse of this Receipt are summaries of certain provisions of the Deposit Agreement and are qualified by and subject to the detailed provisions of the Deposit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made. Capitalized terms defined in the Deposit Agreement and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Deposit Agreement.

 

2. SURRENDER OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES AND WITHDRAWAL OF SHARES.

 

Upon surrender of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of the Deposited Securities represented thereby and payment of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares as provided in Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement and payment of all taxes and governmental charges payable in connection with that surrender and withdrawal of the Deposited Securities, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, the Owner of those American Depositary Shares shall be entitled to delivery (to the extent delivery can then be lawfully and practicably made), to or as instructed by that Owner, of the amount of Deposited Securities at the time represented by those American Depositary Shares, but not any money or other property as to which a record date for distribution to Owners has passed (since money or other property of that kind will be delivered or paid on the scheduled payment date to the Owner as of that record date), and except that the Depositary shall not be required to accept surrender of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal to the extent it would require delivery of a fraction of a Deposited Security. The Depositary shall direct the Custodian with respect to delivery of Deposited Securities and may charge the surrendering Owner a fee and its expenses for giving that direction by cable (including SWIFT) or facsimile transmission. If Deposited Securities are delivered physically upon surrender of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal, that delivery will be made at the Custodian’s office, except that, at the request, risk and expense of the surrendering Owner, and for the account of that Owner, the Depositary shall direct the Custodian to forward any cash or other property comprising, and forward a certificate or certificates, if applicable, and other proper documents of title, if any, for, the Deposited Securities represented by the surrendered American Depositary Shares to the Depositary for delivery at the Depositary’s Office or to another address specified in the order received from the surrendering Owner.

 

A-2

 

 

3. REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES; COMBINATION AND SPLIT-UP OF RECEIPTS; INTERCHANGE OF CERTIFICATED AND UNCERTIFICATED AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES.

 

The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, shall register a transfer of American Depositary Shares on its transfer books upon (i) in the case of certificated American Depositary Shares, surrender of the Receipt evidencing those American Depositary Shares, by the Owner or by a duly authorized attorney, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer or (ii) in the case of uncertificated American Depositary Shares, receipt from the Owner of a proper instruction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, instructions through DRS and Profile as provided in Section 2.9 of that Agreement), and, in either case, duly stamped as may be required by the laws of the State of New York and of the United States of America. Upon registration of a transfer, the Depositary shall deliver the transferred American Depositary Shares to or upon the order of the person entitled thereto.

 

The Depositary, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, shall upon surrender of a Receipt or Receipts for the purpose of effecting a split-up or combination of such Receipt or Receipts, execute and deliver a new Receipt or Receipts for any authorized number of American Depositary Shares requested, evidencing the same aggregate number of American Depositary Shares as the Receipt or Receipts surrendered.

 

The Depositary, upon surrender of certificated American Depositary Shares for the purpose of exchanging for uncertificated American Depositary Shares, shall cancel the Receipt evidencing those certificated American Depositary Shares and send the Owner a statement confirming that the Owner is the owner of the same number of uncertificated American Depositary Shares. The Depositary, upon receipt of a proper instruction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, instructions through DRS and Profile as provided in Section 2.9 of the Deposit Agreement) from the Owner of uncertificated American Depositary Shares for the purpose of exchanging for certificated American Depositary Shares, shall cancel those uncertificated American Depositary Shares and register and deliver to the Owner a Receipt evidencing the same number of certificated American Depositary Shares.

 

As a condition precedent to the delivery, registration of transfer, or surrender of any American Depositary Shares or split-up or combination of any Receipt or withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, the Depositary, the Custodian, or Registrar may require payment from the depositor of the Shares or the presenter of the Receipt or instruction for registration of transfer or surrender of American Depositary Shares not evidenced by a Receipt of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other governmental charge and any stock transfer or registration fee with respect thereto (including any such tax or charge and fee with respect to Shares being deposited or withdrawn) and payment of any applicable fees as provided in the Deposit Agreement, may require the production of proof satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature and may also require compliance with any regulations the Depositary may establish consistent with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement.

 

A-3

 

 

The Depositary may refuse to accept deposits of Shares for delivery of American Depositary Shares or to register transfers of American Depositary Shares in particular instances, or may suspend deposits of Shares or registration of transfer generally, whenever it or the Company considers it necessary or advisable to do so. The Depositary may refuse surrenders of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of Deposited Securities in particular instances, or may suspend surrenders for the purpose of withdrawal generally, but, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Deposit Agreement, only for (i) temporary delays caused by closing of the Depositary’s register or the register of holders of Shares maintained by the Company or the Foreign Registrar, or the deposit of Shares, in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting or the payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges, (iii) compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the American Depositary Shares or to the withdrawal of the Deposited Securities or (iv) any other reason that, at the time, is permitted under paragraph I(A)(1) of the General Instructions to Form F-6 under the Securities Act of 1933 or any successor to that provision.

 

The Depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under the Deposit Agreement any Shares that, at the time of deposit, are Restricted Securities.

 

4. LIABILITY OF OWNER FOR TAXES.

 

If any tax or other governmental charge shall become payable by the Custodian or the Depositary with respect to or in connection with any American Depositary Shares or any Deposited Securities represented by any American Depositary Shares or in connection with a transaction to which Section 4.8 of the Deposit Agreement applies, that tax or other governmental charge shall be payable by the Owner of those American Depositary Shares to the Depositary. The Depositary may refuse to register any transfer of those American Depositary Shares or any withdrawal of Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares until that payment is made, and may withhold any dividends or other distributions or the proceeds thereof, or may sell for the account of the Owner any part or all of the Deposited Securities represented by those American Depositary Shares, and may apply those dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds of any sale of that kind in payment of that tax or other governmental charge but, even after a sale of that kind, the Owner shall remain liable for any deficiency. The Depositary shall distribute any net proceeds of a sale made under Section 3.2 of the Deposit Agreement that are not used to pay taxes or governmental charges to the Owners entitled to them in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Deposit Agreement. If the number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share decreases as a result of a sale of Deposited Securities under Section 3.2 of the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may call for surrender of the American Depositary Shares to be exchanged on a mandatory basis for a lesser number of American Depositary Shares and may sell American Depositary Shares to the extent necessary to avoid distributing fractions of American Depositary Shares in that exchange and distribute the net proceeds of that sale to the Owners entitled to them.

 

A-4

 

 

5. WARRANTIES ON DEPOSIT OF SHARES.

 

Every person depositing Shares under the Deposit Agreement shall be deemed thereby to represent and warrant that those Shares and each certificate therefor, if applicable, are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights of the holders of outstanding securities of the Company and that the person making that deposit is duly authorized so to do. Every depositing person shall also be deemed to represent that the Shares, at the time of deposit, are not Restricted Securities. All representations and warranties deemed made under Section 3.3 of the Deposit Agreement shall survive the deposit of Shares and delivery of American Depositary Shares.

 

6. FILING PROOFS, CERTIFICATES, AND OTHER INFORMATION.

 

Any person presenting Shares for deposit or any Owner or Holder may be required from time to time to file with the Depositary or the Custodian such proof of citizenship or residence, exchange control approval, or such information relating to the registration on the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar, if applicable, to execute such certificates and to make such representations and warranties, as the Depositary may deem necessary or proper. The Depositary may withhold the delivery or registration of transfer of any American Depositary Shares, the distribution of any dividend or other distribution or of the proceeds thereof or the delivery of any Deposited Securities until that proof or other information is filed or those certificates are executed or those representations and warranties are made. As conditions of accepting Shares for deposit, the Depositary may require (i) any certification required by the Depositary or the Custodian in accordance with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement, (ii) a written order directing the Depositary to deliver to, or upon the written order of, the person or persons stated in that order, the number of American Depositary Shares representing those Deposited Shares, (iii) evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that those Shares have been re-registered in the books of the Company or the Foreign Registrar in the name of the Depositary, a Custodian or a nominee of the Depositary or a Custodian, (iv) evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that any necessary approval has been granted by any governmental body in each applicable jurisdiction and (v) an agreement or assignment, or other instrument satisfactory to the Depositary, that provides for the prompt transfer to the Custodian of any dividend, or right to subscribe for additional Shares or to receive other property, that any person in whose name those Shares are or have been recorded may thereafter receive upon or in respect of those Shares, or, in lieu thereof, such agreement of indemnity or other agreement as shall be satisfactory to the Depositary.

 

A-5

 

 

 

7.            CHARGES OF DEPOSITARY.

 

The following charges shall be incurred by any party depositing or withdrawing Shares or by any party surrendering American Depositary Shares or to whom American Depositary Shares are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company or an exchange of stock regarding the American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or a delivery of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Deposit Agreement), or by Owners, as applicable: (1) taxes and other governmental charges, (2) such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the registration of transfers of Shares generally on the Share register of the Company or Foreign Registrar and applicable to transfers of Shares to or from the name of the Depositary or its nominee or the Custodian or its nominee on the making of deposits or withdrawals hereunder, (3) such cable (including SWIFT) and facsimile transmission fees and expenses as are expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement, (4) such expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Deposit Agreement, (5) a fee of $5.00 or less per 100 American Depositary Shares (or portion thereof) for the delivery of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 2.3, 4.3 or 4.4 of the Deposit Agreement and the surrender of American Depositary Shares pursuant to Section 2.5 or 6.2 of the Deposit Agreement, (6) a fee of $.05 or less per American Depositary Share (or portion thereof) for any cash distribution made pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, including, but not limited to Sections 4.1 through 4.4 and 4.8 of the Deposit Agreement, (7) a fee for the distribution of securities pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Deposit Agreement or of rights pursuant to Section 4.4 of that Agreement (where the Depositary will not exercise or sell those rights on behalf of Owners), such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of American Depositary Shares referred to above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities under the Deposit Agreement (for purposes of this item 7 treating all such securities as if they were Shares) but which securities are instead distributed by the Depositary to Owners, (8) in addition to any fee charged under item 6, a fee of $.05 or less per American Depositary Share (or portion thereof) per annum for depositary services, which will be payable as provided in item 9 below, and (9) any other charges payable by the Depositary or the Custodian, any of the Depositary's or Custodian’s agents or the agents of the Depositary's or Custodian’s agents, in connection with the servicing of Shares or other Deposited Securities (which charges shall be assessed against Owners as of the date or dates set by the Depositary in accordance with Section 4.6 of the Deposit Agreement and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing those Owners for those charges or by deducting those charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions).

 

A-6

 

 

The Depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable, or by selling a portion of any securities to be distributed, to Owners that are obligated to pay those fees.

 

The Depositary may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in American Depositary Shares.

 

From time to time, the Depositary may make payments to the Company to reimburse the Company for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the American Depositary Shares program, waive fees and expenses for services provided by the Depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from Owners or Holders. In performing its duties under the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the Depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

 

8.             DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS.

 

When required in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations or the articles of association or similar document of the Company, the Company may from time to time request each Owner and Holder to provide to the Depositary information relating to: (a) the capacity in which it holds American Depositary Shares, (b) the identity of any Holders or other persons or entities then or previously interested in those American Depositary Shares and the nature of those interests and (c) any other matter where disclosure of such matter is required for that compliance.   Each Owner and Holder agrees to provide all information known to it in response to a request made pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Deposit Agreement.  Each Holder consents to the disclosure by the Depositary and the Owner or other Holder through which it holds American Depositary Shares, directly or indirectly, of all information responsive to a request made pursuant to that Section relating to that Holder that is known to that Owner or other Holder. 

 

9.             TITLE TO AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES.

 

It is a condition of the American Depositary Shares, and every successive Owner and Holder of American Depositary Shares, by accepting or holding the same, consents and agrees that American Depositary Shares evidenced by a Receipt, when the Receipt is properly endorsed or accompanied by proper instruments of transfer, shall be transferable as certificated registered securities under the laws of the State of New York, and that American Depositary Shares not evidenced by Receipts shall be transferable as uncertificated registered securities under the laws of the State of New York. The Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the Owner of American Depositary Shares as the absolute owner thereof for the purpose of determining the person entitled to distribution of dividends or other distributions or to any notice provided for in the Deposit Agreement and for all other purposes, and neither the Depositary nor the Company shall have any obligation or be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement to any Holder of American Depositary Shares, but only to the Owner.

 

A-7

 

 

10. VALIDITY OF RECEIPT.

 

This Receipt shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Deposit Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless this Receipt shall have been (i) executed by the Depositary by the manual signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary or (ii) executed by the facsimile signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary and countersigned by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory of the Depositary or the Registrar or a co-registrar.

 

11. REPORTS; INSPECTION OF TRANSFER BOOKS.

 

The Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, accordingly, files certain reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Those reports will be available for inspection and copying through the Commission's EDGAR system or at public reference facilities maintained by the Commission in Washington, D.C.

 

The Depositary will make available for inspection by Owners at its Office any reports, notices and other communications, including any proxy soliciting material, received from the Company which are both (a) received by the Depositary as the holder of the Deposited Securities and (b) made generally available to the holders of those Deposited Securities by the Company. The Company shall furnish reports and communications, including any proxy soliciting material to which Section 4.9 of the Deposit Agreement applies, to the Depositary in English, to the extent such materials are required to be translated into English pursuant to any regulations of the Commission.

 

The Depositary will maintain a register of American Depositary Shares and transfers of American Depositary Shares, which shall be open for inspection by the Owners at the Depositary’s Office during regular business hours, but only for the purpose of communicating with Owners regarding the business of the Company or a matter related to this Deposit Agreement or the American Depositary Shares.

 

12. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

 

Whenever the Depositary receives any cash dividend or other cash distribution on Deposited Securities, the Depositary will, if at the time of receipt thereof any amounts received in a foreign currency can in the judgment of the Depositary be converted on a reasonable basis into Dollars transferable to the United States, and subject to the Deposit Agreement, convert that dividend or other cash distribution into Dollars and distribute the amount thus received (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Article 7 hereof and Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement) to the Owners entitled thereto; provided, however, that if the Custodian or the Depositary is required to withhold and does withhold from that cash dividend or other cash distribution an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges, the amount distributed to the Owners of the American Depositary Shares representing those Deposited Securities shall be reduced accordingly.

 

A-8

 

 

If a cash distribution would represent a return of all or substantially all the value of the Deposited Securities underlying American Depositary Shares, the Depositary may:

 

(i) require payment of or deduct the fee for surrender of American Depositary Shares (whether or not it is also requiring surrender of American Depositary Shares) as a condition of making that cash distribution; or

 

(ii) sell all Deposited Securities other than the subject cash distribution and add any net cash proceeds of that sale to the cash distribution, call for surrender of all those American Depositary Shares and require that surrender as a condition of making that cash distribution.

 

If the Depositary acts under this paragraph, that action shall also be a Termination Option Event.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 4.11 and 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement, whenever the Depositary receives any distribution other than a distribution described in Section 4.1, 4.3 or 4.4 of the Deposit Agreement on Deposited Securities (but not in exchange for or in conversion or in lieu of Deposited Securities), the Depositary will cause the securities or property received by it to be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto, after deduction or upon payment of any fees and expenses of the Depositary and any taxes or other governmental charges, in any manner that the Depositary deems equitable and practicable for accomplishing that distribution (which may be a distribution of depositary shares representing the securities received); provided, however, that if in the opinion of the Depositary such distribution cannot be made proportionately among the Owners entitled thereto, or if for any other reason the Depositary deems such distribution not to be lawful and feasible, the Depositary may adopt such other method as it may deem equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including, but not limited to, the public or private sale of the securities or property thus received, or any part thereof, and distribution of the net proceeds of any such sale (net of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Article 7 hereof and Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement) to the Owners entitled thereto all in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.1 of the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary may withhold any distribution of securities under Section 4.2 of the Deposit Agreement if it has not received satisfactory assurances from the Company that the distribution does not require registration under the Securities Act of 1933. The Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, an amount of securities or other property it would otherwise distribute under this Article that is sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in respect of that distribution.

 

A-9

 

 

If a distribution to be made under Section 4.2 of the Deposit Agreement would represent a return of all or substantially all the value of the Deposited Securities underlying American Depositary Shares, the Depositary may:

 

(i) require payment of or deduct the fee for surrender of American Depositary Shares (whether or not it is also requiring surrender of American Depositary Shares) as a condition of making that distribution; or

 

(ii) sell all Deposited Securities other than the subject distribution and add any net cash proceeds of that sale to the distribution, call for surrender of all those American Depositary Shares and require that surrender as a condition of making that distribution.

 

If the Depositary acts under this paragraph, that action shall also be a Termination Option Event.

 

Whenever the Depositary receives any distribution consisting of a dividend in, or free distribution of, Shares, the Depositary may deliver to the Owners entitled thereto, an aggregate number of American Depositary Shares representing the amount of Shares received as that dividend or free distribution, subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement with respect to the deposit of Shares and issuance of American Depositary Shares, including the withholding of any tax or other governmental charge as provided in Section 4.11 of the Deposit Agreement and the payment of the fees and expenses of the Depositary as provided in Article 7 hereof and Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement (and the Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, an amount of Shares received (or American Depositary Shares representing those Shares) sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in respect of that distribution). In lieu of delivering fractional American Depositary Shares, the Depositary may sell the amount of Shares represented by the aggregate of those fractions (or American Depositary Shares representing those Shares) and distribute the net proceeds, all in the manner and subject to the conditions described in Section 4.1of the Deposit Agreement. If and to the extent that additional American Depositary Shares are not delivered and Shares or American Depositary Shares are not sold, each American Depositary Share shall thenceforth also represent the additional Shares distributed on the Deposited Securities represented thereby.

 

If the Company declares a distribution in which holders of Deposited Securities have a right to elect whether to receive cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of those things, or a right to elect to have a distribution sold on their behalf, the Depositary may, after consultation with the Company, make that right of election available for exercise by Owners in any manner the Depositary considers to be lawful and practical. As a condition of making a distribution election right available to Owners, the Depositary may require satisfactory assurances from the Company that doing so does not require registration of any securities under the Securities Act of 1933 that has not been effected.

 

If the Depositary determines that any distribution received or to be made by the Depositary (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) is subject to any tax or other governmental charge that the Depositary is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may sell, by public or private sale, all or a portion of the distributed property (including Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) in the amounts and manner the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay those taxes or charges, and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of that sale, after deduction of those taxes or charges, to the Owners entitled thereto in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively.

 

A-10

 

 

Each Owner and Holder agrees to indemnify the Company, the Depositary, the Custodian and their respective directors, employees, agents and affiliates for, and hold each of them harmless against, any claim by any governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax, penalties or interest arising out of any refund of taxes, reduced withholding at source or other tax benefit received by it. Services for Owners and Holders that may permit them to obtain reduced rates of tax withholding at source or reclaim excess tax withheld, and the fees and costs associated with using services of that kind, are not provided under, and are outside the scope of, the Deposit Agreement.

 

13. RIGHTS.

 

(a)       If rights are granted to the Depositary in respect of deposited Shares to purchase additional Shares or other securities, the Company and the Depositary shall endeavor to consult as to the actions, if any, the Depositary should take in connection with that grant of rights. The Depositary may, to the extent deemed by it to be lawful and practical (i) if requested in writing by the Company, grant to all or certain Owners rights to instruct the Depositary to purchase the securities to which the rights relate and deliver those securities or American Depositary Shares representing those securities to Owners, (ii) if requested in writing by the Company, deliver the rights to or to the order of certain Owners, or (iii) sell the rights to the extent practicable and distribute the net proceeds of that sale to Owners entitled to those proceeds. To the extent rights are not exercised, delivered or disposed of under (i), (ii) or (iii) above, the Depositary shall permit the rights to lapse unexercised.

 

(b)       If the Depositary will act under (a)(i) above, the Company and the Depositary will enter into a separate agreement setting forth the conditions and procedures applicable to the particular offering. Upon instruction from an applicable Owner in the form the Depositary specified and upon payment by that Owner to the Depositary of an amount equal to the purchase price of the securities to be received upon the exercise of the rights, the Depositary shall, on behalf of that Owner, exercise the rights and purchase the securities. The purchased securities shall be delivered to, or as instructed by, the Depositary. The Depositary shall (i) deposit the purchased Shares under the Deposit Agreement and deliver American Depositary Shares representing those Shares to that Owner or (ii) deliver or cause the purchased Shares or other securities to be delivered to or to the order of that Owner. The Depositary will not act under (a)(i) above unless the offer and sale of the securities to which the rights relate are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Depositary has received an opinion of United States counsel that is satisfactory to it to the effect that those securities may be sold and delivered to the applicable Owners without registration under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

A-11

 

 

(c)       If the Depositary will act under (a)(ii) above, the Company and the Depositary will enter into a separate agreement setting forth the conditions and procedures applicable to the particular offering. Upon (i) the request of an applicable Owner to deliver the rights allocable to the American Depositary Shares of that Owner to an account specified by that Owner to which the rights can be delivered and (ii) receipt of such documents as the Company and the Depositary agreed to require to comply with applicable law, the Depositary will deliver those rights as requested by that Owner.

 

(d)       If the Depositary will act under (a)(iii) above, the Depositary will use reasonable efforts to sell the rights in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by the applicable Owners and pay the net proceeds to the Owners otherwise entitled to the rights that were sold, upon an averaged or other practical basis without regard to any distinctions among such Owners because of exchange restrictions or the date of delivery of any American Depositary Shares or otherwise.

 

(e)       Payment or deduction of the fees of the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement and payment or deduction of the expenses of the Depositary and any applicable taxes or other governmental charges shall be conditions of any delivery of securities or payment of cash proceeds under Section 4.4 of that Agreement.

 

(f)       The Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to determine that it may be lawful or feasible to make rights available to or exercise rights on behalf of Owners in general or any Owner in particular , or to sell rights.

 

14. CONVERSION OF FOREIGN CURRENCY.

 

Whenever the Depositary or the Custodian receives foreign currency, by way of dividends or other distributions or the net proceeds from the sale of securities, property or rights, and if at the time of the receipt thereof the foreign currency so received can in the judgment of the Depositary be converted on a reasonable basis into Dollars and the resulting Dollars transferred to the United States, the Depositary or one of its agents or affiliates or the Custodian shall convert or cause to be converted by sale or in any other manner that it may determine that foreign currency into Dollars, and those Dollars shall be distributed to the Owners entitled thereto.  A cash distribution may be made upon an averaged or other practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among Owners based on exchange restrictions, the date of delivery of any American Depositary Shares or otherwise and shall be net of any expenses of conversion into Dollars incurred by the Depositary as provided in Section 5.9 of the Deposit Agreement.

 

If a conversion of foreign currency or the repatriation or distribution of Dollars can be effected only with the approval or license of any government or agency thereof, the Depositary may, but will not be required to, file an application for that approval or license.

 

If the Depositary determines that in its judgment any foreign currency received by the Depositary or the Custodian is not convertible on a reasonable basis into Dollars transferable to the United States, or if any approval or license of any government or agency thereof that is required for such conversion is not filed or sought by the Depositary or is not obtained within a reasonable period as determined by the Depositary, the Depositary may distribute the foreign currency received by the Depositary to, or in its discretion may hold such foreign currency uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the respective accounts of, the Owners entitled to receive the same.

 

A-12

 

 

If any conversion of foreign currency, in whole or in part, cannot be effected for distribution to some of the Owners entitled thereto, the Depositary may in its discretion make that conversion and distribution in Dollars to the extent practicable and permissible to the Owners entitled thereto and may distribute the balance of the foreign currency received by the Depositary to, or hold that balance uninvested and without liability for interest thereon for the account of, the Owners entitled thereto.

 

The Depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates, or the Custodian or the Company may convert currency and pay Dollars to the Depositary. Where the Depositary converts currency itself or through any of its affiliates, the Depositary acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account.  The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under the Deposit Agreement and the rate that the Depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account.  The Depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained by it or its affiliate in any currency conversion under the Deposit Agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to Owners, subject to the Depositary’s obligations under Section 5.3 of that Agreement.  The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions made by the Depositary is available upon request. Where the Custodian converts currency, the Custodian has no obligation to obtain the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or to ensure that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to Owners, and the Depositary makes no representation that the rate is the most favorable rate and will not be liable for any direct or indirect losses associated with the rate.  In certain instances, the Depositary may receive dividends or other distributions from the Company in Dollars that represent the proceeds of a conversion of foreign currency or translation from foreign currency at a rate that was obtained or determined by or on behalf of the Company and, in such cases, the Depositary will not engage in, or be responsible for, any foreign currency transactions and neither it nor the Company makes any representation that the rate obtained or determined by the Company is the most favorable rate and neither it nor the Company will be liable for any direct or indirect losses associated with the rate.

 

A-13

 

 

15. RECORD DATES.

 

Whenever a cash dividend, cash distribution or any other distribution is made on Deposited Securities or rights to purchase Shares or other securities are issued with respect to Deposited Securities (which rights will be delivered to or exercised or sold on behalf of Owners in accordance with Section 4.4 of the Deposit Agreement) or the Depositary receives notice that a distribution or issuance of that kind will be made, or whenever the Depositary receives notice that a meeting of holders of Shares will be held in respect of which the Company has requested the Depositary to send a notice under Section 4.7 of the Deposit Agreement, or whenever the Depositary will assess a fee or charge against the Owners, or whenever the Depositary causes a change in the number of Shares that are represented by each American Depositary Share, or whenever the Depositary otherwise finds it necessary or convenient, the Depositary shall fix a record date, which shall be the same as, or as near as practicable to, any corresponding record date set by the Company with respect to Shares, (a) for the determination of the Owners (i) who shall be entitled to receive the benefit of that dividend or other distribution or those rights, (ii) who shall be entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at that meeting, (iii) who shall be responsible for that fee or charge or (iv) for any other purpose for which the record date was set, or (b) on or after which each American Depositary Share will represent the changed number of Shares. Subject to the provisions of Sections 4.1 through 4.5 of the Deposit Agreement and to the other terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, the Owners on a record date fixed by the Depositary shall be entitled to receive the amount distributable by the Depositary with respect to that dividend or other distribution or those rights or the net proceeds of sale thereof in proportion to the number of American Depositary Shares held by them respectively, to give voting instructions or to act in respect of the other matter for which that record date was fixed, or be responsible for that fee or charge, as the case may be.

 

16. VOTING OF DEPOSITED SHARES.

 

(a)       Upon receipt of notice of any meeting of holders of Shares at which holders of Shares will be entitled to vote, if requested in writing by the Company, the Depositary shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, Disseminate to the Owners a notice, the form of which shall be in the sole discretion of the Depositary, that shall contain (i) the information contained in the notice of meeting received by the Depositary, (ii) a statement that the Owners as of the close of business on a specified record date will be entitled, subject to any applicable provision of Dutch law and of the articles of association or similar documents of the Company, to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights pertaining to the amount of Shares represented by their respective American Depositary Shares, (iii) a statement as to the manner in which those instructions may be given and (iv) the last date on which the Depositary will accept instructions (the “Instruction Cutoff Date”).

 

(b)       Upon the written request of an Owner of American Depositary Shares, as of the date of the request or, if a record date was specified by the Depositary, as of that record date, received on or before any Instruction Cutoff Date established by the Depositary, the Depositary may, and if the Depositary sent a notice under the preceding paragraph shall, endeavor, in so far as practicable, to vote or cause to be voted the amount of deposited Shares represented by those American Depositary Shares in accordance with the instructions set forth in that request. The Depositary shall not vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote that attaches to the deposited Shares other than in accordance with instructions given by Owners and received by the Depositary.

 

A-14

 

 

(c)       There can be no assurance that Owners generally or any Owner in particular will receive the notice described in paragraph (a) above in time to enable Owners to give instructions to the Depositary prior to the Instruction Cutoff Date.

 

(d)       In order to give Owners a reasonable opportunity to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Shares, if the Company will request the Depositary to Disseminate a notice under paragraph (a) above, the Company shall give the Depositary notice of the meeting, details concerning the matters to be voted upon and copies of materials to be made available to holders of Shares in connection with the meeting not less than 45 days prior to the meeting date.

 

17.           TENDER AND EXCHANGE OFFERS; REDEMPTION, REPLACEMENT OR CANCELLATION OF DEPOSITED SECURITIES.

 

(a)       The Depositary shall not tender any Deposited Securities in response to any voluntary cash tender offer, exchange offer or similar offer made to holders of Deposited Securities (a “Voluntary Offer”), except when instructed in writing to do so by an Owner surrendering American Depositary Shares and subject to any conditions or procedures the Depositary may require.

 

(b)       If the Depositary receives a written notice that Deposited Securities have been redeemed for cash or otherwise purchased for cash in a transaction that is mandatory and binding on the Depositary as a holder of those Deposited Securities (a “Redemption”), the Depositary, at the expense of the Company, shall (i) if required, surrender Deposited Securities that have been redeemed to the issuer of those securities or its agent on the redemption date, (ii) Disseminate a notice to Owners (A) notifying them of that Redemption, (B) calling for surrender of a corresponding number of American Depositary Shares and (C) notifying them that the called American Depositary Shares have been converted into a right only to receive the money received by the Depositary upon that Redemption and those net proceeds shall be the Deposited Securities to which Owners of those converted American Depositary Shares shall be entitled upon surrenders of those American Depositary Shares in accordance with Section 2.5 or 6.2 of the Deposit Agreement and (iii) distribute the money received upon that Redemption to the Owners entitled to it upon surrender by them of called American Depositary Shares in accordance with Section 2.5 of that Agreement (and, for the avoidance of doubt, Owners shall not be entitled to receive that money under Section 4.1 of that Agreement). If the Redemption affects less than all the Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall call for surrender a corresponding portion of the outstanding American Depositary Shares and only those American Depositary Shares will automatically be converted into a right to receive the net proceeds of the Redemption. The Depositary shall allocate the American Depositary Shares converted under the preceding sentence among the Owners pro-rata to their respective holdings of American Depositary Shares immediately prior to the Redemption, except that the allocations may be adjusted so that no fraction of a converted American Depositary Share is allocated to any Owner. A Redemption of all or substantially all of the Deposited Securities shall be a Termination Option Event.

 

A-15

 

 

(c)       If the Depositary is notified of or there occurs any change in nominal value or any subdivision, combination or any other reclassification of the Deposited Securities or any recapitalization, reorganization, sale of assets substantially as an entirety, merger or consolidation affecting the issuer of the Deposited Securities or to which it is a party that is mandatory and binding on the Depositary as a holder of Deposited Securities and, as a result, securities or other property have been or will be delivered in exchange, conversion, replacement or in lieu of, Deposited Securities (a “Replacement”), the Depositary shall, if required, surrender the old Deposited Securities affected by that Replacement of Shares and hold, as new Deposited Securities under the Deposit Agreement, the new securities or other property delivered to it in that Replacement. However, the Depositary may elect to sell those new Deposited Securities if in the opinion of the Depositary it is not lawful or not practical for it to hold those new Deposited Securities under the Deposit Agreement because those new Deposited Securities may not be distributed to Owners without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or for any other reason, at public or private sale, at such places and on such terms as it deems proper and proceed as if those new Deposited Securities had been Redeemed under paragraph (b) above. A Replacement shall be a Termination Option Event.

 

(d)       In the case of a Replacement where the new Deposited Securities will continue to be held under the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary may call for the surrender of outstanding Receipts to be exchanged for new Receipts specifically describing the new Deposited Securities and the number of those new Deposited Securities represented by each American Depositary Share. If the number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share decreases as a result of a Replacement, the Depositary may call for surrender of the American Depositary Shares to be exchanged on a mandatory basis for a lesser number of American Depositary Shares and may sell American Depositary Shares to the extent necessary to avoid distributing fractions of American Depositary Shares in that exchange and distribute the net proceeds of that sale to the Owners entitled to them.

 

(e)       If there are no Deposited Securities with respect to American Depositary Shares, including if the Deposited Securities are cancelled, or the Deposited Securities with respect to American Depositary Shares become apparently worthless, the Depositary may call for surrender of those American Depositary Shares or may cancel those American Depositary Shares, upon notice to Owners, and that condition shall be a Termination Option Event.

 

A-16

 

 

18. LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY AND DEPOSITARY.

 

Neither the Depositary nor the Company nor any of their respective directors, employees, agents or affiliates shall incur any liability to any Owner or Holder:

 

(i) if by reason of (A) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or other act of the government of the United States, any State of the United States or any other state or jurisdiction, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or stock exchange; (B) (in the case of the Depositary only) any provision, present or future, of the articles of association or similar document of the Company, or by reason of any provision of any securities issued or distributed by the Company, or any offering or distribution thereof; or (C) any event or circumstance, whether natural or caused by a person or persons, that is beyond the ability of the Depositary or the Company, as the case may be, to prevent or counteract by reasonable care or effort (including, but not limited to earthquakes, floods, severe storms, fires, explosions, war, terrorism, civil unrest, labor disputes, criminal acts or outbreaks of infectious disease; interruptions or malfunctions of utility services, Internet or other communications lines or systems; unauthorized access to or attacks on computer systems or websites; or other failures or malfunctions of computer hardware or software or other systems or equipment), the Depositary or the Company is, directly or indirectly, prevented from, forbidden to or delayed in, or could be subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of doing or performing and therefore does not do or perform, any act or thing that, by the terms of the Deposit Agreement or the Deposited Securities, it is provided shall be done or performed;

 

(ii) for any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the Deposit Agreement (including any determination by the Depositary to take, or not take, any action that the Deposit Agreement provides the Depositary may take);

 

(iii) for the inability of any Owner or Holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit that is made available to holders of Deposited Securities but is not, under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, made available to Owners or Holders; or

 

(iv) for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the Deposit Agreement.

 

Where, by the terms of a distribution to which Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 of the Deposit Agreement applies, or an offering to which Section 4.4 of that Agreement applies, or for any other reason, that distribution or offering may not be made available to Owners, and the Depositary may not dispose of that distribution or offering on behalf of Owners and make the net proceeds available to Owners, then the Depositary shall not make that distribution or offering available to Owners, and shall allow any rights, if applicable, to lapse.

 

A-17

 

 

Neither the Company nor the Depositary assumes any obligation or shall be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement to Owners or Holders, except that they agree to perform their obligations specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith. The Depositary shall not be a fiduciary or have any fiduciary duty to Owners or Holders. The Depositary shall not be subject to any liability with respect to the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities. Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit, or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or in respect of the American Depositary Shares, on behalf of any Owner or Holder or other person. Neither the Depositary nor the Company shall be liable for any action or non-action by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Owner or Holder, or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information. Each of the Depositary and the Company may rely, and shall be protected in relying upon, any written notice, request, direction or other document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. The Depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the Depositary or in connection with a matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the Depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises, the Depositary performed its obligations without negligence or bad faith while it acted as Depositary. The Depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system in connection with or arising out of book-entry settlement of American Depositary Shares or Deposited Securities or otherwise. In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Depositary shall not be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities or for the manner in which any such vote is cast or the effect of any such vote. The Depositary shall have no duty to make any determination or provide any information as to the tax status of the Company or any liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by Owners or Holders as a result of owning or holding American Depositary Shares. The Depositary shall not be liable for the inability or failure of an Owner or Holder to obtain the benefit of a foreign tax credit, reduced rate of withholding or refund of amounts withheld in respect of tax or any other tax benefit. No disclaimer of liability under the United States federal securities laws is intended by any provision of the Deposit Agreement.

 

19. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF THE DEPOSITARY; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN.

 

The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary under the Deposit Agreement by written notice of its election so to do delivered to the Company, to become effective upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by 120 days’ prior written notice of that removal, to become effective upon the later of (i) the 120th day after delivery of the notice to the Depositary and (ii) the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of its appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary in its discretion may at any time appoint a substitute or additional custodian or custodians.

 

A-18

 

 

20. AMENDMENT.

 

The form of the Receipts and any provisions of the Deposit Agreement may at any time and from time to time be amended by agreement between the Company and the Depositary without the consent of Owners or Holders in any respect which they may deem necessary or desirable. Any amendment that would impose or increase any fees or charges (other than taxes and other governmental charges, registration fees, cable (including SWIFT) or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or that would otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of Owners, shall, however, not become effective as to outstanding American Depositary Shares until the expiration of 30 days after notice of that amendment has been Disseminated to the Owners of outstanding American Depositary Shares. Every Owner and Holder, at the time any amendment so becomes effective, shall be deemed, by continuing to hold American Depositary Shares or any interest therein, to consent and agree to that amendment and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. Upon the effectiveness of an amendment to the form of Receipt, including a change in the number of Shares represented by each American Depositary Share, the Depositary may call for surrender of Receipts to be replaced with new Receipts in the amended form or call for surrender of American Depositary Shares to effect that change of ratio. In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the Owner to surrender American Depositary Shares and receive delivery of the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

 

21. TERMINATION OF DEPOSIT AGREEMENT.

 

(a)       The Company may initiate termination of the Deposit Agreement by notice to the Depositary. The Depositary may initiate termination of the Deposit Agreement if (i) at any time 60 days shall have expired after the Depositary delivered to the Company a written resignation notice and a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment as provided in Section 5.4 of that Agreement or (ii) a Termination Option Event has occurred. If termination of the Deposit Agreement is initiated, the Depositary shall Disseminate a notice of termination to the Owners of all American Depositary Shares then outstanding setting a date for termination (the “Termination Date”), which shall be at least 90 days after the date of that notice, and the Deposit Agreement shall terminate on that Termination Date.

 

(b)       After the Termination Date, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except for its obligations to the Depositary under Sections 5.8 and 5.9 of that Agreement.

 

(c)       At any time after the Termination Date, the Depositary may sell the Deposited Securities then held under the Deposit Agreement and may thereafter hold uninvested the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any other cash then held by it hereunder, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the Owners of American Depositary Shares that remain outstanding, and those Owners will be general creditors of the Depositary with respect to those net proceeds and that other cash. After making that sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement, except (i) to account for the net proceeds and other cash (after deducting, in each case, the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares, any expenses for the account of the Owner of such American Depositary Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement and any applicable taxes or governmental charges) and (ii) for its obligations under Section 5.8 of that Agreement and (iii) to act as provided in paragraph (d) below.

 

A-19

 

 

(d)       After the Termination Date, the Depositary shall continue to receive dividends and other distributions pertaining to Deposited Securities (that have not been sold), may sell rights and other property as provided in the Deposit Agreement and shall deliver Deposited Securities (or sale proceeds) upon surrender of American Depositary Shares (after payment or upon deduction, in each case, of the fee of the Depositary for the surrender of American Depositary Shares, any expenses for the account of the Owner of those American Depositary Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement and any applicable taxes or governmental charges). After the Termination Date, the Depositary shall not accept deposits of Shares or deliver American Depositary Shares. After the Termination Date, (i) the Depositary may refuse to accept surrenders of American Depositary Shares for the purpose of withdrawal of Deposited Securities (that have not been sold) or reverse previously accepted surrenders of that kind that have not settled if in its judgment the requested withdrawal would interfere with its efforts to sell the Deposited Securities, (ii) the Depositary will not be required to deliver cash proceeds of the sale of Deposited Securities until all Deposited Securities have been sold and (iii) the Depositary may discontinue the registration of transfers of American Depositary Shares and suspend the distribution of dividends and other distributions on Deposited Securities to the Owners and need not give any further notices or perform any further acts under the Deposit Agreement except as provided in Section 6.2 of that Agreement.

 

22. DTC DIRECT REGISTRATION SYSTEM AND PROFILE MODIFICATION SYSTEM.

 

(a)       Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.4 of the Deposit Agreement, the parties acknowledge that DTC’s Direct Registration System (“DRS”) and Profile Modification System (“Profile”) apply to the American Depositary Shares upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC that facilitates interchange between registered holding of uncertificated securities and holding of security entitlements in those securities through DTC and a DTC participant. Profile is a required feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of an Owner of American Depositary Shares, to direct the Depositary to register a transfer of those American Depositary Shares to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those American Depositary Shares to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the Depositary of prior authorization from the Owner to register that transfer.

 

A-20

 

 

(b)       In connection with DRS/Profile, the parties acknowledge that the Depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an Owner in requesting registration of transfer and delivery as described in paragraph (a) above has the actual authority to act on behalf of that Owner (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Sections 5.3 and 5.8 of the Deposit Agreement apply to the matters arising from the use of the DRS/Profile. The parties agree that the Depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the Depositary through the DRS/Profile system and otherwise in accordance with the Deposit Agreement, shall not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the Depositary.

 

23. APPOINTMENT OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; WAIVER OF IMMUNITIES.

 

The Company has (i) appointed Cogency Global, Inc., 122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor, New York, New York 10168 as the Company's authorized agent in the United States upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Shares or Deposited Securities, the American Depositary Shares, the Receipts or this Agreement, (ii) consented and submitted to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court in the State of New York in which any such suit or proceeding may be instituted, and (iii) agreed that service of process upon said authorized agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding.

 

EACH PARTY TO THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, FOR AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, EACH OWNER AND HOLDER) THEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE COMPANY AND/OR THE DEPOSITARY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE SHARES OR OTHER DEPOSITED SECURITIES, THE AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES OR THE RECEIPTS, THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE BREACH HEREOF OR THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY QUESTION REGARDING EXISTENCE, VALIDITY OR TERMINATION (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

 

Each party to the Deposit Agreement (including, for avoidance of doubt, each Owner and Holder) hereby agrees that it will not commence any Proceeding asserting a claim under the Securities Act of 1933 or the United States irrevocably consents and submits to the exclusive jurisdiction and forum of the federal district courts of the United States of America for the resolution of any claim, complaint or Proceeding asserting a cause of action arising under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the rules or regulations promulgated under those statutes except in a United States District Court, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum. Any person or entity who becomes an Owner or Holder shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of Section 7.6 of the Deposit Agreement.

 

To the extent that the Company or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to it, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any respect thereof, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of execution or judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with the Shares or Deposited Securities, the American Depositary Shares, the Receipts or the Deposit Agreement, the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to plead or claim, any such immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement.

 

A-21

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

 

Baker & McKenzieLLP

 

600 Hansen Way

Palo Alto, CA 94304

United States

 

Tel: +1 650 856 2400

Fax: +1 650 856 9299

www.bakermckenzie.com

 

Asia Pacific

Bangkok

Beijing

Brisbane

Hanoi

Ho Chi Minh City

Hong Kong

Jakarta

Kuala Lumpur*

Manila*

Melbourne

Seoul

Shanghai

Singapore

Sydney

Taipei

Tokyo

Yangon

 

Europe, Middle East
& Africa

Abu Dhabi

Almaty

Amsterdam

Antwerp

Bahrain

Barcelona

Berlin

Brussels

Budapest

Cairo

Casablanca

Doha

Dubai

Dusseldorf

Frankfurt/Main

Geneva

Istanbul

Jeddah*

Johannesburg

Kyiv

London

Luxembourg

Madrid

Milan

Moscow

Munich

Paris

Prague

Riyadh*

Rome

St. Petersburg

Stockholm

Vienna

Warsaw

Zurich

 

The Americas

Bogota

Brasilia**

Buenos Aires

Caracas

Chicago

Dallas

Guadalajara

Houston

Juarez

Lima

Los Angeles

Mexico City

Miami

Monterrey

New York

Palo Alto

Porto Alegre**

Rio de Janeiro**

San Francisco

Santiago

Sao Paulo**

Tijuana

Toronto

Valencia

Washington, DC

 

* Associated Firm

** In cooperation with

Trench, Rossi e Watanabe Advogados

January 8, 2021

 

MYT Netherlands Parent B.V

Einsteinring 9
85609 Aschheim/Munich
Germany

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as United States tax counsel for MYT Netherlands Parent B.V., a private company with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) (the “Company”), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on or about the date hereof, relating to the registration of American Depositary Shares (the “ADSs”) issuable upon deposit of the Company’s ordinary shares as described in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, as amended through the date hereof (the “Registration Statement”). This opinion is being furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement.

 

We have reviewed the Registration Statement and such other documents and corporate records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in order to enable us to render our opinion in this letter. We have relied upon statements, representations, and covenants made by the Company and its affiliates and we have assumed that such statements and representations are true without regard to any qualifications as to knowledge and belief. Our opinion is conditioned upon, among other things, the initial and continuing truth, accuracy, and completeness of the items on which we are relying.

 

In rendering our opinion, we have considered the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, pertinent judicial authorities, interpretive rulings and other administrative guidance of the Internal Revenue Service (the “Service”), and such other authorities as we have considered relevant, all as of the date hereof. It should be noted that statutes, regulations, judicial decisions, and administrative guidance are subject to change at any time and that such changes may be effective retroactively. A change in the authorities or the truth, accuracy, or completeness of any of the facts, information, documents, corporate records, covenants, statements, representations, or assumptions on which our opinion is based could affect our conclusions.

 

Subject to the foregoing and the qualifications set forth in the Registration Statement, the description of the law and legal conclusions set forth in the Registration Statement under the heading “Material Tax Considerations — U.S. Taxation,” insofar as such statements purport to discuss material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, sale, exchange or other disposition of the ADSs, represent our opinion with respect to matters referred to therein and present a fair summary thereof.

 

Our opinion is limited to the matters stated herein, and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. Our opinion represents only our interpretation of the law and has no binding, legal effect on, without limitation, the Service or any court. It is possible that contrary positions may be asserted by the Service and that one or more courts may sustain such contrary positions. Our opinion is expressed as of the date hereof, and we are under no obligation to supplement or revise this opinion to reflect any changes, including changes which have retroactive effect, (i) in applicable law, or (ii) in any

 

Baker & McKenzie LLP is a member of Baker & McKenzie International.

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

fact, information, document, corporate record, covenant, statement, representation, or assumption stated herein that becomes untrue, incorrect, or incomplete.

 

Our opinion is furnished to you and persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 for use in connection with the Registration Statement and is not to be used, circulated, quoted, or otherwise referred to for any other purpose without our express written permission.

 

We hereby consent to the use of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

  Sincerely,  
     
  /s/Baker & McKenzie LLP  
     
  BAKER & McKENZIE LLP  

 

 

 

2 

 

 

Exhibit 8.2

 

Baker & McKenzie

Partnerschaft von Rechtsanwälten

und Steuerberatern mbB

Bethmannstrasse 50-54

60311 Frankfurt/Main

 

Tel: +49 69 2 99 08 0

Fax: +49 69 2 99 08 108

www.bakermckenzie.com

 

Asia Pacific

Bangkok

Beijing

Brisbane

Hanoi

Ho Chi Minh City

Hong Kong

Jakarta

Kuala Lumpur

Manila

Melbourne

Seoul

Shanghai

Singapore

Sydney

Taipei

Tokyo

Yangon

 

Europe,

Middle East &

Africa

Abu Dhabi

Almaty

Amsterdam

Antwerp

Bahrain

Barcelona

Belfast

Berlin

Brussels

Budapest

Cairo

Casablanca

Doha

Dubai

Dusseldorf

Frankfurt/Main

Geneva

Istanbul

Jeddah*

Johannesburg

Kyiv

London

Luxembourg

Madrid

Milan

Moscow

Munich

Paris

Prague

Riyadh*

Rome

St. Petersburg

Stockholm

Vienna

Warsaw

Zurich

 

The Americas

Bogota

Brasilia**

Buenos Aires

Caracas

Chicago

Dallas

Guadalajara

Houston

Juarez

Lima

Los Angeles

Mexico City

Miami

Monterrey

New York

Palo Alto

Porto Alegre**

Rio de Janeiro**

San Francisco

Santiago

Sao Paulo**

Tijuana

Toronto

Valencia

Washington, DC

8 January 2021

 

MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.

Einsteinring 9

85609 Aschheim/Munich

Germany

 

Opinion Letter

Statements as to German tax laws in the registration statement on Form F-1 of MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.

 

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

1.         Introduction 

 

We have acted as German tax adviser (Steuerberater) for MYT Netherlands Parent B.V., a private company with limited liability under the laws of the Netherlands (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) (in the following, “Offeror”), with respect to the registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on or about the date hereof, relating to the registration of American Depositary Shares (the “ADSs”) issuable upon deposit of the Company’s ordinary shares as described in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 to be filed on 12 January 2021 (the “Registration Statement”). This opinion is being furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement.

 

For the purposes of this opinion, we have examined, and relied solely upon the pdf copy of the Registration Statement and the facts contained therein, but not any documents or agreements cross referred to in the Registration Statement. We have not investigated or verified any factual matter disclosed to us in the course of our review.

 

Defined terms used in this opinion letter and not defined herein are defined in the Registration Statement.

 

* Associated Firm

** In cooperation with
Trench, Rossi e Watanabe
Advogados

 

 

Friedrichstrasse 88 / Unter den Linden

10117 Berlin

Tel.: +49 30 2 20 02 81 0

Fax: +49 30 2 20 02 81 199

 

 

Neuer Zollhof 2

40221 Dusseldorf

Tel.: +49 211 3 11 16 0 

Fax: +49 211 3 11 16 199 

 

 

Bethmannstrasse 50-54

Frankfurt/Main

Tel.: +49 69 2 99 08 0

Fax: +49 69 2 99 08 108

       
  Baker & McKenzie - Partnerschaft von Rechtsanwälten und Steuerberatern mbB is a professional partnership under German law with its registered office in Frankfurt/Main, registered with the Local Court of Frankfurt/Main at PR No. 1602. It is associated with Baker & McKenzie International, a Verein organized under the laws of Switzerland.

 

 

 

 

 

  2. German Tax Law
       
  This opinion is limited to the tax laws of the Federal Republic of Germany in effect on the date of this opinion. It is to be construed in accordance with the tax laws of the Federal Republic of Germany (including all terms used in it). We express no opinion herein other than as to the tax laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.
       
  3. Assumptions
       
  For the purpose of this opinion we have made the following assumptions:
       
    (a) The section “Material tax considerations - German taxation” of the Registration Statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and published in the form and with the statements approved by us and referred to in this opinion letter.
       
    (b) The effective place of management of the Offeror is and will remain in Germany and the Offeror is and will be able, if required, to sufficiently demonstrate to the German tax authorities that its effective place of management is and has been continuously in Germany.
       
    (c) The Offeror qualifies as taxable person for value added tax purposes within the meaning of section 2 para. 1 of the German Value Added Tax Act (Umsatzsteuergesetz).
       
    (d) The Ordinary Shares will be in collective safekeeping with ING Bank N.V., as custodian for The Bank of New York Mellon as Depositary. The Bank of New York Mellon will act as Wertpapiersammelbank for these shares and take ultimate responsibility and liability for the withholding of the German withholding tax.
       
    (e) The ADSs evidenced by American depositary receipts qualify for German tax purposes as “American Depository Receipts” within the meaning of the interpretation circular “Besteuerung von American Depository Receipts auf inländische Aktien” issued by the German Federal Ministry of Finance (Bundesministerium der Finanzen) dated May 24, 2013 (reference number IV C 1-S2204/12/10003). The beneficial ownership from a German tax perspective will be with respect to the ADSs with the ADS holder.
       
    (f) All obligations assumed by the Offeror and The Bank of New York Mellon towards its current and/or future direct and indirect shareholders in connection with the issuance and registration of Ordinary Shares and ADSs in respect thereof have been assumed exclusively for the business reason to finance the development of the business of the Offeror and its subsidiaries with the proceeds derived from the issuance and registration of the Ordinary Shares.

 

 

 

 

 

    (g) To the extent relevant for this opinion letter, all factual statements and assumptions made in the Registration Statement are correct, complete and not misleading in all respects. All agreements expected to be entered into in the Registration Statement and this opinion letter will be validly entered into as expected and will provide for the terms and conditions expected to be agreed to in the Registration Statement and this opinion letter. All documents provided for the analysis set out in the referred Registration Statement are authentic, valid and complete. All copies of documents provided are identical to the original documents. All signatures are genuine and were provided with full legal capacity and valid authority.
       
    (h) Any person carefully reads the whole Registration Statement including all documents, information and other annexes attached to it.
       
    (i) This opinion is based on our understanding of the proper interpretation of German tax legislation, German tax court decisions, regulations and interpretations of German tax law in existence on the date of this opinion. Changes in law or its interpretation by German tax authorities or German tax courts may occur after the date of this opinion and their effect may be retrospective.
       
    (j) In this opinion we express our view as to certain matters referred to in the Registration Statement based on our professional experience and an analysis of the relevant legal sources, if any are available. The views are an expression of professional judgment regarding the legal matter addressed and do not guarantee that the German tax authorities or the German federal tax court will reach any particular result or will fully share the view expressed herein.
       
  Where these assumptions refer to facts that have been realized or are assumed to have been realized as of the date of this opinion letter we have not carried out any inquiry to confirm whether the respective assumption is correct and we do not accept any obligation or liability to carry out any such inquiry.
       
  4. Opinion
       
  Based on the documents and information referred to and the assumptions made in this opinion letter the statements set forth in the section “Material tax considerations - German Taxation” of the Registration Statement, insofar as such statements discuss the material German tax consequences for a holder of acquiring, owning and disposing of the ADSs, represent our opinion with respect to the matters referred to therein.

 

 

 

 

 

  5. Reliance
       
  This opinion letter has been prepared exclusively for the supervisory board and management board of the Offeror and is solely for their benefit in connection with the transaction described herein. It may not be supplied, and its contents or existence may not be disclosed, to any person and may not be relied upon for any other purpose. However, this opinion may be relied upon by persons entitled to rely on it pursuant to applicable provisions of federal securities law.
       
  No undertaking is assumed on our part to revise, update or amend this opinion letter in connection with or to notify or inform you of, any developments and/or changes of German tax law subsequent to today’s date. We also do not purport to opine on the consequences of amendments to the Registration Statement subsequent to the date of this opinion.
       
  Each person relying on this opinion letter agrees, in so relying, that only Baker & McKenzie Partnerschaft von Rechtsanwälten und Steuerberatern mbB shall have any liability in connection with this opinion letter, that the agreement in this paragraph and all liability and all other matters arising from or relating to this opinion letter shall be governed exclusively by German law and that the district court (Landgericht) Frankfurt shall have the exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising from or relating to this opinion letter.
       
  6. Consent
       
  We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving these consents, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
       
  Yours faithfully,
       
  /s/ Baker & McKenzie Partnerschaft von Rechtsanwälten und Steuerberatern mbB
       
  Baker & McKenzie Partnerschaft von Rechtsanwälten und Steuerberatern mbB

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.3

 

Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V.

Attorneys at law, Tax advisors

and Civil-law notaries

 

P.O. Box 2720

1000 CS Amsterdam

The Netherlands

 

Tel: +31 20 551 7555

www.bakermckenzie.nl

 

Asia

Pacific

Bangkok

Beijing

Hanoi

Ho Chi Minh City

Hong Kong

Jakarta

Kuala Lumpur

Manila

Melbourne

Shanghai

Singapore

Sydney

Taipei

Tokyo

 

Europe &

Middle East

Abu Dhabi

Almaty

Amsterdam

Antwerp

Bahrain

Baku

Barcelona

Berlin

Brussels

Budapest

Cairo

Doha

Dusseldorf

Frankfurt/ Main

Geneva

Istanbul

Kyiv

London

Luxembourg

Madrid

Milan

Moscow

Munich

Paris

Prague

Riyadh

Rome

St. Petersburg

Stockholm

Vienna

Warsaw

Zurich

 

North & South

America

Bogota

Brasilia*

Buenos Aires

Caracas

Chicago

Dallas

Guadalajara

Houston

Juarez

Mexico City

Miami

Monterrey

New York

Palo Alto

Porto Alegre*

Rio de Janeiro*

San Diego

San Francisco

Santiago

Sao Paulo*

Tijuana

Toronto

Valencia

Washington, DC

 

MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.
Einsteinring 9
85609 Aschheim / Munih
Germany

 

8 January 2021

 

Re: MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. – Exhibit 8.3 – Form F-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

I.                Introduction

 

We have acted as Dutch tax counsel to MYT Netherlands Parent B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, having its corporate seat (statutaire zetel) at Amsterdam, The Netherlands and its registered office at Einsteinring 9, 85609 Aschheim, Federal Republic of Germany (the "Company"), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), on or about the date hereof, of American Depositary Shares (the "ADSs") issuable upon deposit of the Company’s ordinary shares as described in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, to be filed 12 January 2021 (the "Registration Statement"). This opinion letter is rendered to you to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

For the purposes of this opinion letter, we have examined, and relied solely upon the pdf copy of the Registration Statement and the facts contained therein, but not any documents or agreements cross referred to in the Registration Statement. We have not investigated or verified any factual matter disclosed to us in the course of our review.

 

Where reference is made to the laws of The Netherlands or to The Netherlands in a geographical sense, reference is made to the laws as in effect in the part of the Kingdom of The Netherlands (Koninkrijk der Nederlanden) that is located in Europe (Europese deel van Nederland) and to the geographical part of the Kingdom of The Netherlands that is located in Europe.

*Associated Firm Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V. has its registered office in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, and is registered with the Trade Register under number 34208804.
   
 

Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V. is a member of Baker & McKenzie International, a Swiss Verein.

 

 

 

 

 

  II. Assumptions
       
  In examining the Registration Statement and in giving the opinions expressed in this opinion letter, we have, to the extent necessary to form the opinions expressed in this opinion letter, with your permission, assumed the following:
       
  (i) the authenticity and completeness of the Registration Statement;
       
  (ii) the Registration Statement will be declared effective by the SEC in the form reviewed by us;
       
  (iii) as of September 7, 2020, the place of effective management of the Company is and continues to be in Germany, and not in the Netherlands, and the Company therefore is and continues to be a tax resident of Germany under German national tax law as of September 7, 2020;
       
  (iv) under the Convention between The Netherlands and the Federal Republic of Germany for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income of 2012, MYT Netherlands is and continues to be exclusively tax resident in Germany as of September 7, 2020; and
       
  (v)

each of the assumptions made in this opinion letter will be correct in all aspects as of the date of this opinion letter by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

 

       
  We have not investigated or verified and we do not express an opinion on the accuracy of the facts, representations and warranties as to facts set out in the Registration Statement, and in any other document on which we have relied in giving this opinion letter and for the purpose of this opinion letter, we have assumed that such facts are correct.
   
  This opinion letter sets out our opinion on certain matters of the laws with general applicability of the Netherlands, and, insofar as they are directly applicable in the Netherlands, of the European Union, as at today’s date and as presently interpreted under published authoritative case law of the Netherlands courts, the General Court and the Court of Justice of the European Union.
   
  We do not express any opinion on Netherlands law other than the tax opinion as set out below. We do not express an opinion on matters of fact, matters of law of any jurisdiction other than The Netherlands, nor on corporate law, anti-trust law, insider dealing, data protection, unfair trade practices, market abuse laws, sanctions or international law, including, without limitation, the laws of the European Union, except to the extent the laws of the European Union (other than anti-trust law) have direct force and effect in The Netherlands. No opinion is given on commercial, accounting or non-tax matters or on the ability of the parties to meet their financial or other obligations under the Registration Statement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  III. Opinion
       
  Based on and subject to the foregoing (including the assumptions made above) and subject to any matters, documents or events not disclosed to us by the parties concerned and having regard to such tax considerations as we deem relevant and subject to the qualifications listed below, we are of the opinion that:
   
  The statements contained in the Registration Statement under the caption "Material tax considerations - Material Netherlands tax considerations", including all reservations made therein, constitute our opinion and are true and accurate and provide for a fair summary of the matters of Netherlands tax law referred to therein.
       
  IV. Confidentiality and Reliance
       
  We consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and also consent to the reference to Baker McKenzie or Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V. in the Registration Statement under the caption "Legal Matters". In giving this consent we do not admit or imply that we are a person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
   
  In issuing this opinion letter we do not assume any obligation to notify or to inform you of any developments subsequent to its date that might render its contents untrue or inaccurate in whole or in part at such time. We do not purport to opine on the consequences of amendments to the Registration Statement subsequent to the date of this opinion letter.
   
  This opinion letter:
   
  (a) is an exhibit to the Registration Statement and it may only be relied upon for the purposes of the filing of the Registration Statement. This opinion letter is strictly limited to the matters stated in it and may not be read as extending by implication to any matters not specifically referred to in it;
     
  (b) expresses and describes Dutch tax concepts in English and not in their original Dutch terms. These concepts may not be identical to the concepts described by the English translations; consequently this opinion letter is issued and may only be relied upon on the express condition that any issues of interpretation or liability issues arising under this opinion letter will be governed by the laws of The Netherlands and exclusively be brought before a court of The Netherlands;

 

 

 

 

 

  (c) speaks as of the date stated above; and
       
  (d) is strictly limited to the matters set forth herein and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein. Its contents may not be quoted, otherwise included, summarized or referred to in any publication or document, other than the Registration Statement, or disclosed to any other party, in whole or in part, for any purpose other than as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, without our prior written consent.
       
  The opinions expressed in this opinion letter are limited in all respects to and are to be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of The Netherlands as they stand at today's date and as they are presently interpreted under published authoritative case law as at present in effect.
       
  This opinion letter is given on behalf of Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V. and not by or on behalf of Baker & McKenzie International (a Swiss Verein) or any other member thereof. In this opinion letter the expressions "we", "us", "our" and similar expressions should be construed accordingly.
       
  Yours sincerely,
   
  /s/ Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V.
   
  Baker & McKenzie Amsterdam N.V.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Myt Netherlands Parent B.V.
2020 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

 

1. GENERAL

 

1.1 Purpose

 

The purpose of the MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) is to help the Company (as hereinafter defined): (1) attract, retain and motivate key employees (including prospective employees) and consultants and non-employee directors of the Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates; (2) align the interests of such persons with the Company’s shareholders; and (3) promote ownership of the Company’s equity or pay incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of the Company’s equity.

 

1.2 Definitions of Certain Terms

 

For purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

1.2.1 Acquisition Awards” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6.1.

 

1.2.2 ADSs” means American Depositary Shares, representing Ordinary Shares on deposit with a United States banking institution or trust company selected by the Company and which are registered pursuant to a Form F-6.

 

1.2.3 Affiliate” means (i) any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company and/or (ii) to the extent provided by the Committee, any person or entity in which the Company has a significant interest. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any person or entity, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

1.2.4 Applicable Exchange” means the New York Stock Exchange or such other securities exchange as may at the applicable time be the principal market for the Shares.

 

1.2.5 Award” means an award made pursuant to the Plan.

 

1.2.6 Award Agreement” means the written document by which each Award is evidenced, and which may, but need not be (as determined by the Committee) executed or acknowledged by a Grantee as a condition to receiving an Award or the benefits under an Award, and which sets forth the terms and provisions applicable to Awards granted under the Plan to such Grantee. Any reference herein to an agreement in writing will be deemed to include an electronic writing to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

1.2.7 Business Combination” has the meaning provided in the definition of Change in Control.

 

1.2.8 Cause” means (a) with respect to a Grantee employed pursuant to a written employment agreement which agreement includes a definition of “Cause,” “Cause” as defined in that agreement or (b) with respect to any other Grantee, except as otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, the occurrence of any of the following: (i) such Grantee’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or under the laws of any other jurisdiction, (ii) such Grantee’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or theft against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any client thereof, (iii) such Grantee’s engagement in gross misconduct that causes financial or reputation harm to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) such Grantee’s repeated failure to substantially perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (other than failure resulting from such Grantee’s Disability), (v) such Grantee’s material violation of any contract or agreement between the Grantee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any written policy or provision of the code of business conduct and ethics or any other established code of conduct of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, in each case, to which such Grantee is subject or (vi) such Grantee’s habitual abuse of narcotics.

 

 

 

 

1.2.9 Certificate” means a share certificate, an extract of the relevant pages of the register of shareholders of the Company or other appropriate document or evidence of ownership representing Shares.

 

1.2.10 Change in Control” means, unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)               during any period of not more than 36 months, individuals who constitute the Supervisory Board as of the beginning of the period (the “Incumbent Supervisory Board Members”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Supervisory Board, provided, that any person becoming a member of the Supervisory Board subsequent to the beginning of such period, whose nomination for appointment was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the Incumbent Supervisory Board Members then serving on the Supervisory Board (which approval may be evidenced by the adoption of a specific resolution on such nomination or by adoption of a resolution approving the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for the Supervisory Board) will be an Incumbent Supervisory Board Member; provided, that no individual initially appointed to the Supervisory Board who was not nominated for appointment by a vote of at least three-quarters of the Incumbent Supervisory Board Members will be deemed to be an Incumbent Supervisory Board Member;

 

(b)              any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Supervisory Board (“Company Voting Securities”); provided, that the event described in this paragraph (a) will not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of the ownership, or acquisition, of Company Voting Securities: (A) by the Company or any of its Affiliates, (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates, (C) by any Affiliate of any Sponsor; (D) by any Dutch foundation (stichting) pursuant to a call option authorized by the shareholders of the Company or pursuant to the conversion of any preference shares issued upon exercise thereof; (E) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (F) pursuant to a Non-Qualifying Transaction (as defined in paragraph (b) of this definition);

 

(c)               the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the general meeting of the Company, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Entity”) is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Entity or the parent), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the parent (or, if there is no parent, the Surviving Entity) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the parent (or, if there is no parent, the Surviving Entity) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Supervisory Board Members at the time of the Supervisory Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (A), (B) and (C) of this paragraph (c) will be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”); or

 

2

 

 

(d)              the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than to any Sponsor or any direct or indirect Subsidiary or Affiliate of any Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Company); or

 

(e)               the general meeting of the Company resolves to liquidate the Company;

 

provided, that the consummation of an IPO shall not constitute a Change in Control.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person (other than any Sponsor or any direct or indirect Subsidiary or Affiliate of any Sponsor) becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control will then occur.

 

1.2.11 Committee” means the Nominating, Governance and Compensation Committee of the Supervisory Board or such other committee of the Supervisory Board as the Supervisory Board may from time to time designate, which committee shall be composed of not less than two members of the Supervisory Board, or, if no such committee exists, the Supervisory Board.

 

1.2.12 Company” means MYT Netherlands Parent B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennotschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Netherlands, and any successor entity thereto.

 

1.2.13 Company Voting Securities” has the meaning provided in the definition of Change in Control.

 

1.2.14 Consent” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2.

 

1.2.15 Consultant” means any individual (other than a non-employee Director or Supervisory Board Member), who is a natural person that provides bona fide consulting or advisory services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the registrant’s securities.

 

1.2.16 Covered Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.5.

 

1.2.17 Director” means a member of the Management Board.

 

1.2.18 Disability” means (a) with respect to a Grantee employed pursuant to a written employment agreement which agreement includes a definition of “Disability,” “Disability” as defined in that agreement or (b) with respect to any other Grantee, the Grantee is unable to perform the essential functions of Grantee’s job, with a reasonable accommodation, due to illness or injury for such duration as entitles Grantee to long-term disability payments under the long-term disability plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in which Grantee participates, or if there is no such plan applicable to the Grantee or the Committee determines otherwise in an Award Agreement, “Disability” as determined by the Committee.

 

3

 

 

1.2.19 Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.24.

 

1.2.20 Employee” means a regular, active employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, but not including a non-employee Director or Supervisory Board Member.

 

1.2.21 Employment” means a Grantee’s performance of services for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as determined by the Committee. The terms “employ” and “employed” will have their correlative meanings. The Committee in its sole discretion may determine (a) whether and when a Grantee’s leave of absence results in a termination of Employment, (b) whether and when a change in a Grantee’s association with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates results in a termination of Employment and (c) the impact, if any, of any such leave of absence or change in association on outstanding Awards. Unless expressly provided otherwise, any references in the Plan or any Award Agreement to a Grantee’s Employment being terminated will include both voluntary and involuntary terminations.

 

1.2.22 Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

 

1.2.23 Fair Market Value” means, with respect to a Share, (i) if the Shares are listed on one or more established stock exchanges or traded on one or more automated quotation systems, the closing price of a Share as reported on the Applicable Exchange on the date of measurement, or if Shares were not traded on the Applicable Exchange on such measurement date, then on the next preceding date on which Shares were traded, or (ii) if the Shares are not listed on an established stock exchange or traded on an automated quotation system, as determined in accordance with a valuation methodology approved by the Committee, unless determined as otherwise specified herein. For purposes of the grant of any Award, the applicable date will be the trading day on which the Award is granted or, if the date the Award is granted is not a trading day, the trading day immediately prior to the date the Award is granted. For purposes of the exercise of any Award, the applicable date is the date a notice of exercise is received by the Company or, if such date is not a trading day, the trading day immediately following the date a notice of exercise is received by the Company.

 

1.2.24 Grantee” means an Employee, Consultant, Director or Supervisory Board Member who receives an Award.

 

1.2.25 Incumbent Board Members” has the meaning provided in the definition of Change in Control.

 

1.2.26 Initial Public Offering” or “IPO” means an initial public offering of the Ordinary Shares or American Depositary Shares, Global Depositary Shares or similar instruments representing Ordinary Shares (or the right to receive Ordinary Shares) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form F-4 or Form S-8 or any similar form) filed under the Securities Act.

 

1.2.27 Management Board” means the management board of the Company.

 

1.2.28 Non-Qualifying Transaction” has the meaning provided in the definition of Change in Control.

 

4

 

 

1.2.29 Ordinary Share” means an ordinary share in the share capital of the Company.

 

1.2.30 Other Share-Based or Cash-Based Awards” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.1.

 

1.2.31 Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

 

1.2.32 Plan Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.1.

 

1.2.33 Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

 

1.2.34 Share Limit” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6.1.

 

1.2.35 Share” means an Ordinary Share, unless the Company shall have completed the issuance and listing of ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market or an equivalent public listing on a non-U.S. securities exchange, in which case, “Share” will mean the number of ADSs equal to one Ordinary Share. If the ratio of ADSs to Ordinary Shares is not 1:1, then (a) all amounts determined under Section 4 and (b) all Awards designated as Awards over Ordinary Shares will automatically be adjusted to reflect the ratio of the ADSs to Ordinary Shares, as reasonably determined by the Committee.

 

1.2.36 Sponsor” means either of Ares Management, L.P. or CPP Investment Board (USRE) Inc.

 

1.2.37 Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, owns shares or other equity interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of the then-outstanding shares or other equity interests.

 

1.2.38 Supervisory Board” means the supervisory board of the Company.

 

1.2.39 Supervisory Board Member” means a member of the Supervisory Board.

 

1.2.40 Surviving Entity” has the meaning provided in the definition of Change in Control.

 

1.2.41 Tax-Related Items” means any federal, national, provincial, state, and/or local taxes (including, without limitation, income tax, social insurance contributions (or similar contributions), payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account, employment tax, stamp tax and any other tax or tax-related item) related to participation in the Plan and legally applicable to a Grantee, including any employer liability for which the Grantee is liable pursuant to applicable laws or the applicable Award Agreement.

 

1.3 Administration

 

1.3.1 The Committee (as constituted from time to time, and including any successor thereto) will administer the Plan. The Committee shall have plenary authority to grant Awards pursuant to the terms of this Plan to Directors and shall have the authority to approve any grants of Awards proposed by the Management Board to be made pursuant to the terms of this Plan to Employees and Consultants who are not Directors. In particular, the Committee will have the authority in its sole discretion to:

 

(a)               exercise all of the powers granted to it under the Plan;

 

(b)              construe, interpret and implement the Plan and all Award Agreements;

 

5

 

 

(c)               prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules governing the Committee’s own operations and, without limiting the foregoing, to make exceptions to any such rules or regulations if the Committee, in good faith, determines appropriate in light of extraordinary circumstances and for the benefit of the Company and so as to avoid unanticipated consequences or address unanticipated events (including any temporary closure of an Applicable Exchange, disruption of communications or natural catastrophe) and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan;

 

(d)              make all determinations necessary or advisable in administering the Plan;

 

(e)               correct any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan;

 

(f)               amend the Plan to reflect changes in applicable law;

 

(g)              grant, or recommend to the Supervisory Board for approval to grant, Awards and determine (in the case of Directors) or approve the determination proposed by the Management Board (in the case of Employees and Consultants who are not Directors) who will receive Awards, when such Awards will be granted and the terms of such Awards, including setting forth provisions with regard to the effect of a termination of Employment on such Awards and conditioning the vesting of, or the lapsing of any applicable vesting restrictions or other vesting conditions on, Awards upon the attainment of performance goals and/or upon continued service;

 

(h)              amend any outstanding Award Agreement in any respect including, without limitation, to

 

(1)              accelerate the time or times at which the Award becomes vested, unrestricted or may be exercised (and, in connection with such acceleration, the Committee may provide that any Shares acquired pursuant to such Award will be restricted shares, which are subject to vesting, transfer, forfeiture or repayment provisions similar to those in the Grantee’s underlying Award),

 

(2)              accelerate the time or times at which Shares are delivered under the Award (and, without limitation on the Committee’s rights, in connection with such acceleration, the Committee may provide that any Shares delivered pursuant to such Award will be restricted shares, which are subject to vesting, transfer, forfeiture or repayment provisions similar to those in the Grantee’s underlying Award),

 

(3)              waive or amend any goals, restrictions, vesting provisions or conditions set forth in such Award Agreement, or impose new goals, restrictions, vesting provisions and conditions, subject to Section 3.1 or

 

(4)              reflect a change in the Grantee’s circumstances (e.g., a change to part-time employment status or a change in position, duties or responsibilities); and

 

(i)                determine at any time whether, to what extent and under what circumstances and method or methods:

 

(1)              Awards may be (A) settled in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property (in which event, the Committee may specify what other effects such settlement will have on the Grantee’s Award, including the effect on any repayment provisions under the Plan or Award Agreement), (B) exercised or (C) canceled, forfeited or suspended,

 

(2)              Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award may be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Grantee thereof or of the Committee,

 

(3)              the exercise price for any share option may be reset, subject to Section 2.3.5.

 

6

 

 

1.3.2 Actions of the Committee may be taken by the vote of a majority of its members present at a meeting (which may be held telephonically). Any action may be taken by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Committee members, and action so taken will be as fully effective as if it had been taken by a vote at a meeting. The determination of the Committee on all matters relating to the Plan or any Award Agreement will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons (including any Grantee). Subject to applicable law or the listing standards of the Applicable Exchange, the Committee may allocate among its members and delegate to any person who is not a member of the Committee, or to any administrative group within the Company, any of its powers, responsibilities or duties. Except as specifically provided to the contrary, references to the Committee include any administrative group, individual or individuals to whom the Committee has delegated its duties and powers.

 

1.3.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Supervisory Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards or administer the Plan, subject to applicable law or the listing standards of the Applicable Exchange. In any such case, the full Supervisory Board will have all of the authority and responsibility granted to any committee of the Supervisory Board that is designated as the Committee herein and, to the extent that any permitted action taken by the Supervisory Board conflicts with action taken by such Committee, the Supervisory Board action shall control.

 

1.3.4 Upon Awards being granted in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, the Management Board shall procure that it takes all relevant corporate action to give effect to such grant.

 

1.3.5 No member of the Committee, person to whom the Committee delegates its powers, responsibilities or duties in writing, including by resolution or member of the Supervisory Board or Management Board (each such person, a “Covered Person”), will have any liability to any person (including any Grantee) for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided by statute. Each Covered Person will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from:

 

(a)               any loss, cost, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan or any Award Agreement, in each case, in good faith and

 

(b)              any and all amounts paid by such Covered Person, with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person. The Company will have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company will have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice.

 

The foregoing right of indemnification will not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person’s bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under any directors and officers liability insurance, in each case, as amended from time to time, pursuant to any individual indemnification agreements between such Covered Person and the Company, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such persons or hold them harmless.

 

7

 

 

1.4 Persons Eligible for Awards

 

Awards under the Plan may be made to Employees, Consultants, Directors and Supervisory Board Members.

 

1.5 Types of Awards Under Plan

 

Awards may be made under the Plan in the form of cash-based or share-based Awards. Share-based Awards may be in the form of any of the following, in each case in respect of Shares:

 

(a)               share options, meaning an Award providing the Grantee with a right to acquire a designated number of Shares at a certain exercise price pursuant to Section 2.3,

 

(b)              restricted shares,

 

(c)               restricted share units, and

 

(d)              performance-based or other equity-based or equity-related Awards, including phantom shares (as further described in Section 2.6), that the Committee determines to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan and the interests of the Company.

 

1.6 Shares Available for Awards

 

1.6.1 Shares Subject to the Plan. Subject to the other provisions of this Section 1.6, the total number of Shares that may be granted under the Plan will be equal to 13.75% of the outstanding share capital of the Company on the Effective Date (the “Share Limit”); provided, that in the event of an Initial Public Offering, the Share Limit shall be adjusted so that the Share Limit shall be equal to 13.75% of the outstanding share capital of the Company as of the closing date of the exercise of any overallotment option by any of the managing underwriters in connection with the Initial Public Offering or, if the managing underwriters deliver notice to the Company that they are waiving the overallotment option, on the date of such notice of waiver or, if the managing underwriters neither exercise the overallotment option nor deliver notice of waiver, the date of expiration of such overallotment option.

 

1.6.2 Shares subject to awards that are assumed, converted or substituted under the Plan as a result of the Company’s acquisition of another company (including by way of merger, combination or similar transaction) (“Acquisition Awards”) will not count against the number of shares that may be granted under the Plan. Available shares under a shareholder approved plan of an acquired company (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and do not reduce the maximum number of shares available for grant under the Plan, subject to Applicable Exchange requirements. The Shares issued pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan may be Shares that are unissued or Shares that were reacquired by the Company, including treasury Shares or Shares purchased in the open market, or ADSs.

 

1.6.3 Replacement of Shares. Shares subject to an Award that is forfeited (including any restricted shares repurchased by the Company at the same price paid by the Grantee so that such Shares are returned to the Company), expires or is settled for cash (in whole or in part), to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement will be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan and will be added back in the same number of Shares as were deducted in respect of the grant of such Award. Shares tendered by a Grantee or withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of a share option or to satisfy any Tax-Related Items required to be withheld respect to an Award will be available for future grants of Awards.

 

8

 

 

1.6.4 Adjustments. The Committee will:

 

(a)               adjust the number of Shares authorized pursuant to Section 1.6.1,

 

(b)              adjust the terms of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, the type of property or securities to which the Award relates and the exercise or strike price of any Award), in a proportionate manner as the Committee determines in good-faith to be appropriate and equitable (including, without limitation, by payment of cash) to prevent the enlargement or dilution of rights, as a result of any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares (or issuance of equity securities other than Shares) resulting from a recapitalization, share split, reverse share split, share dividend, spinoff, split up, combination, reclassification or exchange of Shares, merger, consolidation, rights offering, separation, reorganization or liquidation or any other change in the corporate structure or Shares, including any extraordinary dividend or extraordinary distribution.

 

Any adjustment under this Section 1.6.3 need not be the same for all Grantees.

 

1.7 Awards to Supervisory Board Members

 

The general meeting of the Company has the authority to grant Awards pursuant to the terms of this Plan to Supervisory Board Members. The Supervisory Board Members may submit a proposal for their Awards to the general meeting of the Company. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary, only the general meeting of the Company may amend any outstanding Award Agreement with any of the Supervisory Board Members in any respect. Any provision of this Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with this Section 1.7.

 

1.8 Limits on Compensation to Directors and Supervisory Board Members

 

The amount, terms and other conditions of Awards granted to any Director or Supervisory Board Member shall be subject to the limitations and requirements set forth in the Company’s remuneration policy, as in effect from time to time, applicable to the Directors and Supervisory Board Members.

 

1.9 Share Transfer and Issuance Formalities

 

Under Dutch law, any transfer of issuance of Shares in order to be valid shall require the execution of a deed to that effect by a Dutch notary.

 

1.10 Issuance of Shares Prior to an IPO

 

Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, if any Shares would otherwise be issued to any participants pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan at any time prior to the occurrence of an IPO, the Company shall have the option at its sole election of issuing such Shares to a Dutch foundation, in lieu of issuing such Shares directly to the participants, and, in turn, the Dutch foundation shall issue depositary receipts for such Shares to such participants, each of which represents the right to receive profits and other distributions in respect of such Shares, but shall not confer any voting rights on such participants with respect to such Shares.  The voting rights on any such Shares held by the Dutch foundation shall be held and controlled by the Dutch foundation.  If an IPO occurs at any time following any issuance of Shares to the Dutch foundation, then upon or promptly following the IPO, the Dutch foundation shall be terminated and the Shares (or ADSs or other Share equivalents) shall be distributed to the participants in respect of whom the Shares are then-held by the Dutch Foundation.

 

9

 

 

2. AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

 

2.1 Agreements Evidencing Awards

 

Each Award granted under the Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will contain such provisions and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate and shall be delivered to the Grantee receiving such Award upon, or as promptly as is reasonably practicable following, the grant of the Award. The effectiveness of an Award shall not be subject to the Award Agreement being signed by the Company and/or the Grantee unless specifically so provided in the Award Agreement. Unless otherwise provided herein, the Committee may grant Awards in tandem with or in substitution for or satisfaction of any other Award or Awards granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Company. By accepting an Award pursuant to the Plan, a Grantee thereby agrees that the Award will be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

2.2 No Rights as a Shareholder

 

No Grantee (or other person having rights pursuant to an Award) will have any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to Shares subject to an Award until the delivery of such Shares. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.3, no adjustments will be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, Shares, other securities or other property) for which the record date is before the date the Shares are delivered, or in the event the Company elects to use another system, such as book entries by the transfer agent, before the date in which such system evidences the Grantee’s ownership of such Shares.

 

2.3 Options

 

2.3.1 Grant. Share options may be granted to eligible recipients in such number and at such times during the term of the Plan as the Committee may determine.

 

2.3.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share with respect to each share option will be determined by the Committee but, except as otherwise permitted by Section 1.6.3 or for any Acquisition Awards or as otherwise approved by the Committee and set forth in an Award Agreement, may never be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. Unless otherwise noted in the Award Agreement, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of the Award of share options.

 

2.3.3 Term of Share Option. In no event will any share option be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date on which the share option is granted.

 

2.3.4 Vesting and Exercise of Share Option and Payment for Shares. A share option may vest and be exercised at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as will be determined by the Committee at the time the share option is granted and set forth in the Award Agreement. Subject to any limitations in the applicable Award Agreement, any Shares not acquired pursuant to the exercise of a share option on the applicable vesting date may be acquired thereafter at any time before the final expiration of the share option.

 

10

 

 

To exercise a share option, the Grantee must give written notice to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be acquired and accompanied by payment of the full purchase price therefor in cash or by certified or official bank check or in another form as determined by the Committee, which may include:

 

(a)               personal check,

 

(b)              Shares, based on the Fair Market Value as of the exercise date,

 

(c)               any other form of consideration approved by the Company and permitted by applicable law and

 

(d)              any combination of the foregoing.

 

The Committee may also make arrangements for the cashless exercise of a share option. Any person exercising a share option will make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, deem necessary or desirable to effect or assure compliance by the Company on terms acceptable to the Company with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any other applicable legal requirements. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems appropriate to effect such compliance including, without limitation, issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars. If a Grantee so requests, Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of a share option may be issued in the name of the Grantee and another jointly with the right of survivorship.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the exercise of a share option resulting in an issuance of Shares, the Grantee shall immediately pay in cash the nominal value of an Ordinary Share in connection with such issuance, unless the Committee has decided that such par value shall be charged against the Company’s reserves (subject to applicable law).

 

2.3.5 Repricing. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 1.6.3, the Committee shall not, without the approval by the general meeting of the Company (a) reduce the exercise price of share options issued and outstanding under the Plan, (b) amend or cancel a share option when the exercise price exceeds the Fair Market Value of one Share in exchange for the grant of a substitute Award or repurchase for cash or other consideration, in each case with the effect of reducing the exercise price and except in accordance with Section 3.6, or (c) take any other action with respect to a share option that would be treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the Applicable Exchange.

 

2.4 Restricted Shares

 

2.4.1 Grants. The Committee may grant or offer for sale restricted shares in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine. Upon the delivery of such shares, the Grantee will have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the restricted shares, subject to any other restrictions and conditions as the Committee may include in the applicable Award Agreement. Each Grantee of an Award of restricted shares will be issued a Certificate in respect of such shares, unless the Committee elects to use another system, such as book entries by the transfer agent, as evidencing ownership of such shares.

 

Upon the issuance of restricted shares, the Grantee shall immediately pay in cash the par value of an Ordinary Share in connection with such issuance, unless the Committee has decided that such par value shall be charged against the Company’s reserves (subject to applicable law).

 

2.4.2 Right to Vote and Receive Dividends on Restricted Shares. Each Grantee of an Award of restricted shares will, during the period of restriction, be the beneficial and record owner of such restricted shares and will have full voting rights with respect thereto. Unless the Committee determines otherwise in an Award Agreement, during the period of restriction, all ordinary cash dividends or other ordinary distributions paid upon any restricted share will be retained by the Company and will be paid to the relevant Grantee (without interest) when the Award of restricted shares vests and will revert back to the Company if for any reason the restricted share upon which such dividends or other distributions were paid reverts back to the Company (any extraordinary dividends or other extraordinary distributions will be treated in accordance with Section 1.6.3).

 

11

 

 

2.5 Restricted Share Units

 

The Committee may grant Awards of restricted share units in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine. A Grantee of a restricted share unit will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company, until delivery of Shares, cash or other securities or property is made as specified in the applicable Award Agreement. On the delivery date specified in the Award Agreement, the Grantee of each restricted share unit not previously forfeited or terminated will receive one Share, cash or other securities or property equal in value to a Share or a combination thereof, as specified by the Committee.

 

Upon the vesting of a restricted share unit resulting in an issuance of Shares, the Grantee shall immediately pay in cash the par value of an Ordinary Share in connection with such issuance, unless the Committee has decided that such par value shall be charged against the Company’s reserves (subject to applicable law).

 

2.6 Performance-Based and Other Share-Based or Cash-Based Awards

 

2.6.1 Grant. The Committee may grant other types of equity-based, equity-related or cash-based Awards (including the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted Shares, performance share awards, performance units settled in cash and phantom shares) (“Other Share-Based or Cash-Based Awards”) in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine. The terms and conditions set forth by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement may relate to the achievement of performance goals, as determined by the Committee at the time of grant. Such Awards may entail the transfer of actual Shares to Award recipients and may include Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the Netherlands.

 

2.6.2 Performance Criteria. The performance goals may be based on one or more of the following business criteria (either separately or in combination) with regard to the Company (or a Subsidiary, division, other operational unit or administrative department of the Company), or such other performance goal as the Committee determines appropriate: measures of efficiency (including operating efficiency, productivity ratios or other similar measures); measures of achievement of expense targets, costs reductions, working capital, cash levels or general expense ratios; asset growth; earnings per share or net earnings; enterprise value or value creation targets; combined net worth; debt to equity ratio; revenues, sales, net revenues or net sales measures; gross profit or operating profit measures (including before or after taxes or other similar measures); investment performance; income or operating income measures (with or without investment income or income taxes, before or after risk-adjustment, or other similar measures); cash flow; margin; net income, before or after taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization; return measures (including return on capital, invested capital, total capital, tangible capital, expenses, tangible expenses, equity, revenue, investment, assets, or net assets or total shareholder return or similar measures); market share measures; measures of balance sheet achievements (including debt reductions, leverage ratios or other similar measures); increase in the Fair Market Value of Shares; changes (or the absence of changes) in the per share or aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares (including total shareholder returns); and number of securities sold and funds from operations. Any of the foregoing performance goals may be measured in absolute terms or relative to historic performance or the performance of other companies or an index.

 

3. MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 Amendment of the Plan

 

3.1.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Plan or in an Award Agreement, the Supervisory Board may at any time and from time to time suspend, discontinue, revise or amend the Plan in any respect whatsoever but, subject to Sections 1.6.3, 1.7, 1.8, and 3.6, no such amendment may materially adversely impair the rights of the Grantee of any Award without the Grantee’s consent. Subject to Sections 1.6.3 and 3.6, an Award Agreement may not be amended to materially adversely impair the rights of a Grantee without the Grantee’s consent.

 

12

 

 

3.1.2 Unless otherwise determined by the Supervisory Board, approval of the general meeting of the Company of any suspension, discontinuance, revision or amendment will be obtained only to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or rules of an Applicable Exchange or self-regulatory agency.

 

3.2 Tax Withholding

 

Grantees will be solely responsible for any Tax-Related Items (including any penalties and any interest that accrues thereon) that they incur in connection with the receipt, vesting, exercise or settlement of any Award. As a condition to the delivery of any Shares, cash or other securities or property pursuant to any Award or the lifting or lapse of restrictions on any Award, or in connection with any other event that gives rise to any withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items on the part of the Company relating to an Award:

 

(a)               the Company may deduct or withhold (or cause to be deducted or withheld) from any payment or distribution to a Grantee from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates whether or not pursuant to the Plan (including Shares otherwise deliverable),

 

(b)              the Committee will be entitled to require that the Grantee remit cash to the Company (through payroll deduction or otherwise) or

 

(c)               the Company may enter into any other suitable arrangements to withhold, in each case, in the Committee’s discretion, amounts of such Tax-Related Items required by law to be withheld, based upon the maximum required tax withholding rate for the Grantee (or such other rate that will not cause an adverse accounting consequence or cost), including the delivery of Shares (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) that have been both held by the Grantee and vested for at least six months (or such other period as established by the Committee to avoid adverse accounting consequence or cost) having an aggregate Fair Market Value approximately equal to the amount to be withheld, the sale of Shares issued pursuant to an Award and having the Company withhold from the proceeds of the sale of such Shares, or any other method of withholding determined by the Committee that is permissible under applicable law.

 

3.3 Required Consents

 

3.3.1 If the Committee at any time determines that any Consent (as hereinafter defined) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any Award, the delivery of Shares or the delivery of any cash, securities or other property under the Plan, or the taking of any other action thereunder (each such action a “Plan Action”), then such Plan Action will not be taken, in whole or in part, unless and until such Consent will have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Committee.

 

3.3.2 The term “Consent” as used in this Section 3.3 with respect to any Plan Action includes:

 

(a)               any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any Applicable Exchange or under any federal, state, or local law, or law, rule or regulation of a jurisdiction outside the Netherlands,

 

13

 

 

(b)              any and all written agreements and representations by the Grantee with respect to the disposition of Shares, or with respect to any other matter, which the Committee may deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made,

 

(c)               any and all other consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a Plan Action by any governmental or other regulatory body or any stock exchange or self-regulatory agency,

 

(d)              any and all consents by the Grantee to:

 

(1)           the Company’s supplying to any third party recordkeeper of the Plan such personal information as the Committee deems advisable to administer the Plan,

 

(2)           the Company’s deducting amounts from the Grantee’s wages, or another arrangement satisfactory to the Committee, to reimburse the Company for advances made on the Grantee’s behalf to satisfy certain withholding and other tax obligations in connection with an Award, and

 

(3)            the Company’s imposing sales and transfer procedures and restrictions and hedging restrictions on Shares delivered under the Plan, and

 

(e)               any and all consents or authorizations required to comply with, or required to be obtained under, applicable local law or otherwise required by the Committee. Nothing herein will require the Company to list, register or qualify the Shares on any Applicable Exchange.

 

3.4 Right of Offset

 

The Company will have the right to offset against its obligation to deliver Shares (or other property or cash) under the Plan or any Award Agreement any outstanding amounts (including, without limitation, travel and entertainment or advance account balances, loans, repayment obligations under any Awards, or amounts repayable to the Company pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile or other employee programs) that the Grantee then owes to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and any amounts the Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement.

 

3.5 Nonassignability; No Hedging

 

Subject to Section 1.9 and unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or written Company policy, or with the consent of the Committee in its sole discretion, no Award (or any rights and obligations thereunder) granted to any person under the Plan may be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all such Awards (and any rights thereunder) will be exercisable during the life of the Grantee only by the Grantee or the Grantee’s legal representative (it being understood that the term “Grantee” includes such legal representative and other permitted transferee; provided, that the phrase “termination of Employment” and similar terms shall continue to refer to the termination of Employment with respect to the original participant). Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 3.5 will be null and void and any Award which is hedged in any manner will immediately be forfeited. All of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Award Agreements will be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.

 

14

 

 

3.6 Change in Control

 

In the event of a Change in Control and unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement with respect to a particular Award, a Grantee’s Award will be treated, to the extent determined by the Committee to be permitted under applicable tax law, in accordance with one or more of the following methods as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion:

 

(a)               settle such Awards for an amount (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) of cash or securities equal to their value, where in the case of share options, the value of such amount, if any, will be equal to the in-the-money spread value (if any) of such awards;

 

(b)               provide for the assumption of or the issuance of substitute awards that will substantially preserve the otherwise applicable terms of any affected Awards previously granted under the Plan, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion;

 

(c)               modify the terms of such awards to add events, conditions or circumstances upon which the vesting of such Awards or lapse of restrictions thereon will accelerate;

 

(d)              deem any performance conditions satisfied at target, maximum or actual performance through closing or provide for the performance conditions to continue (as is or as adjusted by the Committee) after closing; or

 

(e)               provide that for a period of at least 20 days prior to the Change in Control, any share options that would not otherwise become exercisable prior to the Change in Control will be exercisable as to all Shares subject thereto (but any such exercise will be contingent upon and subject to the occurrence of the Change in Control and if the Change in Control does not take place within a specified period after giving such notice for any reason whatsoever, the exercise will be null and void) and that any share options not exercised prior to the consummation of the Change in Control will terminate and be of no further force and effect as of the consummation of the Change in Control.

 

In the event that the consideration paid in the Change in Control includes contingent value rights, earnout or indemnity payments or similar payments, then the Committee will determine if Awards settled under clause (a) above are (i) valued at closing taking into account such contingent consideration (with the value determined by the Committee in its sole discretion) or (ii) entitled to a share of such contingent consideration. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of a Change in Control where all share options are settled for an amount (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) of cash or securities, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate any share option for which the exercise price is equal to or exceeds the per share value of the consideration to be paid in the Change in Control transaction without payment of consideration therefor. Similar actions to those specified in this Section 3.6 may be taken in the event of a merger or other corporate reorganization that does not constitute a Change in Control.

 

3.7 No Continued Employment or Engagement; Right of Discharge Reserved

 

Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the grant of any Award (or any provision in the Plan or Award Agreement) will confer upon any Grantee any right to continued Employment, or other engagement, with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to terminate, or alter the terms and conditions of, such Employment or other engagement at any time.

 

15

 

 

3.8 Nature of Payments

 

3.8.1 Any and all grants of Awards and deliveries of Shares, cash, securities or other property under the Plan will be in consideration of services performed or to be performed for the Company by the Grantee. Awards under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be made in substitution in whole or in part for cash or other compensation otherwise payable to a Grantee. Only whole Shares will be delivered under the Plan. Awards will be aggregated in order to eliminate any fractional shares.

 

3.8.2 All such grants and deliveries of Shares, cash, securities or other property under the Plan will constitute a special discretionary incentive payment to the Grantee, will not entitle the Grantee to the grant of any future Awards and will not be required to be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Grantee for the purpose of determining any contributions to or any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance, severance or other benefit plan of the Company or under any agreement with the Grantee, unless the Company specifically provides otherwise.

 

3.9 Non-Uniform Determinations

 

3.9.1 The Committee’s determinations under the Plan and Award Agreements need not be uniform and any such determinations may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan (whether or not such persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee will be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations under Award Agreements, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to (a) the persons to receive Awards, (b) the terms and provisions of Awards and (c) whether a Grantee’s Employment has been terminated for purposes of the Plan.

 

3.9.2 To the extent the Committee deems it necessary, appropriate or desirable to comply with local law or practices in the jurisdiction in which the Grantees are located and to further the purposes of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and without amending the Plan, establish special rules applicable to Awards to Grantees who are foreign nationals, are employed outside Germany, or who are not compensated from a payroll maintained in Germany, or who are otherwise subject to (or could cause the Company to be subject to) legal or regulatory provisions of countries or jurisdictions outside Germany, on such terms and conditions different from those specified in this Plan as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of this Plan, and, in furtherance of such purposes, the Committee may make such modifications, amendments, procedures or subplans as may be necessary or advisable to comply with such legal or regulatory provisions, and grant Awards (or amend existing Awards) in accordance with those rules.

 

3.10 Other Payments or Awards

 

Nothing contained in the Plan will be deemed in any way to limit or restrict the Company from making any award or payment to any person under any other plan, arrangement or understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect.

 

3.11 Plan Headings

 

The headings in the Plan are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.

 

16

 

 

3.12 Termination of Plan

 

The Supervisory Board reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time; provided, that in any case, the Plan will terminate one day before the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, further, that all Awards made under the Plan before its termination will remain in effect until such Awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreements.

 

3.13 Clawback Policy

 

Awards under the Plan will be subject to any clawback policy that the Company may adopt from time to time in order to comply with applicable law or the listing standards of the Applicable Exchange and, in accordance with such policy, may be subject to the requirement that the Awards (or any proceeds therefrom) be repaid to the Company after they have been distributed to the Grantee, subject in all cases to applicable law. Any Award granted under the Plan is exclusively aimed at supporting the Grantee’s loyalty with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates through participation in the Plan and such Award, and is in no way intended to compensate the Grantee for the Grantee’s employment or service rendered to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

3.14 Governing Law

 

THE PLAN AND ALL AWARDS MADE AND ACTIONS TAKEN THEREUNDER WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF GERMANY, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.

 

3.15 Disputes; Choice of Forum

 

3.15.1 The Company and each Grantee, as a condition to such Grantee’s participation in the Plan, hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of a competent court in Munich, Germany. The Company and each Grantee, as a condition to such Grantee’s participation in the Plan, acknowledge that the forum designated by this Section 3.15.1 has a reasonable relation to the Plan and to the relationship between such Grantee and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein will preclude the Company from bringing any action or proceeding in any other court for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this Section 3.15.1.

 

3.15.2 Each Grantee, as a condition to such Grantee’s participation in the Plan, agrees to keep confidential the existence of, and any information concerning, a dispute, controversy or claim described in Section 3.16, except that a Grantee may disclose information concerning such dispute, controversy or claim to the court that is considering such dispute, controversy or claim or to such Grantee’s legal counsel (provided that such counsel agrees not to disclose any such information other than as necessary to the prosecution or defense of the dispute, controversy or claim).

 

3.16 Waiver of Claims

 

Each Grantee of an Award recognizes and agrees that before being selected by the Committee to receive an Award the Grantee has no right to any benefits under the Plan. Accordingly, in consideration of the Grantee’s receipt of any Award hereunder, the Grantee expressly waives any right to contest the amount of any Award, the terms of any Award Agreement, any determination, action or omission hereunder or under any Award Agreement by the Committee, the Company or the Supervisory Board or the Management Board, or any amendment to the Plan or any Award Agreement (other than an amendment to the Plan or an Award Agreement to which his or her consent is expressly required by the express terms of an Award Agreement). Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Grantee.

 

17

 

 

3.17 Severability; Entire Agreement

 

If any of the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision will be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby; provided, that if any of such provisions is finally held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable because it exceeds the maximum scope determined to be acceptable to permit such provision to be enforceable, such provision will be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to modify such scope in order to make such provision enforceable hereunder. The Plan and any Award Agreements contain the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations and warranties between them, whether written or oral with respect to the subject matter thereof.

 

3.18 No Liability of Company

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event will the Company be liable to a Grantee on account of: (a) an Award’s failure to (1) qualify for favorable tax treatment in the jurisdiction in which the Grantee is located or (2) avoid adverse tax treatment in the jurisdiction in which the Grantee is located, or (b) the non-issuance or sale of Shares as to which the Company has been unable to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder.

 

3.19 No Third-Party Beneficiaries

 

Except as expressly provided in an Award Agreement, neither the Plan nor any Award Agreement will confer on any person other than the Company and the Grantee of any Award any rights or remedies thereunder. The exculpation and indemnification provisions of Section 1.3.5 will inure to the benefit of a Covered Person’s estate and beneficiaries and legatees.

 

3.20 Unfunded Status of Plan

 

It is intended that this Plan constitute an “unfunded” plan. The Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under this Plan to deliver Shares or make payments; provided, that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the “unfunded” status of this Plan.

 

3.21 Expenses

 

The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

3.22 Relationship to Other Benefits

 

No Award or payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan or as required by applicable law

 

18

 

 

3.23 Successors and Assigns of the Company

 

The terms of the Plan will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any successor entity, including as contemplated by Section 3.6.

 

3.24 Date of Adoption

 

The Plan was adopted by the Supervisory Board and by the general meeting of the Company on December 17, 2020 (the “Effective Date”). The Plan shall be submitted to the Management Board for adoption as soon as practicable following the Effective Date and, to the extent applicable in connection with an IPO, in no event later than the date on which the public offering price in the IPO is determined by the Company and the managing underwriters.

 

19

 

 

APPENDIX A

TO

MYT NETHERLANDS PARENT B.V.

2020 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

(for United States taxpayers only)

 

The provisions of this Appendix A shall form a part of the MYT Netherlands Parent B.V. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

1.                  Applicability.

 

The purpose of this Appendix A is to establish certain rules and limitations applicable to Awards that may be granted or issued under the Plan from time to time, in compliance with the United States federal income taxation applicable laws currently in force in the United States.

 

This Appendix A applies to any Grantee who is subject to income taxation under the federal tax laws of the United States as a resident or non-resident of the United States (a “U.S. Grantee”). This Appendix A shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and all of the provisions of the Plan shall apply to this Appendix A, and where any terms of this Appendix A are in conflict with the Plan, the terms of this Appendix A shall control.

 

Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by applicable laws, the terms set forth in this Appendix A shall apply to all Awards granted to U.S. Grantees.

 

2.                  Definitions. The following additional definitions will apply to grants made to U.S. Grantees:

 

(a)                Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rulings and regulations thereunder.

 

(b)                Incentive Share Option” means a share option to purchase Shares that is intended to be an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Sections 421 and 422 of the Code, as now constituted or subsequently amended, or pursuant to a successor provision of the Code, and which is designated as an Incentive Share Option in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(c)                Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, including any amendments or successor provisions to that section, and any regulations and other administrative guidance thereunder, in each case as they may be from time to time amended or interpreted through further administrative guidance.

 

(d)                Ten Percent Shareholder” means a person owning shares possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of share of the Company and of any Subsidiary or parent corporation of the Company.

 

(e)                Treasury Regulations” means the regulations promulgated under the Code by the United States Treasury Department, as amended.

 

3.                  Adjustments. The adjustments under Section 1.6.3 of the Plan shall apply to the number of Shares set forth in Section 4(a) hereof that can be issued through Incentive Share Options.

 

A-1

 

 

4.                  Incentive Share Options.

 

(a)                No more than a total number of Shares equal to 13.75% of the outstanding share capital of the Company on the Effective Date (as adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.6.3 of the Plan) that can be delivered under the Plan may be issued through Incentive Share Options. Incentive Share Options may not be granted under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date of the Committee’s most recent approval thereof.

 

 

(b)                With respect to any share options granted to a U.S. Grantee, at the time of grant, the Committee will determine:

 

(1)                        whether all or any part of a share option granted to an eligible Employee will be an Incentive Share Option, and

 

(2)                        the number of Shares subject to such Incentive Share Option; provided, that

 

(A)              the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the option is granted) of the share with respect to which Incentive Share Options are exercisable for the first time by an eligible Employee during any calendar year (under all such plans of the Company and of any Subsidiary or parent corporation of the Company) may not exceed $100,000 and

 

(B)              no Incentive Share Option (other than an Incentive Share Option that may be assumed or issued by the Company in connection with a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies) may be granted to a person who is not eligible to receive an Incentive Share Option under the Code.

 

The form of any share option which is entirely or in part an Incentive Share Option will clearly indicate that such share option is an Incentive Share Option or, if applicable, the number of Shares subject to the Incentive Share Option.

 

(c)                The exercise price per share with respect to each share option will be determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 2.3.2 of the Plan, but, except as otherwise permitted by Section 1.6.3 of the Plan and except for any Acquisition Awards, may never be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share (or, in the case of an Incentive Share Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, 110% of the Fair Market Value).

 

(d)                In no event will any share option be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years (or, in the case of an Incentive Share Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, 5 years) from the date on which the share option is granted.

 

5.                  Amendment of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of Section 3.1.2 of the Plan to the contrary, if and to the extent the Supervisory Board determines it is appropriate for the Plan to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, no amendment that would require shareholder approval under Section 422 of the Code will be effective without the approval of the Company’s shareholders.

 

6.                  Right of Offset. Notwithstanding any provision of Section 3.4 of the Plan to the contrary, if an Award provides for the deferral of compensation within the meaning of Section 409A, the Committee will have no right to offset against its obligation to deliver Shares (or other property or cash) under the Plan or any Award Agreement if such offset could subject the Grantee to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A in respect of an outstanding Award.

 

A-2

 

 

7.                  Section 409A.

 

(a)               All Awards made under the Plan that are intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A will be interpreted, administered and construed to comply with Section 409A, and all Awards made under the Plan that are intended to be exempt from Section 409A will be interpreted, administered and construed to comply with and preserve such exemption. The Committee, the Supervisory Board and the Management Board will have full authority to give effect to the intent of the foregoing sentence. To the extent necessary to give effect to this intent, in the case of any conflict or potential inconsistency between the Plan and a provision of any Award or Award Agreement with respect to an Award, the Plan will govern.

 

(b)               Without limiting the generality of Section 7(a) hereof, with respect to any Award made under the Plan that is intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A:

 

(1)                        any payment due upon a Grantee’s termination of Employment will be paid only upon such Grantee’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A);

 

(2)                        any payment due upon a Change in Control of the Company will be paid only if such Change in Control constitutes a “change in ownership” or “change in effective control” within the meaning of Section 409A, and in the event that such Change in Control does not constitute a “change in the ownership” or “change in the effective control” within the meaning of Section 409A, such Award will vest upon the Change in Control and any payment will be delayed until the first compliant date under Section 409A;

 

(3)                        to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A, any such payment to a specified employee (as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code) to be made with respect to such Award in connection with such Grantee’s separation from service from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A (and any other payment that would be subject to the limitations in Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code) will be delayed until six months after such Grantee’s separation from service (or earlier death) in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A;

 

(4)                        to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, any other securities, other Awards or other property that the Company may deliver in lieu of Shares in respect of an Award will not have the effect of deferring delivery or payment beyond the date on which such delivery or payment would occur with respect to the Shares that would otherwise have been deliverable (unless the Committee elects a later date for this purpose in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A);

 

(5)                        with respect to any required Consent described in Section 3.3 of the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, if such Consent has not been effected or obtained as of the latest date provided by such Award Agreement for payment in respect of such Award and further delay of payment is not permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, such Award or portion thereof, as applicable, will be forfeited and terminate notwithstanding any prior earning or vesting;

 

(6)                        if the Award includes a “series of installment payments” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations), the Grantee’s right to the series of installment payments will be treated as a right to a series of separate payments and not as a right to a single payment; and

 

(7)                        for purposes of determining whether the Grantee has experienced a separation from service from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A, “subsidiary” will mean a corporation or other entity in a chain of corporations or other entities in which each corporation or other entity, starting with the Company, has a controlling interest in another corporation or other entity in the chain, ending with such corporation or other entity. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “controlling interest” has the same meaning as provided in Section 1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(i) of the Treasury Regulations, provided that, subject to compliance with Section 409A, the language “at least 20 percent” may be used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Section 1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(i) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

A-3

 

 

8.                  Section 457A. This Plan and the Awards are not intended to be subject to Section 457A of the Code. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, if this Plan or any Award is subject to Section 457A of the Code, each of the Committee, the Supervisory Board and the Management Board, as applicable, reserves the authority to amend this Plan or any Award or adopt other policies or procedures or take any other actions, including amendments or actions that would result in a reduction to the benefits payable under an Award that the Committee, the Supervisory Board and the Management Board, respectively, deems necessary or appropriate to exempt the Award from Section 457A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award or mitigate any additional tax, interest and/or penalties or other adverse tax consequences that may apply under Section 457A of the Code if an exemption is not available.

 

9.                  Section 280G. In the event that any payments or benefits otherwise payable to a Grantee (1) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (2) but for this Section 9, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then such payments and benefits will be either (x) delivered in full, or (y) delivered as to such lesser extent that would result in no portion of such payments and benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable United States federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (and any equivalent state or local excise taxes), results in the receipt by Grantee on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such payments and benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Any determination required under this Section 9 will be made in writing by a nationally-recognized firm selected by the Company, whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon the Grantee. Any reduction in payments and/or benefits required by this provision will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) reduction of vesting acceleration of equity awards; and (3) reduction of other benefits paid or provided to the Grantee. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards under the Plan is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant for equity awards. If two or more equity awards are granted on the same date, each award will be reduced on a pro-rata basis.

 

10.               Status of Plan. The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

A-4

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Legal Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
Mytheresa Business Information Consulting (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.   China
Mytheresa Group GmbH   Germany
Mytheresa SE   Germany
Mytheresa US Services, Inc.   United States
mytheresa.com GmbH   Germany
mytheresa.com Service GmbH   Germany
Theresa Warenvertrieb GmbH   Germany

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Supervisory Board
MYT Netherlands Parent B.V.:

 

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

Munich, Germany
January 11, 2021